■ 

;i 

f1||| 

(SniPir  ©F 
Provost 
Monroe   E.    Dftutsch 


TWENTIETH   CENTURY  TEXT-BOOKS 


CLASSICAL    SECTION 

EDITED    BY 

JOHN   HENRY   WRIGHT,  Harvard  University 

BERNADOTTE   PERRIN,  Yale  University 

ANDREW   FLEMING  WEST,    Princeton  University 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/firstlatinbookOOmoorrich 


TWENTIETH   CENTURY  TEXT-BOOKS 


A  First  Latin  Book 


BY 


CLIFFORD  HERSCHEL   MOORE,   PH.D. 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR    IN    HARVARD    UNIVERSITY 


NEW    YORK 

D.    APPLETON    AND    COMPANY 

1903 


,/^ 


Copyright,  1903,  bt 
D.  APPLETON  AND  COMPANY 


PKEFACE 


This  First  Latin  Book  is  intended  to  provide  the 
necessary  preparation  for  the  reading  of  Nepos  and  Caesar. 
Whatever  objections  may  be  urged  against  the  custom, 
the  fact  remains  that  the  majority  of  schools  begin  these 
authors  immediately,  or  very  soon,  after  the  first  book  is 
completed,  and  therefore  the  beginner  must  be  prepared 
as  fully  as  possible  for  this  reading.  To  provide  this 
preparation,  the  850  words  most  frequent  in  Caesar's  Gal- 
lic War  and  Nepos's  Lives  were  selected  to  form  the  main 
vocabulary  of  this  book  ;  then,  since  every  art  is  acquired 
only  by  the  frequent  practice  of  the  same  or  similar  exer- 
cise, each  word,  with  few  exceptions,  has  been  used  eight 
times  or  more  in  the  sentences  for  translation.  Although 
this  repetition  and  the  large  type  chosen  to  relieve  the 
pupil's  eyes  may  at  first  glance  make  the  exercises  seem 
long  to  some  teachers,  the  author  holds  that  the  principle 
of  frequent  use  is  of  vital  importance,  and  believes  that 
in  no  other  way  can  an  adequate  knowledge  of  the  essen- 
tial vocabulary  be  acquired.  If  the  exercises  here  given 
be  done  faithfully,  the  pupil  will  find  on  passing  to  Nepos 
or  Caesar  that  he  is  acquainted  with  all  the  common 
words  in  the  senses  in  which  they  are  used  by  these 
authors,  and  will  escape  the  discouragement  incident  to 
the  acquisition  of  a  new  vocabulary. 

Some  may  miss  lists  of  related  words  such  as  are  given 
in  many  books.  Experience,  however,  shows  that  such 
lists  have  little  value  compared  with  those  made  by  the 


JVi25012i 


VI  FIRST   LATIN  BOOK 

pupil  himself  in  his  note-book.  The  making  of  such  lists 
should  be  steadily  encouraged  and  the  lists  frequently  re- 
viewed. In  the  vocabularies  allied  words  are  regularly 
given  to  assist  the  pupil's  memory. 

The  method  of  presentation,  so  far  as  possible,  is  the 
natural  one.  Sentences  are  used  from  the  beginning ; 
the  unnatural  order  at  first,  all  inflections  with  little  syn- 
tax, then  syntax,  has  been  avoided  ;  but  the  simplest  and 
most  familiar  constructions  of  the  noun  and  verb  are  em- 
ployed early  in  connection  with  the  fundamental  inflec- 
tions. The  demonstrative  pronouns  are  introduced  in 
Lesson  XII ;  and  the  simple  independent  uses  of  the  sub- 
junctive are  begun  in  Lesson  XXIX,  followed  by  those 
dependent  constructions  which  naturally  belong  with  the 
independent.  The  introduction  of  Indirect  Discourse  in 
connection  with  the  Subject  and  Object  Infinitive  will,  it 
is  hoped,  free  the  learner  from  one  of  the  time-honored 
terrors  of  Latin.  Throughout,  inflections  and  syntax  are 
gradually  developed  and  fully  illustrated.  In  the  treat- 
ment of  the  latter,  recourse  has  constantly  been  made  to 
points  of  similarity  in  Latin  and  English,  and  construc- 
tions familiar  to  the  learner  from  his  daily  speech,  as, 
for  example,  appositives,  predicate  nouns  and  adjectives, 
subject  and  object  infinitives,  have  been  freely  used  before 
they  receive  formal  treatment.  As  a  result  of  this,  the 
rule  is  simply  the  codification  of  the  learner's  knowledge 
rather  than  the  presentation  of  a  new  principle.  As  some 
teachers  prefer  to  use  a  grammar  with  the  first  book, 
references  have  been  given  under  each  rule  to  the  Latin 
grammar  of  West  (W.),  Bennett  (B.),  Allen  and  Greenough 
(AG.),  and  Harkness  (H.). 

The  author  hopes  that  this  book  will  prove  interest- 
ing as  well  as  useful.  To  secure  this  end  the  subject- 
matter  of  the  exercises  has  been  considered  with  care,  and 
in  most  lessons  the  sentences  taken  together  tell  some 


PREFACE  vii 

story  rather  than  remain  isolated  illustrations  of  inflec- 
tions and  syntax.  Passages  of  connected  Latin,  fables 
and  stories  from  Greek  and  Koman  history,  are  early  in- 
troduced and  used  with  increasing  frequency  to  the  end. 
These  have  been  drawn  and  adapted  from  Livy,  Eutro- 
pius,  Florus,  Viri  Eomae,  etc.  At  the  end  Caesar's  account 
of  his  first  invasion  of  Britain  is  given  as  possessing 
unique  interest  for  English-speaking  pupils. 

Yet  while  every  effort  has  been  made  to  give  the  neces- 
sary elementary  knowledge  in  a  simple  and  interesting 
manner,  care  has  been  taken  not  to  avoid  or  to  slur  over 
the  real  difficulties  of  beginning  Latin.  The  author  has 
no  sympathy  with  the  notion,  now  fortunately  disappear- 
ing, that  a  study  must  be  made  easy  to  escape  being  dull. 
A  knowledge  of  Latin,  like  that  of  every  other  subject,  can 
only  be  acquired  by  hard  work ;  and  the  author's  own  ex- 
perience in  teaching  the  elements  of  Latin  has  convinced 
him  that  nothing  contributes  so  certainly  to  an  interest 
in  the  subject  as  hard  study  and,  the  mastery  of  each 
principle  as  it  is  met.  Eeal  acquisition  is  a  delight,  and 
nothing  has  done  so  much  to  create  a  distaste  for  Latin 
or  caused  so  many  to  drop  the  language  at  the  end  of  the 
first  year  as  careless  work  in  the  beginning  and  the  useless 
half-knowledge  resulting  therefrom.  Inflections  and  rules 
should  be  learned^  and  the  exercises  should  be  mastered. 
If  this  be  done  throughout  the  study  of  this  book,  the 
pupil  will  find  a  genuine  interest  in  JVepos  and  Caesar. 

Finally,  no  attempt  has  here  been  made  to  supplant 
the  intelligent  teacher.  The  printed  word  can  never  be 
so  potent  as  the  living  voice,  and  each  topic  can  be  advan- 
tageously illustrated  by  the  instructor. 

The  author  wishes  to  thank  Prof.  A.  F.  West  for  per- 
mission to  make  free  use  of  the  excellent  statements  em- 
ployed in  his  Latin  Grammar  in  the  Twentieth  Cen- 
tury Series  ;  to  express  his  obligation  for  invaluable  aid 


VUl  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

of  every  kind  to  Dr.  J.  W.  H.  Walden,  of  Cambridge ;  to 
Dr.  J.  W.  Hewitt,  Master  in  Worcester  Academy,  and  to 
Mr.  Peterssen  of  the  Harvard  Graduate  School  for  their 
kind  assistance  in  proof-reading ;  and  especially  to  Prof. 
Charles  H.  Forbes,  of  Phillips  Academy,  Andover,  for  his 
help  at  many  points  where  his  large  experience  has  been 
of  great  service. 

All  suggestions  and  corrections  will  be  gratefully  re- 
ceived. 

C.  H.  M. 
Cambridge,  Mass.,  August  15, 1903. 


CONTENTS 


LESSON  PAGES 

Introduction 1-6 

I.    First     Declension.  —  Nominative    and    Accusative 

Singular  and  Plural.    Subject.     Object         .        .        7-9 
11.    First  Declension  {continued). — Possessive  Genitive. 

Dative  of  the  Indirect  Object  ....      9-12 

III.  First  Declension  {continued). — Predicate  Nominative. 

Dative  of  Possessor 12-14 

IV.  Second  Declension. — Appositives.    Ablative  of  Place.    14-17 
V.    Second   Declension  {continued). — Adjectives  of  the 

First  and  Second  Declensions.    Agreement  of  Ad- 
jectives.    Predicate  of  Adjectives  ....    17-20 
VI.    Second  Declension  {continued). — Ablative  of  Accom- 
paniment     21-23 

VII.    The  Verb  sum.    Present  system  in  the  Indicative  and 
Infinitive.    Agreement  of  Verbs.     Adjectives  in 

-er 24-26 

VIII.    First  Conjugation. — Active  Voice :  Present  System  in 

the  Indicative  and  Infinitive 27-29 

Reading  Exercise  :  The  Retort  Truthful   .        .        .    29-30 
IX.    First  Conjugation  {continued). — Passive  Voice :  Pres- 
ent System  in  the  Indicative  and  Infinitive.    Ab- 
lative of  Agent 30-32 

X.    The  Verb  sum.     Perfect  System  in  the  Indicative 

and  Infinitive.    Ablative  of  Means  or  Instrument .    33-35 
XI.    First  Conjugation  {continued).— Ferteet  System  of 
amo  in  the  Indicative  and  Infinitive,  Active  and 

Passive.     Ablative  of  Cause 36-39 

XII.     The  Demonstratives  hic  and  ille     ....    39-42 

XIII.  The  Relative  qui.    Agreement  of  the  Relative  Pro- 

noun             43-45 

XIV.  The  Demonstrative  is:  The  Interrogative  quis    .    46-49 

ix 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


LESSON  PAGES 

XV.    The  Third  Declension. — Mute  Stems         .        .      49-52 
Reading  Exercise  :  The  Early  Kings  of  Rome    .  53 

XVI.     The  Third  Declension. — Mute  Stems  {continued). 

—Ablative  of  Manner 53-56 

XVII.     The  Third  Declension  {continued). — Liquid,  Na- 
sal, and  Spirant  Stems.     Objective  Genitive  .      56-60 
XVIII.    The  Third  Declension  {continued). — Stems  in  -i .      60-64 
XIX.    The     Third     Declension     {continued). — Mixed 

Stems 64-67 

XX.    The  Third  Declension  {continued). — Rules   for 

Gender.     Accusative  and  Ablative  of  Time    .      67-70 
Reading  Exercise:   The  Beginning  of  the  Re- 
public              70-71 

XXI.    Adjectives  of  the  Third  Declension        .        .      71-74 
XXII.    Comparison  of  Adjectives. — Declension  of  Com- 
paratives.   Ablative  of  Comparison        .        .      74-77 

XXIII.  Comparison  of  Adjectives  {coiitinued). — Adjec- 

tives in  -er  and  -ilis.    Ablative  of  Degree  of 
Difference 78-80 

XXIV.  Comparison  of  Adjectives  {continued). — Irregu- 

lar Comparison.    Ablative  of  Separation        .      81-84 

XXV.    Formation  and  Comparison  of  Adverbs    .        .      84-87 

Reading  Exercise  :  Wars  with  the  Gauls   .        .      87-88 

XXVI.    Fourth  and  Fifth  Declensions  .        .        .        .      89-92 

XXVII.    Second  Conjugation. — The  Indicative  entire  and 

the  Present  Infinitive  of  habeo,  active  and 

passive 92-94 

XXVIII.    The  Genitive  and  the  Ablative  of  Quality    .      95-97 
XXIX.    Subjunctive  in  Independent  Sentences. — Pres- 
ent System  of  the  Subjunctive  of  sum,  amo, 
and  habeo.    Volitive  Subjunctive.    Optative 

Subjunctive 97-101 

XXX.  Subjunctive  in  Dependent  Sentences.  —  Pur- 
pose and  Result  Clauses 101-104 

Reading  Exercise  :  Tlie  Persian  Wars        .        .  105 

XXXI.  Third  Conjugation.  Present  System  of  rego  in 
the  Indicative,  Subjunctive,  and  Infinitive, 
Active  and  Passive.    Substantive  Clauses  of 

Purpose 106-109 

XXXII     Third  Conjugation  {continued). — Perfect  System 

of  rego  in  the  Indicative,  Active  and  Passive  109-111 


CONTENTS 


XI 


LESSON  PAGES 

XXXIII.  Third  Conjugation  (Verbs  in  -io).— The  Indica- 

tive entire,  Present  and  Imperfect  Subjunc- 
tive, and  Present  Infinitive  of  capio.  Active 
•  and  Passive.    Substantive  Clauses  of  Result. 

Clauses  introduced  by  quin  ....  111-115 

XXXIV.  Fourth  Conjugation. — The  Indicative  entire. 

Present  and    Imperfect  Subjunctive,  and 
Present    Infinitive    of    audio.   Active  and 

Passive 115-117 

XXXV.  Review  of  the  Four  Conjugations. — Rela- 
tive Clauses  of  Purpose  and  of  Charac- 
teristic     117-121 

Reading  Exercise  :  The  Battle  of  Marathon   .  121-122 
XXXVI.    Deponent  Verbs   of  the   First   and  Second 
Conjugations. — Substantive    Clauses    with 

Verbs  of  Fearing 122-124 

XXXVII.    Deponent  Verbs  of   the  Third  and  Fourth 
Conjugations.  —  Semi  -  Deponent      Verbs. 
Ablative  with  Deponents      ....  125-127 
XXXVIII.    The  Perfect  System  of  the  Subjunctive      .  128-130 
XXXIX.    Conditional  Sentences      .        .        .        .        .  131-134 
XL.     Personal  and  Reflexive  Pronouns        .        .  134-137 
Reading  Exercise  :  The  Battles  of  Thermopylae 

and  Salamis 137-139 

XLI.    The  Infinitive. — Subject  and  Object  Infinitives. 

Indirect  Discourse 139-143 

XLII.     Indirect  Discourse  {continued). — Indirect  Ques- 
tions.    Conditions  in  Indirect  Discourse      .  143-146 
Reading  Exercise  :    Roman  History  from  GO 

B.C. 147-148 

XLIII.  The  Compounds  of  sum. — Dative  with  Com- 
pounds      148-150 

XLIV.    Volo,  nolo,  malo 150-152 

Reading    Exercise:    The  Beginning  of  Civil 

War 153-154 

XLV.     Commands  and  Prohibitions      ....  154-156 

XLVL     Eo  and  fio 157-158 

Reading    Exercise  :    The    Civil    Wars    {con- 
tinued)      159-160 

XLVII.    Temporal  Clauses. — Clauses  introduced  by  an- 

tequam  and  priusquam ;  by  dum     .        .        .  160-164 


Xll 


FIRST  LATIN   BOOK 


LESSON 

XLVIII. 


XLIX. 
L. 


LI. 
LIL 


LIII. 
LIV. 


LV. 

LVI. 

LVII. 


PAGES 

Clauses  introduced  by  cum        ....  164-167 
Reading  Exercise  :    The  Assassination  of  Cae- 
sar       167-168 

Cause  and  Concession 169-171 

Participles. — Ablative  Absolute  ....  172-175 
Reading  Exercise  :  The  Destruction  of  the  Con- 
spirators      176-177 

The  Verb  fero       .        .  ' 177-179 

Review  of   Pronouns  and   Irregular  Adjec- 
tives   179-181 

Reading  Exercise  :   The  Battle  of  Actium  and 

the  End  of  the  Cit^il  Wars  ....  181-183 
Review  of  the  Genitive  and  Dative  .  .  183-187 
Review  of  the  Accusative  and  Ablative  .  187-191 
Reading    Exercise:     Octavian^s    IViumph   and 

Bute 191-193 

Periphrastic  Conjugations 193-195 

Gerund  and  Supine 196-199 

Numerals 199-200 

Caesar's  First  Invasion  of  Britain   .        .        .  201-215 
Appendix. — Declensions  and  Conjugations    .        .  217-258 

Latin-English  Vocabulary 259-285 

English-Latin  Vocabulary 286-298 


»  o  J  a   J 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


INTKODUCTION 
THE   LATIN  LANGUAGE 

1  The  Latin  language  is  so  named  because  it 
was  first  spoken  by  the  ancient  Latin  tribe  whicli 
inhabited  the  neighborhood  of  Rome.  It  gradu- 
ally spread  until  it  became  the  principal  language 
of  the  Roman  Empire,  which  once  covered  the 
whole  western  civilized  world.  It  lasted  as  the 
common  spoken  language  well  into  the  Middle 
Ages,  and  as  the  universal  language  of  scholars 
until  about  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  century. 
Some  books  are  still  written  in  Latin,  and  some 
scholars  speak  it.  It  is  also  used  in  our  time  as 
the  language  of  the  Roman  Catholic  Church. 

2  Latin  is  the  parent  of  those  modern  languages 
which  are  known  as  Romance  languages — such  as 
French,  Italian,  and  Spanish.  About  one-half  of 
all  our  English  words  are  borrowed  from  foreign 
languages,  and  four-fifths  of  these  borrowed  words 
come  either  directly  or  indirectly  from  Latin. 

Alphabet 

3  The  Latin  alphabet  is  the  same  as  the  English, 
except  that  it  has  no  j  or  w. 


/a  «  i^  '■  ;>;  n,  r  ^ ;  \  c  o'MiiST  LATIN  BOOK 

4  U  as  the  vowel  form  of  V  was  not  invented 
until  the  Middle  Ages,  but  for  convenience  both 
forms  are  generally  used.  K  is  found  only  in 
Kalendae,  Caleiids^  the  first  of  the  mouthy  and  a  very 
few  other  words.  Q  is  always  followed  by  u  as 
in  English.  T  and  Z  were  introduced  about  50 
B.  0.  to  represent  the  sounds  of  the  corresponding 
Greek  letters,  and  are  found  only  in  foreign  words. 

5  The  vowels  are  a,  e,  i,  o,  u,  y.  The  diph- 
thongs are  ae,  oe,  au,  eu,  ei,  ui. 

6  The  consonants  are  all  other  letters.  They 
are  divided  into 

Mutes  (stopped  sounds)  p,  b,  t,  d,  c,  k,  q,  g. 

Liquids         .        .        .  1,  m,  n,  r. 

Sibilant         .        .        .  s. 

Double  consonants       .  x  =  cs  or  gs,  z  =  ds. 

Pronunciation 

7  VOWELS 

The  mark  -  over  a  vowel  means  that  it  is  long^ 

and  **  that  it  is  short. 

a  as  the  last  a  of  aha!.  a  as  the  first  a  of  alia  I 

e  as  in  wliey.  e  as  in  loliet. 

i  as  in  'pique.  i  as  in  picTc. 

6  as  in  omen.  o  as  in  omit. 

u  as  00  in  pool.  u  as  in  put. 

y  y  like  the  German  iJb  or  the  French  u. 

8  DIPHTHONGS 

ae  as  ai  in  aish.  eu  as  eu  in  feud. 

oe  as  oi  in  oil.  ei  as  ei  in  feint. 

au  as  ow  in  owl.  ui  as  we. 


THE  LATIN  LANGUAGE  3 

9  The  sounds  of  ei,  ui,  eu,  will  be  more  accurately  re- 
produced if  the  English  words  are  somewhat  drawled,  so 
that  the  component  vowels  may  be  heard  more  distinctly, 

e.  g^^fee-int. 

10  CONSONANTS 

Consonants  are  sounded  as  in  English,  except 
that 

c  and  g  are  always  hard,  as  in  cat^  get, 
i  consonant  is  always  like  y  in  yet, 
s  is  always  sharp,  as  in  sun,,  sea, 
t  is  always  sounded  as  in  time. 
V  is  always  like  w  in  wine, 
X  is  like  ks, 
z  is  like  dz  in  adze, 
bs  is  like  ps, 
bt  is  like  pt. 
ch  is  like  h. 

Doubled  consonants,  like  11,  nn,  tt,  must  be  sounded 
separately:  il-le,  dn-nus,  mit-to.  Compare  the  English 
looh-case^  rat-trap. 

Syllables 

11  A  Latin  word  has  as  many  syllables  as  it  con- 
tains separate  vowels  and  diphthongs :  au-rum, 
gold]  a-ma-vit,  he  loved]  for-ti-tu-do,  brewery. 

12  In  dividing  words  into  syllables : 

{a)  A  single  consonant  is  attached  to  the  following 
vowel :  le-ga-tus,  ambassador. 

(b)  When  two  or  more  consonants  stand  together,  as 
many  are  usually  attached  to  the  following  vowel  as  can 
begin  a  word :  for-tis,  hrave ;  pro-vin-ci-a,  province ;  c6- 
gno-sco,  I  recognize. 

{c)  But  compound  words  are  divided  into  their  com- 
ponent parts :  ad- sum,  I  am  present. 


4  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

Quantity  of  Vowels 

13  Vowels  are  either  long  (marked  -)  or  short 
(marked  ^). 

In  this  book  all  long  vowels  are  marked ;  all  vowels 
not  marked  may  be  regarded  as  short. 

14  A  vowel  is  regularly  short  before  a  vowel  or 

h :  meus,  mfiine ;  nihil,  nothing, 

(a)  A  few  exceptions  occur,  chiefly  in  proper  names 
derived  from  the  Greek  :  Aeneas. 

15  It  will  be  useful  to  remember  that,  with  a  few  ex- 
ceptions which  will  be  marked,  a  vowel  before  nt  or  nd 
is  short. 

16  Diphthongs,  vowels  formed  from  diphthongs, 
and  vowels  due  to  contraction  are  long:  causa, 
reason  \  iniquus  (in-|-afequus), '^^?^/a^r;  cogo  (co-f- 
ago),  compel. 

Also  a  vowel  before  i  consonant,  nf,  ns,  and 
often  before  gn,  is  long :  eius,  of  him^  his ;  infans, 
child ;  mensa,  table ;  regnum,  Tcingdom. 

Quantity  of  Syllables 

17  A  syllable  is  long  if  it  contains  a  long  vowel 
or  a  diphthong.  It  is  also  long  if  it  contains  a 
short  vowel  followed  by  two  or  more  consonants, 
or  by  a  double  consonant :  ex,  from ;  mors,  death. 

It  is  important  to  remember  that  it  is  the  syllable^  not 
the  vowel,  which  is  long  by  position.  Thus  the  last  syllor 
hie  of  amant  is  long  by  position,  owing  to  the  time  re- 
quired to  pronounce  the  consonants  nt,  but  the  vovwl  a  is 
short. 


THE  LATIN  LANGUAGE  5 

Accent 

18  The  last  syllable  of  a  word  is  called  tlie  ultima^ 
the  next  to  the  last  the  penult^  and  the  syllable 
before  the  penult,  the  antepenult 

19  Words  of  two  syllables  are  accented  on  the 
penult:  pa-ter,  ma-ter. 

20  Words  of  more  than  two  syllables  are  accented 
on  the  penult,  if  the  penult  is  long:  R6-ma-nus. 
Otherwise  they  are  accented  on  the  antepenult : 
ta-bu-la,  table ;  ma-ri-ti-mus,  maritime. 

21  A  few  monosyllables,  called  enclitics  because 
they  are  closely  joined  to  the  preceding  words, 
always  throw  an  accent  upon  the  syllable  before 
them,  even  if  that  syllable  be  short.  The  most 
common  enclitics  are  -ne,  a  sign  of  a  question,  and 
-que,  and:  auditne,  does  Tie  Tiearf  rosaque,  and  a 
rose. 

22  Exercise  for  Pronunciation 

In     faucibus        lupi  os       inhaeserat.      Mercede 

In      the  throat     of  a  wolf     a  hone       had  stuck.  For  pay 

igitur    conducit    gruem,    qui   illud     extrahat.        Hoc 
therefore     he  hired       a  crane      who      it     was  to  take  out.      This 

grtis         longitudine  colli        facile   effecit.     Cum 

the  crane  because  of  the  le^igth  of  his  neck    easily        did.        When, 

autem    mercedem     postularet,    subrldens     lupus       et 
however,       his  pay  he  asked  for,        smiling        the  wolf      and 

dentibus  inf rendens,  "  Num  tibi,"  inquit,  "  parva  merces 
his  teeth       gnashing,      "  Does  it  to  you,^^  said  he,     "  small      pay 

videtur,   quod    caput     incolume      ex       lupi     faucibus 
seem  that   your  head    unharmed     frorri     a  wolfs       throat 

extraxisti  ?  " 
you  have  got  out  9  " 


6  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

23  The  Latin  language  has  the  same  parts  of  speech  as 
the  English,  and  the  same  grammatical  terms — case^  num- 
her^  mood^  tense^  voice,  declension,  etc. — are  for  the  most 
part  used  in  both  English  and  Latin  grammar. 

Cases 

24  The  cases  in  Latin  are  the  nominative^  vocative^ 
genitive^  dative^  accusative^  ablative.  These  are 
partially  distinguished  by  different  forms,  as  will 
be  explained  later.  There  are  also  a  few  nouns 
which  have  a  locative  case,  but  this  case  had 
been  nearly  lost  before  the  Romans  developed 
a  literature.  The  meanings  of  the  cases  will  be 
shown  in  the  following  lessons. 

Gender 

26  There  are  three  genders  in  Latin,  as  in  Eng- 
lish; but  the  gender  of  a  Latin  noun  is  more 
often  determined  by  its  ending  than  by  its  mean- 
ing. Special  rules  for  gender  will  be  given  for 
each  class  of  nouns;  but  the  following  general 
rules  are  useful : 

(a)  Masculine  are  names  of  males,  also  names  of 
rivers,  winds,  and  months :  pater,  father ;  Caesar,  Caesar ; 
Rhenus,  Rhine  \  Eurus,  east  wind  \  Martins,  March, 

{b)  Feminine  are  names  of  females,  also  names  of 
countries,  islands,  towns,  and  trees:  mater,  mother \ 
Tnllia,  Tullia ;  Eurdpa,  Europe ;  Sicilia,  Sicily ;  quercus, 
oak. 


LESSON  I 
FIRST   OR   -a   DECLENSION 

26  Stem  in  a^ 

The    Gender    is    Feminine^  except   of  nouns 
which  denote  males  (25  a). 

NOMINATIVE  AND  ACCUSATIVE 
SINGULAR  AND  PLURAL 


27 


Examples 


PLURAL 

&bulae,  stories. 
rosae,  roses. 

fibulas,  stories. 
rosas,  roses. 


SINGULAR 

T^T-  ( fibula,  story. 

Nominative  <  '  ^ 

(rosa,  rose. 

.  (fibulam,  story. 

Accusative  •<  '  ^ 

(rosam,  rose. 

(a)  Notice  how  the  Latin  plural  is  distinguished  from 
the  singular,  and  that,  while  in  English  the  nominative 
and  accusative  (i.  e.  objective)  have  the  same  form,  in 
Latin  the  endings  differ. 

Form  the  accusative  singular,  the  nominative  and 
accusative  plural  of  puella,  girl;  via,  road;  parva,  small; 
magna,  large. 

*  The  Stem  is  the  body  of  the  word  to  which  the  endings  are 
attached.  The  term  is  used  here  for  convenience,  but  the  changes  of 
stems  in  forming  the  cases  are  too  complicated  for  the  beginner  to 
attempt  to  understand. 

7 


8                                   FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

28  VOCABULARY 

Nouns  Adjectives 

ancilla,  f.  maid-servant,  bona,  f.  good. 

fabula,  f.  story^  tale.  lata,  f.  wide.,  hroad. 

lulia,  f.  Julia.  longa,  f.  long. 

puella,  f.  girl.  magna,  f.  large. 

rosa,  f .  rose.  parva,  f .  small.,  little. 
Tullia,  f.  Tullia, 
via,  f.  road. 


Verbs 
est,  {he.,  she.,  it)  is. 
Particles  sunt,  {they)  are. 


-ne,  a  sign  of    a  question     amat,     {he^    she^    it)    lovesy 

(21).  likes. 

et,  and.  amant,  {they)  love.,  like. 

29  Examples 

1.  Pnella  est  parva.  The  girl  is  small. 

2.  Viae  sunt  longae.  The  roads  are  long. 

3.  liilia  amat  parvam  puellam.  Julia  loves  the  little  girl 

4.  Amantne  puellae  rosas  ?  Bo  the  girls  like  roses  9 

{a)  Notice  that  in  Latin  there  is  no  article  :  we  may 
translate  puella,  girl^  a  girl^  the  girl^  as  the  situation 
requires.  The  fourth  example  above  might  have  been 
translated,  Do  girls  like  the  roses  ? 

{b)  Notice  also  that  the  adjectives  agree  with  their 
nouns  in  gender^  number^  and  case^  as  in  English. 

30  Utile.— The  Subject  of  a  finite^  verb  is  in  the  Nomina- 
tive. 

31  Utile,— The  Direct  Object  of  a  transitive  verb  is  in  the 
Accusative. 

W.  289,  308 ;  B.  166,  172  ;  AG.  173,  237 ;  H.  387,  404. 

32  1.  Fabula  est  longa.     2.  Lata  est  via.     3.  Longa  via 
est  lata.     4.  Julia  est  puella.     5.  Parva  puella  est  Tullia. 

^  That  is,  in  any  mood  except  the  infinitive. 


FIRST  DECLENSION  9 

6.  lulia  amat  magnas  rosas.  7.  Amatne  lulia  longas 
f abulas  ?  8.  Parvae  puellae  f abulas  amant.  9.  Julia  est 
ancilla.  10.  Estne^  bona  ancilla?  11.  Tullia  et  Itilia 
sunt  bonae  ancillae.     12.  Ancillae  parvam  puellam  amant. 

33  1.  The  road  is  long.  2.  The  wide  road  is  long. 
3.  Girls  like  roses.  4.  Does  Julia  like  roses?  5.  Julia 
likes  large  roses.      6.  Are  Julia  and  Tullia  little  girls? 

7.  They  are  maid-servants.  8.  Is  the  story  good  ?  9.  It 
is  good  and  long. 


LESSON    II 
FIRST   DECLENSION   (Continued) 


34 


Paradigm 

SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

NoM.,  Voc.2 

rosa,  a  rose. 

rosae,  roses. 

Gen. 

rosae,  of  a  rose. 

rosarum,  of  roses. 

DAT. 

rosae,  to  a  rose. 

rosis,  to  roses. 

Accu. 

rosam,  a  rose. 

rosas,  roses. 

Abl. 

rosa,  imth  ^  a  rose. 

rosis,  with  roses. 

(a)  The  terminations,  printed  above  in  full-faced 
type,  represent  the  case  -  endings  combined  with  the 
stem  ;  but  in  some  forms  no  case-ending  appears. 

(5)  Notice  what  cases  are  alike  in  the  paradigm. 
Make  a^  table  of  the  terminations  and  commit  it  to 
memory. 

*  Notice  that  the  number  of  the  subject  is  shown  by  the  verb- 
ending. 

*  The  vocative  is  the  case  of  address;  in  most  nouns  it- is  the 
same  as  the  nominative. 

3  This  translation  of  the  ablative  is  only  one  of  a  number  pos- 
sible ;  the  various  meanings  will  be  given  later. 


10  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

POSSESSIVE  GENITIVE 
36  Examples 

1.  Rosa  puellae  est  alba.  The  girl's  rose  is  white. 

2.  Ancilla  Tulliae  est  bona.      Tullia's  maid  is  good. 

(a)  Notice  that  the  genitives  puellae  and  Tulliae  tell 
the  persons  who  possess  the  rose  and  the  maid-servant. 
Such  a  genitive  is  called  a  Possessive  Genitive, 

36  JRiUe.—The  Genitive  is  used  to  denote  the  Possessor. 
W.  353  ;  B.  198  ;  AG.  214,  a.  I ;  H.  440,  1. 

DATIVE  OF  THE  INDIRECT  OBJECT 

37  Examples 

1.  lulia  rosam  ancillae  dat.    Julia  gives  the  maid  a  rose. 

2.  Tullia  fabulam  puellis  narrat.     Tullia  tells  the  girls  a 

story, 
{a)  Notice  that  the  datives  ancillae  and  puellis  tell 
the  persons  to  whom  something  is  given  or  told.  Such 
a  dative,  denoting  the  person  toward  whom  the  action 
of  the  verb  is  directed,  is  called  the  Dati/ve  of  the  Indi- 
rect Object.  It  may  often  be  translated  by  the  English 
Objective  case  with  to  or  for. 

38  B.vle.  —The  Indirect  Object  of  a  verb  is  in  the  Dative  case. 
W.  326  ;  B.  187  ;  AG.  224  ;  H.  424. 

39  VOCABULARY 

Nouns  Adjectives 

cura,  f .  care.  cara,  f .  dear.,  Moved. 

epistula,  f .  letter.  mala,  f .  lad,  wiclced. 

filia,^  f.  daughter.  multa,  f .  much.,  many. 

patria,  f .  fatherland.  nova,  f .  neio. 

regina,  f.  queen.  pulchra,  f.  beautiful,  pretty. 
silva,  f.  ivood,  forest. 

1  Dative  and  ablative  plural  f Ilia-bus. 


FIRST  DECLENSION  XI 

sed,  conj.  but.  n5n,  adv.  not. 

Verbs 
dat,  (Ae,  sJie^  it)  gives.  narrant,  {tJiey)  tell, 

dant,  {they)  give.  habet,  {he^  sJie^  it)  has. 

narrat,  (he,,  she,  it)  tells.  habent,  (they)  have, 

40  1.  TuUia  est  reglnae  filia.  2.  Keglna  novam  fabulam 
filiae  narrat.  3.  Eegina  habet  pulchras  filias.  4.  Re- 
ginae  filiabus  (dat.)  pulchram  fabulam  narrat.  5.  Parvae 
puellae  (nom.)  rosas  multas  reginae  dant.  6.  Eegina  amat 
patriam.  7.  Patria  reginae  (dat.)  cara  est.  8.  Eegina  est 
bona  et  patriam  amat.  9.  Eegina  filiae  epistulam  dat. 
10.  Suntne  viae  patriae  longae  ?  11.  Sunt  longae  sed  non 
latae.  12.  Silva  pulchra  est  lata.  13.  Eeginae  bonae 
multam  ciiram  habent.     14.  Mala  ancilla  est  magna  ciira. 

41  Notice  how  the  order  of  the  preceding  sentences  dif- 
fers from  that  in  English.  Latin  being  an  inflected  lan- 
guage, that  is,  having  different  forms  to  express  the  rela- 
tion of  words,  admits  of  greater  freedom  in  the  arrange- 
ment of  a  sentence  than  ours.  For  example,  if  some  one 
should  say  in  English,  The  queen  the  girl  loves,,  we  should 
not  know  whether  queen  was  subject  or  object ;  but  in 
the  Latin  Regina  puellam  amat,  the  case-endings  make  the 
construction  clear.     Study  the  following  sentences  : 

1.  Regina  parvam  puellam  amat.  The  Queen  (in 
contrast  to  the  king,  or  any  one  else)  loves  the  little  girl, 

2.  Parvam  puellam  amat  regina.  It  is  the  little 
GIRL  (not  some  one  else)  the  queen  loves, 

3.  Amatne  regina  parvam  puellam?  Does  the  queen 
love  the  little  girl  ? 

The  following  general  principles  should  be  re- 
membered: 

{a)  In  a  Latin  sentence  the  subject,  as  the  most  im- 
portant part,  is  ordinarily  placed  first ;  then  the  object 


12  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

follows,  as  the  next  most  important  part;  the  indirect 
object,  if  any,  follows ;  and  the  verb  comes  at  the  end, 
except  such  unimportant  forms  as  est^  sunt^  and  other 
parts  of  the  Latin  verb  '  to  be,'  which  may  generally  be 
placed  in  any  convenient  part  of  the  sentence. 

{b)  Adjectives  usually  precede  their  nouns. 

{g)  If  a  word  is  to  be  made  emphatic,  it  is  ordinarily 
put  first  in  the  sentence. 

42  With  these  principles  in  mind  translate  the 
following  sentences,  and  see  the  varying  meaning 
you  can  give  by  changing  the  position  of  the 
Latin  words.  Remember  the  Latin  order  is  sig- 
nificant ;  it  is  never  a  matter  of  chance. 

1.  Tullia's  letter  is  long.  2.  The  maid  gives  the  letter 
to  the  queen.  3.  The  queen's  daughter  is  not  beautiful, 
but  (she  is)  ^  dear.  4.  The  maid  is  telling  Julia  a  new 
story.  5.  Julia  is  a  little  girl,  but  she  loves  long  stories. 
6.  Large  forests  are  beautiful.  7.  A  good  ^  queen  loves 
her  country,  but  a  bad  ^  queen  does  not. 


LESSON   III 
FIRST   DECLENSION   (Continued) 

PREDICATE   NOMINATIVE 

43  Examples 

1.  Alexandra  est  regina.  Alexandra  is  the  queen. 

2.  Tullia  et  lulia  sunt  par-     Tullia  and  Julia  are  little 

vae  puellae.  girls. 

(a)  Notice  that  in   these  sentences  the  nominatives 
regina,  puellae,  are  in  the  predicates,  and  mean  the  same 

1  Omit.  '■^  Express  emphasis  by  the  order. 


FIRST  DECLENSION  13 

as  the  subjects  Alexandra  and  Tullia  et  lulia.  Such 
nouns  as  regina  and  puella  are  called  Predicate  Nouns, 
(b)  Notice  that  nouns  were  used  in  this  way  in  sen- 
tences 4,  5,  9,  10,  and  11  of  Lesson  I,  and  sentences 
1  and  14  of  Lesson  11. 

44  Hule, — A  Predicate  noun  agrees  with  its  subject  in  case. 
W.  290  ;  B.  168  ;  AG.  185  ;  H.  393. 

DATIVE   OF   POSSESSOR 

45  Examples 

1.  Bona  ancilla  est  liiliae  (dative).     Julia  has  a  good  maid. 

2.  Rosae  sunt  puellis  (dative).  The  girls  have  roses. 

(a)  Notice  that  the  datives  luliae  and  puellis  are  used 
in  the  predicate  with  est  and  sunt  to  tell  the  persons  to 
whom  ancilla  and  rosae  belong,  and  that  the  meaning  is 
the  same  as  lulia  bonam  ancillam  habet,  Puellae  rosas 
habent.  Such  a  dative  is  called  the  Dative  of  Possessor. 
The  thing  possessed  is  the  subject  of  the  verb. 

46  Mule.— The  Dative  is  used  with  esfj  and  other  forms  of 
the  Latin  verb  meaning  "to  be,"  to  denote  the  Possessor. 

W.  340  ;  B.  190  ;  AG,  231 ;  H.  430. 

47  VOCABULARY 

Nouns 

ara,  f.  altar.  Graecia,  f.  Greece. 

Britannia,  f.  Britain^  Eng-  Italia,  f.  Italy. 

land.  nauta,  m.  sailor. 

dea,^  f.  goddess.  poeta,  m.  poet. 

feima,  f.  fame^  reputation.  vita,  f.  life. 

Adjectives 
clara,  f.  renowned.,  famous.  mea,  f.  my. 

grata,  f .  pleasing^  acceptable.  tua,  f .  your  (singular). 

*  Dea  forms  the  dative  and  ablative  plural  like  filia  (39). 


14  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

Verbs 
laudat,  {Tie^  etc.)  praises,  habitat,  {Jie^  etc.)  lives^  dwells, 

laudant,  {they)  praise,  habitant,  {they)  live^  dwell. 

Adverbs 
ibi,  there.  nbi,  where  (relative  and  in- 

terrogative). 

48  1.  Graecia  est  mea  patria,  Italia  est  patria  TuUiae. 
2.  Deae  habent  multas  aras.  3.  Deabus  sunt  multae  arae. 
4.  Ubi^  sunt  arae  dearum?  5.  Laudatne  poeta  deam? 
6.  Poeta,  magna  est  tua  fama.  7.  Longa  vita  non  est 
nautae.  8.  Vita  reginae  est  longa.  9.  Eegina  multas 
filias  habet.  10.  Eeginae  (dat.)  sunt  multae  filiae.  11* 
Fama  est  poetae  grata.  12.  Clara  est  poetae  fama.  13. 
Italia  est  patria  nautae,  sed  ibi  non  habitat. 

49  1.  The  poet  loves  great  fame.  2.  Altars  are  accept- 
able to  the  goddesses.  3.  England  is  the  sailor's  native 
land  and  he  lives  there.  4.  Poets  love  and  praise  their 
native  land.  5.  The  queen  has  a  beautiful  daughter.^ 
6.  Do  the  broad  forests  belong  to  the  queen  ?^  7.  My 
daughter,  your  letter  is  not  long. 


LESSON  IV 

SECOND   OR   -o   DECLENSION 

Stem  in  o 

50  The  Gender  of  nouns  of  the  Second  Declension 
ending  in  -us  in  the  nominative  is  usually  Mas- 
culine. 

^  As  ubi  is  itself  an  interrogative  particle,  -ne  is  not  needed. 
2  In  how  many  ways  can  this  be  translated  ? 


SECOND  DECLENSION  15 

51 


Paradigm 

Servus,  slave. 

servo- 

SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

NOM., 

Voc. 

servus,  serve 

servi 

Gen. 

servi 

servorum 

Dat. 

serv5 

servis 

Accu. 

servum 

servos 

Abl. 

servo 

servis 

{a)  The  vocative  singular  of  such  nouns  ends  in  -e. 
In  all  other  nouns  and  in  all  plurals  it  is  the  same  as 
the  nominative. 

(b)  Notice  what  cases  have  the  same  terminations ; 
make  a  table  of  the  terminations  and  commit  it  to  memory. 

{p)  All  the  feminine  adjectives  given  in  the  preced- 
ing vocabularies  have  corresponding  masculine  forms  in 
-us  declined  like  servus :  bonus,  carus,  clarus,  longus, 
magnus,  parvus,  etc. 

{d)  Decline  together,  bonus  amicus,  latus  campus. 

APPOSITIVES 

52  Examples 

1.  Dea  Vesta  aram  habet.     The  goddess,  Vesta,  has  an  altar. 

2.  luliae    puellae    rosam     The  maid  gives  a  rose  to  the 

dat  ancilla.  ^  girl  Julia. 

(a)  Notice  that  Vesta  is  in  the  same  case  as  dea,  and 
explains  what  goddess  is  meant;  that  luliae  bears  the 
same  relation  to  puellae.  Such  a  noun  explaining  an- 
other noun  referring  to  the  same  person  or  thing  is  called 
an  Appositive^  as  in  English. 

53  Hide, — An  Appositive  agrees  with  its  subject  in  case. 

W.  291 ;  B.  169,  2  ;  AG.  184  ;  11.  393. 

Decline  together  dea  Vesta,  Marcus  dominus. 


16  ■  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

ABLATIVE   OF  PLACE 

54  Examples 

1.  Amicus  est  in  horto.  A  friend  is  in  the  garden, 

2.  Dea    aram    in    campo         The  goddess  has  an  altar  in 

habet.  the  plain, 

(a)  Notice  that  in  hort5,  in  campd  answer  the  ques- 
tion Where  f  Such  an  ablative  is  called  an  Ablative  of 
the  Place  Where. 

55  ^i^e,— The  Place  Where  is  expressed  by  the  Ablative 
with  a  preposition. 

W.  401 ;  B.  228 ;  AG.  258,  c ;  H.  483. 

56  VOCABULARY 

Nouns 
agricola,  -ae,  m.  farmer,         servus,  -i,  m.  slave, 
amicus,  -i,  m.  friend,  terra,   -ae,    f.    land,,'  earthy 

campus,  -i,  m.  plain^  field,  ground, 

dominus,  -i,  m.  tnaster,  own-    Vesta,  -ae,  f.  Vesta  (a  god- 

er,  dess). 

hortus,  -i,  m.  garden,  vilicus,  i,  m.  steivard^  super- 

Marcus,  -i,  m.  Marcus,  intendent  of  an  estate, 

oceanus,  -i,  m.  ocean,  villa,  -ae,  f.  country  house^ 

ftuintus,  -i,  m.  Quintus.  farm. 

Verbs 
curat,   (he^   etc.)  cares  for,    errant,  {they)  wander,  stray 

takes  care  of,  abo^t. 

curant,  (they)  care  for,  take    labdrat,  {he,  etc.)  works, 

care  of,  laborant,  {they)  work, 

errat,     {he,   etc.)    wanders,    navigat,  {he,  etc.)  sails, 

strays  about,  navigant,  {they)  sail, 

in,  preposition  with  abl.,  in,    itaque,  conj.,  therefore, 

57  1.  Ara  deae  Vestae  est  in  silva.  2.  Deae  grata  est 
rosa.  3.  Itaque  Marcus  multas  rosas  deae  dat.  4.  Marcus 
est  agricola  et  amicus  Quinti.     5.  Quinto  sunt  lati  campJ 


SECOND  DECLENSION  17 

et  magnus  hortus.  •  6.  Habet  villam  et  multos  servos. 
7.  Servi  laborant  in  campis  domini.  8.  Quintus  in  terra 
non  habitat,  sed  oceanum  navigat.  9.  Marcus  est  Qulnti 
vilicus.  10.  Itaqne  Marcus  hortum  et  villam  mei  amici 
Quinti  curat.  11.  Amice  Quinte,  Marcus  est  bonus  vili- 
cus. 12.  Julia  et  Tullia,  filiae  domini,  ibi  errant,  ubi 
sunt  multae  et  pulchrae  rosae. 

58  1.  The  steward's  reputation  is  good.  2.  Marcus,  the 
owner  of  the  country  house,  has  a  new  steward.^  3.  Where 
are  the  new  slaves  working  ?  4.  They  are  working  in  your 
garden,  but  the  maids  are  working  in  my  country  house. 
5.  The  ocean  is  dear  to  the  sailor,  but  the  farmer  praises 
the  land.  6.  Julia,  where  are  your  beautiful  roses?  7. 
My  roses  are  on  (in)  the  altar  of  the  goddess.  8.  Poets 
praise  the  famous  forests  of  Italy,  where  the  goddess  has 
many  altars.^ 

LESSON  V 
SECOND   DECLENSION   (Continued) 

NEUTER  NOUNS 

59  The  Gender  of  all  nouns  of  the  Second  Declen- 
sion ending  in  -urn  is  Neuter. 

60  Paradigm 

Donum,  gift, 

dono- 


SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

NoM.,  Voc. 

donum 

dona 

Gen. 

doni 

donorum 

Dat. 

dono 

donis 

Accu. 

donum 

dona 

Abl. 

dono 

donis 

*  Translate  the  sentence  in  two  ways. 


18 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


'    (a)  Notice  that  the  Nominative,  Yoeative,  and  Accu- 
sative have  the  same  form.     This  is  true  of  all  neuters. 

ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  FIRST  AND  SECOND  DECLENSIONS 

61  The  masculine  and  feminine  adjectives  given 
in  the  preceding  vocabularies  have  neuter  forms 
in  -urn :  bonum,  carum,  alarum,  longum,  magnum, 
parvum,  etc.     These  are  declined  like  donum. 

The  full  declension  of  these  adjectives  is  shown 
thus : 

g2  Singular 

MASC.  FEM. 

NoM.,  Voc.  bonus,  bone  bona 

Gen.  boni  bonae 

Dat.  bono  bonae 

Accu.  bonum  bonam 

Abl.  bono  bona 


NEUT. 

bonum 

boni 

bono 

bonum 

bono 


Plural 


NoM.,  Voc. 

boni 

bonae 

bona 

Gen. 

bonorum 

bonarum 

honor 

Dat. 

bonis 

bonis 

bonis 

Accu. 

bonds 

bonas 

bona 

Abl. 

bonis 

bonis 

bonis 

AGREEMENT  OF  ADJECTIVES.— PREDICATE  ADJECTIVES 

63  Examples 

1.  Amicus  est  bonus.  4.  Amici  sunt  boni. 

2.  Puella  est  pulchra.  5.  Puellae  sunt  pulchrae. 

3.  Donum  est  gratum.  6.  Dona  sunt  grata. 

7.  Eegina  magnam  curam  habet. 

8.  Poeta  pulchros  hortos  laudat. 

{a)  Notice  that  in  these  sentences  and  in  those  of  all 
the  preceding  lessons  the  adjectives  have  the  same  Gen- 


SECOND  DECLENSION  19 

\ 
der^  Number^  and  Case  as  the  nouns  they  modify ;  also 
that  in  the  first  six  sentences  the  adjectives  are  in  the 
predicate.     Compare  these  with  predicate  nouns  (43). 

64  Ttule.—An  Adjective  agrees  v^ith.  its  noun  in  Gender, 
Number,  and  Case. 

W.  293  ;  B.  234  ;  AG.  186  ;  H.  394. 

65  In  the  sentences  used  tlius  far  the  adjectives 
have  the  same  terminations  as  the  nouns  they 
modify ;  but  this  is  not  always  so — e.  g.,  we  must 
say,  bonus  agricola,  boni  agricolae,  etc.,  since  agricola 
is  masculine. 

Decline  clarus  poeta. 

66  VOCABULARY 

Nouns 

argentum,  -i,  n.  silver^  money,  Horatius,^  -i,  m.  Horace. 

donum,  -i,  n.  gift.  lupus,  -i,  m.  wolf. 

filius,^  -i,  m.  son.  Mtisa,  -ae,  f.  Muse. 

gladius,^  -i  m.  sword.  periculum,  -i,  n.  danger. 

gratia,     -ae,     f.    gratitude^  populus,  -i,  m.  people, 

favor  (gratus,  -a,  -um).  scutum,  -i,  n.  shield. 

Eomanus,  -a,  -um,  Roman.       quoque,  adv.,  also^  too.- 

Verbs 
erat,  {Jie^  etc.)  was.  errabat,^  {lie^  etc.)  was  wan- 

erant,  {they)  were.  dering^  wandered. 

^  The  Genitive  singular  of  all  nouns  in  -ins  ends  in  single  -i ;  the 
accent  is  always  on  the  penult :  filT,  Horati, 

The  Vocative  singular  of  f  ilius  and  all  proper  names  in  -iiis  also 
ends  in  -i :  fill,  Horati. 

^  Notice  how  the  form  of  this  tense  is  related  to  the  present 
errat.  Errabat  is  called  the  Imperfect  tense  and  is  equivalent  to 
the  English  Progressive  Preterite  or  to  the  simple  Preterite.  Form 
the  Imperfects  of  fugat,  laudat,  narrat,  and  servat.  The  imper- 
fect of  dat  is  dabat,  da  bant. 


L 


20  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

errabant,   {they)  were  wan-  habitabat,  {lie^  etc.)  was  liv- 

dering^  wandered,  ing,  lived,  dwelt. 

fugBi,  {he,  etc.)  ^uts  to  flight,  habitabant,   {they)  were  liv- 

fiigant,  {they)  put  to  flight.  irig,  lived,  dwelt, 

habebat,  {he,  etc.)  teas  hav-  servat,  {he,  etc.)  saves,  pro- 

ing,  had.  tects. 

habebant,   {they)   ioere  hav-  servant,  {they)  save,  protect, 
ing,  had, 

67  1.  Horatius  erat  clarus  poeta.  2.  In  Italia  habitabat 
et  populo  Eomano  carus  erat.  3.  Filius  vilici  erat  et 
villain  parvam,  donum  amici,  habebat.  4.  Ibi  habitabat 
et  villam  amabat.  5.  Non  multum  argentum  sed  multos 
amicos  habebat.  6.  Horatius  parvus  filius  vTlicI  in  silva 
errabat.  7.  Ibi  lupus  quoque  errabat.  8.  Gladius  et  scu- 
tum non  erant  Horatio.  9.  Itaque  magno  in^  periculo 
erat  Horatius,  sed  Musae  poetam  servabant.  10.  Hora- 
tius lupum  fugabat  et  Musis  gratiam  habebat. 

68  1.  Where  did  the  famous  poet  Horace  live  ?  2.  Italy 
was  the  native  land  of  the  poet  Horace.  3.  The  poet's 
life  was  not  long,  but  it  was  dear  to  the  Muses.  4.  The 
Muses  saved  Horace's  life ;  therefore  he  felt  grateful  ^  to 
the  goddesses  and  gave  (them)  ^  many  gifts.  5.  Horace 
put  a  wolf  to  flight  in  the  forest.  6.  Horace's  friend  gave 
(him)^  a  beautiful  country  house.  7.  Horace  did  not 
have  great  gardens  and  many  slaves.  8.  But  the  gifts  of 
his  friend  were  acceptable  to  the  poet. 

*  A  monosyllabic  preposition  frequently  stands  between  an  ad- 
jective and  its  noun. 

'  Compare  sentence  10  above. 
3  Omit. 


SECOND  DECLENSION 


21 


LESSON  VI 

SECOND  DECLENSION  (Continued) 

Nouns  in  -er  and  -ir 


69 


Paradigms 

Puer,  hoy. 

puero- 

SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

NOM.,  Voc. 

puer 

pueri 

Gen. 

pueri 

puerorum 

Dat. 

puero 

pueris 

A  ecu. 

puerum 

pueros 

Abl. 

puero 
Ager,  field, 
agro- 

pueris 

SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

NoM.,  Voc. 

ager 

agri 

Gen. 

agri 

agrorum 

DAT. 

agro 

agris 

Accu. 

agrum 

agros 

Abl. 

agro 

Vir,  man. 
viro- 

agris 

SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

NoM.,  Voc. 

vir 

viri 

Gen. 

viri 

virorum 

Dat. 

viro 

viris 

Accu. 

viruin 

viros 

Abl. 

viro 

viris 

{a)  Notice  that  with  the  exception  of  the  nominative 
and  vocative  singular  these  nouns  are  declined  like  ser- 
vus ;  also  that  the  only  difference  between  the  declension 


22  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

of  puer  and  ager  is  that  pner  keeps  the  e  of  the  nomi- 
native throughout,  while  ager  drops  it.  Most  nouns  in 
-er  of  the  Second  Declension  are  declined  like  ager. 

ABLATIVE  OF   ACCOMPANIMENT 

70  Examples 

1.  Foeta  cum  filio  errat.  The  poet  is  walking  with 

(his)  son, 

2.  ftuintus  cum  vilico  habi-     Quintus    lived    with    (his) 

tabat.  steward, 

3.  Regina   cum    filiabus  in     The  queen  was  in  the  gar- 

horto  erat.  den  with  (her)  daughters, 

(a)  Notice  that  in  these  sentences  the  ablative  with 
cum  is  used  to  denote  the  person  who  accompanies  the 
subject.  Such  an  ablative  is  called  the  Ablative  of  Ac- 
Gompaniinent, 

71  iJM^c.— Accompaniinent    is   regularly  expressed  by  the 
Ablative  with  the  preposition  cum. 

W.  392  ;  B.  222 ;  AG.  248  a ;  H.  473,  1. 

72  VOCABULARY 

Nouns 

ager,  agri,  m.  field,  magister,  magistri,  m.  school- 

bellum,  -i,  n.  loar,  master^  teacher, 

Britanni,  -drum,  m.  Britons^  oppidum,  -i,  n.  town, 

inhabitants  of  Britaifi,  praemium/  -i,  n.  reivard, 

liber,  libri,  m.  book,  E5ma,  -ae,  f .  Rome, 

liberi,^   -drum,    m.  children  vir,  viri,  m.  man, 

(free-born).  . 

^  ^  Adjectives 

antiquus,    -a,  -um,   ancient,    validus,  -a,  -um,  strong,  stur- 
old.  dy, 

*  Not  used  in  the  singular. 

*  The  genitive  singular  of  neuter  nouns  in  -ium  ends  in  single  -i; 
praemium,  praemi  (66,  i). 


SECOND  DECLENSION  23 

Verbs 
erit,  {he^  etc.)  will  he,  dabunt,  (they)  will  give, 

erunt,  (they)  will  be,  habebit,  {he,  etc.)  will  have, 

amabit/  (he^  etc.)  will  love,     habebunt,  (they)  will  have, 
amabimt,  (they)  will  love,         servabit,  {he,  etc.)  will  save, 
dabit,  {he,  etc.)  will  give,         servabunt,  {they)  will  save, 

cum,  prep,  with  abl.  with,      semper,  always, 

73  1.  Yilicus  cum  servis  est  in  agris.  2,  Servi  Marci 
agricolae  in  horto  lab5rant.  3.  Bonis  servis  dominus 
praemium  dabit.  4.  In  Britannia  sunt  antiquae  viae 
Eomanae.  5.  Multi  liberi  sunt  Marc5  agricolae,  pulchra 
filia  et  validi  filii.  6.  Liberi  poetae  habebunt  bonum 
magistrum.  7.  lulia,  poetae  filia,  libros  magistri  curat. 
8.  Pueri  cum  amicis  in  lata  silva  semper  errant.  9.  Erunt 
validi  viri,  gladium  et  scutum  habebunt  et  bella  amabunt. 
10.  Nauta  cum  liberis  oceanum  navigat.  11.  Magno  in 
periculo  erunt  liberi,  sed  nauta  liberos  servabit. 

74  1.  Marcus's  sons  live  in  the  town  with  their  teacher. 
2,  The  children  will  not  have  much  money,  but  they  will 
have  many  good  books.  3.  The  teacher  wanders  in  the 
ancient  woods  and  fields  with  the  children.  4.  He  tells 
the  boys  and  girls  many  good  stories.  5.  The  teacher 
will  give  the  boys  books,  not  money,  as  a  reward.  6.  The 
children  will  love  the  books  of  the  poet  Horace,  the  gift 
of  (their)  ^  teacher.  7.  The  books  of  the  poet  Horace 
will  always  be  famous.  8.  A  great  reputation  will  be  the 
reward  of  a  good  poet. 

*  Notice  how  these  Futures  are  related  to  the  present  and  imper- 
fect (66)  forms  of  the  same  verbs.  Form  Futures,  singular  and  plural, 
of  fugat,  laudat,  narrat,  and  write  sentences  containing  these 
forms. 

2  Omit. 


24  FIRST   LATIN  BOOK 

LESSOX  VII 
THE  VERB  SUM,  to  be 

75  Learn  the  present,  imperfect,  and  future  indic- 
ative, and  the  present  infinitive  of  sum  (485). 

{a)  Notice  that  the  endings  of  the  verb  learned  indi- 
cate the  person  and  number^  as  the  endings  of  nouns 
indicate  the  case  and  nuinber.  Thus  far  only  the  third 
person  has  been  employed  :  est,  erat,  erit  in  the  singular ; 
sunt,  erant,  erunt  in  the  plural.  The  subjects  of  the  first 
and  second  persons  are  expressed  only  for  emphasis. 

76  Rule,— A,  finite  verb  agrees  with  its  subject  in  Number 
and  Person. 

W.  296  ;  B.  254,  1 ;  AG.  204  ;  H.  388. 

77  1.  Sum,  eram,  ero.  2.  Es,  eras,  eris.  3.  Estis,  eratis, 
eritis.  4.  Sumiis,  eramus,  erimus.  5.  Erat,  esse,  erit. 
6.  Estis,  eritis,  erunt. 

78  1.  You  (sing.)  are,  you  (sing.)  were.  2.  You  (plu.)  will 
be,  you  were.  3.  I  was,  you  shall  be,  they  are.  4.  They 
are,  they  were,  they  shall  be. 

79  Adjectives  in  -er 


Paradigms 

Niger,  nigra,  nigrum,  UacJc. 

Singular 

MASCULINE             FEMININE 

NEUTER 

NOM., 

Voc.     niger             nigra 

nigrum 

Gen. 

nigri             nigrae 

nigri 

DAT. 

nigro            nigrae 

nigro 

Accu. 

nigrum         nigram 

nigrum 

Abl. 

nigro             nigra 

nigro 

ADJECTIVES  IN  -EB 


25 


Plural 

MASCULINE 

FEMININE 

NEUTER 

NOM.,  Voc. 

nigri 

nigrae 

nigra 

Gen. 

nigroriim 

nigrarum 

nigrorum 

DAT. 

nigris 

nigris 

nigris 

Accu. 

nigr5s 

nigras 

nigra 

Abl. 

nigris 

nigris 

nigris 

Miser,  misera,  miseruin,  wretched. 
Singular 


MASCULINE 

FEMININE 

NEUTER 

NOM., 

Voc. 

miser 

misera 

miserum 

Gen. 

miseri 

miserae 

miseri 

DAT. 

miser5 

miserae 

misero 

Accu. 

miserum 

miseram 

miserum 

Abl. 

miserd 

misera 

miserd 

Plural 

NOM., 

Voc. 

miseri 

miserae 

misera 

Gen. 

miserorum 

miserarum 

miserorum 

DAT. 

miseris 

miseris 

miseris 

Accu. 

miseros 

miseras 

misera 

Abl. 

miseris 

miseris 

miseris 

{a)  Notice  that  these  adjectives  in  -er  have  the  same 

peculiarities  of  declension  as  nouns  in  -er ;  the  feminine 

nominative  shows  whether  the  adjective  follows  ager  or 

puer. 
80  VOCABULARY 

aeger,    -gra,    -grum,   feeble,  niger,  -gra,  -grum,  UacTc. 

sicTc,  pulcher,  -chra,  -chrum,  heau- 
ceteri,   -ae,  -a/  the  rest  of,  tiful. 

liber,  -era,  -erum,  free.  sacer,  -era,  -crum,  sacred. 

miser,  -era,  -erum,  ivretched.,  tener,   -era,   -erum,   delicate., 

unhappy.  soft.,  tender. 

^  Usually  plural ;  the  masculine  and  neuter  are  frequently  used 
as  substantives. 


26  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

auxilium  -i,  n.  aid^   assist-    equns  -i,  m.  horse, 
ance^  help,  herba  -ae,  f .  grass. 

dare,  to  give.  liberare,  to  set  free. 

vocare,  to  call. 

81  1.  EquT  nigri  in  latis  agris  errabant.  2.  Herba  tenera 
aegris  equis  grata  erit.  3.  Servus  erat  cum  equis  in 
campis  et  equos  domini  curabat.  4.  Quintus,  magister 
filiorum  Marci,  est  servus.  5.  Marcus  dominus  argentum 
servo  non  dabit  sed  filios  Quinti  liberabit.  6.  Liberatne 
dominus  ceteros  filios  servi  ?  gratiam  habebunt.^  7.  Ita- 
que,  pueri,  liberi    eritis    et    in    agris    non   laborabitis. 

8.  In  villa  Horati  poetae  erat  antiqua  ara,  Miisis  sacra. 

9.  Horatius  puer  Musas  vocabat.  10.  "  Musae,  in  peri- 
culo  sum."  Bonae  erant  misero  puero  et  auxilium  da- 
bant.  11.  Poeta  amicus  Miisarum  est ;  in  periculo  Miisas 
vocabit.  12.  Poetam  miserum  semper  servabunt  deae. 
13.  Auxilium  miseris  viris  dare  Miisis  est  gratum.^ 

82  1.  Julia,  the  poet's  daughter,  was  sick,  but  not  un- 
happy. 2.  She  had  many  beautiful  books,  the  gift  of 
her  teacher.  3.  The  rest  of  the  poet's  children  are 
strong  and  will  be  handsome  men.  4.  Greece  is  an 
ancient  land,  sacred  to  the  Muses.  5.  All  other  lands 
are  beautiful,  but  they  are  not  dear  to  poets.  6.  The 
master  will  set  the  unhappy  slaves  free  and  give  the  boy 
a  reward.  7.  Boys  gave  tender  grass  to  the  sick  horse. 
8.  To  give  aid  to  an  unhappy  man  is  good.^ 

» Compare  67,  10. 

'  Notice  that  the  subject  of  est  is  the  entire  infinitive  clause 
anxilinm  .  .  .  dare,  and  that  the  neuter  predicate  adjective  gratum 
modifies  it.    All  clauses  used  as  substantives  are  neuter. 

*  Compare  sentence  13  above. 


FIRST  CONJUGATION  "^     27 

LESSOR   VIII 
FIRST   OR  a  CONJUGATION 

ACTIVE  VOICE;    PRESENT  SYSTEM 

83  The  Principal  Parts  of  a  Latin  verb  are  tlie 
Present  Indicative,  Present  Infinitive,  Perfect  In- 
dicative, and  Perfect  Participle.  When  these  are 
known  all  other  forms  can  easily  be  determined. 
Thus  the  Principal  Parts  of  amo  are : 

amo,  I  love,    amare,  to  love,    amavi,  /  have  loved,  I  loved. 
amatus,  having  been  loved. 

84  Learn  the  present,  imperfect,  and  future  indica- 
tive, and  the  present  infinitive  active  of  amo  (479). 

(a)  Notice  that  all  these  forms,  with  the  apparent 
exception  of  the  first  person  singular  of  the  present  in- 
dicative, are  formed  from  the  stem  ama-,  which  may  be 
obtained  by  dropping  -re  of  the  present  infinitive. 
This  form  ama-  is  called  the  Present  Stem,  and  the 
tenses  formed  from  it  belong  to  the  Present  System.^ 

85  The  Personal  Endings  express  Person,  Num- 
ber, and  Voice.  They  are  given  for  the  active 
voice  in  the  following  table  : 

Person  Singular  Plural 

First.  -m,  -6  -mus 

Second.  _s  -tis 

Third.  -t  -nt 

^  The  present  and  imperfect  subjunctive,  the  present  and  future 
imperative,  and  the  present  participle,  which  also  belong  to  the 
Present  System,  will  be  taken  up  later. 


28  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

86  The  Imperfect  is  formed  by  adding  to  the  stem 
ama-,  -ba-,  sometimes  called  the  Tense  Sign  of  the 
imperfect,  to  which  are  added  the  personal  end- 
ings. The  Tense  Sign  of  the  Future  for  all  verbs 
of  the  First  and  Second  Conjugation  is  -bi-,  which 
appears  as  -bo  in  the  1st  pers.  sing,  and  -bu-  in 
the  3d  pers.  plural. 

87  Inflect  like  amo  the  following : 

fugo,  fagare,  fugavi,  fuga-  servd,  servare,  servavi,  ser- 
tus,  to  put  to  flight.  vatus,  to  save. 

Iaud5,  laudare,  laudavi,  lau-  voc5,  vocare,  vocavi,  voca- 
datus,  to  praise.  tus,  to  call. 

88  1.  Laudo,  laudabas,  laudabit.  2.  Servabitis,  servaba- 
mus,  servat.  3.  Fugamus,  f ugabamus,  fugabimus.  4.  Vo- 
cat,  vocare,  vocabat.  5.  Fugabis,  laudabo,  servabatis. 
6.  Fugant,  fugabant,  fugabunt. 

89  1.  He  is  calling,  they  will  save.  2.  I  am  praising,  I 
was  praising,  I  shall  praise.  3.  You  are  putting  to  flight, 
you  were  putting  to  flight,  you  will  put  to  flight.  4.  He 
calls,  they  called,  you  will  call.  5.  To  save,  you  will  save, 
you  saved. 

90  1.  Eoma  erat  antiquum  oppidum  in  Italia.  2.  Ibi 
populus  Romanus  habit abat.  3.  Valid!  viri  erant  Eomiini 
et  cum  ceteris  populis  Italiae  bella  agebant.^  4.  Populo 
Romano  erant  lati  agri.  5.  Multi  equi  in  tenera  herba 
agrorum  errabant.  6.  Roman!  Romam,  pulchrum  oppi- 
dum, semper  amabunt  et  laudabunt.  7.  Romulus  erat 
clarus  Romanus.  8.  Magister,  Hberis  pulchram  fabulam 
de  ^  {about)  Romulo  narras.     9.  Fabulas  narrare  mih!  {to 

^  Carried  on. 

2  A  common  preposition  with  the  ablative. 


FIRST  CONJUGATION  ^      29 

me)  gratum  est :  f  abulam  de  Eomulo  narrabo.  10.  Lupa  ^ 
(she-wolf)  Eomulum  puerum  curabat  et  vitam  miseri 
pueri  servabat.  11.  Eomulus  cum  lupa  in  silva  habita- 
bat.     12.  Pueri,  amatisne  f abulam  de  Eomulo  ? 

91  1.  Master,^  you  will  call  your  slaves.  2.  I  call  my 
slaves ;  you  call  yours.  3.  Slaves,  you  will  work  in  the 
fields  diligently  ^  with  your  master.  4.  You  shall  have  a 
fine  reward ;  you  shall  be  free  men.  5.  He  will  set  free 
the  good  slaves.  6.  They  did  work  diligently  ^  and  their 
master  set  them  free.  7.  To  a  good  farmer  the  earth  will 
give  many  rewards.  8.  He  chased  away  the  wolf  and 
saved  the  children.  9.  To  save  the  poet  was  pleasing  to 
the  Muses. 


92 


READING  EXERCISE 

The  Retort  Truthful 

^N'asTca*  ad  poetam  Ennium  venit  (came)  et  quaesTvit 
{asked  for)  poetam.  Ancilla  dixit  (said),  "  Ennius  non 
domi  {at  home)  est ; "  sed  Nasica  sensit  {perceived  that) 
ancillam  ^  domini  iiissu  {at  the  order)  dixisse  {had  spoken) 
et  poetam  ^  intus  {within)  esse  {was).  Faucis  {few)  post 
diebus  ^  {days)  ad  N^asicam  venit  Ennius  et  eum  {hi^n) 
quaesivit ;  sed  exclamat  {cried  out)  Nasica  se  ^  {he)  domi 
non  esse.  Tum  Ennius,  "Quid?  (what?)  ego  (/)  non 
cognosco  {recog7iize)  vocem  {voice)  tuam ''  ?  Hie  {at  this) 
Nasica :  Homo  {man)  es  impudens."''  Ego  cum  {whe?i)  te 
{you)  quaererem,^  ancillae^  tuae  credidi  (/  believed)  te^ 

*  Compare  lupus,  66.  ^  Not  ma^ister. 

•  ^  diligenter.  *  A  distinguished  Roman  lawyer. 

^  Subject  of  the  following  infinitive.  ^  Abl.  of  time. 

'  Guess  at  the  meaning.     What  English  word  is  derived  from  it  ? 

^  First  person  singular,  imp.  subj.  act.     Compare  quaesivit,  the 

perf.  indie,  of  the  same  verb.     Translate  as  if  indicative. 

*  Dative  with  the  following  verb. 


30  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

domi  non  esse;  tti  (you)  mihP  (me)  non  credis^  ipsi^ 
(myself)  ? 


LESSON  IX 
FIRST  OR  a  CONJUGATION  (Continued) 

PASSIVE  VOICE 

93  The  Principal  Parts  of  a  Latin  verb  in  the 
Passive  Voice  are  the  Present  Indicative,  Present 
Infinitive,  and  Perfect  Participle.  Thus  the  Prin- 
cipal Parts  of  amo  in  the  passive  are : 

amor,  /  am  loved.      amari,  to  be  loved,      amatus,  having 
been  loved. 

94  Learn  the  present,  imperfect,  and  future  indica- 
tive, and  the  present  infinitive  passive  of  amo  (479). 

(a)  Notice  that  all  the  forms  learned  are  based  on  the 
present  stem  ama-,  and  that  the  imperfect  and  future 
indicative  passive  are  formed  with  the  same  tense  signs, 
-ba-,  -bi-  (be),  as  the  corresponding  tenses  in  the  active. 

98  The  Personal  Endings  of  the  indicative  pas- 
sive are : 

•Person  Singular  Plural 

First.  -r                       -mur 

Second.  -ris,  -re          -mini 

Third.  -tiir                -ntiir 

96  Form  the  principal  parts  in  the  passive  and 
inflect  fago,  laudo,  servo,  voco. 

^  Dative  with  the  following  verb. 

^  Present  tense.    What  person  and  number  ? 

^  Agreeing  with  mihi. 


FIRST  CONJUGATION  ^      31 

97  1.  Amare,  amari.  2.  Amabam,  amabar ;  vocabo,  voca- 
bor.  3.  Laudatur,  laudabatur,  laudabitur.  4.  Lauda- 
mini,  laudabimini,  laudabamini.  5.  Fugant,  fugabuntur, 
fugaris.  6.  Vocabis,  vocaberis,  vocabare.  7.  Amare, 
laudari,  fugare. 

98  1.  We  are  calling,  you  saved  (plu.).  2.  We  shall  be 
saved,  they  will  save.  3.  I  did  call,  he  is  saving,  he  will 
save.  4.  You  will  be  saved,  you  are  being  saved.  5.  To 
call,  to  be  saved,  to  put  to  flight.  6.  They  were  praising, 
they  were  being  praised,  they  were  praised.  7.  We  are 
being  saved,  you  shall  be  saved. 


ABLATIVE 

OF  AGENT 

99 

Examples 

1. 

Quintus  amlciLin  servat. 

Quintus  saves  Ms  friend. 

2. 

Amicus  a  Cluinto  servatur. 

The  friend  is  saved  iy  Quin- 
tus. 

3. 

Dominus  servnm  liberat. 

The  master  sets  free  the 
slave. 

4. 

Servus  a   domind   libera- 

The  slave  is  set  free  ly  his 

tur. 

master. 

(a)  I^otice  that  when  a  statement  is  changed  from  the 
active  form  to  the  passive,  the  object  of  the  active  verb 
becomes  the  subject  of  the  passive,  and  that  the  subject 
of  the  active  verb  is  shifted  from  the  nominative  to  the 
ablative  with  the  preposition  a  (or  ab  *).  Such  an  abla- 
tive with  a  or  ab  tells  who  the  doer  or  agent  of  the  ac- 
tion is,  and  is  called  Ablative  of  Agent. 

100         JKi^Ze.— The  Agent  with  Passive  verbs  is  expressed  by 
the  Ablative  with  a  or  ah. 

W.  379  ;  B.  216  ;  AG.  246  ;  H.  468. 

^  A  or  ab  may  be  used  before  consonants,  ab  before  vowels. 


32  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

101  VOCABULARY 

incola,  -ae,  m.  inliabitant.  oppidanus,  -a,  -um,  delonging 

lupa,  -ae,  f.  she-wolf  (lupns).  to  a  town  (oppidum) ;  (fre- 

murus,  -i,  m.  wall  (of  a  city).  quently  used  as  a  substan- 

praesidium,    -i,    n.    defense^  tive)  an  inhahitant  of  a 

protection.  town. 

aedifico,   -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to    euro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  care 

build.  for. 

appell5,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to    pugnd,   -are,   -avi,  -atus,   to 

call^  name.  fiyht. 

a,  ab,  prep,  with  abl.,  by.        de,   prep,  with  abl.,  about^ 

concerning. 

102  1.  Eomulus  Eomam  aedificabat.  2.  Koma  a  Eomulo, 
viro  valido,  aedificabfitur.  3.  Oppidum  pulchrum  a 
Romulo  Roma  appellabatur.  4.  Roma  ab  incolis  semper 
amabitur.  5.  Clara  fabula  de  Romulo  llberis  a  magistro 
narrabitur.  6.  Vitam  Romuli  lupa  servabat  et  pue- 
rum  curabat.  7.  Incolae  oppidi  oppidanP  appellantur. 
8.  Incolae  antiqui  Romae  liberi  viri  erant  et  Roman! 
appelliibantur.  9.  Miirus,  praesidium  oppidT,  ab  Romanis 
aedificabatur.  10.  In  multis  bellls  cum  ceteris  incolis 
Italiae  antiquT  Roman!  pugnabant. 

103  1.  The  poet  Horace  was  saved  by  the  Muses.  2.  Romu- 
lus was  saved  and  cared  for  by  a  she-wolf.  3.  Ancient 
Rome  was  a  strong  town,  and  was  built  by  Romulus. 
4.  Romulus  was  loved  by  the  Roman  people.  5.  An  altar 
sacred  to  Romulus  was  built  by  the  Romans  in  the  city. 
6.  The  famous  wall  of  Britain  was  not  built  by  the  ancient 
Britons,  but  by  the  Romans.  7.  The  horses  are  sick  and 
are  being  cared  for  by  their  master.  8.  To  be  cared  for 
by  their  master  is  pleasant  to  the  horses.  9.  Tender 
grass  is  being  given  the  handsome  horses  by  the  slaves. 

^  Predicate  nominative. 


PERFECT  SYSTEM  OP  SUM  ^    33 

LESSON  X 
PERFECT  SYSTEM   OF   SUM 

104  Learn  the  perfect,  pluperfect,  and  future  per- 
fect indicative,  and  the  perfect  infinitive  of  sum 
(485). 

105  These  tenses  belong  to  the  perfect  system  of 
sum,  which  is  formed  on  the  stem  fu-,  obtained  by 
dropping  -i  of  the  first  person  singular  of  the 
perfect  indicative. 

{a)  Notice  that  the  perfect  system  of  this  verb  is 
formed  on  a  different  stem  from  the  present  system. 

(J)  Notice  also  that  the  personal  endings  of  the 
phiperfect  and  future  perfect  are  the  same  as  those 
of  the  present  system.  The  perfect  indicative  has  cer- 
tain endings  pecuhar  to  itself. 

106  The  Personal  Endings  of  the  Perfect  Indica- 
tive Active  are  shown  in  the  folloAving  table : 

Person  Singular  Plural 

First.              -i  -imus 

Second.            -isti  -istis 

Third.            -it  -erunt,  -ere 

107  1.  Fuisti,  fueras,  fiieris.  2.  Fuerunt,  f  uerant,  fuerint. 
3.  Fuisse,  f  uere,  f  uimus.  4.  FuT,  f  uero,  f  ueratis.  5.  Fuis- 
tis,  f ueratis,  fueritis. 

108  1-  I  have  been,  I  shall  have  been.  2.  I  had  been,  they 
had  been,  they  will  have  been.  3.  He  had  been,  he  will 
have  been,  to  have  been.  4.  We  shall  have  been,  we  have 
been,  we  had  been. 

3 


34 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


109 


ABLATIVE  OF  MEANS  OR  INSTRUMENT 

Examples 


1.  Viri  gladiis  armantur. 

2.  Nautae     oceanum    vento 

navigant. 

3.  Lupum     armis    fugabant 

servL 


The  men  are  being  armed 

with  swords. 
Sailors  sail  the  sea  hy  7neans 

of  the  wind. 
The  slaves  i^ut  the  wolf  to 
flight  with  weapons. 


(a)  Notice  that  in  these  sentences  the  ablatives  gla- 
diis, vento,  armis  denote  the  Means  or  Instrument  by 
which  the  action  of  the  verb  is  performed  ;  also  that  the 
Means  or  Instrument  of  the  action  goes  along  with,  accom- 
panies, the  actor  in  the  action,  so  that  such  an  ablative, 
which  is  called  the  Ablative  of  Means  or  Instrument^ 
is  in  reality  similar  to  the  Ablative  of  Accompaniment 
(71),  used  without  the  preposition.  It  is  generally  trans- 
lated with  or  by. 

110         Rule.— The  Ablative   is  used  to  denote  the  Means  or 
Instrument. 

W.  386 ;  B.  218 ;  AG.  248,  c  ;  H.  476. 


Ill  VOCABULARY 

arma,  -ormn,  n.  plu.  arms,    hasta,  -ae,  f.  spear, 

weapons.  inimicus,  -i,  m.  enemy  (ami- 

cansa,  -ae,  f.  cause,  reason,         cus,  66). 
deus,^  -i,  m.  god,  proelium,  -i,  n.  battle. 

Gallus,  m.  a  Gaul,  templum,  -i,  n.  temple. 

victoria,  -ae,  f.  victory. 

proximus,  -a,  -um,  next,  near- 
est. 


Gallia,  f.  Gaul. 

dubius,  -a,  -um,  doubtful. 


^  Vocative  deas. 


PERFECT  SYSTEM  OP  SUM  ^    35 

oppugno,  -are,^  to  storm^  at-  olim,  once^  once  on  a  time^ 

tack.  formerly, 

diu,  long.,  for  along  time,  sine,  prep,  with  abl.,  witli- 

fortiter,  bravely.  out. 

112  1.  Terra  proxima  Italiae  (dat.)  Gallia  appellabatur. 
2.  Antiqui  incolae  Galliae  Romanes  non  amabant.  3.  In- 
imici  populi  Romani  semper  fuerant.  4.  Incolae  Galliae 
Galli  olim  appellabantur.  5.  Multae  causae  belli  cum 
Romanis  fuerant  Gallis.  6.  Gallis  olim  erant  multa  pul- 
chra  oppida.  7.  Multa  oppida  Gallorum  a  Romanis  op- 
pugnabantur.  8.  Oppidani  armis  diu  et  fortiter  ptigna- 
bant.  9.  Sed  Galli  validos  miiros  non  habebant ;  itaque 
oppidani  miseri  sine  praesidio  fuerunt.  10.  Gladiis  et 
hastis  piignabant  et  in  templis  deos  vocabant,  nam  (for) 
victoria  diu  fuerat  dubia. 

113  1.  The  Romans  stormed  a  town  of  the  Gauls  without 
reason.  2.  Did  the  Gauls  have  a  good  reason  for  war^ 
with  the  Romans?  3.  The  Gauls  and  the  Romans  had 
been  enemies  for  a  long  time.  4.  The  Romans  did  not 
have  the  protection  of  a  wall,  but  they  were  strong  men. 
5.  The  battle  had  been  for  a  long  time  doubtful.  6.  The 
inhabitants  called  upon  the  gods  in  the  temples.  7.  But 
the  gods  gave  the  victory  to  their  enemies.  8.  The 
Romans  put  the  townsmen  to  flight  with  their  spears. 

1  In  the  following  vocabularies  only  the  present  infinitive  of  verbs 
whose  principal  parts  are  like  amo  will  be  given. 
*  Compare  112,  5. 


36  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

LESSON   XI 
PERFECT   SYSTEM    OF  AMO 

114  Learn  the  perfect,  pluperfect,  and  future  per- 
fect iudicative,  and  the  perfect  infinitive,  active 
and  passive,  of  amo  (479). 

(a)  Notice  that  the  perfect  system  in  the  active  is 
formed  from  the  perfect  stem  amav-,  which  may  be  ob- 
tained by  dropping  the  ending  -i  of  the  first  person  sin- 
gular of  tlie  perfect  indicative  active.  Observe  also  the 
additions  to  this  stem,  by  means  of  which  the  pluperfect 
and  future  perfect  tenses  are  formed.  With  what  forms 
of  sum  may  they  be  compared  ? 

(h)  Notice  that  the  perfect  passive  system  is  com- 
pounded of  the  perfect  passive  participle  amatus,  having 
been  loved^  and  the  proper  tenses  of  sum — the  present  to 
form  the  perfect  amatus  sum,  the  imperfect  to  form  the 
pluperfect  amatus  eram,  and  the  future  to  form  the 
future  perfect  amatus  erd. 

115  The  participle  is  declined  like  the  adjective 
bonus,  and  agrees  with  the  subject  in  gender, 
number,  and  case  exactly  like  a  predicate  adjec- 
tive (63).     For  example : 

Singular  Plural 

Masc.        puer  est  amatus^  pueri  sunt  amati 

Fem.  puella  est  amata  puellae  sunt  amatae 

Neut.        donum  est  amatum  dona  sunt  amata 

116  1.  AmavT,  amatus  sum,  amati  sumus.  2.  Amavit, 
amaverat,  amaverit.     3.  Amata  es,  amata  eras,  amata  eris. 

*  This  apparently  reversed  order  is  common ;  the  predicate  na- 
ture of  the  participle  here  clearly  appears. 


PERFECT  SYSTEM  OF  AMO  \   37 

4.  Amavistis,  amati  estis,  amati  eritis.  5.  Amavero,  ama- 
tus  ero,  amatus  eram.  6.  Amata  est,  amatae  erant,  amata 
erit.  7.  Amatum  erat,  amata  sunt,  amata  erunt.  8.  Ama- 
visti,  amaveras,  amaveris.  9.  Amavisse,  amatus  esse. 
10.  Amaverunt,  amaverant,  amaverint. 

117  1.  We  loved,  we  had  loved,  we  shall  have  loved. 
2.  We  had  been  loved,  you  shall  have  loved,  we  shall  have 
been  loved.  3.  You  had  loved,  you  had  been  loved,  he 
has  been  loved.  4.  They  have  loved,  they  were  loved, 
they  had  been  loved.  5.  To  have  been  loved,  to  have 
loved. 

ABLATIVE   OF  CAUSE 

118  Examples 

1.  Pueri  fabula  delectantur.      The  boys  are  delighted  with 

the  story. 

2.  ftuintus  victoria  est  lau-     Quintus  was  praised  because 

datus.  of  his  victory. 

3.  Dominus  servos  industria     The  master  praised  the  slaves 

laudavit.  07i  account  of  their  iiidus- 

try. 

4.  Agricola    filiorum    causa     The  farmer  will  worh  for 

laborabit.  the  sahe  of  his  sons. 

5.  Puer    a     magistro     dili-     The  boy  will  be  praised  by 

gentia  laudabitur.  the  schoolmaster  for   his 

diligence. 

(a)  Notice  that  in  these  sentences  the  ablatives  fabula, 
victoria,  industria,  etc.,  answer  the  question  Why  ? — that 
is,  that  they  express  the  Cause  of  the  action  of  the  verb. 
Such  an  ablative  is  called  the  Ablative  of  Cause^  and 
may  be  translated  by  a  variety  of  English  phrases,  as  in 
the  examples  above. 

119  Hide. — The  Ablative  is  used  to  denote  Cause. 
W.  384  ;  B.  319  ;  AG.  245  ;  H.  475. 


38  FIRST  LATIN   BOOK 


120  VOCABULARY 


amicitia,  -ae,  f.  friendship^  diligentia,  -ae,  f.  carefulness^ 

alliance^    friendly     rela-  industry. 

lions  (amicus,  54).  finitimi,^  m.  plu.  neighhors, 

animus,  -i,   m.  mind^  cour-  frumentum,  -i,  n.  graiii, 

age.,  soul.  inopia,    -ae,    f.    want.,   lach^ 

c5pia,  -ae,   f.  plenty^  abun^  scarcity. 

dance.  odium,  -i,  n.  hatred. 
c5piae,  -arum,  f.  plu.  forces^ 

troops. 

expugno,    -are,    to  take   hy  porto,  -are,  to  carry.,  Iring. 

storm,   capture   (oppugno,  supero,  -are,  to  defeat,  over- 

111).  co7ne. 

incitd,  -are,  to  arouse,  stir  up.  vast5,  -are,  lay  waste. 

121  1.  Galli  odio  Romanorum  ^  incitati  sunt.  2.  Magnus 
fuit  animus  Gallorum;  diu  et  fortiter  pugnfiverunt. 
3.  Sed  copiae  oppidanorum  inopia  frumenti  superatae 
sunt.     4.  In  oppido  erat  copia  armorum,  non  frumenti. 

5.  Inopia  frumenti  auxilium  oppidanis  dabant  finitimi. 

6.  Amici  populi  Romani  appellati  sunt ;  causa  amlcitiae 
frumentum  portant.  7.  Romani  oppidanos  armis  supera- 
verunt,  et  sacra  templa  deorum  vastaverunt.  8.  Inopia 
frumenti,  non  copiis  Romanorum  superati  fuerimus. 
9.  Sed  finitimi  auxilium  miseris  oppidanis  odio  non 
dabunt.  10.  Oppidum  ab  Romanis  amicorum  causa  ex- 
piignatum  est ;  incolae  oppidi  fugati  et  agri  vastati  sunt.^ 
11.  Oppidum  inimicorum  expiignavisse  fuit  Romanis  gra- 
tum.  12.  Victoria  deos  laudabant  Romani  et  in  templa 
arma  portabant. 

*  Also  used  as  an  adjective — fiuitimus,  -a,  -um,  neighboring, 
bordering  on. 

^  The  Latin  language  here  uses  the  genitive  case  to  represent  the 
English  objective  case  with  the  preposition  for. 

3  Notice  that  sunt  does  double  duty  for  both  fugati  and  vastati. 


THE   DEMONSTRATIVES  HIG  AND  ILLE 


39 


122  1.  A  wall  has  been  built  by  the  inhabitants  of  the 
town.  2.  The  inhabitants  of  the  town  built  a  strong  wall 
on  account  of  (their)  many  wars.  3.  The  neighbors  had 
been  stirred  up  by  their  hatred  for  the  townsmen.^  4. 
The  townsmen  had  been  attacked  by  their  neighbors,  and 
because  of  (their)  hatred  their  fields  had  been  laid  waste. 
5.  The  forces  in  the  town  fought  long  and  bravely  with 
swords  and  spears,  but  the  victory  was  doubtful.  6.  The 
enemies  of  the  Gauls  were  defeated  and  pacified  by  lack 
of  supplies.  7.  The  Gauls'  spirit  is  great ;  they  will 
fight  long  and  bravely.  8.  A  strong  wall  will  be  a  great 
protection  to  the  Gauls.  9.  The  friends  of  the  Eomans 
brought  a  supply  of  grain  with  great  diligence ;  the  Eo- 
mans praised  them  for  their  friendship. 


123 


LESSON   XII 

THE   DEMONSTRATIVES   HIC 

AND  ILLE 

Hic,  this. 

Singular 

MASCULINE              FEMININE 

NEUTER 

NoM.,  Voc. 

hie                haec 

hoe 

Gen. 

huius             huius 

huius 

Dat. 

huic               huic 

huie 

Accu. 

hunc              hanc 

hoe 

Abl. 

hoc                hac 

Plural 

hoe 

NoM.,  Voc. 

hi                  hae 

haee 

Gen. 

horum           harum 

horum 

Dat. 

his                 his 

his 

Accu. 

h5s                has 

haee 

Abl. 

his                 his 

his 

Compare  121,  1, 


40 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


nie, 

that. 

Singular 

MASCULINE 

FEMININE 

NEUTER 

NoM.,  Voc. 

iUe 

ilia 

illud 

Gen. 

illius 

illius 

illius 

DAT. 

iUi 

iUi 

illi 

Accu. 

ilium 

illam 

illud 

Abl. 

iUo 

ilia 

ilia 

Pll 

jral 

NoM.,  Voc. 

ill! 

iUae 

iUa 

Gen. 

illorum 

illarum 

illorum 

DAT. 

illfs 

iUis 

iUis 

Accu. 

iUds 

illas 

iUa 

Abl. 

llllR 

illis 

iUis 

{a)  Notice  that  in  the  plural  these  pronouns  follow 
closely  the  regular  first  and  second  declensions ;  but  in 
the  singular  they  differ  widely. 

124  Both  hie  and  ille  may  be  used  alone  as  pro- 
nouns, or  as  pronominal  adjectives  in  agreement 
with  nouns. 

{a)  Hie  points  out  something  which  is  near  the 
speaker  in  time,  place,  or  thought,  etc.  It  is  therefore 
sometimes  called  the  demonstrative  of  the  first  person : 
hie  puer,  this  hoy  (near  me) ;  M  libri,  these  books  (by  my 
side,  or  which  I  have  just  mentioned,  etc.). 

(b)  nie  points  out  something  which  is  remote  in  time, 
place,  thought,  etc.,  from  the  speaker.  It  is  therefore 
sometimes  known  as  the  demonstrative  of  the  third  per- 
son:  ille  vir,  that  man  (yonder,  near  him);  illi  libri, 
those  hoohs  (over  there,  mentioned  some  time  ago,  etc.). 

{g)  When  ille  and  hie  are  contrasted  in  the  same 
sentence  they  frequently  mean  the  former^  the  latter: 


THE  DEMONSTRATIVES  BIG  AND  ILLE  41 

ille  bonus,  hie  malus  est,  The  former  is  a  good  man^  the 
latter  bad, 

(d)  Ille  is  sometimes  used  in  the  sense  of  the  loell- 
known^  the  famous.     It  then  follows  its  noun. 

125  Examples 

1.  Hie    ager   est   mens,   ille     This  field    is    mine^    that 

tuus.  yours. 

2.  ftuintus   et   Mareus   sunt     Quintus    and    Marcus    are 

Romani;  ille  magister,         Romans;    the  former    is 
hie  est  discipulus.  the  teacher^  the  latter  the 

pupil. 

3.  Horatius,   poeta  ille,  R6-    Horace^  the  well-known  poet^ 

manis  fuit  carus.  was  dear  to  the  Roinans. 

126  VOCABULARY 

Belgae,   -arum,   m.    pin.  the  intro,  -are,  to  enter ^  go  in. 

Belgians.  Nervii,   -orum,   m.   plu.  the 

eoniuro,   -are,    to    swear   to-  Nervians  (a  Belgian  peo- 

gether^  plot.  pie). 

eontra,    prep,    with     accu.,  numerus,  -i,  m.  number. 

against.  nune,  adv.  noiv. 

Haedui,  -drum,  m.  plu.  the  nuntio,   -are,  to  send  news., 

Haeduans  (a  Gallic  peo-  report. 

pie).  paeo,  -are,    to  pacify^   sub- 

inter,     prep,     with     accu.,  due. 

among.,  between.  pare,  -are,  to  get  ready.,  pre- 

interea,  adv.  meamvhile.  pare. 

127  1.  Caesar  ^  magnis  cum  copiis  agros  Nerviorum  intra- 
vit.  2.  Hi  cum  ceteris  Belgis  contra  populum  Eomanum 
coniuraverant.     3.  Multae   causae   belli   erant  illis   cum 

^  The  declension  of  this  noun  will  be  given  later. 


42  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

Romanis.  4.  Belgae  fama  belli  et  odio  Eomanorum 
incitati  erant.  5.  Haec  Nerviis  ab  amicis  Haeduorum 
erant  ntintiata :  6.  "  Romanus  ille  multa  oppida  expug- 
navit,  oppidanos  miseros  fugavit,  agros  latos  vastavit. 
7.  Haedui  ab  illo  multis  proeliis  pacati,^  nunc  in  ami- 
citia  Romanorum  sunt."  8.  Non  amici  sed  servi  Roma- 
norum  erant.  9.  Interea  Romano  illi  ab  inimicis  l^er- 
viorum  haec  erant  nuntiata  :  10.  "  Magnus  numerus 
Nerviorum  cum  ceteris  Belgis  in  armis  est.  11.  Copia 
frumenti  ab  his  parata  et  auxilium  a  finitimis  est^ 
datum." 

128  1.  The  Haeduans  and  the  Nervians  used  to  live^  in 
Gaul.  2.  The  former  were  in  friendship  with  the  Romans,^ 
but  the  latter  had  not  yet  been  subdued.  3.  A  great 
number  of  these  on  account  of  their  hatred  of  the  Romans 
conspired  with  the  rest  of  the  Belgians.  4.  And  because 
of  the  scarcity  of  grain,  aid  was  given  them  by  their 
neighbors.  5.  These,  for  the  sake  of  their  friendship, 
brought  them  (i.  e.,  the  former)  an  abundance  of  grain 
and  of  weapons.  6.  This  was  reported  to  the  Romans 
by  their  enemies.  7.  And  Caesar  attacked  their  nearest 
town.  8.  The  inhabitants  fought  long  and  bravely, 
but  that  famous  Roman  defeated  them  and  laid  waste 
their  fields. 

^  Notice  that  this  is  the  perf.  pass,  participle  agreeing  with 
HaediiT,  not  a  part  of  the  indicative  mood. 

*  Compare  121,  10,  and  notice  how  sentence  7  above  differs  from 
this. 

2  What  tense  I  *  Genitive  case. 


THE  RELATIVE   QUI 


43 


LESSON  XIII 


THE   RELATIVE  QUI 


129 


Paeadigm 

ftui,  wJio^ 

wMch^  what. 

Singular 

MASCULINE 

FEMININE 

NEUTER 

NOM.,  Voc. 

qui 

quae 

quod 

Gen. 

cuius 

cuius 

cuius 

DAT. 

cui 

cui 

cui 

Accu. 

quern 

quam 

quod 

Abl. 

quo 

qua 

quo 

Plural 

NoM.,  Voc. 

qui 

quae 

quae 

Gen. 

qudrum 

quarum 

quorum 

DAT. 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

Accu. 

qu5s 

quas 

quae 

Abl. 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

130  Examples 

1.  Puer    qui    laudatur    est 

bonus. 

2.  Horatius    quein    Edmani 

amabant    clarus    poeta 
erat. 

3.  Hoc     est     ddnum     quod 

Q,uint5  datum  est. 

4.  Haec     sunt     d5na    quae 

Marcus  laudabat. 


The  loy  who  is  praised  is 

good. 
Horace^  whom  the  Romans 

lovedj  was  a  famous  poet. 


This  is  the  gift  which  was 

given  to  Quintus. 
These  are   the  gifts   which 

Marcus  praised. 


(a)  Notice  that  in  these  sentences  the  relatives  qui, 
quem,  quod,  quae,  agree  with  their  antecedents  in  gender 
and  number,  but  that  the  cases  are  determined  by  the 


44  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

construction  of  the  relative  sentences.  Thus  in  sen- 
tences 1  and  3  qui  and  quod  are  the  subjects  of  the  rela- 
tive sentences,  and  so  happen  to  be  in  the  same  case  as 
their  antecedents;  but  in  sentences  2  and  4  queiii  and 
quae  are  accusatives,  objects  of  the  verbs  in  the  relative 
sentences.  Their  antecedents,  however,  are  both  nomi- 
native. 

131  Ride, — The  Relative  Pronoun  agrees  with  its  Antece- 
dent in  Gender  and  Number,  but  its  Case  depends  on  the 
construction  of  the  clause  in  which  it  stands. 

W.  299;  B.  250;  AG.  198;  H.  396. 

132  VOCABULARY 

ab-suin,  ab-esse,  a-fui,  to  he  hie,  adv.  here^  at  this  point 

distant  from  (with  ab  and  or  place  (compare  the  pro- 

the  abl.)  noun  hie), 

ad,    prep,    with    accu.    to^  Vdisxa^d,^^. now ^  air eady^at  last, 

toward,  idoneus,  -a,  -um,  fit^  suitable. 

castra,  -onun,  n.  plu.  a  for-  iuvo,  -are,  iuvi,  iutus,  to  help, 

tified  camp,  loeus,^  -i,  m.  place, 

eonsilium, -i,  n.  jE?Zaw,  t/e5^^/^.  longe,  adv.  /ar,  much  (lon- 

convoed,  -are,  call  together^  gus,  -a,  -um). 

assemble.  natura,  -ae,  f.  nature, 

deeertd,    -are,    to    contend^  paratus,  -a,  -uin,  ready ^  pre- 

fight,  pared, 

exspeeto,  -are,  to  looTc  out  for  ^  praeda,  -ae,  f .  booty, 

wait  for^  expect.  propero,  -are,  to  hurry.,  hasten, 

133  1.  Numerus  Nerviorum  qui  in  armis  parati  erant,  ab 
Remis  nuntiatus  est.     2.  Hi,  quorum  agros  Caesar  iam 

^  lam  means  now  at  last,  already,  while  nunc,  126,  means  now 
at  the  present  time. 

2  The  plural  is  neuter,  loca,  -orum ;  loci,  -orum  is  used  only  to 
mean,  topics. 


THE  RELATIVE   QUI  45 

intraverat,  proximi  Galliae  (dat.)  erant.  3.  Parati  erant 
Eomanos  frumento  et  magnis  copiTs  iuvare.  4.  Ceteri 
Belgae,  qui  amici  Nerviorum  erant,  Eomanos  exspectabant. 
5.  Komani  illo  loco,^  qui  natura  proelio  (dat.)  erat  idoneus, 
a  Belgis  expectati  erant.  6.  Hoc  loco,  qui  ab  castris  Eoma- 
norum  non  longe  aberat,  contra  populum  Eomanum  armis 
decertabunt  Nervii.  7.  Ubi  (when)  Eomano  illi  consilium 
Nerviorum  nuntiatum  est,  ad  locum  properavit.  8.  In- 
terea  ISTervii  cum  animis  ad  proelium  paratis  ilium  ibi 
expectabant.  9.  Hie  inter  Eomanos  et  Belgos  diti  et 
fortiter  pUgnatum  est.^  10.  Hli  victoriae  et  praedae 
causa,  hi  pro  ^  liberis  et  patria  piignaverunt. 

134  1.  Caesar  called  together  those*  Belgians  who  had  not 
conspired  together.  2.  These  who  were  ready  to  contend 
in  battle  were  the  Eemi.  3.  The  Haeduans^  whose  towns 
had  been  captured  by  the  Eomans,  aided  them  with  grain. 
4.  The  Eomans  hurried  to  a  place  which  was  naturally 
suited  for  a  camp.  5.  They  prepared  supplies  and  assem- 
bled their  allies  at  (ad)  this  place.  6.  The  camp  was  not 
far  away  from  the  place  where  the  Nervii  had  already 
been  waiting  for  them  a  long  time.  7.  They  fought  for 
the  sake  of  their  country,  which  they  loved.  8.  But  the 
Eomans  had  entered  Gaul  for  the  sake  of  booty. 

^  Abl.  of  place. 

2  This  form  of  the  verb  has  no  personal  subject,  but  supplies  its 
subject  (cf.  pugna,  hattle,  fighting)  in  itself.  Translate,  There  was 
a  battle,  or  in  a  similar  way.  Such  a  verb  is  called  an  Impersonal 
Verb. 

3  A  common  preposition  with  the  abl.,  for  the  sake  of. 
*  Use  the  proper  case  of  ille. 


46  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

LESSON  XIV 

THE   DEMONSTRATIVE  IS 
THE    INTERROGATIVE    QUIS 


135 


Paradigms 

Is, 

that. 

Singular 

• 

MASCULINE 

FEMININE 

NEUTER 

NOM., 

Voc. 

is 

ea 

id 

Gen. 

eius 

eius 

eins 

Dat. 

ei 

ei 

ei 

Accu. 

eum 

earn 

id 

Abl. 

e5 

ea 

65 

Plueal 

NOM., 

Voc. 

ei,  ii 

eae 

ea 

Gen. 

eomm 

eamm 

eorum 

Dat. 

eis,  iis 

eis,  iis 

eis,  iis 

Accu. 

eds 

eas 

ea 

Abl. 

eis,  iis 

eis,  iis 

eis,  iis 

{a)  Notice  the  similarity  in  the  declension  of  is,  hie, 
and  nie. 

(5)  Is,  that^  is  in  meaning  like  iUe,  but  less  definite ; 
it  often  means  simply  he^  she,  it,  and  is  very  common 
as  an  antecedent  of  qui:  is  qui  oppidum  expugnavit,  he 
who  stormed  the  town\  ea  quae  portavit  that  which  he 
hrought. 


THE  INTERROGATIVE   QUIS 


47 


136 


ftuis,  who? 

Singular 

MASCULINE   AND   FEMININE 

NEUTER 

NoM.,  Yoc. 

quis 

quid 

Gen. 

cuius 

cuius 

DAT. 

cui 

cui 

Accu. 

queiiL 

quid 

Abl. 

quo 

quo 

Plural 
Like  qui  relative. 

{a)  ftuis  is  the  substantive  form  of  the  interrogative 
— i.  e.,  the  form  used  without  a  noun  :  quis  vocat  ?  Who 
calls  f 

(b)  The  adjective  form  is  qui,  what?  what  hind  of? 
ftui  puer  vocat?  What  hoy  calls?  ftuod  donum  porta- 
vit?  What  gift  did  he  hring?  This  qui  is  dechned 
exactly  like  qui  relative.^ 


137 


Examples 


1.  Magister  diligentiam  eius 

laudavit. 

2.  Is,  qui  cum  diligentia  la- 

boravit,  laudatus  est. 

3.  ftuis  discipulum  laudavit? 

4.  ftui  magister  diligentiam 

discipuli  laudavit? 

5.  ftuod  ddnum  dabit  magi- 

ster ei,  qui  cum  diligen- 
tia laboravit? 


The  teacher  praised  his  in- 
dustry. 

The  one  who  ivorlced  indus- 
triously was  praised. 

Who  praised  the  pupil  f 

What  teacher  praised  the 
pupiVs  industry  9 

What  gift  will  the  teacher 
give  to  the  one  who  worhed 
industriously  f 


^  It  should  be  said  that  the  distinction  between  substantive  quis? 
and  adjective  quif  was  not  always  observed  by  Roman  writers. 
Thus  we  find  quis  vir  vocat?  as  well  as  qui  vir  vocat?  Yet  it 
will  be  well  in  translating  the  English  exercises  of  this  book  to  ob- 
serve the  distinction  made  above. 


48  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

188  VOCABULARY 

comparo,  -are,  to  get  ready^  mora,  -ae,  f.  delay, 

get  together.  nam,  conj.  for. 

concilium,  -i,   n.  conference^  noster,  -tra,  -trum,  our  (com- 

a  meeting  of  state  or  of  pare  mens). 

war.  postuld,  -are,  to  demand.,  ask 

in,   prep,   with   accu.,  into.  for. 

(Compare    in   with    abl.,  reliquus,  -a,  -um,  remaining., 

66.)  the  rest.    (Compare  ceteri, 

legatns,  -i,  m.  envoy,  ambas-  80.) 

sudor.  socius,  -i,  m.  ally. 

139  1.  Qui  Galli  contra  amicos  nostros  coniurfiverunt  ? 
2.  Jill  erant  Nervil  et  ceteri  Belgae.  3.  Socii  populi 
Komfml  erant  Haedui,  flnitimi  Xerviorum,  qui  ab  Ro- 
mfinis  pacati  erant.  4.  li  nunc  copiam  frumenti  ab  illls 
postulabant.  5.  Qua  de  causa  erant  ^  NerviT  contra  Ro- 
mfmos  incitati?  6.  Odio  populi  Romani  qui  olim  Hae- 
duos  pficfiverunt.  7.  lam  ab  els  erat  concilium  Belgarum 
convocatum.  8.  Quod  consilium  eo  in  concilio  ab  Hae- 
duls  est  datum?  9.  Hoc  consilium  datum  est.  reliquos 
Belgas  incitare,  sine  mora  copiam  frumenti  comparfire, 
copias  in  oppidum  proximum  convocare.  10.  Ibi  Ro- 
manos  expectare  et  cum  eis  pro  patria  decertare  erat 
consilium.  11.  A  quibus  erant  haec  Romano  illi  nun- 
tiata?  Ab  legatis  Remorum,  qui  nostri  amici  diu  fue- 
rant.  12.  Nam  cum  reliquis  Belgis  non  coniiiraverant 
et  auxilium  Romanis  dare  parati  erant. 

140  1.  For  what  reason  did  the  Remi  not  conspire  with  the 
rest  of  the  Belgae  ?  2.  The  rest  of  the  Belgae  were  already 
in  arms,  but  these  were  our  allies.  3.  They  were  prepared 
to  give  aid  with  supplies  of  grain.     4.  What  was  the 

*  The  forms  of  sum  are  frequently  thus  separated  in  position 
from  the  perfect  participles  to  which  they  belong  grammatically. 


THE   THIRD  DECLENSION  49 

plan  of  the  Nervii  ?  5.  Their  plan  was  to  call  together  an 
assembly  of  the  Belgians,  and  on  account  of  lack  of  supplies 
to  demand  aid  from  their  neighbors.  6.  These  brought 
the  grain  which  had  been  asked  for,  but  the  Remi  con- 
spired with  the  Komans  against  the  rest  of  the  Gauls. 
7.  And  so  their  fields  were  devastated  by  the  Nervii  and 
their  allies.  8.  In  the  meantime,  Caesar  had  subdued  the 
Haeduans  and  had  taken  by  storm  a  great  number  of  their 
towns.    9.  Who  were  these  and  whose  allies  had  they  been  ? 


LESSON  XV 
THE   THIRD   DECLENSION 

141  The  stem  ends  in  a  consonant  or  -i. 

All  consonant  stems  may  be  found  by  drop- 
ping the  ending  -is  of  the  genitive  singular: 
princip-is,  reg-is. 

Consonant  stems  are  divided  into  two  classes, 
Mute  and  Liquid  Stems,  according  to  the  nature 
of  the  final  consonant.  Mute  Stems  end  in  b  or  p, 
c  or  g,  d  or  t  (6). 

142  MUTE  STEMS 


Pakadigms 

Princeps,  m. 

chief. 

princip- 

SlNGULAR 

Plural 

NoM.,  Voc. 

princeps 

prmcipes 

Gen. 

prmcipis 

prmcipum 

DAT. 

prmcipi 

principibus 

Accu. 

principem 

prmcipes 

Abl. 
4 

principe 

principibus 

60  FIRST   LATIN  BOOK 


Rex,  m.  king. 

Miles,  m.  soldier. 

reg- 

milit- 

SlNGULAR 

NOM.,  Voc. 

rex 

mlles 

Gen. 

regis 

•  militis 

Dat. 

regi 

militi 

Accu. 

regem 

militem 

Abl. 

rege 

Plural 

milite 

NoM.,  Voc. 

reges 

milites 

Gen. 

regnin 

militum 

Dat. 

regibus 

militibus 

Accu. 

reges 

milites 

Abl. 

regibus 

militibus 

{a)  Notice  that  the  nominatives  singular  of  these 
nouns  ends  in  -s.  Stems  in  b  or  p  retain  their  final 
consonants  unchanged  before  this  ending:  urbs,  prin- 
ceps ;  when  stems  end  in  c  or  g,  the  final  consonant  com- 
bines with  -8  to  form  x:  (duc-s)  dux,  (reg-s)  rex;  but 
stems  ending  in  d  or  t  drop  their  final  consonants  be- 
fore -s  of  the  nominative :  (cust5d-s)  custos,  (milit-s)  miles. 

(i)  Notice  also  that  the  last  vowel  of  the  stem  is  some- 
times changed  in  the  nominative :  milit-,  miles,  etc. 

These  few  changes  can  easily  be  learned  by 
observation. 

143  Make  a  list  of  the  terminations  and  commit  it 
to  memory. 

Decline   together :    hie   princeps ;    rex  iUe ;   is 
miles. 

144  VOCABULARY 

administro,  -are,  to  manage,    comes,    comitis,    m.    and  f. 
ante,  prep,  with  accu.  hefore.        companion^  attendant. 


THE  THIRD  DECLENSION  61 

coniunx,  coniugis,  f.  consort^  lux,  lucis,  f.  light. 

wife,  miles,  militis,  m.  soldier. 

custos,   custodis,   m.  guards  pax,  pacis,  f.  peace. 

keeper.  princeps,  principis,  m.  leader^ 
dux,  duels,  m.  leader.  chief. 

grex,  gregis,  m.  fioch^  herd,  rex,  regis,  m.  king. 

iudex,  iudicis,  m.  judge.  vulnero,  -are,  to  wound. 

145  {a)  1.  Hi  qui  coniurabant  et  bellum  administrabant 
erant  principes  Galliae.  2.  Concilium  eorum,  qui  agros 
populi  Romani  intrabant,  a  rege  convocatum  est.  3.  Ab 
CO  loco,  qui  natura  castris  idoneus  erat,  milites  Eomani 
non  longe  aberant.  4.  Nam  oppidum  quod  erat  in  via 
iam  expugnaverant  et  ad  socios  properabant.  5.  Hie, 
inter  castra  Gallorum  et  oppidum  nostrum,  errabant  multi 
greges.  6.  Quorum  custodes,  miseri  servi  regis,  a  militi- 
bus  fugati  erant.  7.  Ante  lucem  incolae  oppidi  coniuges 
et  liberos  in  silvas  portaverant,  arma  comparaverant, 
ducem  expectabant. 

(h)  8.  Eo  loco  inter  milites  regis  et  Caesaris  diti  et  for- 
titer  pugnatum  est^  et  multi  vulnerati  sunt.  9.  Galli, 
qui  olim  cum  Romanis  piignaverant,  iam  pacis  causa  eos 
iuvare  parati  erant.  10.  Sed  Romani  inopia  frumenti 
agros  eorum  vastare  et  socios  nostros  iuvare  parabant. 
11.  In  ceteris  oppidis  magna  copia  frumenti  erat ;  hoc 
Caesari  (dat.)  ab  legatis  Remorum  et  comitibus  regis 
nuntiatum  est.  12.  Inter  custodes  gregum  et  comites 
meos  erit  index  Caesar. 

146  1.  Owing  to  lack  of  supplies  Caesar  prepared  to  lay 
waste  the  lands  of  the  Gauls.  2.  The  Gauls,  whose  wives 
and  children  were  in  the  forests,  fought  for  (pro)  their 
lives  ^  with  swords  and  spears.  3.  In  the  fields  there  were 
many  flocks,  of  which  the  king's  children  were  the  guards. 

*  Compare  133,  9.  *  Use  the  singular. 


52  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

4.  The  leader's  plan  was  to  help  the  allies  of  the  Eoman 
people  and  to  pacify  the  other  Gauls.  5.  Before  daylight 
he  called  the  principal  men  of  Gaul,  together  with  ^  the 
king,  into  the  camp.  6.  Here  Caesar  announced  his  plan 
in  regard  to  peace.  7.  "I  will  be  judge  between  the 
Eemi  and  the  other  peoples  of  Gaul,  and  for  the  sake  of 
peace  I  will  give  you  many  gifts."  8.  The  Gauls  were 
ready  to  assist  the  Komans  with  grain,  which  had  been 
in  their  towns  for  a  long  time. 

147  READING  EXERCISE 

De  antiquis  regibus  Komani  haec  narrant :  primus  qui 
in  Italia  regnavit^  erat  Sfiturnus.  Hie  non  longe  ab  lani- 
eulo^  arcem  (citadel)  condidit  (founded)  quam  Saturniam* 
appellavit.  Agriculturam  *  quoque  Italos  primus  docuit 
(taught),  Postea  (aftertoards)  Latinus  in  illis  locis  regna- 
vit.  Sub  (under)  hoc  rege  Troia  in  Asia  ab  Graecis  ex- 
pugnata  est.  Itaque  Aeneas,  clarus  Troianus,  AnchTsae^ 
et  deae  filius,  cum  multis  sociis  ex  patria  aufugit^  (fl^d) 
et  in  Italiam  pervenit  (came),  Ibi  rex  Latinus  ei  filiam 
Laviniam  dedit.  Aeneas  oppidum  condidit,  quod  Lavi- 
nium  appellavit.  Tertius  rex  erat  Ascanius,  Aeneae  filius, 
qui  regnum^  (throne)  in  alium  (another)  locum  transtulit 
(transferred)^  et  in  monte  (mountain)  Albano  novum  oppi- 
dum condidit,  quod  Albam  Longam  appellavit.  Hoc  loco 
multi  regnaverunt,  dum  (until)  Eomulus,  qui  Eheae  Sil- 
viae  et  dei  filius  erat,  in  monie  Palatio  Eomam  condidit. 

^  Together  with,  translate  by  one  word. 

^  regrno,  -are,  is  a  verb  formed  from  the  same  base  as  rex  (re^-). 
What  must  the  verb  mean  ? 

^  The  high  ridge  across  the  Tiber  from  Rome. 

'*  Guess  the  meaning. 

5  Gen.  sing,  of  the  Greek  name  AnchTses. 

^  Perf.  indie,  of  aufiigio ;  compare  fu^o,  -are. 

''  What  other  words  have  the  same  stem  1 


THE  THIED  DECLENSION 


53 


148 


LESSON  XVI 
THE  THIRD   DECLENSION 

MUTE  STEMS   {Continued) 
Paradigms 


Vox,  f.  voice. 

Obses,  m. 

and  f .  hostage. 

Virtus,  f .  manliness^ 

voc- 

obsid- 

Singular 

virtut-       [courage. 

NOM.,  Voc. 

vox 

obses 

virtus 

Gen. 

vocis 

obsidis 

virtutis 

DAT. 

voci 

obsidi 

virtuti 

Accu. 

vocem 

obsidem 

virttitem 

Abl. 

voce 

obside 
Plural 

virtute 

NoM.,  Voc. 

voces 

obsides 

virtutes 

Gen. 

vocum 

obsidum 

virtutum 

DAT. 

vocibus 

J           obsidibus 

1        virtutibus 

Accu. 

voces 

obsides 

virtutes 

Abl. 

vocibus 

\           obsidibus 

1        virtutibus 

Caput,  n.  head. 

capit- 

Singular 

Plural 

NOM., 

Voc. 

caput 

capita 

Gen. 

capitis 

capitum 

Dat. 

capiti 

capitibus 

Accu. 

caput 

capita 

Abl. 

capite 

capitibus 

{a)  Notice  the  manner  in  which  the  nominatives  of 
vox,  obses,  and  virtus  are  formed,  and  compare  them 
with  the  similar  nouns  in  the  preceding  lesson. 


54  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

(5)  Notice  that  the  nominative  of  caput  is  the  sim- 
ple stem  with  the  second  vowel  changed  from  i  to  ii. 
Compare  the  declension  of  this  noun  with  that  of  neu- 
ters of  the  Second  Declension  (60). 


ABLATIVE  OF  MANNER 

149  Examples 

1.  Eex  cum  audacia  pugna-     The  king  fought  with  hold- 

vit.  ness. 

2.  Rex  magna  cum  audacia     The  king  fought  with  great 

pugnavit.  holduess, 

3.  Rex  magna  audacia  pug-     The  king  fought  tvith  great 

navit.  boldness, 

{a)  Notice  that  in  these  sentences  the  ablatives  an- 
swer the  question,  How  f  That  is,  they  tell  the  manner 
in  which  the  king  fought.  Such  an  ablative  is  called  an 
Ahlatvoe  of  Manner} 

150  Tilde* — The  manner  of  an  action  is  expressed  by  the  Ab- 
lative, usually  with  cuin ;  but  if  the  Ablative  is  modified  by 
an  adjective,  cum  need  not  be  used. 

W.  390;  B.  220;  AG.  248;  H.  473,  3. 


151  VOCABULARY 

audacia,    -ae,  f.     boldness^    Germani,    -orum,    m.    Ger- 

courage.  mans. 

caput,  capitis,  n.  head.             laus,  laudis,  f .  praise,  glory. 

celeriter,  adv.  quickly.             magnopere,  adv.  greatly. 

^  The  same  idea  is  frequehtly  expressed  in  Latin  as  in  English  by 

an  adverb :  rex  andacter  (boldly)  pugnavit  =  rex  cum  audacia 
pugnayit. 


THE  THIRD  DECLENSION  56 

obses,  obsidis,  m.  and  f.  hos-  sacerd6s,sacerd6tis,m.^ries^. 

tage,  vester,    -tra,     -trum,    your, 

occupo,  -are,  to  seize,  (Compare  noster,  138.) 

per,  prep,  with accu.  through,,  virtus,  virtutis,  f .  manliness^ 

dy  means  of,  courage, 

pr5,  prep,  with  abl.  for,  for  vox,  v5cis,  f .  voice^  word, 

the  sake  of, 

152  1.  De  audacia  eorum  qui  contra  populum  Komanum 
conitirabant  iam  erat  nuntiatum.^  2.  Sed  Caesar  obsides, 
quorum  magnus  numerus  erat,  celeriter  convocavit  et  per 
sacerdotem  haec  nuntiavit.  3.  "  Magna  virtute,  obsides, 
piignaverunt  Galli  et  vestri  socii,  et  magna  per  Galliam 
est  laus  eorum.  4.  Itaque  eos  magnopere  laudo  ;  semper 
amici  et  socii  populi  Eomani  appellabuntur.  5.  Nam  ei 
fortiter  pro  patria  et  liberis  decertaverunt.  6.  Sed  nunc 
arma  et  auxilia  a  comitibus  regis  contra  Komanos  parantur; 
castra  nostra  cum  audacia  opptignabunt.  7.  Sed  paratus 
sum  eos  in  amicitia  habere,^  dona  dare,  bellum  cum 
Germanis  administrare."  8.  Haec  sacerdos  magna  voce 
niintiavit  et  obsides,  qui  principes  Galliae  erant,  a  Caesare 
cum  cura  servabantur.  9.  Interea  Belgae,  qui  olim  pacati 
erant,  friimenti  copiam  per  legatos  dare  properaverunt. 
10.  Haec  Caesari  erant  grata ;  itaque  multa  oppida  Ger- 
manorum  celeriter  occupavit  et  copias  eorum  fugavit. 

153  1.  In  the  camp  were  many  hostages,  who  had  been 
protected  (servo)  by  the  Komans  with  great  care.  2. 
They  were  the  chief  men  of  Gaul  who  once  had  fought 
with  great  bravery  against  Caesar  and  the  Eomans.  3. 
Before  daybreak  Caesar  called  a  priest,  who  made  the  fol- 
lowing announcement^  to  the  hostages  in  a  loud  voice. 
4.  "You  (vos),  together  with  the  Britons,  once  (olim) 

1  Compare  133,  9. 

*  Present  infin.  of  habe5,  to  have,  to  hold, 

^  Translate,  announced  these  things. 


56 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


conspired  against  the  friends  of  the  Eoman  people  and  pre- 
pared to  lay  waste  their  territory  and  to  seize  their  towns. 
5.  Your  glory  among  the  Gauls  was  great,  but  you  have 
been  defeated  by  Caesar  and  your  towns  seized.  6.  Xow 
you  have  helped  the  Eoman  soldiers  with  a  supply  of 
grain ;  therefore  he  praises  you  (vos)  and  will  give  your 
kings  many  rewards.  7.  He  is  ready  to  help  your  allies, 
the  Britons,  a  great  number  of  whom  were  formerly  in 
the  friendship  of  the  Roman  people,  and  to  be  at  peace 
with  them."  8.  Without  delay  Caesar's  ambassadors  car- 
ried this  news^  throughout  Gaul  and  Britain;  a  great 
number  of  the  Gauls  and  Britons  were  thus  quickly 
pacified. 


LESSON  XVII 
THE  THIRD   DECLENSION  (Continued) 

154  Liquid,  Nasal,  and  Spirant  Stems 
The  steins  end  in  -1  or  -r,  -n,  and  -s. 

155  Paradigms 

Consul,  m.  consul.  Victor,  m.  victor.   Hoin5,m.andf.7w«/i. 


cdnsul- 


victor- 


homin- 


SlNGULAR 

NoM.,  Voc.       consul  victor  homo 

Gen.  consulis  victoris  hominis 

Dat.  consul!  victori  homini 

Accu.  consulem         victorem  hominem 

Abl.  consule  victore  homine 

^  Uaec. 


THE  THIRD  DECLENSION 


57 


NOM.,  Voc. 
Gen. 

DAT. 

Accu. 
Abl. 


Plural 
consules         victores 
consulum       vTctorum 
consulibus      victoribus 


consules 


victores 


homines 
hominum 
hominibus 
homines 


consulibus      victoribus      hominibus 


Nomen,  n.  name.      Honor,  m.  honor.      Corpus,  n.  dody, 
ndmin-  hou5s-  corpos- 


Singular 

NoM.,  Voc. 

nomen 

honor 

corpus 

Gen. 

nominis 

honoris 

corporis 

DAT. 

nomini 

honori 

corpori 

Accu. 

nomen 

honorem 

corpus 

Abl. 

nomine 

honore 

corpore 

Plural 

NoM.,  Voc. 

nomina 

honores 

corpora 

Gen. 

nominum 

honorum 

corporum 

DAT. 

nominibus 

honoribus 

corporibus 

Accu. 

nomina 

honores 

corpora 

Abl. 

nominibus 

honoribus 

corporibus 

{a)  Notice  that  liquid  stems  like  consul-  and  victor- 
form  the  nominative  singular  without  the  case-ending. 

ih)  Notice  also  that  nasal  stems  like  homin-  not  only 
have  no  case-ending  in  the  nominative  singular,  but  drop 
the  final  -n  ;  the  nominative  generally  ends  in  -6.  This 
is  true  of  almost  all  masculine  and  feminine  nouns  of 
this  class.  Neuter  stems  like  nomin-  have  the  nomina- 
tive like  the  stem,  changing  the  final  vowel  from  i  to  e. 

{g)  In  the  case  of  spirant  stems  like  honos-  and  corpos-, 
the  s  is  always  changed  to  r  between  two  vowels,  so 
that  the  stem  seems  to  end  in  the  liquid  r.  The  nomi- 
native has  no  case-ending,  but  the  nominatives  of  a  few 


58  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

common  nouns  of  this  class  ^  have  the  r  of  the  appar- 
ent stem ;  in  neuters  the  last  vowel,  e  or  o,  of  the  stem 
is  regularly  modified  to  u  before  s. 

OBJECTIVE  GENITIVE 

156  Examples 

1.  Amor  patriae  est  magnus.     Love  of  country  is  great. 

2.  Timore  militum  in  oppi-    Because  of  their  fear  of  the 

dum  properant.  soldiers  they  are  hurrying 

into  the  town. 

3.  Avidi  laudis  erant   Galli.     The   Gauls  were  eager  for 

praise. 

(a)  Notice  that  in  these  sentences  the  genitives 
patriae,  militum,  laudis,  are  the  objects  of  the  feelings 
expressed  in  the  nouns  amor,  timore,  and  the  adjective 
avidi.  Such  a  genitive  is  called  an  Objective  Genitive, 
Compare  the  genitive  of  Possessor  (35). 

157  HtUe, — The  Genitive  is  used  with  nouns  and  adjectives 
to  denote  the  Object  of  the  action  or  feeling  implied  in  the 
word  it  modifies. 

W.  351;  B.  200.  204;  AG.  217.  218;  H.  440,  2.  450. 

158  VOCABULARY 

adpropiiiqu5,    -are,    to    ap-  consul,  consulis,  m.  consul 

proach.  corpus,  corporis,  n.  body. 

amor,  ain5ris,  m.  love.  homo,  hominis,  m.  and  f .  hu- 

apud,  prep,  with  the  accu.  man  being^  ma?i. 

tvith^  among.  honor,  honoris,  m.  honor. 

arbor,  arboris,  f.  tree.  iter,    itineris,     n.    journey^ 

avidus,  -a,  -um,  eager.  march.,  route. 

clamor,  clamoris,   m.  shouts  labor,  laboris,  m.  worJc^  labor, 

noise  (of  shouting).  neque  . . .  neque,  neither^  nor, 

*  E.  g.,  arbor,  f.  tree ;  clamor,  m.  shout ;  color,  m.  color ;  dolor, 
m.  pain. 


THE  THIRD   DECLENSION  59 

nomen,  nominis,  n.  name,  Vertiscus,  -i,  m.  Vertiscus  (a 
occulta,  -are,  to  hide.  chieftain  of  the  Remi). 

pecus,  pecoris,  n.  flockj^  herd  victor,    victoris,    m.    victor 

(grex,  144).  (victoria,  111), 

timor,  timoris,  m.  fear, 

159  1.  Magnus  erat  Romanis  militibus  amor  laudis. 
2,  Itaque  ante  Iticem  sine  mora  magno  militum  clamore 
et  labore  ad  murum  Caesar  consul  properavit.  3.  Iter 
erat  per  agros  sociorum,  ubi  arbores  erant  multae  et 
magnae.  4.  Interea  Belgae,  qui  timore  Romanorum 
greges  et  pecora  in  silvis  occultaverant,  decertare  para- 
bant.  5.  Belgae  magna  corpora  et  longos  gladios  habe- 
bant;  semper  avidi  laudis  fuerant.  6.  Sed  apud  Remos 
erat  vir  f iliae  regis,  Vertiscus  nomine.^  7.  Itaque  ille  vir, 
princeps  et  dux,  amicus  erat  multorum  Belgarum  et 
magno  in  honore  erat  apud  consulem  Romanum.  8.  Ea 
de  causa  Caesar  eum  et  comites  eius  celeriter  vocavit  et 
haec  eis  de  pace  per  sacerdotem  nuntiavit.  9.  "Belgae 
sunt  caput  huius  belli,  sed  neque  odio  illorum  neque 
praedae  causa  ad  oppidum  properamus.  10.  Belgae  Ger- 
manos  f rumento  et  militibus  contra  Romanes  iuvant ;  ab 
eis  agri  sociorum  nostrorum  vastantur.  11.  Nunc  prae- 
mium  hiiius  belli  est  Romanis  laus  magna,  illis  vita; 
victores  erimus." 

160  1.  The  road  to  the  town  lay^  through  the  country  of 
the  Haeduans.  2.  In  the  fields  were  many  men  and  many 
herds  with  keepers.  3.  The  inhabitants  were  already 
approaching  the  town  with  their  wives  and  children 
because  of  their  fear  of  the  Roman  consul.  4.  In  the 
meantime  Caesar  hastened  by  forced  *  marches  from  the 

*  Pecus  and  grex  are  frequently  used  without  distinction,  but 
pecus  is  used  particularly  of  small  cattle,  a  flock  of  sheep,  etc. 

2  By  name.  ^  Was. 

*  Use  the  right  case  of  mag'nus. 


60 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


camp  to  the  town,  which  he  attacked  before  dawn.  5.  In 
the  German's  camp  was  a  famous  man,  Ariovistus  by 
name,^  who  had  many  friends  among  the  allies  of  the 
Komans.  6.  The  Belgians  had  been  victors,  for  they  were 
helped  by  these  men  with  grain  and  horses.  7.  The  Ger- 
mans had  brought  a  large  number  of  trees,  and  with  great 
labor  had  got  ready  a  wall  before  the  town.  8.  They 
fought  with  great  courage  and  from  love  of  country. 


LESSON  XVIII 


THE  THIRD   DECLENSION   (Continued) 
Stems  in  -i 


161 


MASCULINE  AND  FEMININE  STEMS 


Paradigms 

Civis,  m. 

citizen.         Hostis,  m.  and  f . 

Nubes,  f.  cloud. 

civi- 

enemy, 
hosti- 

SlNGULAR 

nubi- 

NOM., 

Voc. 

civis                 hostis 

nubes 

Gen. 

civis                 hostis 

niibis 

Dat. 

civi                  hosti 

niibi 

Accu. 

civem              hostem 

niibem 

Abl. 

civi,  -e            hoste 
Plural 

nube 

NOM., 

Voc. 

cives               hostes 

niibes 

Gen. 

civinm             hostimn 

nuhiuin 

Dat. 

civibus            hostibus 

nubibus 

Accu. 

civis,  -es         hostis,  -es 

nubis,  -es 

Abl. 

civibus            hostibus 

nubibus 

1  Compare  159,  6. 

THE  THIRD  DECLENSION 


61 


{a)  ISTotice  that  the  singular  of  hostis  and  nubes 
differs  from  that  of  mute  stems  only  in  the  nominative ; 
but  that  the  plural  differs  in  the  genitive  and  accusative. 

(b)  Not  many  nouns  of  frequent  occurrence  belong 
to  this  class;  the  most  common  of  those  declined  like 
civis  are  finis,  m.  end^  and  ignis,  m.  fire ;  in  the  latter 
the  ablative  igni  is  rare ;  igne  is  the  common  form. 

(g)  a  few  nouns  have  the  accu.  sing,  ending  in  -im, 
abl.  sing  in  -i ;  these  will  be  noted  in  the  vocabularies. 


162 


NEUTER  STEMS 

Mare,  n.  sea. 

Animal,  n.  creature. 

mari- 

animali- 

SlNGULAR 

NOM.,  Voc. 

mare 

animal 

Gen. 

maris 

animalis 

DAT. 

mari 

animali 

Accu. 

mare 

animal 

Abl. 

mari 
Plural 

animali 

NoM.,  Voc. 

maria 

animalia 

Gen. 

1 

animalium 

DAT. 

maribus 

animalibus 

Accu. 

maria 

animalia 

Abl. 

maribus 

animalibus 

{a)  Notice  that  neuter  nouns  of  this  class  have  only 
-i  in  the  ablative  singular,  and  always  -ia  in  the  nomi- 
native, vocative,  and  accusative  plural. 

1  The  genitive  plural  of  mare  is  found  but  once,  and  then  has 
the  form  marum. 


62  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

163  To  the  class  of  -i  stems  belong : 

(1)  Nouns  of  the  third  declension  ending  in 
is  or  -es,  mostly  feminine,  or  in  -e,  neuter,  not  in- 
creasing in  the  genitive.* 

(2)  Neuters  ending  in  -al  and  -ar. 

164  VOCABULARY 

animal,   animalis,  n.   living  hostis,  hostis,  m.  and  f.  ene- 

creature.  my. 

caedes,  caedis,  f.  slaughter,  ignis,  ignis,  m.  fire. 

civis,  civis,  m.  and  f .  citizen,  impetro,  -are,  to  obtain  (one's 
clades,  cladis,  f.  loss^  disas-        request). 

ter.  mare,  maris,  n.  sea. 

coUis,  coUis,  m.  hill,  moenia,    moenium,    n.    plu. 
conlocd,  -are,  to  place^  to  sta-        walls,    rarnparts     (of     a 

tion.  town). 

e,  ex,2  prep,  with  the  abl.  nubes,  nubis,  f.  cloud. 

out  of,  from.  post,   prep,  with   the   accu. 
et  .  .  .  et,  both  .  .  .  and.  after,  behind, 

finis,    finis,    m.    end\    plu.  -que,  and.^ 

boundaries,  territory.  rogo,  -are,  to  ask  for.^ 

frater,  fratris,  m.  brother.  turris,  turris,^  f.  tower. 

165  1.  Principes  eius  consili  et  duces  hostium  erant  Ger- 
mani.     2.  Inter  Nervios  is  qui  sacerdos  iudexque  appella- 

^  That  is,  having  the  same  number  of  syllables  in  the  genitive  as 
in  the  nominative  singular. 

^  E  is  used  before  consonants  only ;  ex  before  both  vowels  and 
consonants.     Compare  a,  ab. 

^  Always  attached  to  the  second  of  a  pair  of  words :  terra 
marlque,  on  land  and  sea.    Compare  -ne. 

*  The  thing  asked  for  and  the  person  from  whom  it  is  asked  are 
both  in  the  accusative :  consulem  anxilinm  rogaut,  they  ask  the 
consul  for  aid. 

^  Accu.  sing,  ends  occasionally  in  im ;  161,  c. 


THE  THIRD  DECLENSION  63 

batur,  magna  voce  haec  nuntiavit.  3.  "Hostes  iam  et 
pecora  et  greges  timore  militum  nostrorum  in  silvis 
occultant."  4.  Consilium  est  regis,  cuius  f rater  in  ami- 
citia  nostra  olim  erat,  civis  contra  nostros  ^  incitare 
et  oppidum  opptignare.  5.  Magnus  est  eis  numerus 
equorum,  quibus  celeriter  et  cum  audacia  in  nostros  finis 
properaverunt ;  iam  moenibus  adpropinquant.  6.  Sed 
in  nostris  collibus  parati  sunt  ignes,  ante  moenia  sunt 
custodes ;  oppidum  expugnare  non  poterunt,^  sed  magna 
erit  clades  eorum.  7.  In  vestris  collibus,  Germani,  sunt 
nova  animalia,  quorum  fama  apud  Romanes  magna  est. 
8.  Turres,  quae  in  colle  post  oppidum  erant,  iam  nubi- 
bus  occultabantur.  Itaque  consul  moenibus  oppidi  sine 
clade  adpropinquabat.  9.  Ante  liicem  ptignatum  est 
magna  virtute  a  Romanis  sociisque  inter  mare  et  castra. 
Hi  ex  oppido  in  silvas  magna  caede  fugati  sunt.  10. 
Itaque  consulem  Romanum  auxilium  et  rogabunt  et  im- 
petrabunt  socii  nostri. 

166  1.  The  cause  of  the  war  was  hatred  for  both  the  king 
and  his  companions.  2.  The  king^s  brother  was  a  leader 
and  a  chief  among  the  Belgians,  and  had  been  greatly 
praised  for  his  bravery  and  patriotism ;  ^  he  asked  the 
Romans  for  help.*  3.  The  enemy  had  prepared  fires 
on  the  hills,  and  in  company  with  the  Germans  were 
already  hastening  by  forced  marches  into  their  terri- 
tory. 4.  The  Nervii  fought  from  the  walls,  but  the 
enemy  built  towers  on  the  hill  which  was  behind  the 
town.  5.  The  slaughter  was  not  great,  for  the  enemy 
fought  with  small  spears,  and  the  Nervii  had  swords. 


*  Used  substantively,  our  men,  our  soldiers. 

2  The  future  indicative  of  possum,  can,  he  able.     What  person 
and  number  is  it  f 

'  Translate,  love  of  country,  *  Compare  165,  10. 


64 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


6.  Quickly  and  fearlessly^  the  rest  of  the  enemy  ap- 
proached over  ^  the  hills,  which  were  already  hidden  by 
the  clouds.  7.  The  Nervii  were  neighbors  of  those  who 
had  conspired  together,  and  after  the  battle  they  entered 
their  lands  for  plunder. 


LESSON  XIX 
THE  THIRD   DECLENSION   (Continued) 


167 


MIXED 

►  STEMS 

Paradigms 

Arx,  f .  citadel.      XJrbs,  i 

I  city. 

Cliens,  m.  client 

arc(i)- 

urb(i)- 

client(i)- 

Singular 

NOM.,  Voc. 

arx 

urbs 

cliens 

Gen. 

arcis 

urbis 

clientis 

DAT. 

arci 

urbi 

client! 

Accu. 

arcem 

urbem 

clientem 

Abl. 

arce 

urbe 

cliente 

Plueal 

NoM.,  Voc. 

arces 

urbes 

clientes 

Gen. 

arciuin 

urbinm 

clientium 

DAT. 

arcibus 

urbibus 

clientibus 

Accu. 

arces,  -is 

urbes,  -: 

[s        clientes,  -is 

Abl. 

arcibus 

urbibus 

clientibus 

'  Translate,  without  fear. 


^  Use  per. 


THE  THIRD  DECLENSION  65 

{a)  Notice  that  these  nouns  are  declined  like  conso- 
nant stems  in  the  singular,  but  show  the  peculiarities  of 
i  stems  in  the  plural.  No  sharp  distinction  can  be  made 
between  nouns  of  this  class  and  nouns  like  hostis  and 
nubes  which  are  classed  under  i  stems. 

168  To  the  class  of  Mixed  Stems  belong : 

(1)  Most  monosyllables  in  -s  and  -x  preceded 
by  a  consonant,  as  arx,  urbs,  etc. 

(2)  Most  nouns  in  -ns  and  -rs,  as  aliens,  cohors, 
etc. 

169  VOCABULARY 

arx,  arcis,  f.  citadel.  legio,  legionis,  f.  legio7i  (a 
civitas,    civitatis,^    f .    state^        military  body  made  up  of 

citizenship  (civis,  164).  ten  cohortes). 

cliens,  clientis,  m.  client.  mons,    montis,     m.     moun- 
cohors,  cohortis,  f.  cohort  (a        tain. 

military  body  of  300-360  mors,  mortis,  f.  death. 

men).  navis,^  navis,  f.  ship  (navigo, 
eques,  equitis,  m.  horseman        56 ;  nauta,  47). 

(equus,  80).  pons,  pontis,  m.  Iridge. 

etiam,  adv.  even.  quies,  quietis,  f .  quiet.,  peace. 

flumen,  fluminis,  n.  river.  ripa,   ripae,  f.  lank    (of   a 
faga,  fugae,  f.  flight  (fiigo).        stream). 

gens,  gentis,  f.  clan^  family^  urbs,  nrbis,  f.  city. 

tribe. 

170  1.  Inter  hostis  erant  multi  qui  clientes  populi  Eomani 
olim  fuerant.  2.  Hi  ex  fuga  in  castra  nostra  erraverant, 
ubi  eos  victor  consul,  Quintus  nomine,^  cum  cura  servabat 

*  Feminine  nouns  in  -as,  -atis,  sometimes  have  the  genitive 
plural  in  -ium,  accusative  plural  in  -es,  -is,  like  mixed  stems ;  but 
for  the  present  they  are  treated  as  consonant  stems. 

^  Usually  declined  like  civis,  rarely  like  turris. 

3  Compare  159,  6. 
5 


66  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

et  obsidum  loco  ^  habebat.  3.  Eques  regi  eorum,  qui 
non  longe  ab  ea  urbe  in  colle  aberat,  consilium  hostium 
nuntiavit.  4.  Interea  consul  clientes  Eomanorum  in 
navibus  celeriter  ad  ripam  fluminis  portavit ;  ibi  erat 
locus  castris  idoneus.  5.  Magnum  numerum  armorum 
huius  belli  causa  gentes  Germanorum  comparaverant  et 
iam  in  finis  Gallorum  properabant.  6.  Post  arcem,  quae 
in  colle  erat,  hostes  magno  labore  pontem  paraverant ; 
et  ibi  et  in  arce  proelium  exspectabant.  7.  Magna  erit 
etiam  in  morte  laus  eorum  qui  pro  patria  cum  audacia 
decertaverunt.  8.  Inter  mare  et  montem  in  quo  ignes 
hostium  erant,  magna  cum  caede  Gallorum  pugnatum 
est.  9.  Post  regis  mortem  reliqui  hostes  fugantur  ;  haec 
consuli  nimtiantur.  Magno  amore  praedae  legiones  Ko- 
manae  ad  ripam  properant.  10.  Iam  neque  quies  neque 
pax  in  Gallia  erat,  sed  ab  oceano  marique  ad  Mmen  Ger- 
manorum bellum  et  arma. 

171  1.  The  states  of  Gaul  were  aroused  to  war  by  their 
hatred  of  the  Eoman  citizens.  These  with  their  ^  clients 
were  in  the  Gauls'  cities  and  towns.  2.  Therefore  the 
consul,  whose  name  was  Quintus,^  together  with  his^ 
brother,  hastened  by  forced  marches  into  Gaul.  3.  He 
did  not  have  many  horsemen,  but  he  got  ready  towers  in 
a  suitable  place  on  a  hill.  4.  Many  ships  had  been  built 
by  the  allies  of  the  Eoman  people,  and  these  were  not  far 
away.  5.  The  enemy  had  many  fires  on  the  hills  and 
mountains,  and  they  awaited  the  battle  and  death  with 
great  courage.     6.  The  slaughter  was  great,  both  of  the 

^  loco,  abl.  in  place  of  =  as, 
'  »  Omit. 

*  This  may  be  translated  as  in  170,  2  ;  we  may  also  say  cai  (dat. 
of  possessor)  nomen  erat  Quinto  or  cui  nomen  erat  Quintus. 
The  predicate  dative  Quinto,  agreeing  with  cui,  is  more  common 
than  the  predicate  nominative  Quintus,  agreeing  with  nomen. 


THE  THIRD  DECLENSION  67 

Eomans  and  of  those  who  were  fighting  bravely  for  their  ^ 
country.  7.  The  Gauls  were  conquered,  but  the  Romans, 
though  victorious,^  did  not  lay  waste  their  lands. 


LESSON  XX 
THE  THIRD  DECLENSION  (Continued) 

RULES  FOR  GENDER 

172  The  following  rules  will  help  to  fix  tlie  gender 
of  a  majority  of  the  nouns  of  the  Third  Declen- 
sion, but  it  is  important  and  easy  to  learn  the 
gender  of  each  noun  when  it  is  first  met. 

(1)  Masculine  are  nouns  in  -o,  -or,  -6s,  -er,  -es 
(gen.  -itis,  -idis)  :  ordo,  order^  ran\  ^ctor,  mos, 
custom^  agger,  mound^  eques,  etc. 

(2)  Feminine  are  nouns  in  -as,  -es  (gen.  -is), 
-is ;  -X  and  -s  (after  a  consonant)  ;  -do,  and  collective 
and  abstract  nouns  in  -io :  civitas,  nubes,  navis,  arx, 
urbs,  multitudo,  legio. 

(3)  Neuter  are  nouns  in  -e,  -1,  -n,  -t ;  -us :  mare, 
animal,  nomen,  caput,  corpus. 

ACCUSATIVE  OF  TIME 

173  Examples 

1.  Totam  aestatem  laborat.       He  tvorhs  the  entif^e  summer. 

2.  Septem    noctes   continuas    He   attacked  the  town  for 

oppidum  oppugnabat.  seven  nights  in  succession. 

'  Omit.  ^  Though  victorious,  simply  victores. 


68  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

(a)  Notice  that  in  these  sentences  the  accusatives 
totam  aestatem,  septem  noctes  continuas  answer  the  ques- 
tion How  long  f  That  is,  they  express  the  time  during 
which  the  action  of  the  verb  continues.  Such  an  accu- 
sative is  called  an  Aecusati/ve  of  Duration  of  Time, 

174  iJi^^e.— Duration  of  Time  is  expressed  by  the  Accusative. 
W.  324;  B.  181 ;  AG.  256;  H.  417. 

ABLATIVE   OF  TIME 

175  Examples 

1.  Hieme  noctes  sunt  longae.     In  winter  the  nights  are  long, 

2.  Prima  luce  hostes  oppidum    At  daybreak  the  enemy  loill 

oppugnabunt.  attack  the  town, 

3.  Septem     proximis     annis     Within  the  last  seven  years 

Gallos  pacavit.  he  has  subdued  the  Gauls, 

{a)  Notice  that  in  these  sentences  the  ablatives  hieme, 
prima  luce,  septem  proximis  annis,  answer  the  questions 
When  ?  Within  what  time  ?  Such  an  ablative  is 
called  the  Ablative  of  Tiine  At  Which  or  Within  Which, 

176  RiUe.—The  Time  At  Which  or  Within  Which  an  action 
takes  place  is  expressed  by  the  Ablative. 

W.  406.  407 ;  B.  230.  231 ;  AG.  256 ;  H.  486.  487. 

177  VOCABULARY 

aestas,  -atis,^  f.  summer,  hiems,  -mis,  f.  winter. 

annus,  -i,  m.  year,  hora,  -ae,  f.  hour, 

cdnHrmd,  -are,  to  makefirm^  nox,  noctis,  f.  night, 

establish.  primus,  -a,  -um,  first, 

continuus,  -a,  -um,  consecu-  proximus,   -a,  -um,  nearest^ 

tive,  in  succession,  last, 

hiem5,  -are,  to  spend  the  win-  septem,  indeclinable,^  seven, 

ter,  Septimus,  -a,  -um,  seventh, 

*  Hereafter  the  entire  form  of  the  genitive  will  not  be  given,  but 
only  so  much  as  is  necessary  to  show  the  declension. 

*  That  is,  having  the  same  form  for  all  genders  and  cases. 


THE  THIRD   DECLENSION  69 

tertius,  -a,  -um,  third.  trans,     prep,     with     accu. 

totus/    -a,    -um,    whole^    en-        across, 

tire,  vigilia,  -ae,  f.  watch, 

178  1.  Tertia  vigilia  consulis  f rater,  cui  nomen  erat  Marco,^ 
equites  et  legiones  in  colle  proximo  conlocavit  ubi  hostis 
exspectabat.  2.  Hi  nocte  per  finis  JSTerviorum  celeriter 
properaverunt  et  prima  luce  non  longe  ab  castris  Eo- 
manorum  aberant.  3.  Coniuges  et  liberi  Gallorum  his 
proximis  noctibus  in  oppidis  et  urbibus  conlocati  ^  erant. 
4.  Septem  horas  continuas  ab  Eomanis  et  ab  Gallis  magna 
cum  caede  piignabatur.  5.  Hostes  superati  sunt  et  obsi- 
des  dabant ;  sed  ab  reliquis  Gallis  semper  magnopere 
laudabantur.  6.  Pax  confirmata  est  septima  aestate  inter 
eos  Gallos  qui  in  armis  erant  et  Eomanos;  iam  multos 
annos  per  Galliam  quies  fuerat.  7.  Haec  victoria  Eo- 
manorum  ceteris  Gallis  et  Germanis  ab  eis  gentibus,  quae 
finitimae  erant,  magno  clam  ore  niintiata  erat.  8.  Post 
multos  annos  gentes  Germaniae  bellum  contra  victores 
Eomanos  parabant ;  septem  noctes  continuas  ignes  in 
montibus  collibusque  videbantur.*  9.  Sed  totam  proxi- 
mam  hiemem  consul  Eomanus  cum  septem  cohortibus 
apud  Gallos  hiemaverat.  10.  Iam  frater  consulis  cum 
legionibus  tertia  et  septima  ^  magnis  itineribus  ex  Italia 
ad  consulem  in  Galliam  properabat. 

179  1.  The  third  summer  Caesar  hastened  into  the  terri- 
tory of  the  Belgians  and  stationed  his   cohorts  on  the 

*  The  genitive  singular  of  all  genders  is  totius,  dative  singular 
toll ;  otherwise  totus  is  declined  like  bonus.  Compare  the  declen- 
sion of  hic,  ille,  etc.  ®  Compare  171,  2,  foot-note. 

3  When  a  predicate  adjective  or  participle  agrees  with  two  or 
more  nouns  of  different  genders,  it  is  Masculine  when  the  nouns 
denote  persons,  and  Neuter  when  the  nouns  denote  things. 

*  Were  seen.  From  video,  to  see ;  the  principal  parts  and  the 
conjugation  will  be  given  later. 

^  Agreeing  with  legionibus.  Why  is  the  noun  plural  when  the 
adjectives  are  singular  ? 


70  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

mountains  and  hills.  2.  He  strengthened  the  courage* 
of  the  soldiers  by  his  ^  words.^  3.  Many  men,  clients  of 
the  Romans,  hurried  to  him  from  the  neighboring  tribes 
and  states  and  brought  arms  and  hostages.  4.  The  lead- 
ing men  of  the  enemy  were  called  together  on  that  night ; 
they  were  without  a  plan  for  the  war.  5.  Among  them 
were  many  who  once  had  been  greatly  praised  by  the 
Eomans  for  their  courage.  6.  During  the  night  the  king 
of  the  Belgians  with  his  attendants  brought  a  large  quan- 
tity of  arms  into  camp.  7.  The  Romans  and  the  Belgians 
fought  in  the  plain  between  the  hills  for  seven  hours ;  the 
Belgians  *  were  driven  ^  into  their  camp. 


180  READING  EXERCISE 

The  Beginning  of  the  Republic 

Post  reges  consules  duo^  pro  rege  uno'  creati  sunt,^ 
quibus  annuum^  imperium*^  civitatis  datum  est.  Primo 
anno  consules  fuerunt  Lucius  Junius  Brutus,  qui  regem 
Tarquinium  expulerat,**  et  Tarquinius  Collatinus.  Sed 
nomen  Tarquiniorum  populo  Romano  non  erat  gratum ; 
itaque  cum  coniuge,  liberis,  servisque  omnia  ^^  bona  *^  ex 
urbe  ad  finitimos  portavit,  et  in  eius  locum  Valerius  Pub- 
licola  consul  est  creatus.  Sed  iam  ille  Tarquinius,  qui 
rex  fuerat,  helium  contra  Eomanos  parabat.  In  primo 
proelio  Brutus  consul  occidit,**  quem  Romanae  matronae^^ 
per  totum  annum  luxerunt.^^     Postero^^  anno  Tarquinius 

^  animns.  ^  An  adjective ;  compare  annus. 

2  Omit.  10  Rule. 

*  yerbum,  -T.  "  Had  driven  out. 

*  Translate  by  a  pronoun.  ^^  All. 

^  Put  to  flight.  13  Neut.  plur.  used  substantively,  goods. 

«  Two.  14  Fell. 

■^  One.  1^  What  English  word  is  derived  from  this  f 

®  creo,  -are,  to  elect.  "  Mourned.  ^"^  The  next. 


ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  THIRD  DECLENSION 


n 


cum  Eomanis  iterum  ^  armis  decertavit  et  Porsenna,  rex 
Etruscorum,  ei  auxilium  dedit.  In  hoc  bello  Horatius 
solus  ^  pontem  servavit,  dum  ^  is  ab  Komanis  ruptus  esset.* 
Denique  Porsenna  pacem  cum  Eomanis  fecit  ^ ;  Tarquinius 
post  non  multos  annos  in  villa  mortuus  est.^ 


LESSON   XXI 


ADJECTIVES    OF    THE    THIRD 
DECLENSION 


181 


Paradigms 

Audax,  bold. 

audaci- 

SlNGULAR 

Plural 

] 

VIASC,  FEM.            NEUTER 

MASC,  FEM.                NEUTER 

NoM.,  Voc. 

audax           audax 

audaces          audacia 

Gen. 

audacis 

audacium 

Dat. 

audaci 

audacibus 

Accu. 

audficem      audax 

audacis,  -es    audacia 

Abl. 

audaci 

Fortis,  brave. 
forti- 

audacibus 

SlNGULAR 

Plural 

MASC, FEM.           NEUTER 

MASC,  FEM.                 NEUTER 

NoM.,  Voc. 

fortis             forte 

fortes             fortia 

Gen. 

fortis 

fortium 

Dat. 

forti 

fortibus 

Accu. 

fortem          forte 

fortis,  -es        fortia 

Abl. 

forti 

fortibus 

^  Again, 

4  Pill  p.  subj.  pass., 

had  been  broken  down. 

^  Alone. 

5  Made. 

3   JJflfil, 

« Died. 

12 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


Acer,  sharp^  eager,  spirited. 

acri- 

Singular 

Plural 

MASC.         FEM.      NEUTER 

MASC.               FEM. 

NEUTER 

NoM.,  Voc. 

acer     acris 

acre 

acres       acres 

acria 

Gen. 

acris    acris 

acris 

acrium    acriiim 

acrium 

DAT. 

acri      acri 

acri 

acribus    acribus 

acribus 

Accu. 

acrem  acrem 

acre 

acris,  -es  acris,  -es 

acria 

Abl. 

acri      acri 

acri 

acribus    acribus 

acribus 

(a)  Notice  that  these  adjectives  are  all  declined  like 
i  steins.^ 

{b)  Adjectives  declined  like  audax,  which  has  but  one 
form  for  all  genders  in  the  nominative  singular,  are 
called  Adjectives  of  One  Termination ;  those  declined 
like  fortis,  forte,  Adjectives  of  Two  Terminations ;  and 
those  declined  like  acer,  acris,  acre,  Adjectives  of  Three 
Terminations. 


182 


VOCABULARY 


acer,     acris,     acre,     sharp, 

eager,  spirited. 
armo,   -are,   to  arm   (anna, 

111). 

audax,  -acis,  hold  (audacia, 
151). 

brevis,  breve,  short. 

dimico,  -are,  to  fight,  con- 
tend (compare  pugnd, 
101). 


equester,  equestris,  equestre, 
belonging  to  the  cavalry, 
equestrian  (equus,  80, 
eques,  169). 

fortis,  forte,  strong,  brave. 

ita,  adv.  so,  thus,  in  this 
manner. 

iuventus,  -tutis,  f.  the  period 
of  youth,  youth,  young 
men. 


^  Adjectives  of  one  termination  sometimes  have  the  abl.  sing,  end- 
ing in  -e  instead  of  -i,  but  this  is  not  common  in  prose  of  the  classical 
period. 

Compare  the  declension  of  these  adjectives  with  that  of  the  nouns 
in  lei  and  162. 


ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  THIRD   DECLENSION         Y3 

omnis,  oinne,  all^  whole.  tempus,  -oris,  n.  time. 

pars,  -tis,  f .  part.  velox,  -ocis,  swift. 

quartus,  -a,  -um,  fourth.  vulnus,  -eris,  n.  wound  (vul- 
studimn,  -i,  n.  zeal^  desire.  nero,  144). 

183  1.  Omnes  Belgae,  qui  in  tertia  parte  Galliae  habita- 
bant,  cum  finitimis  gentibus  et  civitatibus  brevi  tempore 
conitirabant.  2.  Eo  tempore  hiemabat  Caesar  cum  quarta 
legione  in  ea  parte  Galliae  quae  Italiae  proxima  est ;  de 
Belgarum  consilio  ei  per  epistulas  nuntiatum  est.  3. 
Caesar,  ubi  {when)  brevi  tempore  copiam  frumenti  com- 
paravit,  finibus  Belgarum  adpropinquavit.  4.  Cum  om- 
nibus equitibus  et  novis  cohortibus  iuventtitis,  quas  ex 
urbibus  Italiae  vocaverat,  contra  hostis  properabat ;  in 
itinere  copias  Gallorum  equestri  proelio  fugavit.  5.  Eemi, 
qui  ex  Belgis  proximi  Gallis  sunt,  non  longe  aberant 
cum  primis  civitatis  clientibusque  eorum  ;  auxilium  con- 
tra inimicos  rogaverunt.  6.  Apud  Belgas  erat  magna 
inopia  omnium;  neque  arma  neque  equos  neque  copiam 
frumenti  habebant.  7.  Sed  Germani,  qui  audaces  for- 
tesque  erant,  iam  multos  continuos  annos  cum  Eoma- 
nis  dimicaverant.  8.  Ante  proelium  quod  exspectabat 
Caesar,  animos  militum  ita  confirm  a  vit :  "  Vestra  erit 
laus  victoriae ;  sed  hostibus  vulnera  et  mors."  9.  Ve- 
loces  acresque  erant  Belgae  qui  longis  hastis  armati 
erant;  magno  cum  studio  belli  totam  noctem  dimica- 
bant. 

184  1.  At  that  time  Caesar's  lieutenant  was  in  Gaul,  and 
hostages  were  given  him  by  all  the  tribes.  2.  In  the 
next  winter  the  bold  Gauls  for  many  reasons  prepared 
for  ^  a  new  war  against  the  Eomans.     3.  When  ^  all  the 

1  Prepare  for,  paro,  -are. 

*  Use  ubi  and  the  perfect  indicative ;  compare  sentence  3 
above.  Ubi  means  both  where  and  when\  it  will  be  used  in  both 
senses  in  the  following  lessons. 


74:  FIEST  LATIN  BOOK 

arms  had  been  brought  from  the  town,  Caesar  hurried 
with  the  eager  cavah-y  and  the  brave  cohorts  into  the 
lands  of  the  neighboring  tribe.  4.  These  men  were  brave 
and  bold,  but  owing  to  their  fear  of  the  Eoman  soldiers 
they  were  ready  to  fight  neither  at  that  time  nor  in  that 
place.  5.  Their  cavalry  forces  were  not  great,  but  they 
had  placed  all  their  young  men  on  a  hill  which  was  not 
far  distant.  6.  The  Komans'  horses,  of  which  there  was 
a  great  number  in  camp,  were  swift  and  spirited. 


LESSON   XXII 

COMPARISON    OF    ADJECTIVES 

185  Adjectives  are  compared  in  three  Degrees,  as 
in  English — the  Positive,  Comparative,  and  Su- 
perlative. 

The  Comparative  is  formed  by  adding  -lor  m. 
and  f.,  -ius  n.,  and  the  Superlative  by  adding 
-issimus,  -a,  -um  to  the  stem  of  the  Positive : 


POSITIVE 

COMPARATIVE 

SUPERLATIVE 

altus  (alto-) 

alt-ior 

alt-issimus 

fortis  (forti-) 

fort-ior 

fort-issimus  ^ 

audax  (audac-) 

andac-ior 

audac-issimus 

DECLENSION  OF  COMPARATIVES 

186       Comparatives  are  declined  as  follows : 

*  Notice  that  the  final  vowel  of  the  stem  of  the  Positive,  if  it 
have  any,  as  in  alto-,  forti-,  is  dropped  before  the  endings  -ior, 
-issimns. 


COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES  75 


Singular 

Plural 

M.  and  F.              NEUT. 

M.  and  F.            NEUT. 

NOM., 

Voc. 

fortior            fortius 

fortiores       fortiora 

Gen. 

fortioris 

fortiorum 

DAT. 

fortiori 

fortioribus 

Accu. 

fortiorem       fortius 

fortiores  ^      fortiora 

Abl. 

f  ortiore  ^ 

fortioribus 

{a)  Compare  this  declension  of  the  Comparative  with 
that  of  the  Positive  of  adjectives  of  the  Third  Declen- 
sion, 181,  and  notice  the  points  of  difference  carefully. 

187  Superlatives  are  all  declined  like  bonus,  62. 

188  Compare :  earns,  clarns,  brevis,  tristis,  velox. 

ABLATIVE  OF  COMPARISON 

189  Examples 

1.  Marcus  est  clarior  quam    Marcus  is  more  famous  than 

frater.  Ms  hrother. 

2.  Marcus  est  fratre  clarior.     Marcus  is  morefajnous  than 

his  brother, 

3.  ftuid  est  bono  civi  carius     What  is  dearer  to  a  good  citi- 

quam  patria?  zen  than  his  native  land? 

4.  ftuid  est  bono  civi  patria     What  is  dearer  to  a  good  citi- 

carius?  zen  than  his  native  land? 

{a)  Notice  that  in  these  sentences  the  person  or  thing 
with  which  the  subject  of  each  sentence  is  compared  is 
either  in  the  same  case  as  the  subject  and  connected  by 
the  conjunction  quam,  than^  or  is  expressed  by  the  sim- 
ple Ablative.  Such  an  Ablative  is  called  the  AUative 
of  Comparison. 

1  The  endings  -i  in  the  Ablative  Singular  and  -is  in  the  Accusa- 
tive Plural  occur,  but  are  rare. 


76  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

(&)  This  Ablative  can  be  used  only  when  the  first  of 
the  things  compared  is  in  the  nominative  or  accusative ; 
when  the  first  of  the  two  things  compared  is  in  any  other 
case  quam  must  be  used  :  e.  g.,  carior  Horatio  quam  serv5 
est  ille  locus.  That  place  is  dearer  to  Horace  than  to  his 
slave, 

190  JBi^e.— The  Ablative  of  Comparison  is  used  after  the 
nominative  or  accusative  of  Comparatives. 

W.  380,  381 ;  B.  217;  AG.  247;  H.  471. 

191  VOCABULARY 

altus,  -a,  -Tiin,  Mgh^  deep,  mater,  -tris,  f.  mother, 

atrdx,   -cis,   savage^  fright-  mulier,  -eris,  f.  woman, 

ful.  pater,  -tris,  m.  father, 

certus,  -a,  -um,  certain^  sure,  pes,  pedis,  m.  foot. 

dnrus,  -a,  -um,    hard^   diffi-  quam,  conj.  than. 

cult.  timidus,  -a,  -um,  ti7nid  (timor, 
egens,  -ntis,  lacking ,  needy,         158). 

gravis,  -e,  heavy ^  severe,  tristis,  -e,  sad, 

imperd,  -are,  to  order.^  tutus,  -a,  -um,  safe. 

192  1.  Belgae  sunt  fortiores  et  audaciores  quam  ei  Galli 
qui  Romanis  finitimi  sunt.  2,  Nam  cum  Germanis,  qui 
non  longe  absunt,  saepe  diirissimo  tempore  anni  dimi- 
cant.  3.  Multis  de  causis  ea  aestate  gravius  et  atrocius 
bellum  in  hac  parte  Galliae  exspectabatur.  4.  Mons  ubi 
Caesar  iuventiitem  et  equestris  copias  conlocavit,  altior 
erat  eo  colle  quem  hostes  occupaverant.  5.  Pueros  om- 
nis  et  mulieres  timidiores  in  altis  silvis  occultaverant 
hostes,  ubi  tiitiores  erant  quam  in  arce.  6.  Belgis  erat  in 
animo^  timidos  confirmare,  egentis  iuvare,  omnis  contra 

*  With  the  dat.  of  person  and  the  accu.  of  thing,  to  order  to  fur- 
nish :  eis  obsides  imperavit.    He  ordered  them  to  furnish  hostages. 
^  esse  in  animo  with  the  dative  of  possessor,  to  have  in  mind, 
plan,  intend. 


COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES  77 

Eomanos  incitare,  patriam  liberare.  7.  Multi  obsides  in 
castris  Caesaris  et  in  Italia  erant,  inter  quos  erant  fratres, 
filii,  filiaeque  principum  civitatis.  8.  Sed  tertia  vigilia 
noctis  hostes  celeriter  et  magno  cum  studio  proeli  moeni- 
bus  adpropinquaverunt ;  ibi  diu  pugnatum  est,  sed  vic- 
toria erat  EomanTs  certa.  9.  Post  id  bellum  ante  pedes 
Caesaris  Belgae  tristissimi  amicitiam  eius  et  populi 
Eomani  postulabant.  10.  lam  hiems  adpropinquabat ; 
itaque  Caesar  eis  obsides,  patres  et  matres,  imperavit. 

193  1.  Of  all  the  states  of  Gaul,  this  was  the  bravest  and 
most  eager  for  war.  2.  The  enemy  had  many  horses 
which  were  swifter  and  more  spirited  than  those  belong- 
ing to  ^  the  Komans.  3.  In  the  first  watch  of  the  night 
the  Eomans  approached  the  town,  the  wall  of  which  was 
very  high.  4.  But  at  daybreak  the  enemy  were  defeated 
in  a  hard  battle  with  the  cavalry  ^  in  a  broad  plain  be- 
fore the  town.  5.  The  consul  ordered  the  Gauls  to  fur- 
nish ^  many  hostages,  among  whom  were  the  fathers  and 
the  sons  of  the  leading  men  of  the  state.  6.  Caesar 
intended*  to  get  ready  a  large  number  of  ships  in  the 
winter  and  to  carry  his  soldiers  to  Britain  the  following 
summer.  7.  All  the  neighboring  tribes  of  Britain  has- 
tened to  the  sea  by  the  shortest  road  and  prepared  to 
fight  with  the  Eomans. 

1  Belonging  to  :  translate  by  the  possessive  genitive. 

*  With  the  cavalry :  translate  by  an  adjective. 
8  Compare  192,  10. 

*  Compare  192,  6. 


78 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


LESSON  XXIII 


COMPARISON  OF   ADJECTIVES  (Continued) 

194  Adjectives  ending  in  -er  form  the  Superlative 
by  adding  -rimus  to  the  Nominative  of  the  Posi- 
tive : 


POSITIVE 

COMPARATIVE 

SUPERLATIVE 

pulcher 

pulchr-ior 

pnlcher-rimus 

acer 

acr-ior 

acer-rimus 

In  the  same  way  compare  miser,  liber. 

195  Six  adjectives  in  -ilis  form  the  Superlative  by 
adding  -limus  to  the  stem  of  the  Positive  less  its 
final  vowel : 


facilis,  easy 
difficilis,  difficult 
similis,  lihe 
dissimilis,  unlike 
humilis,  loio 
gracilis,  slender 


COMPARATIVE 

facil-ior 

difficil-ior 

simil-ior 

dissimil-ior 

humil-ior 

gracil-ior 


SUPERLATIVE 

facil-limus 

difficil-limus 

simil-limus 

dissimil-limus 

humil-liinus 

gracil-limus 


ABLATIVE   OF  DEGREE   OF  DIFFERENCE 

196  Examples 

1.  Paulo    post  adpropinqua-    A  little  later  the  consul  ap- 


vit  consul. 
Haec  via  est  multd   diffi- 

cilior. 
nia  turris  decern  pedibus 

est  altior  quam  murus. 


proacJied,- 
This    way    is    much    more 

difficult. 
That  tower  is  ten  feet  higher 

than  the  wall. 


COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES  79 

{a)  Notice  that  in  these  sentences  the  ablatives  paul5, 
multo,  decern  pedibus  answer  the  questions  "How  much 
later ^  more  difficulty  higher f'^''  Such  an  Ablative  is 
called  the  Ablative  of  Degree  of  Difference, 

197  Mule.—TYie  Ablative  of  Degree  of  Difference  is  used 
with  Comparatives  and  words  suggesting  comparison.  ^ 

W.  393 ;  B.  223 ;  AG.  250 ;  H.  479. 

198  VOCABULARY 

beatus,  -a,  -um,  happy,  multo,  much} 

celer,  -eris,  -ere,  swift.  nemo,  neminis,  m.  no  one. 

decern  (indeclinable),  ten.  nihil,  n.  (indeclin.),  nothing. 

difficilis,  -e,  difficult.  ordo,  -inis,  m.  order^  rank. 

dissimilis,  -e,  unlilce.  paulo,  little.^ 

facilis,  -e,  easy.  similis,  -e,  lihe. 

humilis,  -e,  low.  viginti  (indeclin.),  twenty. 
insignis,  -e,  remarlcalle^  prominent. 

199  1.  El  Belgae,  qui  Germanis  ^  sunt  non  dissimiles,  mul- 
to fortiores  sunt  quam  reliqui  huius  nominis.  2.  Illi 
decern  ante  *  annis  superfiverant  consulem  Komanum,  qui 
per  eorum  agros  cum  copiis  properabat.  3.  Qua  de  causa 
Caesar  prima  aestate  cum  equitibus  celerrimis  in  cam  par- 
tem Galliae  properaverat.  4.  Eo  tempore  naves  Eomano- 
rum  paulo  altiores  erant  quam  eae  quas  Belgae  habebant, 
sed  humiliores  quam  eae  quae  nunc  in  nostro  mari  sunt. 
5.  Multo  facilius  erat  Belgis,  quorum  in  finibus  erant 

^  The  most  common  words  suggesting  comparison  are  the  adverbs 
ante,  before,  post,  afterward,  ^nd  i\\Q  ^Qvh  malo,  to  prefer  {4tS7). 

^  Multo  and  paulo  are  originally  the  ablatives  singular  neuter 
of  the  adjectives  multus  and  panlus ;  they  are,  however,  generally 
called  adverbs. 

^  Dative 

*  Ante  is  here  an  adverb  and  has  no  influence  on  the  ablative. 


80  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

multae  arbores,  navis  aedificare.  6.  Insigni  studio  om- 
nium ordinum  per  viginti  dies  ^  continuos  Belgae  labora- 
bant;  multas  navis  celeriores  altioresque  aedificaverunt. 
7.  Simili  studio  cum  militibus  nostris  diu  pugnaverunt, 
sed  septima  hora  ad  ripas  sunt  fugati.  8.  Nihil  homini 
f orti  bonoque  pulchrius  est  quam  pro  patria  mori ;  ^  nemo 
beatior  est  quam  is  qui  coniugis  et  liberorum  causa  for- 
titer  dimicat.  9.  Pons,  quem  trans  flumen  aedificavit 
Caesar,  latior  septem  pedibus  erat  quam  via.  10.  Quies 
longa  f  uerat  ea  nocte  in  oppido  Belgarum,  sed  paulo  ante 
lucem  magno  cum  clamore  ad  castra  Eomanorum  prope- 
raverunt  hostes. 

200  1.  For  many  reasons  Caesar  prepared  to  hurry  into 
Gaul  by  a  more  difficult  way.  2.  The  tribe,  whose  terri- 
tory he  was  approaching,  was  much  braver  than  the  rest 
of  the  Gauls.  3.  Their  horses  were  much  swifter  and 
more  spirited  than  those  of  the  Romans.  4.  These  tribes 
were  most  like  the  Germans,^  who  lived  across  the  very 
wide  river.  5.  Caesar  took  possession  of  all  their  towns 
and  stationed  the  bravest  troops  on  the  neighboring  hills. 
6.  A  little  while  after,  the  enemy  approached  with  all 
their  forces,  but  were  defeated  and  put  to  flight  in  a 
severe  cavalry  battle.  7.  The  Gauls'  ships  were  very  un- 
like *  the  Romans' ;  the  former  were  shorter  and  broader, 
the  latter  longer  and  higher. 

^  Accu.  plur.  of  dies,  day,  ^  Compare  199,  1. 

'  iDfinitive,  to  die,  *  Very  unlike,  superlative. 


COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES 


81 


LESSON  XXIV 

COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES  (Continued) 

201  The  following  adjectives  are  irregular  in  Com- 
parison, tlie  Comparative  and  Superlative  being 
formed  from  diiferent  stems  than  the  Positive : 


202 


POSITIVE 

bonus 

mains 

magnus 

parvus 

multus 

Plus  is  defective 

SiNGI 

M.  and  F. 

NoM    Vor 

COMPARATIVE                         SUPERLATIVE 

melior                     optimus 
peior                       pessimus 
maior                     maximus 
minor                     minimus 
plus                        plurimus 

in  declension : 

QLAR                               Plural 

NEUT.                        M.  and  F.                   NEUT. 

plus                plures           plura 
pluris                      plurium 

Gen 

Dat 

Accu. 

plus 
plure 

plures           plura 
pluribus 

Abl.                _ 

203       The  following  have  no  Positive : 

POSITIVE  (wanting)  comparative              superlative 

(Compare  prae,  before)  ^rior^  former       primus,  first 

"         citra,   this  citerior,  liitlier     citimus,     hither- 
side  of)  most 

"         ultra,        he-  ultevioT^  farther  ultimus,  farthest ^ 

yond )  last 

"         in,  intra,  in,  interior,  inner     intimus,  inmost 
within) 

"         prope,  near)  propior,  nearer    proximus,     near- 
est, next 


82 


FIRST   LATIN  BOOK 


204        The  Positive  of  the  following  is  rare 

POSITIVE  COMPARATIVE 

posterior,  later 


(poster!)^ 
(exteri) 
(inferi) 
(superi) 


exterior,  outer 
inferior,  lower 
superior,  liigher 


SUPERLATIVE 

(  postremus,  latest^  last 
\  postumus,  late-horn 

extremus  , 

outermost 


i  extremus  \ 
\  extimus,   [  ' 
j  infimus     | 
( imus,        j 
j  supreinus,7a5^ 
(  summus,  liigtiest 


lowest 


205 


ABLATIVE  OF  SEPARATION 

Examples 


1.  Amicos  cura  liberavit. 

2.  Oppidanos    armis    priva- 

bunt. 

3.  Locus     militibus    vacuus 

erat. 


He  freed  his  friends  from 
care. 

They  will  deprive  the  toivns- 
men  of  their  arms. 

The  place  was  free  of  sol- 
diers. 


{a)  Notice  that  in  these  sentences  the  Ablatives  cura, 
armis,  militibus  express  that  from  which  one  is  separated 
or  that  which  he  is  without.  Such  an  Ablative  is  called 
an  Ablative  of  Separation. 

206         Utile, — The  Ablative  of  Separation  is  used  with  verbs 
and  adjectives  meaning  to  relieve,  deprive,  need,  lack,  etc. 
W.  374-377;  B.  214;  AG.  243;  H.  461-465. 

(a)  Verbs  of  freeing,  depriving,  lacking,  and  remov- 
ing are  ordinarily  used  with  the  simple  ablative,  unless 

*  The  positive  of  these  adjectives  is  rare  save  posterus  in  such 
phrases  as  postero  die,  on  the  next  day ;  postero  anno,  in  the  next 
year.  The  plurals  poster!,  descendants,  infer!,  the  inhahitants  of 
the  lower  world,  the  dead,  super!,  the  gods  above,  are  also  fairly 
common. 


COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES  83 

a  person  is  meant ;  then  the  ablative  with  a  preposition 
is  used :  e.  g.,  civitatem  a  rege  liberat. 

(b)  Yerbs  compounded  with  the  prefixes  ab-,  dis-,  se- 
nsually have  the  ablative  with  a  preposition  :  e.  g.,  Eoma 
longe  abest  ab  hoc  loco,  Home  is  far  distant  from  this 
place ;  Britanni  differunt  a  Gallis,  The  Britons  differ  from 
the  Gauls, 

207  VOCABULARY! 

altitude,  -inis,  f.  height.  spolio,  -are,  to  despoil  of, 

levis,  -e,  lights  slight,  vacuus,    -a,  -um,    empty  of, 

privo,  -are,  to  deprive  of  free  from, 

secundus,  -a,  -um,  favorable,  ver,  veris,  n.  spring, 

following, 

208  1.  Totam  eam  hiemem  Caesar  in  citeriore  Gallia  omni- 
bus cum  copiis  hiemabat.  2.  Paulo  ante  primum  ver  cum 
decem  cohortibus  et  multis  equestribus  copiis  in  ulterio- 
rem  Galliam  properavit  et  in  eas  civitates  quae  mari  pro- 
piores  erant.  3.  Itinera  difiicillima  erant  durissimo  tem- 
pore anni  et  altitudine  montium  quae  inter  Galliam  et 
Italiam  sunt.  4.  Caesar  cum  septem  cohortibus  omnia 
superiora  loca  occupavit,  sed  eqnites  non  longe  ab  infimo 
monte^  conlocavit.  .  5.  Clientes  civium  Eomanorum  et 
omnis  qui  natiira  timidiores  erant  armis  privabant  hostes. 
6.  Postero  die  ^  levi  et  secundo  proelio  equestri  in  campo 
dimicatum  est.  7.  Hoc  proelio  et  eo  quod  postero  die 
pugnatum  est,  Caesar  civis  Eomanos  et  socios  maximo 
periculo  et  timore  liberavit.  8.  Hi  Galli  multo  acriores 
erant  quam  ei  quos  Caesar  priore   aestate  simili  caede 

!  From  this  point  the  new  words  used  in  paradigms  are  ordinarily 
not  repeated  in  the  vocabularies,  as  has  been  done  hitherto.  Pupils 
should  therefore  carefully  learn  the  meaning  of  each  new  paradigm. 

2  Tnfimus  mons,  the  foot  of  the  mountain ;  summus  mons,  the 
top  of  the  mountain. 

^  Ablative  sing,  of  dies,  day. 


84  FIRST  LATIN   BOOK 

superaverat.  9.  Nam  in  extremis  finibus  Gallorum  habi- 
tabant  et  longe  aberant  a  Germanis,  qui  timore  vacui 
erant.  10.  Ei  qui  super  at  i  erant  armls  spoliabantur  et 
in  agris  victorum  laborabant. 

209  1.  At  the  beginning  of  spring  ^  Caesar  prepared  to  carry 
his  troops  from  fartiier  Gaul  into  Britain  by  means  of 
•  ships.  2.  In  the  previous  summer  he  had  put  to  flight 
a  tribe  of  the  Britons  and  had  deprived  them  of  their 
arms.  3.  He  stationed  ten  cohorts  in  those  parts  which 
were  nearer  the  sea,^  and  a  little  after  the  third  watch 
hastened  toward  the  enemy.  4.  The  enemy's  spears  were 
a  foot  longer  than  those  of  the  Eomans',  but  their  shields 
were  a  little  smaller  than  the  Eomans'.  5.  The  enemy 
were  overcome  in  a  slight  cavalry  battle  and  were  driven 
in  flight  ^  into  a  neighboring  wood.  6.  The  inner  part  of 
Britain  was  inhabited  by  very  savage  tribes,  who  were  free 
from  all  fear.  7.  But  the  hither  part  was  inhabited  by 
those  who  had  taken  possession  of  the  country  for  the 
sake  of  war  and  plunder. 


LESSON  XXY 


FORMATION    AND    COMPARISON    OF 
ADVERBS 

210       Most  adverbs  are  derived  from  adjective  stems : 

Adjectives  Adverbs 

longus  (longo-)  longe,  far  (132) 

miser  (misero-)  misere,  wretchedly 

1  Compare  sentence  2  above.  ^  Use  dative.  ^  fugo. 


FORMATION  AND  COMPARISON  OF  ADVERBS       85 


(a)  Notice  that  these  Adverbs  are  formed  from  stems 
of  Adjectives  of  the  First  and  Second  Declensions  by 
changing  the  final  vowel  of  the  stem  -o  to  -e. 

211  Adjectives  Adverbs 
acer  (acri-)  acriter,  sharply 
audax  (audac-)  audacter,  boldly 
fortis  (forti-)  fortiter,  bravely 
sapiens  (sapient-)  sapienter,  wisely 

(a)  Notice  that  these  Adverbs  are  formed  from  stems 
of  Adjectives  of  the  Third  Declension  by  the  addition  of 
-ter ;  if  the  adjective  stem  end  in  -nt,  the  -t  is  dropped. 

212  Accusative  or  Ablative  neuters  singular  of 
Adjectives  are  sometimes  used  as  adverbs :  e.  g., 
multuin,  much;  facile,  easily;  tuto,  safely;  subito, 
suddenly;  multo,  (by)  much;  paulo,  (by)  little. 

213  Adverbs  follow  the  Comparison  of  the  Adjec- 
tives from  which  they  are  derived : 

Positive  Comparative 

longe  long-ius 


misere 

acriter 

audacter 

fortiter 

sapienter 

facile 

tut5 


miser-ms 

acr-ius 

audac-ius 

fort-ius 

sapient-ius 

facil-ius 

tut-ius 


Superlative 

long-issime 

miser-rime 

acer-rime 

audac-issime 

fort-issime 

sapient-issime 

facil-lime 

tut-issime 


{a)  Notice  that  the  Comparative  of  the  Adverb  is  the 
same  as  the  neuter  singular  of  the  Adjective,  and  that 
the  Superlative  is  formed  from  the  Superlative  of  the 
Adjective  in  the  same  way  as  the  Positive  of  the  Adverb 
from  the  Positive  of  the  Adjective. 


86 


FIRST  LATIN   BOOK 


214       The  following 

common  Ad^ 

^erbs 

are  irregular 

in  Comparison : 

Positive 

Comparative 

Superlative 

bene,  loell 

melius 

optime 

male,  ill 

peius 

pessime 

multum,  rmich 

plus 

plurimum 

parum,  {too)  little 

minus 

minime 

diu,  long 

diutius 

diutissime 

saepe,  often 

saepius 

saepissime 

magis,^  more 

maxime 

215       Form  and  compare  adverbs  from  laetus,  glad] 
levis,  light]  atrox,  savage,  cruel. 


216 


VOCABULARY 


provincia,  -ae,  f.  province.       postea,  adv.  afterward. 
impedimentum,    -i,    n.    Mn-    feliciter,  happily^  with  good 
drance\  plur.  baggage.  fortune. 

adsum,  -esse,  -foi,  to  he  present  (76). 

217  1.  Subito  primo  vere  aderat  ex  ultima  parte  provin- 
ciae  ille  legatus,  qui  de  atrociore  bello  nuntiavit.  2.  Bene 
et  feliciter  a  mllitibus  nostrls  priore  aestate  decern  con- 
tinuas  horas  dimicatum  erat  contra  regem  Belgarum. 
3.  Acerrime  coniugum  liberorumque  causa  eo  tempore 
Galli  pugnaverant  et  nemo  audacius  quam  rex  ille.  4.  Hoc 
vere  Caesar  cum  multis  legionibus  non  longe  aberat. 
Itaque  et  facilius  et  celerius  quam  pridre  aestate  milites 
ad  impedimenta  properabant.  5.  Ibi  consul  egentis  cura- 
bat,  eos  qui  armis  spoliati  erant  laete  armavit,  et  postea 
pontem  fecit  ^  paulo  altiorem  et  septem  pedibus  longiorem 
quam  priorem.     6.  Summos^  collis  et  loca  magis  idonea 

^  Some  adjectives  and  adverbs  are  compared  with  magis,  max- 
ime: e.  g.,  idoneus,  magis  idoneus,  maxime  idoneus. 

2  Perf.  indie,  of  facio,  to  make.  ^  Compare  208,  4. 


FORMATION  AND   COMPARISON  OF   ADVERBS       87 

sapienter  occupavit  et  posterii  nocte  cum  primis  hostium 
ordinibus  audacter  pugnare  paravit.  7.  Equi  eorum  multo 
velociores  acrioresque  erant  quam  nostri  et  laete  hosti- 
bus  adpropinquabant.  8.  Inter  omnis  eas  gentes  maxima 
laus  est  hostis  armis  spoliare  ;  quae  postea  deis  deabusque 
laetissime  dant.  9.  Proximis  annis  Caesar  feliciter  maxi- 
mam  partem  Galliae  pacaverat ;  quinto  anno  milites  in 
Britanniam  navibus  tuto  portavit.  10.  Britanni  qui  ad 
mare  subito  properaverant,  acriter  ab  mllitibus  Eomanis 
fugati  sunt. 

218  1.  In  former  years  the  Gauls  had  fought  more  bravely 
than  the  Germans.  2.  But  at  this  time  the  Germans 
were  much  more  savage  than  the  Gauls  and  fought  more 
boldly.  3.  When  Caesar  came  near,  the  Germans  quickly 
concealed  their  women  and  children  in  the  neighboring 
forest.  4.  This  forest  was  very  large,  and  it  was  not  easy 
to  march  ^  through  it  very  quickly.  5.  Caesar  stationed 
his  forces  not  far  from  the  forest  and  waited  for  the 
enemy  seven  nights.  6.  At  the  farther  end  of  the  bridge 
there  were  towers  many  feet  higher  than  the  enemy's 
towers.  7.  But  the  highest  towers  were  on  the  top  of  the 
hill;  here  Caesar  wisely  stationed  seven  cohorts  of  his 
best  troops.  8.  The  horsemen  of  the  Germans  ap- 
proached very  quickly,  but  because  of  the  height  of  the 
walls,  they  did  not  capture  the  town. 

219  READING  EXERCISE 

Wars  with  the  Oauls 

Ubi  Gain,  gens  natura  atrox,  qui  moenibus  urbis 
adpropinquabant,  Eomanos  ad  AUiam  fiumen  magna 
caede  superaverunt — quae  clades  semper  erat  Eomanis 
tristissima — ,  Eomam  etiam  occupilverunt.     Nulla  ^  erant 

1  To  march,  iter  facere. 

^  niillus,  -a,  -iim,  none,  no.    Declined  hke  totus,  177. 


88  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

praesidia;  nihil  potuerunt^  cives.  Cum  iuventute,  cuius 
numerus  non  erat  magnus,  dux  Manlius  arcem  defendit.^ 
Ubi  praesidium  in  summa  fame  ^  f uit  et  Manlius  pacem 
a  Gallis  maximis  praemiis  emere*  voluit,^  subito  Camillus 
hostis  atroci  proelio  superavit. 

Post  multos  annos  Galli  iterum  ad  urbem  accesserant^ 
et  quarto  milliario''  trans  Anienem^  flumen  castra  po- 
suerunt.*  Contra  eos  properabat  Titus  Quinctius.  Ibi 
Gallus  magno  corpore  fortissimum  Eomanorum  ad  certa- 
men^^  singulare"  provocavit.^^  Manlius  cum  barbaro 
statim  decertavit,  eum  facile  occidit^^  spoliavitque 
torque  ^*  aureo.^^  Qua  de  causa  et  Manlius  et  omnes  pos- 
ter! TorquatI  appellati  sunt.  Iterum  in  Pomptino  agro  ^^ 
Valerius  in  simili  pugna  sacra  alite^^  corvo^^  adiutus^* 
spolia^^  cepit;^^  itaque  hie  quoque  est  Corvinus  appella- 
tus.  Post  aliquot  ^^  annos  in  Etruria  reliquos  Gallos  im- 
perator  Romanus  delevit ;  ^^  ex  ea  gente  quae  Romam 
incenderat,^  nemo  effugit.^^ 

^  Could  {do),  ^*  torquis,  -is,  m.  necklace. 

*  Defended.  ^^  Golden. 

*  fames,-  is,  f.  hunger,        ^^  Pomptinus   a§rer,    a    district  in 

famine.  Latiiim. 

*  To  buy.  "  ales,  -itis,  f.  bird. 

^  Wished.  i8  coryns,  -i,  in.  raven. 

^  Had  approached.  ^»  Perf.  pass,  partic.  (adiiiTo),  aided. 

'  Mile-stone.  ^  Spoils,  compare  spoil o. 

^  Anio,  -enis,  m.  a  stream  emptying  into  the  Tiber  a  few  miles 
north  of  Rome. 

9  Pitched.  «  Gained. 

»o  Combat.  22  ^^me. 

"  singiilaris,  -e,  single.  23  Destroyed. 

^*  Challenged.  ^  Had  burned. 

^3  Killed.  25  Escaped. 


FOURTH  DECLENSION 


89 


LESSOi^   XXVI 

FOURTH   OR   -ii  DECLENSION 

Stem  in  u 


Paradigms 


220 


Manus,  f.  hand. 
manu- 

SlNGULAR 

manus 
mantis 
manui,  -u 
manum 
manii 

Plural 
manus 
manuum 
manibus 
manus 
manibus 

{a)  A  few  nouns,  of  wliich  portus,  harbor^  is  the  most 
common,  have  -ubus  or  -ibus  in  the  Dative  and  Ablative 
Plural. 

221  The  Gender  of  most  nouns  of  the  Fourth  De- 
clension ending  in  -us  is  Masculine.  A  few,  of 
which  domus/  Jiouse^  and  manus,  Tiand^  are  the 
most  common,  are  Feminine.  All  ending  in  -u 
are  neuter. 

^  Domus  has  besides  the  regular  forms  of  the  Fourth  Declension 
the  following  forms  of  the  Second  :  Dat.  and  Abl.  Sing,  domo ;  Oen. 
Plur.  domorum ;  Accu.  Plur.  domos. 


NoM.,  Voc. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Accu. 

Abl. 

NoM.,  Voc. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Accu. 

Abl. 


Cornu,  n.  Jiorn, 
cornu- 

cornu 

corntis 

cornu 

cornu 

cornu 

cornua 

cornuum 

cornibus 

cornua 

cornibus 


90  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


222 


FIFTH 

OR  -e 

DECLENSION 

Stem 

in  e 

Paeadigms 

Dies 

,  m.  day. 

Ees 

,  f.  thing. 

die- 

re- 

Singular 

NOM.,  Voc. 

dies 

res 

Gen. 

diei 

rei 

DAT. 

diei 

rei 

Accu. 

diem 

rem 

Abl. 

die 

re 

Plural 

NoM.,  Voc. 

dies 

res 

Gen. 

diemm 

remm 

Dat. 

diebus 

rebus 

Accu. 

dies 

res 

Abl. 

diebus 

rebus 

{a)  Only  dies  and  res  are  declined  throughout.  Other 
nouns,  if  used  at  all  in  the  plural,  are  found  only  in  the 
nominative  and  accusative. 

(b)  Notice  that  the  genitive  and  dative  singular  have 
the  ending  -ei  when  the  stem  vowel  is  preceded  by  a 
consonant,  but  when  a  vowel  precedes,  the  ending  is  -ei. 

223  The  Gender  of  nouns  of  the  Fifth  Declension 
is  Feminine  with  the  exception  of  dies,  day,  which 
is  usually  masculine. 

224  VOCA'BULARY 

acies,  -ei,  f.  line  (of  battle),    cornii,    -iis,   n.    Jiorn^ 
agmen,    -inis,    n.    line     (of         (of  an  army). 
march).  dexter,  -tra,  -trum,  right > 


FOURTH  AND  FIFTH  DECLENSION  91 

equitatus,  -us,  m.  cavalry.  res,  rei,  f.  thing ^  fact, 

exercitus,  -us,  m.  army,  senex,  senis,^  m.  old  man. 

manus,    -us,   f.    hand^  land  sinister,  -tra,  -trum,  left. 

(of  soldiers).  tribunus,  -i,   m.   tribune  (a 
need,  -are,  to  hill.  military  officer). 

225  1.  Postero  die  Caesar  omnia  superiora  loca  subito  oc- 
cupavit  et  manus  hostium  fugavit.  2.  Secunda  hora  diei 
acriter  inter  equitatum  Caesaris  et  hostium  in  flumine 
pugnatum  est.  3.  lam  vulnera  Gallorum  et  multa  et  gra- 
via  erant ;  sed  princeps  eorum  senex  tribunum  nostrum 
necavit  et  corpus  armis  spoliavit.  4.  Hoc  die  in  dextera 
ripa  fluminis  erant  multa  corpora  hominum  quae  armis 
spoliata  erant.  5.  Dum  {while)  impedimenta  in  proximum 
collem  portantur,^  subito  exercitus  Gallorum  aderat  et 
agmen  Eomanum  oppugnavit.  6.  In  sinistro  cornu  hosti- 
um erat  pater  regis,  msignis  senex,  qui  equum  in  nostros 
acriter  incitavit.  7.  Prima  luce  acies  hostium  in  campo 
ante  castra  aderat ;  ad  multam  noctem  acriter  dimicave- 
runt  hostes,  nam  Galli  non  minus  fortes  quam  nostri  erant. 
8.  Atrox  erat  ilia  caedes  Gallorum,  qui  contra  sinistrum 
cornu  fortiter  pugnaverant,  sed  septima  hora  in  flumen 
a  nostris  fugati  sunt.  9.  Multo  duriores  sunt  hiemes 
in  eis  partibus  quam  in  Italia,  dies  breviores,  noctes 
longiores;  qua  de  causa  itinera  nostra  erant  multo 
difficiliora. 

226  1.  The  enemy's  army  is  much  larger  than  Caesar's. 
2.  Across  this  river,  not  far  from  the  mountain,  is  a  large 
band  of  Gauls.  3.  On  the  next  day  the  enemy  suddenly 
and  boldly  attacked  the  Eoman  army  on  the  march  with 
all  their  forces.     4.  On  the  left  wing  of  the  enemy's  line 

1  Declined  in  full :  senex,  senis,  seni,  senem,  sene ;  senes, 
senum,  senibus,  etc. 

*  Translate  as  if  imperfect. 


92  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

of  battle  were  the  Gallic  cavalry.  5.  The  leader  of  the 
Gauls  had  in  his  right  hand  a  sword,  in  his  left  a  shield. 
6.  The  Gauls  fought  long  and  fiercely  at  the  foot  of  the 
mountain  for  seven  consecutive  hours  and  a  large  part  of 
the  chief  men  were  killed.  7.  This  fact  was  announced 
to  the  tribes  of  farther  Gaul  by  fires  and  by  shouting.  8. 
Within  seven  days  the  tribune  got  together  ^  a  large  band 
of  new  soldiers. 


LESSON  XXYII 

SECOND  or  e  CONJUGATION 

.227  Leaen  the  Indicative  and  the  present  Infini- 
tive of  habeo,  active  and  passive  (480). 

(a)  Compare  the  conjugation  of  habeo  carefully  with 
that  of  amo  (479).  Observe  that  the  only  diflEerenee  is 
in  the  stem  vowels. 

(5)  Conjugate  tened,  tenere,  tenni,  tentus,  to  hold. 

228  1.  Habes,  habebimus,  habitus  est.  2,  Tenuimus,  te- 
nuerit,  tenebatis.  3.  Teneor,  habuit,  habeberis.  4.  Ha- 
buerat,  habita  erant,  tenebar.  5.  Tenebis,  habuerunt, 
habere.     6.  Teneri,  habetis,  tenuisti. 

1.  You  have,  we  shall  hold,  we  had  had.  2.  I  have 
held,  you  will  have,  you  will  have  had.  3.  It  is  held,  we 
were  held,  they  had.  4.  To  be  held,  to  have,  to  hold. 
5.  We  have  had,  you  were  having,  you  had  held. 

^  paro,  -ar^^ 


SECOND  CONJUGATION  93 

229  VOCABULARY 

aedificium,    -i,   n.    huilding^  maneo,   -ere,   mansi,  mansu- 

liouse  (aedifico,  101).  rus/  to  remain, 

aqua,  -ae,  f.  water.  natio,  -onis,  f.  nation. 

caelum,  -i,  n.  heaveii.,  sky.  nuntius,     -i,    m.    messenger 

captivus,  -i,  m.  captive.  (nuntio,  126). 

contineo  (cum-f-teneo),  -ere,  regie,  -onis,  f.  region^  direc- 

-Ml,  -tentus,  to  Jiold  hach^  tion. 

to  heep  in  cliecJc.  Rhenus,  -i,  m.  the  Rimie. 

hiberna,    -orum,    n.    winter  sustineo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentus  (sub 

quarters.  4-tene5),  to  sustain^  with- 

imperator,    -oris,     m.    com-  stand. 

mander  (impero,  192).  ventus,  i,  m.  wind. 

imperium,    -i,   n.   command.^  video,    -ere,  vidi,  visus,    to 

rule.  see  (in  the  passive,  to  he 

impetus,  -us,  m.  onset.,  attach.  see^i  or  to  seem). 

230  1.  Ii  qui  superioribus  temporibus  illas  regiones  tene- 
bant,  corpora  maiora  habebant.  2.  Ubi  primo  vere  Romanae 
legiones  ex  provincia  flumini  Rheno  adpropinquaverunt, 
multa  animalia  videbantur  cum  magnis  capitibus  et  cor- 
nibus.  3.  Mulieres  et  senes  earum  exterarum  nationum 
laborem  maximum  facile  semper  sustinere  videbantur; 
nunc  audacter  in  proxima  ripa  fiuminis  ad  impedimenta 
manebant.  4.  Inter  captives  in  hibernis  imperatoris 
fuerant  obsides,  mater  et  pater  illius  regis,  qui  pro  amico 
populi  Roman!  erat  habitus.  5.  A  rege  velox  nuntius 
subito  aderat,  qui  haec  de  consilio  eius  nuntiavit :  "  Hoc 
loco  impetum  consulis  sustinebit  et  pro  summo  imperio 
decertabit."  6.  Tertio  die  imperator  cam  magno  exercitu 
oppidum  bene  et  f  eliciter  expugnavit ;  haec  res  hostibus 
celeriter  nuntiata  est.     7.  Validus  erat  ventus  qui  noctem 

^  As  the  perfect  passive  participle  of  maneo  is  not  in  use,  the 
future  active  participle  is  given.  This  will  be  done  with  all  intransi- 
tive verbs. 


94  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

et  diem  his  regionibus  flabat  ^  et  aqua  de  caelo  erat 
multa;  itaque  imperator  milites  in  castrls  et  oppido 
continebat.  8.  In  oppidis  erat  neque  frumentum  neque 
argentum,  et  incolae,  egentes  et  tristes,  misere  in  parvis 
aedificiis  habitabant.  9.  Extrema  aestate  faciliore  et 
breviore  itinere  in  ulteriorem  provinciae  partem  impera- 
tor properavit. 

231  1.  In  the  most  ancient  times  the  Eoman  armies  were 
much  smaller.  2.  For  many  years  the  power  was  held  by 
kings  who  kept  the  neighboring  peoples  in  check  by  their 
foot-soldiers  and  cavalry.  3.  The  Romans  often  fought 
boldly  and  successfully  with  their  neighbors  and  sustained 
many  attacks.  4.  The  districts  which  they  seized  were 
regarded  as^  Eoman  land,^  and  the  nations  whom  they 
subdued  as  slaves.  5.  But  the  Romans  did  not  always 
deprive  of  their*  lands  those  whom  they  had  overcome 
with  their  arms.  6.  In  those  districts  where  the  winter- 
quarters  of  the  cavalry  were,  there,  was  much  rain,^  but 
at  the  opening  of  spring^  the  general  hurried  with  all 
the  army  into  hither  Gaul.  7.  At  daybreak  the  enemy 
prepared  to  withstand  our  attack.  8.  Their  line  of  battle 
was  very  long :  on  the  right  wing  was  their  bravest 
cavalry ;  on  their  left  also  many  horsemen  were  seen. 

^  flo,  -are,  to  Mow.  *  Omit. 

2  Compare  230,  4.  ^  Compare  230,  7. 

'  ager.  ^  Compare  230,  2. 


GENITIVE  AND  ABLATIVE  OP  QUALITY    ^       95 


LESSON   XXVIII 

THE    GENITIVE    AND    THE    ABLATIVE 
OF    QUALITY 


232 

ExA:a 

IPLES 

1. 

Imperator     bono     animo 

The  general    was    of  good 

erat. 

courage. 

2. 

Erat    flumen    altis    ripis 

There  ivas  a  river  with  high 

inter  Romanos  et  hos- 

lanhs  between  the  Romans 

tis. 

and  the  enemy. 

3. 

Hie    vir    erat    fortis    et 

This   man   was   hrave    and 

magnae  auctoritatis. 

very  influential. 

(a)  Notice  that  the  phrases  bono  animo,  altis  ripis, 
magnae  auctoritatis,  all  express  some  Quality  or  Charac- 
teristic of  the  noun  with  which  they  are  connected. 
They  are  therefore  adjective  expressions,  so  that  in  the 
third  sentence  the  genitive  is  parallel  to  the  adjective 
fortis. 

(b)  Notice  also  that  in  each  sentence  the  ablative  or 
genitive  is  modified  by  an  adjective. 

233  Itule. — duality  may  be  expressed  by  the  Genitive,  but 
only  when  the  Genitive  is  modified  by  an  Adjective.^ 

W.  354;  B.  203;  AG.  215;  H.  440,  3. 

234  Mule, — duality  may  also  be  expressed  by  the  Ablative, 
but  only  when  the  Ablative  is  modified  by  an  Adjective.^ 

W.  394;  B.  224;  AG.  251 ;  H.  473,  2. 

^  That  is,  we  may  say  vir  siimmae  yirtfitis,  a  man  of  the  great- 
est courage ;  but  we  may  not  say  vir  virtutis,  but  fortis  vir. 

2  There  is  often  no  distinction  between  the  g:enitive  and  ablative, 
but  for  expressions  of  time,  space,  number,  and  measure,  the  genitive 
is  used,  e.  g,,  mtirus  decern  pedum  :  while  for  parts  of  the  body  and 
external  qualities  the  ablative  is  employed,  e.  g.,  puer  magnis  pedi- 
bus,  and  sentence  2  above. 


96  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

235  VOCABULARY 

adiuvo,  -are,  -iuvi,  -iutus  (ad  Graecus,  -a,  -um,  Greeks  Gre- 

-\-iuYd^lS2)^to  help,  assist,        ciaii. 

Asia,  -ae,  f.  Asia.  iuvenis,    -is,     m.     a    youth 
Atheniensis,  -e,  Athenian,  (inventus,  182). 

anctoritas,   -atis,    f.   author-  Miltiades,  -is,  m.  Miltiades, 

ity,  influence,  necessarins,    -a,    -um,   neces- 
angeo,  -ere,  anxi,  anctus,  to .       sary,,  needful, 

increase,  pauci,  -ae,  -a,  few, 

barbarus,  -a,  -um,  harharous,  Persicus,  -a,  -um,  Persian, 

foreign,  saepe,  often. 

Chersonesus,  -i,  f.  the  Cher-  suus,  -a,  -um,  his  {her,  its, 

sonesus.^  their)  own, 

Europa,  -ae,  f.  Europe,  timed,  -ere,  -ui,  to  fear, 

fortitud5,  -inis,  f.  bravery  (fortis,  181,  fortiter.  111). 

236  1.  Erat  olim  inter  Atheniensis  iuvenis  summae  forti- 
tudinis  et  magno  corpora,  cui  nomen  erat  Miltiadi.  2.  Ille 
imperator  cum  magna  manu  et  navibus  multis  impetum 
barbarorum  in  Chersoneso  feliciter  sustinebat.  3.  Hi 
barbari  homines  videbantur  magna  virtute  esse  mag- 
numque  amorem  patriae  habere.  4.  Panels  diebus  om- 
nem  illam  regionem  imperator  occupaverat  et  incolas 
armis  privaverat ;  iam  bonos  armabat  et  rebus  necessariis 
adiuvabat,  omnia  magna  cura  administrabat.  5.  Ibi  cum 
exercitu  multos  annos  manebat  et  erat  inter  eas  nationes 
mfignae  auctoritatis.  6.  Postea  patriam  suam  consilio  et 
virtute  saepe  adiuvabat  et  augebat.  7.  Ab  hostibus 
Atheniensium  semper  timebatur,  ab  amicis  suis  et  eorum 
magnopere  amabatur.  8.  Maxime  eius  auctoritate  et  con- 
silio adiuti  sunt  Athenienses  in  Persico  bello,  quo  tem- 
pore Miltiades  ilium  Persicum  regem  superavit.  9.  Nemo 
ea  victoria ♦  clarior  apud  (xraecos  erat   quam   Miltiades, 

*  A  peninsula  of  Thrace  on  the  northwest  of  the  Hellespont. 


SUBJUNCTIVE  m  INDEPENDENT  SENTENCES      97 

nemo  miiioris  auctoritatis ;  itaque  Athenienses  el  multas 
navis  dederunt.  10.  His  navibus  paucas  urbes,  quae  bar- 
baros  copiis  iuverant,  expugnavit.  Sed  postea  timuit 
copias  regis  et  Athenas  ^  properavit. 

237  1.  The  general  is  a  person  of  great  influence;  within 
ten  days  he  will  have  an  army  of  seven  legions.  2.  He 
has  increased  his  forces,  which  are  already  many  more 
than  in  the  former  war.  3.  They  have  undergone  ^  much 
labor  and  are  ready  to  remain  the  entire  winter  far  from 
their  native  country.  4.  They  have  built  a  seven-foot 
wall  and  will  gladly  fight  by  reason  of  their  lack  of  all 
things  needful.  5.  The  inhabitants  of  those  regions  are 
men  of  great  courage  and  boldness.  6.  The  trees  are 
higher  than  those  which  we  see  in  our  part  of  Europe, 
but  the  houses  are  very  low.  7.  The  old  men  are  of 
greater  authority,  but  the  young  men  are  feared  by  the 
enemy.  8.  On  the  march  in  Germany  they  often  saw 
animals  with  large  horns  but  small  bodies. 


LESSON  XXIX 


SUBJUNCTIVE    IN    INDEPENDENT 
SENTENCES 

238  Learn  the  Present  System,  active  and  passive, 
of  the  Subjunctive  of  sum  (485),  amo  (479),  and 
habeo  (480). 

1  To  Athens.    With  names  of  towns  the  accusative  alone  expresses 
the  limit  of  motion,  425. 

2  sustineo. 

7 


98  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

(a)  Notice  carefully  the  following  facts : 

(1)  That  the  personal  endings  of  the  Subjunctive  are 
the  same  as  those  of  the  Indicative. 

(2)  But  that  in  the  present  tense  the  stem  ama-  of  the 
First  Conjugation  is  changed  to  ame-,  and  that  the  stem 
habe-  of  the  Second  Conjugation  becomes  habea-. 

(3)  And  that  the  tense  sign  of  the  Imperfect  is  -re-. 
Compare  the  tense  sign  of  the  Imperfect  Indicative. 

VOLITIVE  SUBJUNCTIVE 

239  Examples 

1.  Hunc  laudemus.  Let  us  praise  this  man,    • 

2.  Hodie  ne  pugnemus.  Let  us  not  fight  to-day. 

3.  Haec  dona  habeat.  Let  him  have  these  gifts, 

4.  Ne  haec  ddna  habeat.  Let  him  not  have  these  gifts. 

{a)  Notice  that  the  Subjunctives  in  these  sentences 
express  the  Will  of  the  speaker  that  something  shall  or 
shall  not  be  done.  This  subjunctive  that  expresses  the 
will  is  called  the  Volitwe  /Subjunctive  (void,  to  will).  In 
the  third  person  it  is  sometimes  called  also  the  Jussive 
Suhjunctive  ^  (inbeo,  to  order). 

240  Rule.— The  Volitive  Subjunctive   states   the  action  as 
willed. 

W.  481-482;  B.  273-275;  AG.  266;  H.  559. 

241  OPTATIVE  SUBJUNCTIVE 

Examples 

1.  Haec  habeamus.  May  toe  have  this. 

2.  Ne  haec  habeat.  May  he  not  have  this. 

1  It  should  be  observed  that  only  the  First  and  Third  persons  of 
the  Present  Subjunctive  are  ordinarily  used  in  this  construction.  If 
we  wish  to  translate  into  Latin  "  Praise  him,"  we  usually  use  the 
imperative,  hunc  lauda,  355  ;  for  the  negative  addressed  to  the  sec- 
ond person,  "  Do  not  praise  him,"  the  Latin  employs  a  circumlocution 
which  will  be  given  later  (350). 


SUBJUNCTIVE  IN  INDEPENDENT  SENTENCES       99 

3.  TJtinam  fortis  esset.  Would  that  he  tvere  brave. 

4.  Utinam  ne  hostes  essent.      Would  that   they   tvere  not 

enemies, 

(a)  Notice  that  here  the  subjunctives  express  the 
Wish  or  Desire  of  the  speaker  that  something  may  or 
may  not  be  done.  This  subjunctive  is  called  the  Opta- 
tive Subjunctive  (opt5,  to  wish^  desire).  Compare  with 
the  Yolitive  Subjunctive. 

(b)  Notice  also  that  the  Present  tense  refers  to 
Future,  the  Imperfect  to  Present  time. 

{c)  In  the  Optative  Subjunctive  all  three  persons  may 
be  used.     Compare  the  Volitive  Subjunctive. 

{d)  Utinam  is  often  used  with  the  Present,  regularly 
with  the  Imperfect,  of  the  Optative  Subjunctive. 

242  Hule.  ^The  Optative  Subjunctive  states  the  action  as  a 
wish  or  desire. 

W.  484  ;  B.  279 ;  AG.  267 ;  H.  558. 

243  1.  Haec  laudemus ;  fratrem  suum  laudet.  2.  Haec 
habeamus ;  ne  pugnent.  3.  Utinam  fortes  essetis ;  utinam 
laudiirentur.     4.  Ducem  laudetis ;  utinam  ne  pugnaretis. 

5.  N"e  haec  habeat ;  boni  simus. 

244  1.  Let  them  be  slaves ;  may  they  be  free.  2.  Would 
that  you  were  being  praised ;  let  us  praise  them.  3. 
Would  that  we  were  not  fighting  against  them ;  let  him 
have  the  books.  4.  May  we  have  the  gifts ;  let  us  not  be 
slaves. 

245  VOCABULARY 

fides,  -ei,  t  faith^  pledge.  memoria,  -ae,  f.  memory. 

hodie   (hoc  +  die),  adv.   to-  moved,  -ere,  movi,  motus,  to 

day.  move ;    signa    movere,    to 

maiores,  -um,  m.  elders,  fore-  advance ;    castra    movere, 

fathers.  to  breaJc  camp. 


100  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

ne,  adv.  and  conj.  7iot.  tamen,   adv.   stilly  neverthe- 

proMbeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus  (pro  less. 

-fhabed),  to  hinder^  pre-  telum,  -i,  n.  weapon^  spear^ 

vent^  heep  from.  javelin.     (Compare  hasta, 

res  publica,  rei  publicae,^  f.  arma,  111.) 

state.  tmn,  adv.  tlien.^  at  that  tione. 

si,  conj.  if.  utinam,  adv.,  used  with  op- 

signum,  -i,  n.  signal^  stand-  tative  subjunctive. 

ard.  vix,  adv.  hardly^  ivith  diffi- 

spes,  -ei,  f.  hope.  cutty. 

246  1.  ^on  sine  spe,  milites,  simus ;  ne  hodie  castra  mo- 
veamus.  2.  Videmus,  iuvenes,  aciem  equitfitumque  hos- 
tium ;  ne  timeamus  impetum  eorum.  3.  Sed  si  fortissime 
cum  eis  pugnabimus,  clara  victoria  nostra  erit.  Prohibea- 
mus  hostis  ab  aqua  et  a  rebus  necessfiriis.  4.  Ubi  signum 
ab  imperatore  dabitur,  signa  moveamus  et  castra  quam^ 
celerrime  oppugnemus.  5.  Bona  spes  victoriae  nostris 
militibus  est.  Si  eos  fugabimus,  nostra  auctoritas  apud 
omnis  nfitiones  maxima  erit.  6.  Senes  et  mulieres  omnes 
cum  suis  impedimentis  in  castra  properent  quae  non 
longe  ab  hac  ripa  absunt.  Difficillimis  ripis  est  hoc 
flumen ;    itaque    barbari    castris    vix     adpropinquabunt. 

7.  Utinam  hodie  eum  animum  haberemus  quem  mfiiores 
nostri  paucis  ante  annis  non  longe  ab  his  locis  habuerunt. 

8.  Semper,  cives,  memoria  teneatis  ea  quae  maiores  vestri 
pro  re  piiblica  fecerunt.^  9.  Utinam  ne  impetum  Gallo- 
rum  timeretis.  Si  maiora  corpora  et  longiora  tela  habent, 
non  fortiores  sunt.  10.  Si  virtutem,  fidem,  fortitudinem- 
que  maiorum  memoria  tenebitis,  audacius  impetum  hos- 
tium  sustinebitis. 

^  Each  part  is  declined  separately:  Dat.  rei  pfiblicae:  Ace.  rem 
publicam,  etc. 

^  qnani  with  the  superlative  of  adjectives  and  adverbs  means  as 

'Me. 

3  Perf.  indie,  of  facio,  to  do. 


SUBJUNCTIVE   IN  DEPENDENT  SENTENCES    'lOl 

247  1.  Would  that  you  remembered  to-day  all  the  things 
which  our  ancestors  did  ^  for  our  native  land.  2.  They 
freed  their  state  from  the  fear  of  the  barbarians,  who  had 
come  against  it  with  a  great  force.  3.  The  leader  who 
held  the  command  was  a  man  of  great  foresight.^  Would 
that  he  were  present  to-day.  4.  Let  us  not  remain  longer 
in  this  place,  but  break  camp  to-day  and  hurry  into  the 
neighboring  mountains.  5.  The  enemy's  commander  is  a 
man  of  the  greatest  bravery  and  influence ;  still  our  men 
have  good  hope  of  victory.  6.  If  we  shall  keep  the  enemy 
away  from  our  supplies,  our  allies  will  soon  aid  us.  7. 
May  we  soon  advance  a  long  distance  from  this  camp ; 
then  we  shall  not  be  kept  from  water  and  supplies.  8. 
May  Caesar^s  influence  increase  the  bravery  of  his  own 
auxiliary  troops. 


LESSON  XXX 


SUBJUNCTIVE    IN    DEPENDENT 
SENTENCES 


248 


PURPOSE   CLAUSES 
Examples 


Piignaiit     (pugnavemiit) 

ut  liberi  sint. 
Piignant      (pugnaverunt) 

ne  servi  sint. 


They    are    fighting     (have 

fought)  to  he  free. 
They     are    fighting     {have 

fought)  that  they  may  not 

he  slaves. 


246,  8, 


'  consilium. 


Ib2  '       '  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

3.  Pugnabunt  ut  liberi  sint.     They  will  fight  to  he  free, 

4.  Pugnabunt  ne  servi  sint.     They  ivill  fight    that   they 

may  not  he  slaves. 

5.  Pugnabant  (pugnaverunt)     They  were  fighting  {fought) 

ut  liberi  essent.  to  he  free, 

6.  Pugnabant  (pugnaverunt)     They  were  fightiiig  (fought) 

ne  servi  essent.  that    they   anight    not  he 


(a)  Notice  that  in  each  of  these  sentences  the  de- 
pendent clause  expresses  the  Purpose  of  the  leading 
verb;  also  that  the  conjunction  ut  introduces  positive 
clauses,  ne  negative. 

(h)  Notice  further  that  when  the  point  of  view  of 
the  leading  verb  is  Present^  or  Future,  the  Present 
Subjunctive  ^  follows ;  when  the  point  of  view  is  Past,^ 
the  Imperfect  Subjunctive  is  used  in  the  dependent 
clause. 

{c)  In  a  dependent  clause  the  subjunctive  is  said  to 
follow  the  tense  of  the  principal  verb,  which  fixes  the 
point  of  view.  This  relation  is  called  the  Sequence  of 
Tenses, 

249         ^t^^c— The  Subjunctive  is  used  with  i^f,  thaf^  ne,  that 
not,  to  express  Purpose. 

W.  506;  B.  282;  AO.  317;  H.  568. 


*  The  point  of  view  of  the  definite  perfect,  in  English,  /  have 
fought,  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  present  tense;  but  that  of  the 
indefinite,  in  English,  I  fought,  is  past  like  the  imperfect. 

*  The  student  should  remember  that  the  present  subjunctive  in 
independent  sentences  (239,  241)  may  express  future  time,  so  that 
its  use  in  clauses  depending  on  a  future  verb  is  natural.  As  it  also 
may  have  a  present  meaning,  it  does  double  duty. 

'  I.  e.,  imperfect  or  indefinite  perfect. 


SUBJUNCTIVE  IN  DEPENDENT  SENTENCES   103 


Nostri  tain  fortiter  pug- 
nabant  (pugnaverunt) 
ut  non  superarentur. 


250  RESULT   CLAUSES 

Examples 
1.  Nostri  tain  fortiter  piig-     Our    soldiers    are  fighting 
nant  (pugnaverunt)  ut         {have  fought)   so   bravely 
hostis  fiigent.  that  they  are  ptitting  the 

enemy  to  flight. 
Our     men     were    fighting 
{fought)   so   bravely  that 
they  were  not  conquered. 

{a)  Notice  that  in  each  of  these  sentences  the  de- 
pendent clause  expresses  the  Result  of  the  action  of  the 
leading  verb;  also  that  ut  introduces  positive  results, 
ut  non  negative. 

{b)  Compare  these  with  purpose  clauses  above  and 
notice  that  ne  is  used  only  v^ith  negative  purpose,  ut  non 
only  with  negative  result  clauses;  notice  also  that  in 
result  clauses,  as  in  those  of  purpose,  the  present  tense 
follows  the  present  point  of  view,  the  imperfect  the  past. 

251  Rule, — The  Subjunctive  is  used  with  tit^  that,  ut  non^ 
that  notf  to  express  Result. 

W.  519  ;  B.  284 ;  AG.  319  ;  H.  570. 

252  celeritas,  -atis,  f .  speed.  porta,  -ae,  f .  a  gate. 
cur,  adv.  why  f                          portus,  -us,  m.  harbor. 
enim,  conj.  for  (nam,  138).     postquam,  conj.  after.^ 
mille,^  adj.  thousand. 
multitude,  -inis,  f.  crowd. 
Numa,  -ae,  m.  Numa. 
oro,  -are,  to  ask.,  beg. 
passus,  -u«,  m.  pace  (about 

five  feet). 


statim,  adv.  immediately. 
tantus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  so  greats 

such. 
terreo,  -ere,  terrui,  territus, 

to  frighten. 
ut,  conj.  that. 


^  Mille  in  the  singular  is  an  indeclinable  adjective.     The  plural 
is  a   neuter  noun   and  is  declined :    Nom.  Ace.  Voc.   milia,   Gen, 


milium,  Dat.  Abl.  mllibus. 

*  Used  with  the  perfect  indicative, 


104  FIRST  LATIN   BOOK 

253  1.  Ctir  senes  iuvenesque  ex  portis  oppidi  tanta  celeri- 
tate  adpropinquabant  ?  2.  Hibernis  nostris  adpropin- 
quabant  ut  orarent  ne  in  numero  hostium  haberentur. 
3.  Postquam  slgnum  datum  est,  nostri  castra  statim  move- 
runt  ;  barbari  ita  terrebantur  ut  in  oppido  non  contine- 
rentur.  4.  Omnes  qui  eum  locum  habitabant,  ne  frumento 
prohiberentur,  magna  celeritate  decem  milia  passuum^  in 
finis  sociorum  properabant.  5.  Proximo  die  magna  mul- 
titude Gallorum  locum  castris  magis  idoneum  occupavit ; 
tum  Caesar  cum  parte  equitatus  properavit  ut  hunc  locum 
oppiignaret.  6.  Galli  in  memoria  tenebant  omnia  quae 
maiores  f ecerunt  ut  patria  libera  esset ;  itaque  dux  eorum 
magnam  spem  victoriae  habuit.  7.  Utinam  tantam  Mem 
haberemus  ut  in  hac  re  publica  nemo  malus  esset.  8.  Maio- 
rem  partem  copiarum  continebat  imperator  in  hibernis, 
quae  septem  milia  passuum  ab  eo  oppido  aberant  sed 
proxima  portui.  9.  Ubi  haec  nimtiata  sunt,  consul  omnia 
auxilia  in  sinistro,  socios  in  dextro  cornu  tanta  celeritate 
conlocavit,  ut  hostes  statim  terrerentur. 

254  1.  The  Gauls  often  fought  that  they  might  not  be  de- 
prived of  their  towns  and  lands.  2.  The  Romans  built 
their  city  on  hills  in  order  that  it  might  not  be  suddenly 
attacked  by  the  enemy.  3.  The  city  was  small  in  the 
time  of  Romulus,  the  first  king,  but  it  was  afterward  en- 
larged so  that  it  was  the  greatest  city  in  Italy.  4.  The 
Romans  were  men  of  such  bravery  and  courage  that  they 
were  not  often  conquered  by  the  enemy.  5.  Romulus,  in 
order  that  he  might  increase  the  number  of  citizens, 
gave  citizenship  to  many  from  the  neighboring  peoples. 
6.  The  next  king,  whose  name  was  Numa,  was  very  differ- 
ent from  Romulus  (dative) ;  for  he  liked  peace  more  than 
war.  7.  Why  did  consuls,  rather  than^  kings,  hold  the 
power  afterward  ? 

^  luille  passus,  a  Roman  mile,  about  5,000  feet,  '  pro. 


SUBJUNCTIVE  IN  DEPENDENT  SENTENCES      105 

255  READING  EXERCISE 

The  Persian  Wars 

Postero  anno  Dareus,  rex  Persarum,  legates  in  Grae- 
ciam  misit,^  qui  regis  nomine  terram  et  aquam  a  civitati- 
bus  Graeciae  postulabant ;  simulque  alii  legati  maritimas 
urbes  Asiae  navis  longas  parare  iubebant.^  Brevi  tem- 
pore hae  urbes  navis,  quas  rex  eis  imperaverat,^  paraverunt. 
Legatis,  qui  in  Graeciam  missi  sunt,^  a  multis  civitatibus 
data  sunt  omnia  quae  rex  postulaverat ;  sed  contra  eas 
quae  terram  et  aquam  non  dederant,  Dareus  maximo 
exercitu  ptignare  paravit.  Itaque  imperatores  eius,  Datis 
et  Artaphernes,  plurimas  navis  adversus^  Eretriam^  et 
Athenas  duxerunt,  quas  urbes  Dareus  expugnare  atque 
incolas  in  servitiitem  redigere  ^  maxime  cupivit.^  Eretria 
sex  ^  dies  ab  Persis  frustra  ^^  oppugnabatur ;  sed  septimo 
die  duo  cives  urbem  hostibus  prodiderunt/^  postquam 
multi  utrimque  ^^  occisi  sunt.^^  Hostes  omnia  vastaverunt 
atque  incolas,  ut^*  Dareus  imperaverat,  in  servitiitem 
redegerunt.^^  Post  paucos  dies  ad  Atticam  navigaverunt 
hostes  ut  Atheniensis  quoque  superarent.  In  campum 
Marathonium,^^  qui  locus  totius  Atticae  opportunissimus  ^^ 
erat  equitibus,  copias  e  navibus  eduxerunt.^^ 

^  Perf.  indie,  act.  of  mitto,  to  send. 
^  iubeo,  -ere,  iussi,  iussus,  to  order. 
3  See  192. 

*  Perf.  indie,  pass,  of  mitto. 

^  Prep,  with  the  aeeu.,  against ;  compare  contra. 

«  A  city  in  Euboea.  i*  As. 

'  To  reduce.  is  p^rf,     jnd.     act.    of 

^  Perf.  ind.  act.  of  cupio,  to  wish.  redigere. 

*  Six.  16  Of  JIarathon. 

10  Adv.,  in  vain.  i?  opportunus,  suited. 

"  Perf.  indie,  act.  of  prodo,  to  betray.  i»  Perf.   indie,   act.    of 

12  Adv.,  on  both  sides.  edfico,  to  lead  out, 

1^  Perf,  indie,  pass,  of  occldo,  to  kill,  to  disembark. 


106  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

LESSON  XXXI 
THIRD   OR   e   CONJUGATION 

PRESENT  SYSTEM 

256  '     Learn  the  Present  System  of  rego,  481,  in  the 
Indicative,  Subjunctive,  and  Infinitive. 

(a)  Notice  tliat  the  stem  of  verbs  in  this  Conjugation 
end  in  -e  (i).  Compare  this  with  the  stems  of  the  First 
and  Second  Conjugation 3. 

(J)  Notice  also  that  the  Future  Indicative  is  not 
formed  by  the  tense  sign  -bi-  (-be)  as  in  amabo  and  habe- 
bo,  but  that  the  vowel  is  -a  in  the  First  Person  Singular 
and  -e  in  the  other  persons.  Compare  also  the  forma- 
tion of  the  Present  Subjunctive  regain  with  amem  and 
habeam. 

257  Conjugate  the  following :  dico,  to  say ;  duco,  to 
lead;  mitto,  to  send. 

SUBSTANTIVE  CLAUSES  OF   PURPOSE 

258  Examples 

1.  Duci  persuadent   (persua-     They  persuade    {have  per- 

serunt)  ut  auxilimn  mit-        suaded)  the  leader  to  send 
tat.  help. 

2.  Legatis      imperabit      ut    He  will  order  his  lieutenants 

bellum  gerant.  to  carry  on  the  war. 

3.  Eum  orabant  (oraverunt)     They   ivere  asking  {asked) 

ne  oppidum  oppugnaret.        him  not  to  attack  the  toion. 

(a)  Notice  that  in  each  sentence  the  dependent  clause 
is  a  direct  object  of  the  verb,  that  is,  that  the  clause  is  a 
substantive ;  moreover,  that  each  dependent  clause  ex- 
presses also  the  purpose  of  the  subject  of  the  leading 


SUBSTANTIVE  CLAUSES  OF   PURPOSE  107 

verb.  Such  clauses  are  called  Substantive  Clauses  of 
Purpose^  and  are  used  with  verbs  whose  action  looks 
toward  the  future. 

(J)  IS^otice  further  that  the  sequence  of  Tenses  is  the 
same  as  in  simple  Purpose  Clauses,  248,  that  is,  that  the 
Present  Subjunctive  follows  the  present  point  of  view, 
the  Imperfect  the  past. 

259  Rule, — Substantive  Clauses  of  Purpose  with  ut  (negative 
ne)  are  used  after  verbs  whose  action  looks  toward  the  future 
—that  is,  verbs  of  Will  or  Aim. 

W.  511 ;  B.  295  ;  AG.  331 ;  H.  564  ff. 

260  VOCABULARY 

adventus,      -iis,     m.     arri-  Epirus,  -i,  f.    Epirus  (a  dis- 
val,  trict      of     Northwestern 

amitto,   -ere,    -misi,    -missus        Greece). 

(a  +  mitto),  to  lose.  gero,   -ere,   gessi,   gestus,   to 

Appius,  -i,  m.  Appius.  carry  on^  perform. 

atq[ue,  ac,^  conj.  and,  iterum,  adv.  again, 

Cineas,  -ae,^  m.  Cineas.  legatio,    -onis,     f.    embassy 

classis,  -is,  f.  fleet.  (legatus,  138). 

Claudius,  -i,  m.  Claudius,  mitto,  -ere,  misi,  missus,  to 


committo,  -ere,  -misi,  -missus 

(cum  +  mitto),   to   engage  modus,  -i,  m.  manner. 

(in  hattle).  persuadeo,  -ere,  -suasi,  -sua- 
dico,    -ere,    dixi,    dictus,    to        siirus,   to  persuade   (with 

say.  dat.  of  the  person). 

^  While  Substantive  Clauses  of  Purpose  are  generally  used  as  ob- 
jects of  the  leading  verb,  they  are  occasionally  employed  as  subjects 
of  Passive  Verbs,  e.g.,  ut  bellum '^erant  legatis  imperatiiiii  est, 
That  they  should  carry  on  the  war  was  the  cornmaiid  to  the  lieutenants, 

*  atque  is  used  before  vowels  and  consonants,  ac  only  before  con- 
sonants. 

^A  Greek  name  declined  like  any  noun  of  the  First  Declension 
except  in  the  nominative. 


108  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

peto,  -ere,  petivi  (-ii),^  peti-  renuntio,   -are   (re  +  nuntio, 

tus,  to  seek^  ask.  126),      to      carry      hack 

primum,  adv.   Urst^  for  the  ivord, 

first  time.  Tarentinus,  -i,  m.  a  citizen 

pugna,  -ae,  f.  battle  (pugn5,  of  Tarentum   (a  city  in 

101).  Southern  Italy). 

Pyrrhus,  -i,  m.  Pyrrhus  (King  of  Epirus). 

261  1-  Tarentini  orabant  Eomanos,  ne  portum  suum  cum 
niivibus  intrarent ;  sed  Romani  magnam  classem  mise- 
runt.  2.  Itaque  Tarentini  per  legationem  petunt  a 
Pyrrho,  Epiri  rege,  ut  auxilium  contra  Romanos  mittat. 

3.  Ei  persuaserunt  ut  statim  magno  exercitu  adiuvaret ; 
turn  primum   Roman!   cum   hoste   extero  dimicaverunt. 

4.  Hi  prima  pugna,  quam  post  adventum  Pyrrhi  cum  eo 
commiserunt,  ita  terrebantur  ut  facile  superilret  rex 
ille.  5.  Tantam  multitudinem  hominum  hoc  in  proe- 
lio  amisit  Pyrrhus  ut  diceret,  "  Si  iterum  hoc  modo  Ro- 
manos superavero,  bellum  diiitius  gerere  non  potero."^ 

6.  Legati,  qui  de  captivis  missi  sunt,  summo  honore 
ab  Pyrrho  habebantur;   captivos  statim  Romam^   misit. 

7.  Nam  ille  omnia  faciebat*  ne  gravis  Romanis  Tarenti- 
nisque  videretur.  8.  Postea  Pyrrhus  legatum,  Cineam 
nomine,  ad  urbem  Romam  misit,  eo  consilio,  ut  pax  cum 
Romanis  esset;  multum  argentum  portiibat  ut  donis 
persuaderet  Romanis.  9.  Sed  Appius  Claudius,  vir 
clarissimus,  civibus  persuasit  ne  cum  rege  pacem 
confirmarent.  10.  Itaque  Cineas  Pyrrho  renuntiavit : 
"  Urbs  Roma  templum,  patria  regum,  homines  reges  esse 
videntur." 

262  1.  An  embassy  is  sent  by  the  Romans  to  ask  Pyrrhus 
to  liberate  the  prisoners.     2.  Pyrrhus  ordered  the  Roman 

^  A  number  of  verbs  have  two  forms  in  the  perfect  active,  e.  g., 
petTvi  or  petiT.  ^  Future  indie,  of  possum,  to  ie  able, 

3  Compare  236,  IQ.  *  Did, 


THIRD  CONJUGATION  109 

prisoners  to  be  liberated  and  sent  to  the  city.  3.  You 
will  not  persuade  the  Eomans  to  establish  peace,  if  you 
remain  in  Italy.  4.  In  the  first  battle  in  which  he  engaged 
after  his  arrival,  Pyrrhus  was  victorious,^  but  he  lost  many 
men.  5.  He  said,  "  If  I  fight  again  in  this  way,  I  shall  no 
longer  have  an  army."  6.  I  hope  that  (utinam)  there  will 
not  be  a  victory  of  this  sort  again.  7.  They  persuaded 
Pyrrhus  not  to  fight  again  on  that  day.  8.  Cineas  cap- 
tured more  cities  by  eloquence  ^  than  by  arms.  9.  The 
chief  man  of  the  embassy  asked  the  Eomans  to  make 
peace  with  the  king,  but  Appius  persuaded  them  to  carry 
on  the  war  much  longer. 


LESSON  XXXII 
THIRD  CONJUGATION   (Continued) 

PERFECT  SYSTEM 

263  Learn  the  Perfect  System  of  rego,  481,  in  the 
Indicative/  ani  review  the  Perfect  System  in  the 
Indicative  of  the  First  and  Second  Conjugations. 

264  VOCABULARY 

Africa,  -ae,  f.  Africa.  cogo,    -ere,     coegi,    coactus 

ago,    -ere,    egi,    aetus,    to  (cmn-f-ago),  to  drive  to- 

drive^  do}  gether.,  to  compel. 

Carthaginiensis,  -e,   CartJia-  condicio,  -onis,  f.  condition^ 

ginian.  terms. 

^  victor.  ^  voce. 

3  The  perfect  and  pluperfect  Subjunctives  and  the  other  moods 
will  be  learned  later. 

*gratias  a^ere,  to  pay  thanks,  to  thank.  Compare  gratiam 
habere,  to  feel  grateful. 


110  FIRST   LATIN   BOOK 

contendo,  -ere,  -tendi, -tentus,  quod,  conj.  hecause. 

to  exert  one^s  self^  hasten,  reddo,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditus  (re  + 

deinde,^  adv.    then,    second-  do)  to  return, 

ly.  Regulus,  -i,  m.  Regulus  (a 

diico,  -ere,   duxi,   ductus,  to  Roman  general). 

lead  (dux,  144).  rursus,  adv.  again, 

indignus,  -a,  -um,  umoorthyy  senatus,  -us,  m.  senate, 

shameful,  sententia,  -ae,  f.  opinion, 

ingens,  -tis,  huge,  tot  (indeclinable),  so  many, 

Lacedaemonius, -a, -um,  iace-  traduce,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductus, 

daemonian,  to    lead    across    (trans  -j- 

peritus,  -a,  -um,  sicilled,  ex-  duco). 

perienced,  unus,  -a,  -um,^  one^  a  single, 

265  1.  Regulus,  princeps  Romanorum,  exercitum  in  Afri- 
can! traduxit  ut  ibi  bellum  gereret.  2.  Ille  erat  vir  sum- 
mae  virtutis ;  magna  spe  victoriae  contra  hostis  contendit. 
3.  Mox  multis  pugnis  Carthaginiensis  ita  superavit  ut 
pacem  petere  cogerentur.  Senatus  Romfinus  illi  gratias 
egit  quod  res  in  Africa  bene  gesserat.  4.  Regulus  duris- 
simas  condiciones  dabat ;  deinde  Carthaginienses  a  Lace- 
daemoniis  petierunt  ut  imperatorem  belli  perltissimum 
mitterent.  5.  Ab  eo  RomanT  ingenti  clade  superati  sunt 
et  magnam  partem  exercitus  amiserunt.  Inter  captivos 
erat  Regulus.  6.  Sed  proximo  anno  bellum  feliciter  rur- 
sus gerebant  Roman!  et  post  multa  mala  ^  hostes  Regulum 
captTvum  Romam  *  mittere  cogerentur,  ut  per  eum  pacem 
peterent.  7.  Postquam  eum  in  senatum  duxerunt  Ro- 
man!, e!  imperaverunt  ut  sententiam  de  pace  et  capt!v!s 
Roman!s  d!ceret.  8.  Ille  orabat  ne  tot  m!lia  captivorum 
propter  tinum  senem  et  paucos  Roman os  redderent  ut 

*  Always  a  dissyllable. 

*  Genitive  sing,  finias,  dat.  sing,  uni ;  otherwise  declined  like 
bonus.    Compare  totns,  177. 

^  mala :  neut.  plur.  used  as  a  substantive. 
4  Compare  236,  10. 


THIRD  CONJUGATION  111 

ihdigna  pax  cum  hostibus  esset.  9.  Hac  sententia  moti 
sunt  Eomani  ujb  bellum  multo  acrius  administrarent ; 
sed  Eegulus  a  Carthaginiensibus  indignissimo  modo  est 
necatus. 

266  1.  The  Senate  ordered  Eegulus  to  lead  an  army  across 
into  Africa.  2.  Eegulus  led  an  army  across  into  Africa 
with  the  design  of  carrying  on  war  with  the  Cartha- 
ginians. 3.  In  what  manner  did  Eegulus  carry  on  the 
war  after  his  arrival?  4.  Eegulus  was  a  general  expe- 
rienced in  war  and  he  quickly  compelled  the  Cartha- 
ginians to  sue  for  peace.  5.  The  Senate  thanked  Eegulus, 
and  then  asked  him  to  give  ^  his  opinion  with  regard  to 
the  conditions  of  peace.  6.  He  said :  "  It  is  not  best  to 
return  the  prisoners,  but  to  send  me  back  to  Africa 
again."  7.  Eegulus  was  a  man  of  great  patriotism  and 
great  courage ;  the  manner  of  his  death  was  most  sad. 
8.  Eegulus  was  held  in  the  highest  honor  by  the  Eomans 
on  account  of  his  many  victories  and  his  great  spirit. 


LESSON  XXXIII 

THIRD    CONJUGATION    (Verbs  in  -lo) 

267  Learn  the  conjugation  of  capi5,  482,  in  tlie  In- 
dicative entire,  the  Present  and  Imperfect  Sub- 
junctive, and  the  Present  Infinitive. 

{a)  Notice  that  in  the  Present,  Imperfect,  and  Future 
Indicative,  and  in  the  Present  Subjunctive  the  -i  of  the 

^  dico. 


112  FIRST   LATIN   BOOK 

stem   is   retained  whenever  it   is  followed   by  another 
vowel. 

268  SUBSTANTIVE   CLAUSES  OF   RESULT 

1.  Efficit    (effecit)    ut    socii     He    secures    {has    secured) 

omnia  duci  renuntient.         the  result  that  the  allies 

report  everything  to  the 
leader^  or  He  succeeds  {has 
succeeded)  in  having  the 
allies,  etc. 

2.  Efficiet  ut  socii  omnia  duci    He  will  succeed  in  having, 

renuntient.  etc. 

3.  Impetrabat     (impetravit)     He  was  oUaining  {obtained) 

ab  eo  ut  castra  non  mo-        from  him  the  result  that 
veret.  he  did  not  break  camp. 

(a)  Compare  these  clauses  with  Substantive  Clauses 
of  Purpose  (258),  and  notice  that  these  also  bear  the 
relation  of  substantives  to  leading  verbs  as  well  as  ex- 
press the  result  actually  obtained  in  each  case.  Such 
clauses  are  called  Substantive  Clauses  of  Hesult  and  are 
used  with  verbs  expressing  the  accomplishment  of  a 
result.^ 

(5)  Notice  that  the  sequence  of  tenses  is  the  same  as 
in  all  other  Result  or  Purpose  Clauses. 

269  Hide, — Substantive  Clauses  of  Result  with  ut  (negative 
lit  non)  fill  out  or  complete  what  is  implied  in  the  leading 
verb. 

W.  521-526;  B.   297;  AG.  332;  H.  571. 

^  A  Substantive  Clause  of  Result  may  also  be  the  Subject  of  the 
leading  verb,  e.  g.,  impetratnm  est  ut  omnia  renuntiarentur. 

The  result  obtained  was  that  everything  was  reported. 


THIRD  CONJUGATION 


113 


270 


CLAUSES  INTRODUCED  BY   QUIN,  that  not 
Examples 


1.  Non    dubito    quin    socii 

haec  renuntient. 

2.  Non  dubitabo   quin  socii 

haec  renuntient. 

3.  Non    erat    dubium    quin 

socii  haec  renuntiarent. 

4.  Non  deterrebantur  hostes 

quin  in  finis  sociorum 
contenderent. 


/  do  not  doubt  that  the  allies 
are  reporting  this. 

I  shall  not  doubt  that  the 
allies  will  report  this. 

There  was  no  doubt  that  the 
allies  reported  this. 

The  enemy  were  not  de- 
terred from  hurrying  into 
the  lands  of  the  allies. 


271  i^t^i^e.— Substantive  clauses  introduced  by  quin  are  used 
depending  on  a  negative  verb,  or  verbal  expression,  of 
Doubting,  Hindering,  and  the  like. 

W.  575-579 ;  B.  298 ;  AG.  332,  g  ;  H.  595-596. 


272 


VOCABULARY 


clam,  adv.  secretly. 

Cunctator,  -oris,  m.  The  De- 
layer (a  name  applied  to 
Fabius). 

cupio,  -ere,  -ivi  (-ii),  -itus, 
to  desire. 

deduce,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductus 
(de  +  duc6,  264),  to  lead 
aivay. 

defends,  -ere,  -di,  defensus, 
to  defend. 


denique,  adv.  finally. 
deterreo,  -ere,  -terrui,  -itus 

(de  -f  terreo,      252),      to 

frighten  away.,  deter. 
dubito,  -are,  to  doubt. 
efficio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectus  (e  -f 

facio),  to  accomplish^  bring 

about. 
Fabius,  -i,  m.  Fabius. 
facio,  -ere,  feci,   factus,^   to 

do.,  malce. 


1  The  irregular  passive  will  be  given  later ;  but  compounds  of 
facio  which  like    efficio   change   a  to  i  have  a  regular  passive, 
efflcior,  etc. 
8 


114  FIRST   LATIN  BOOK 

fugio,  -ere,  fugi,  fagiturus,  Saguntuin,  -i,  n.  Saguntum 
to  flee.  (a  city  in  Spain). 

Hannibal,  -alls,  m.  Hannibal,  tergum,  -i,  n.  hach. 

licet,  -ere,  licuit  or  licitum  trado,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditus  (trans 
est  (impersonal),  it  is  joer-  +  ^o),  to  liand  over^  Re- 
mitted, tray, 

quin,  conj.  hut  that^  from,  nter,  ntra,  utrum,  which  of 

ratio,  -onis,  f .  ivay^  reason.         ttco  9  ^ 

273  1.  Deinde  postquam  Saguntum  a  Carthaginiensibus 
armis  captum  est,  statim  legatio  in  Africam  missa  est, 
cuius  princeps  erat  Fabius.  2,  Fabius  effecit  ut  in  Afri- 
cam mitteretur.  "  Hic,"  dixit  senatui  Carthaginiensium, 
"  bellum  et  piicem  porto.  Utrum  vobis  ^  optimum  vide- 
tur,  habere  licet."  3.  Non  dubitfibat  Fabius  hoc  bello 
quin  novam  belli  rationem  capere  melius  esset.  4.  Itaque 
mora  rem  publicam  defendit :  si  hostes  terga  dabant 
atque  fugiebant,  ad  eos  contendit ;  si  pugnare  cupiebant, 
Fabius  agmen  deduxit.  5.  Hoc  modo  effecit  ut  Cunc- 
tatoris  nomen  caperet  et  summus  perltissimusque  dux 
laudaretur.  6.  Non  dubium  erat  quin  Fabius  rem  pub- 
licam mora  servaret.  7.  Tamen  dux  Carthaginiensium 
non  deterrebatur  quTn  bellum  magna  cum  virtute  cele- 
ritateque  gereret.  8.  Tarentini  iuvenes,  ut  urbem  Car- 
thaginiensibus traderent,  ad  Hannibalem  contenderunt 
et  eum  de  consilio  suo  certiorem  fecerunt.^  9.  Hanni- 
bal iuvenibus  persuasit  ut  pecora  Carthaginiensium, 
quae  in  agris  erant,  ad  urbem  agerent.  10.  Id  saepe 
fecerunt;  denique  Hannibal  militesque  eius  cum  iu- 
venibus portis  clam  adpropinquaverunt  atque  urbem 
intrabant. 

^  Genitive  sing,  in  all  genders  utrius ;  dat.  sing.  utrl.     Compare 
the  demonstrative  pronouns  (123,  135). 
2  To  you. 
2  eum  certiorem  faeere,  to  inform  him. 


FOURTH  CONJUGATION  115 

274  1.  There  was  no  doubt  that  Fabius  was  managing  af- 
fairs well  by  his  policy  of  delay.^  2.  The  soldiers  were 
not  deterred  by  fear  of  the  enemy  from  hastening  in  line 
of  battle  to  the  town.  3.  He  made  the  enemy  turn  their 
backs  and  flee  in  great  haste.  4.  Hannibal  ordered  the 
young  men  to  drive  the  flocks  to  the  city-gates.  5.  Finally 
Hannibal  succeeded  in^  entering  the  city  secretly  with 
his  soldiers.  6.  The  Carthaginians  desired  to  make  war, 
because  they  had  no  doubt  that  Hannibal  w^as  a  more 
skilful  general  than  Fabius.  7.  "  Again  a  victory  of  this 
sort,  and  I  shall  have  made  an  end  of  the  war."  8.  "  The 
Eomans  also  have  a  general  skilled  in  war.  We  have  lost 
the  city  in  the  same  ^  way  in  which  we  took  it." 


LESSON  XXXIV 

FOURTH  OR  -1  CONJUGATION 

275  Learn  tlie  conjugation  of  audio,  483,  in  the  In- 
dicative entire,  the  Present  and  Imperfect  Sub- 
junctive, and  the  Present  Infinitive. 

{a)  JSTotice  that  the  stem  of  verbs  in  this  Conjugation 
ends  with  -i,  and  compare  this  with  the  stems  of  the 
other  Conjugations.  Observe  that  verbs  like  capio,  483, 
have  a  number  of  forms  similar  to  those  of  the  Fourth 
Conjugation,  but  that  the  stem  vowels  differ,  as  is  shown 
by  the  Present  Infinitives. 

(b)  Notice  that  the  Tense  Sign  of  the  Future  Indica- 

^  Translate  simply,  ly  delay.         ^  efficere  ut.         ^  eodeiu. 


116 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


tive  in  verbs  of  the  Third  and  Fourth  Conjugations  is 
-e-  (-a-),  but  in  verbs  of  the  First  and  Second  -bi-  (-be-). 


276 


VOCABULARY 


antea,  adv.  hefore, 

Antiochus,  -i,  m.  A7itiochus. 

cognosco,  -ere,  -novi,  -nitus, 
to  find  out^  to  become  ac- 
quainted with, 

dedo,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditus  (de  -j- 
do),  to  give  up. 

Hispania,  -ae,  f.  Spain. 

impedio,  -ire,  -ivi  (-ii),  -itus, 
to  impede.,  lander. 

iniuria,  -ae,  f.  injury., 
wrong. 

opera,  -ae,  f.  lalor} 


pello,  -ere,  pepuli,  pulsus,  to 

drive. 
relinquo,  -ere,  -liqui,  -lictus, 

to  leave  heliind. 
scio,   scire,   scivi,   scitus,    to 

hnow  (a  fact). 
simul,     adv.     at    the    same 

time. 
sub,   prep,    with   accu.   and 

abl.  under. ^ 
Syria,  -ae,  f.  Syria. 
venio,  -ire,  veni,  venturus,  to 

come. 


277  1.  Hannibal  puer  a  patre  petivit  ut  cum  exercitu  Car- 
thaginiensi  in  Hispfmiam  venire  liceret.  2.  "Non  pro- 
hibebo,"  dixit  pater,  "  quin  ad  castra  mea  venias,  si  fidem 
quam  postulo  dederis."  3.  Hannibal,  pugnae  avidissimus, 
equitibus  imperavit  ut  de  adventii  hostium  cognoscerent. 
4.  Non  dubitavit  quin  eos  facile  f ugaret ;  sed  neque  nu- 
merum  hostium  neque  rationem  pugnae  scivit.  5.  Agmen 
hostium  tanta  celeritate  sub  montem  venit  ut  Hannibal 
neque  iter  impediret  neque  locum  castris  idoneum  caperet. 
6.  Postero  die  ab  Eomanis  in  acie  din  feliciterque  pug- 
natum  est  ut  hostes  pellerentur.  7.  Legati  ad  urbem 
venerunt  ut  senatui  populoque  Komano  gratias  agerent 
simulque  peterent   ut  captivi  redderentur.     8.  Impetra- 


^  operam  dare,  to  give  attention  to,  to  take  pains. 

^  sub  with  the  accusative  denotes  motion  to  a  place,  sub  mon- 
tem, to  the  foot  of  the  mountain ;  with  the  ablative  rest  in  a  place, 
sub  monte,  at  the  foot  of  the  mountain.    Compare  in. 


FOURTH  CONJUGATION  117 

verunt  legati  ut  captivi  et  obsides  quos  Eomanis  dederant 
sine  mora  redderentur.  9.  Postquam  Hannibal  in  Italia 
res  bene  gessit,  in  Africam  navigavit  ufc  patriam  quoque 
defenderet  hostisque  ex  ea  pelleret.  10.  Postea  Hannibal 
Africam  clam  reliquit  et  ad  regem  Antiochum  in  Syriam 
fugit,  ne  Romanis  dederetur.  11.  Eis  partibus  et  sub  eo 
caelo  fuit  eodem  ^  animo,  quo  antea,  ac  semper  operam 
dedit,  ut  Romanis  iniuriam  faceret. 

278  1.  Hannibal  came  into  Italy  in  order  that  he  might 
bring  injury  upon  the  Roman  nation.  2.  The  Romans 
could  ^  not  keep  Hannibal  from  leading  his  army  across 
into  Italy.  3.  They  could  ^  not  hinder  his  approach  ;  ^  but 
after  he  came  to  the  foot  of  the  mountains  which  are  not 
far  from  Rome,  they  sent  Fabius  against  him  with  the 
greatest  speed.  4.  Ko  one  doubted  that  Hannibal  was  a 
greater  general  than  Fabius  ;  but  the  latter  kept  him 
from  besieging  the  city.  5.  He  always  made  an  effort  to 
become  acquainted  with  the  enemy's  method  of  warfare. 
6.  After  Hannibal  left  Africa,  he  came  to  the  king  of 
Syria,  where  he  remained  many  years.  7.  Ambassadors 
came,  who  asked  that  their  general  might  be  allowed  to 
leave  Italy  with  his  wounded. 


LESSOIT  XXXY 

REVIEW  OF  THE  FOUR  CONJUGATIONS 

279  Review  the  Indicative,  Present  and  Imperfect 
Subjunctive,  and  the  Present  Infinitive  of  the  four 
conjugations  (479-483). 

^  Abl.  of  idem,  the  same.  ^  poterant.  ^  iter. 


118  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

280  RELATIVE  CLAUSES   OF  PURPOSE 

1.  Equites     praemittit     qui    He  sends  foriuard  horsemen 

videant.  to  see  {ivho  are  to  see), 

2.  Equites  praemisit  quo  ce-    He  sent  horsemen  forward 

lerius    imperator    haec        that    the    general    might 
audiret.  hear  this  the  quicker. 

{a)  Notice  that  in  the  first  sentence  the  Relative  qui 
introduces  the  Purpose  Clause  and  is  equivalent  to  ut  ei. 
A  Relative  rather  than  ut  is  used  to  introduce  a  Purpose 
Clause  when  the  antecedent  of  the  relative  is  expressed 
or  implied  in  the  antecedent  clause. 

(5)  Notice  that  in  the  second  sentence  the  Purpose 
Clause  contains  a  comparative,  celerius ;  quo  is  the  abla- 
tive case  of  the  relative  and  is  equivalent  to  ut  eo,  the 
Ablative  being  the  Ablative  of  the  Degree  of  Difference, 
197.  We  translate  by  the  English  adverb  the^  as  in  the 
phrases  the  inore^  the  less^  the  quicker^  etc.  ftuo  is  only 
used  to  introduce  Purpose  Clauses  which  contain  a  Com- 
parative. The  Sequence  is  the  same  as  in  other  Purpose 
Clauses. 

281  RELATIVE   CLAUSES  OF  CHARACTERISTIC 

1.  Sunt  qui  putent.  There  are  men  who  think. 

2.  Nemd   est  qui  haec  non     There   is  no  one  who  does 

faciat.  not  do  this. 

3.  ftuis  erat   qui  haec    non     Who  was  there  who  did  not 

faceret  ?  do  this  ? 

4.  N5n  is  sum  qui  haec  dicam.     /  am  not  one  to  say  this. 

{a)  Notice  that  the  principal  clause  is  either  a  nega- 
tive or  general  expression  stating  something  indefinitely, 
and  that  the  relative  clauses  answer  the  question.  Of 
what  kind?  Such  clauses  are  called  Relative  Clauses 
of  Characteristic, 


REVIEW   OF  THE  FOUR  CONJUGATIONS         119 


(S)  Whenever  the  antecedent  is  definite,  the  relative 
clause  defines  who  or  what  is  meant  and  only  incidentally 
characterizes  the  antecedent,  e.  g.,  Brutus  erat  qui  Caesarem 
occidit.  It  was  Brutus  ivho  hilled  Caesar.  Hie  est  qui 
haee  dieit.  This  is  the  man  who  says  this.  In  such 
relative  clauses  the  Indicative  is  regularly  used. 

282  Rule,— A  relative  clause  which  states  the  natural  result 
or  Character  of  something  suggested  indefinitely  in  the 
principal  clause,  is  called  a  Clause  of  Characteristic  and 
takes  the  Subjunctive. 

W.  587-588  ;  B.  283 ;  AG.  320 ;  H.  591. 

283  VOCABULARY 

Aleibiades,  -is,  m.  Alcibiades.    plerique,    pleraeque,    plera- 


expedio,  -ire,  -ivi  (-ii),  -itus 

to    get    ready    (impedio, 

276). 
incendo,  -ere,  -cendi,  -census, 

to  set  fire  to. 
interficio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectus 

(inter +  faci6),  to  hill. 
magistratus,  -us,  m.   magis- 
trate^ office. 
mos,  m5ris,  m.  custom ;  plur. 

character. 
occido,  -ere,  -cidi,  -cisus,   to 

cut  down.,  to  hill. 
Persa,  -ae,  m.  a  Persian. 
pervenio,  -ire,  -veni,  -ventu- 

rus  (per -j- venio,  276),  to 

arrive. 
Pharnabazus,  -i,  Pharnaha- 

zus  (a  Persian  satrap). 


que,  the  most  of.^ 

potestas,  -tatis,  f.  power ^ 
aUlity. 

praeficio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectus 
(prae  +  facio,  272),  to  ind 
in  command  of.^ 

praeniitt5,  -ere,  -misi,  -missus 
(prae  +  mitto,  260),  to 
send  ahead. 

recipio,  -ere,  -cepi,  -ceptus 
(re  +  capio,  267),  to  re- 
cover., receive. 

reduce,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductus 
(re  +  duco,  264),  to  lead 
or  Iring  lach. 

revoco,  -are  (re  +  voco,  80), 
to  recall. 

satis,  adv.  enough.,  suffi- 
ciently. 


^  Rare  in  the  singular. 

2  With  the  accu.  of  person  and  the  dative  of  thing. 


120  FIRST   LATIN  BOOK 

sentio,  -ire,   sensi,  sensurus,    vinco,  -ere,  vici,  victus,   to 
to  he  aware  of^  perceive,  conquer  (victor,  158 ;  vic- 

Sicilia,  -ae,  f.  Sicily,  toria,  111), 

simul  atque  (ac),  conj.  as  soon  as. 

284  1.  Alcibiades  honores  maxime  cupiebat,  bella  terra 
marique  f ellciter  gerebat ;  neque  erat  is  qui  facile  terrere- 
tur.  2.  Postquam  Alcibiades  in  Siciliam  pervenit,  navis 
a  magistratibus  Atheniensibus  praemissa  est,  quae  eum 
reduceret.  3.  Sed  Alcibiades  mores  Atheniensium  satis 
cognovit ;  itaque  simul  atque  in  Italiam  pervenit,  ad 
hostis  Atheniensium  fugivit  ne  interficeretur.  4.  Postea 
ad  Persas  fugere  coactus  est ;  turn  suos  civis  ita  adiuva- 
bat  ut  denique  revocatus,  class!  praeficeretur.  5.  Hoc  in 
imperio  tantam  classem  expedivit  ut  plerasque  urbes 
Asiae  reciperet  quae  in  potestatem  hostium  venerant. 
6.  Xemo  est  qui  non  audiat  de  victoriis  Alcibiadis,  nemo 
qui  eum  videre  non  cupiat ;  nam  simul  ac  de  eius  adventu 
senserunt,  omnes  ad  portum  contenderunt.  7.  Postquam 
Athenienses  victi  sunt,  in  Asiam  fugere  coactus  est  Alci- 
biades. Sed  non  erat  is  qui  patriam  liberare  non  cupe- 
ret ;  itaque  a  Pharnabazo  petivit  ut  ad  regem  Persarum 
mitteretur.  8.  Tum  Lacedaemonii  eum  prohibere  statue- 
runt  a  rege  auxilium  petere ;  itaque  pauci  clam  praemissi 
sunt  qui  eum  occiderent ;  aedificium  in  quo  erat  incende- 
runt. 

285  1-  ^^0  was  there  who  did  not  hurry  to  the  harbor,  to 
see  Alcibiades  and  to  hear  his  voice  ?  2.  By  the  advice 
of  Alcibiades  the  Lacedaemonians  sent  forward  men  to 
take  possession  of  a  citadel.  3.  Alcibiades  was  aware  of 
the  plans  of  the  magistrates,  but  he  was  not  a  man  to  be 
frightened.  4.  As  soon  as  their  foes  had  defeated  the 
Athenians,  he  fled  to  the  Persians,  in  order  that  he  might 
not  be  killed.  5.  Men  were  sent  to  set  fire  to  the  build- 
ing in  which  Alcibiades  was  and  to  kill  him.     6.  So  this 


REVIEW  OF  THE  FOUR  CONJUGATIONS  121 

man  who  had  been  the  most  famous  general  the  Athe- 
nians had  known,  was  cut  down  in  a  most  undeserved 
death.  7.  Why  did  his  citizens  drive  him  from  his  native 
land  and  not  defend  him  against  his  enemies  ? 

READING  EXERCISE 
The  Battle  of  Marathon 

286  Postquam  Athenienses  haec  cognoverunt,  nuntium  ad 
Lacedaemonios  miserunt  qui  peteret  ut  quam  celerrime 
auxilium  mitterent.  Sed  propter^  dies  festos^  Atheni- 
ensis  statim  adiuvare  eis  non  licebat.  Itaque  nulla  civitas 
auxilium  dedit  praeter^  Plataeensis  * ;  ea  civitas  mille 
milites  misit.  Quorum  adventii  decem  milia  armatorum  ^ 
completa  sunt.^  Huic  exercitui  sunt  praefecti  decem 
diices,  in  quibus  princeps  erat  Miltiades.  Hie  ceteris 
persuasit  ut  copias  ex  urbe  in  campum  Marathonium 
statim  diicerent  locoque  idoneo  castra  facerent.  Ubi  is 
dies  venit  quo  Miltiades  summum  imperium  habebat, 
aciem  ita  instriixit^  ut  longitudinem  ^  Persarum  aciei 
aequaret  ^  sed  in  media  ^^  acie  ordines  minus  f  irmi "  essent 
quam  in  cornibus.  Quamquam  Athenienses  numero 
inferiores  erant,  non  dubitabant  quin  Persas  vincere 
possent.^^  Itaque  ubi  signum  datum  est,  contra  hostis 
maxima  virtute  properabant ;  in  media  acie  barbari  supe- 
riores  erant ;  sed  postquam  Athenienses  et  Plataeenses, 
qui  in  cornibus  Persas  vicerant,  in  eos  qui  mediam  Athe- 

1  Prep,  with  accu.,  on  account  of.        "^  Tnstruo,  -ere,  to  draw  up. 

2  Festival.  ®  longitiido,  -inis,  length  (lon- 

3  Prep,  with  accu.,  with  the  ex-  gus). 

ception  of.  ^  aequo,  -are,  to  equal. 

*  Men  of  Flataea  (a  city  in  south-      ^^  medius,  -a,  -um,  middle  of, 

ern  Boeotia).  "  firmiis,  -a,  -um,  strong. 

^  armati,  armed  men.  ^^  Impf.  subj.  of  possum,  to  be 

*  compleo,  -ere,  to  make  up.  able. 


122  FIRST  LATIN   BOOK 

niensium  aciem  pellebant,  impetum  fecerunt,  magnam 
partem  eorum  occiderunt ;  reliqui  non  castra  sed  navis 
petebant.  Quarum  septem  ceperunt  Athenienses.  Num- 
quam  parva  manus  tantas  copias  fugaverat :  decempli- 
cem^  numerum  hostium  vicerant  Graeci. 


LESSON  XXXVI 


DEPONENT   VERBS   OF   THE    FIRST   AND 
SECOND   CONJUGATIONS 

287  Verbs  having  Passive  forms  but  Active  mean- 
ings are  called  Deponents. 

288  Learn  the  Indicative  entire,  the  Present  and 
Imperfect  Subjunctive,  and  the  Present  Infinitive 
of  hortor  and  vereor  (484). 

289  SUBSTANTIVE  CLAUSES  WITH  VERBS  OF  FEARING 

Examples 

1.  Vereor   (veritus  sum)   ne    I  fear  {1  have  feared)  that 

veniat.  he  may  come. 

2.  Verebar  (veritus  sum)  ut     /  was  fearing   (I  feared) 

veniret.  that  he  might  not  come. 

(a)  Notice  that  the  clauses  introduced  by  ne  and  ut 
are  the  objects  of  the  introductory  verbs,  and  are  there- 
fore also  called  Substantive  Clauses,  like  similar  clauses 
of  Purpose  (268)  and  of  Kesult  (268). 

^  decomplex,  -icis,  ten  times. 


DEPONENT   VERBS  123 

{b)  Notice  also  that  after  a  verb  of  fearing  ne  means 
that  or  lest,  ut  means  that  not} 

290  _Ki«Z6.— Substantive  Clauses  with  verbs  of  Tearing  are 
introduced  by  ne,  that,  ut,  that  not. 

W.  516 ;  B.  296,  2 ;  AG.  331,  f. ;  H.  567. 

291  VOCABULARY 

Conor,  -ari,  -atus,  to  try.  munio,  -ire,  -ivi  (-ii),  -itus,  to 
cotidie,     adv.     (quot  +  die)        fortify. 

daily.  nonnuUi,  -ae,  -a,  some,  a  few, 

Elis,  -idis,  f.  Elis  (a  district  ob,  prep,  with  accu.,  07i  ac- 

in  the  western   Pelopon-        count  of 

nesus).  pedes,  -itis,  m.  foot  soldier, 

expello,  -ere,    -puli,    -pulsus  poena,  -ae,  i.  penalty. 

(ex  +  pello,  276),  to  drive  premo,  -ere,  pressi,  pressus, 

out.  to  press,  oppress. 

incolumis,     -e,     safe,    unin-  quot,     adj.     indeclin.     how 

jured?  many  ?  as  many  as  (com- 

inquit,^  said  he  (etc.).  pare  tot,  264). 

invitus,  -a,  -um,  unwilling.^  supplicium,    -i,    n.   punish- 
Lacedaem5n,  -onis,  f.  Sparta.        ment. 

libertas,    -tatis,    f.    liberty,  vehementer,    adv.   violently^ 

freedom,  exceedingly, 

292  1-  Alcibiades  vehementer  verebatur  ne   odio   suppli- 
ciisque  premeretur.     2.  "Alcibiadem  hortemur,"  inquit 

^  The  reason  for  this  apparent  reversal  of  the  meanings  of  the 
two  particles  is  that  originally  the  clauses  introduced  by  ut  or  ne 
were  independent,  the  Subjunctive  being  the  Optative  (241) :  vereor, 
I  am  fearful  \  ut  veniat,  may  he  come  (but  my  fear  is  that  he  will 
not) ;  vereor :  ne  veniat,  may  Tie  not  come  (but  I  fear  he  will).  In 
the  development  of  the  Latin  language  the  originally  independent 
clauses  became  dependent,  so  that  we  are  obliged  to  translate  as  indi- 
cated above. 

2  This  may  often  be  conveniently  translated  by  an  adverb. 

^  This  is  the  only  common  form  of  the  defective  verb  inquam, 
say  J,  inserted  in  direct  quotations. 


124  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

eius  inimicus,  "  ut  in  provinciam  contendat,  quo  eum 
facilius  premamus."  3.  Invitus  Alcibiades  urbem  reli- 
quit;  plerique  enim  elves  inimici  eranb  et  eum  occidere 
cupiebant.  4.  Alcibiades  ab  custodibus  fugit  ne  poenas 
dare  cogeretur,  atque  incolumis  primum  in  Elidem,  deinde 
Lacedaemonem  ^  pervenit.  5.  Ibi  magistratibus  Lace- 
daemoniorum  persuasit  ut  pedites  equitesque  mitterent 
qui  arcem  Atheniensium  munirent.  6.  Sed  simul  atque- 
hostes  virtutem  Alcibiadis  cognoverunt,  veriti  sunt  ne  ob 
patriae  amorem .  Atheniensium  amicitiam  rursus  petere 
conaretur.  7.  Itaque  nonnulll  Alcibiadem  interficere  cu- 
piebant; verebantur  enim  ne  a  civibus  revocaretur  et 
milites  suos  iterum  ex  patria  sua  expelleret.  8.  "Uti- 
nam  Alcibiades  in  nostra  patria  esset.  Xem5  est  enim 
qui  felicius  sapientiusque  rem  publicam  gerat."  9.  Al- 
cibiades cotidie  operam  dedit  ut  Athenienses  libertatem 
reciperent  neve^  in  potestate  Lacedaemoniorum  essent. 
10.  Quot  milites  ea  pugna  amisit?  Multa  milia  homi- 
num  amisit,  atque  etiam  plures  equos  scutaque. 

1.  They  feared  that  Alcibiades  would  run  away  and 
come  in  safety  to  the  Persian  king.  2.  Alcibiades  sailed 
to  Sicily  against  his  will,  for  he  greatly  feared  that  he 
would  be  oppressed  by  his  enemies.  3.  They  attempted 
to  persuade  the  magistrates  to  send  a  ship  at  once. 
4.  The  magistrates  ordered  the  messengers  to  bring  Alci- 
biades back  to  Greece.  5.  Alcibiades  fled  in  order  that 
he  might  not  be  carried  to  Greece  and  made  to  suffer 
punishment.  6.  "Let  us  have  a  few  soldiers  to  fortify 
this  place ;  this  garrison  is  not  large  enough  to  deter  the 
neighboring  tribes  from  attacking  the  camp."  7.  When 
they  saw  Alcibiades  unharmed,  they  could  hardly  be  pre- 
vented from  carrying  him  to  the  city  in  their  arms.^ 

*  Compare  236,  10.  ^  Neve  (ne  +  ve)  before  vowels,  neu 

before  consonants,  is  used  to  introduce  the  second  member  of  a  pur- 
pose clause  when  negative.  *  manus. 


DEPONENT   VERBS  125 


LESSON  XXXVII 

DEPONENT   VERBS   OF   THE  THIRD  AND 
FOURTH   CONJUGATIONS 

294  Learn  the  Indicative  entire,  the  Present  and 
Imperfect  Subjunctive,  and  the  Present  Infinitive 
of  sequor  and  potior  (484). 

SEMI-DEPONENT  VERBS 

295  Semi-Deponent  Verbs  have  Active  forms  in 
the  Present  System  and  Passive  forms  in  the 
Perfect  System,  keeping  their  Active  meanings 
throughout.  There  are  but  four  Semi -Depo- 
nents : 

audeo,  audere,  ausus,  to  dare.  • 
gaudeo,  gaudere,  gavisus,  to  rejoice. 
soleo,  solere,  solitus,  to  he  wont. 
fidd,  fidere,  fisus,^  to  trust. 

296  ABLATIVE  WITH  DEPONENTS 

Examples 

1.  Hoc  consilio  iititur.  He  uses  this  advice, 

2.  Omnibus  rebus  frui.  To  enjoy  all  things. 

3.  Urbe  hostium  potiti  sunt.     They  got  possession  of  the 

enemy's  city. 

(a)  N^otice  that  in  these  sentences   the  Ablative  is 
used  where  in  English  we  use  the  Accusative  (Objective) 

1  The  compound  conf  ido,  to  have  confidence,  is  much  more  com- 
mon than  the  simple  f Ido. 


126  FIRST  LATIN   BOOK 

case.  Such  ablatives  are  Ablatives  of  Instrument  or  of 
Means  (109)  and  are  used  with  five  deponents  and  their 
compounds. 

297  Bule^—The  Ablative  is  used  with  utor,  fruor,  fungor, 
potior,  vescor,  and  their  coinpouiids.i 

W.  387 ;  B.  218,  1 ;  AG.  249 ;  H.  477. 

298  VOCABULARY 

accipio,   -ere,    -cepi,    -ceptus  numquam,    adv.    (ne  +  i^n- 

(ad  +  capi5,   267),   to   re-  qusm),  never. 

ceive,  get.  periculosus,  -a,  -um,  full  of 

Aemilius,  -i,  m.  Aemilius.  risk,  dangerous. 

Apulia,  -ae,  f.  Apulia.  probo,  -are,  to  approve. 

c5iisequor, -i, -secutus  (cum  +  proficiscor,  -i,  -fectus,  to  set 

sequor),  to  overtake.  out. 

dolor,  -oris,  m.  grief.  quidam,  quaedam,  quoddam,^ 

eiusmodi,^  adj.  of  that  sort,  a,  a  certain, 

such.  umquam,  adv.  ever. 

experior,  -iri,  -pertus,  to  trg,  utor,  -i,  usus,  to  use. 

prove.  Varro,  -onis,  m.  Varro. 
medius,  -a,  -um,  middle,  middle  of. 

299  1.  Simul  atque  Hannibal  in  Apuliam  pervenit,  contra 
eum  summa  celeritate  profectT  sunt  consules,  Aemilius  et 
Varro.  2.  Aemilio  minus  periculosum  videbatur  eu  ra- 
tione  belli  morfique  uti  qua  Fabius  usus  erat ;  sed  Varro 
acriora  consilia  sequi  solebatur.  3.  Aemilius,  qui  vere- 
batur  ne  EomanT  superarentur,  invitus  pugnavit ;  Komanl 
ingenti  clade  pulsi  sunt.  4.  Xumquam  gravius  vulnus 
accepit  res  publica ;  plerique  duces  tribunique  indigna 

*  As  fungor,  to  perform,  and  vescor,  to  feed,  are  not  common  in 
the  Latin  authors  which  pupils  first  read,  they  are  not  used  in  this 
book  ;  but  the  complete  rule  should  be  learned  for  future  convenience. 

*  The  genitives  eius  and  modi  written  as  one  word. 

*  Declined  in  full,  4  J  6. 


DEPONENT   VERBS  ^      127 

morte  interfecti  sunt  atque  Hannibal  magna  praeda  poti- 
tus  est.  5.  Aemilium  media  in  pugna  vulneratum  vidit 
tribunus  quidam,  qui  hortabatur  ut  equum  suum  caperet 
et  f  ugeret.  6.  "  Etiam  sine  tua  morte,"  inquit  tribunus, 
''  satis  doloris  est.  Nihil  impedit  quin  fugias,  nemo  te 
consequetur.  7.  Sed  consul  tribuno  imperavit  ut  magis- 
tratibus  renuntiaret  ut  urbem  munirent.  8.  Quot  homi- 
nes occisi  sunt  hac  pugna  ?  Multa  milia ;  numquam  enim 
Eomani  eiusmodi  cladem  expert!  sunt.  9.  Legatus  Han- 
nibalem  hortabatur  ut  ad  urbem  contenderet.  "Die 
quarto,"  inquit,  '^victor  sub  moenibus  eris.'*  10.  Ubi 
hoc  consilium  non  probavit  Hannibal,  dixit  ille,  "  Supe- 
rare  hostis  scis,  victoria  iiti  non  cupis." 

300  1.  The  consuls  set  out  immediately,  in  order  that  they 
might  follow  the  enemy.  2.  Hannibal  did  not  know  how 
to  take  advantage  of  ^  the  victory,  for  the  Komans  were  in 
his  power.  3.  Aemilius  was  not  accustomed  to  employ 
dispatch,  and  did  not  try  to  overtake  the  enemy's  foot- 
soldiers  with  his  cavalry.  4.  Nothing  prevents  you  from 
taking  my  horse  and  fleeing,  that  you  may  not  meet  an 
undeserved  death.  5.  At  daybreak  Hannibal  took  posses- 
sion of  the  Eoman  camp  ;  the  Eomans  did  not  attempt  to 
defend  it.  6.  The  consul  who  had  been  put  in  command 
of  the  foot  was  afraid  he  should  not  conquer  Hannibal. 
7.  How  many  soldiers  were  slain  in  this  battle  ?  So  many 
thousands  that  this  was  the  greatest  disaster  which  a 
Eoman  army  ever  experienced. 

^  I.  e.,  to  use. 


128  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


LESSON  XXXYIII 


THE    PERFECT    SYSTEM    OF    THE 
SUBJUNCTIVE 

301  Learist  the  Perfect  and  Pluperfect  Subjunctive 
of  sum  (485)  and  in  the  four  Conjugations,  in- 
cluding deponent  verbs  (479-484). 

302  Among  the  constructions  thus  far  learned  the 
chief  use  of  the  Perfect  Subjunctive  is  in  Result 
Clauses  where  after  an  introductory  verb  in  a  sec- 
ondary tense  the  Perfect  Subjunctive  states  the 
result  as  a  simple  fact,  and  corresponds  to  the 
Perfect  Indicative  of  an  independent  statement: 
Gralli  ita  perterriti  sunt  ut  nihil  fecerint.  The  Gauls 
were  so  ihorougJily  frightened  that  they  did  nothing. 

(a)  Here  fecerint  corresponds  to  fecerunt  of  a  simple 
statement.  If  the  imperfect  fiicerent  had  been  used  in 
the  Result  Clause,  it  would  have  indicated  the  continu- 
ance of  the  action,  were  doing. 

303  The  Pluperfect  Tense  of  the  Subjunctive  may 
be  used  in  wishes  referring  to  the  past  (the  Opta- 
tive-Subjunctive, 241)  :  utinam  haec  fecisset,  Woidd 
that  he  had  done  this. 

(a)  The  Pluperfect  like  the  Imperfect  of  the  Opta- 
tive Subjunctive  is  always  introduced  by  utinam. 

304  Naturally  both  the  Perfect  and  Pluperfect  Sub- 
junctive may  be  used  in  Characterizing  Clauses 
(281); 


THE  PERFECT  SYSTEM  OP  THE  SUBJUNCTIVE      129 

1.  Is  est  qui  nihil  timuerit.      He  is  a  man  who  has  feared 

nothifig, 

2.  Is  erat  qui  nihil  timuisset.     He  was    a    man  loho    had 

feared  nothing. 

(a)  The  other  important  uses  of  the  Perfect  and  Plu- 
perfect win  be  noticed  in  later  lessons. 

305  VOCABULARY 

auded,  -ere,  ausus,  to  dare,  moror,  -ari,  -atus,  to  delay. 

confido,  -ere,  -fisus   (cuni+  obliviscor,   -i,  -litus,  to  for- 

fido),  to  have  confide?ice.  get.^ 

cotidianus,  -a,  -um,  daily.  paene,  adv.  almost. 

despero,  -are,  to  despair.  pecunia,  -ae,  f.  money. 

desum,  -esse,  -fui,  to  he  lack-  perterreo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus  (per 

ing^  to  fail.^  +terre5,  262),  to  terrify. 

fruor,  -i,  fructus,  to  enjoy.  sic,  adv.  so.^ 

loquor,  -i,  locutus,  to  talk.  tarn,  adv.  50.* 

306  1.  Nuntio  huius  cladis  Eomani  sic  perterriti  sunt  ut 
nihil  facere  nihilque  dicere  ausi  sint.  2.  Magnum  dolo- 
rem  acceperunt  elves ;  nemo  loquebatur,  omnes  tam  tristes 
erant  ut  nemo  contra  hostis  proficisci  auderet.  3.  Han- 
nibal tamen  non  erat  is  qui  victoria  uti  sciret;  atque 
nunc  quoque  victoria  frui,  non  uti,  cupiebat.  4.  Utinam 
moratus  esset  noster  exercitus;  n^  Fabl  eiusque  belli 
rationis  obliviscamur.  5.  Nee  tamen  desperaverunt  Eo- 
mani ;  omnia  faciebant  ne  libertatem  potestatemque 
amitterent  neve  in  acie  vincerentur.  6.  Quod  arma  qui- 
bus  pugnarent  deerant,  ex  templis  sciita  telaque  hostium 
ceperunfc  quibus  iiterentur.     7.  Pecuniam  telaque  quibus 

^  With  the  dative,  not  accusative. 
2  With  the  genitive  of  the  object.    Compare  156. 
^  Modifying  verbs. 

*  Modifying  adjectives  and  adverbs,  not  verbs.    Compare  ita,  182. 
9 


130  FIRST  LATIK  BOOK 

utebantur,^  senatus  sua  opera  expedivit,  ut  urbs  facile 
def enderetur.  8.  Hannibal  fidei  ^  Eomanae  sic  conf  idebat 
ut   captivos   eorum  ad   urbem   sine   custodibus   miserit. 

9.  Utinam  castris  hostium  potiti  essemus;  atque  nunc 
ceteros    statim    consequamur  ne    his    auxilium    darent. 

10.  Eomani  cum  eis  nationibus  paene  cotidianis  proeliis 
pugnare  solebant  ut  adventu  tot  milium  novorum  hos- 
tium non  perterriti  sint. 

307  1.  Hannibal  acted  with  so  little  speed  that  the  Komans 
did  not  despair  of  the  state.  2.  Hannibal  knew  how  to 
enjoy  a  victory,  but  not  how  to  use  one.^  3.  Would  that 
the  Komans  had  followed  the  advice  of  Aemilius  !  4.  The 
advice  of  Aemilius  was  to  delay  and  not  to  fight,  for  to 
engage  with  the  enemy  at  once  was  dangerous.  5.  Be- 
cause young  men  were  lacking,  the  senate  ordered  the 
slaves  to  be  liberated  and  armed.  6.  The  Eomans  lost 
so  many  men  in  this  battle  that  they  no  longer  had  an 
army.  7.  They  no  longer  had  enough  foot-soldiers  to 
send  against  Hannibal.  8.  They  were  not  a  people  who 
had  been  accustomed  to  be  afraid  that  they  would  be 
conquered. 

^  How  does  the  indie,  here  differ  from  the  subj.  in  the  preceding 
sentence'? 

*  Dat.  with  conf Tdebat ;  translate  by  the  English  objective. 

*  Omit  in  translating. 


CONDITIONAL  SENTENCES  131 

LESSON   XXXIX 
CONDITIONAL   SENTENCES 

308  SIMPLE   PRESENT   OR  PAST   CONDITIONS 

Examples 

1.  Si  adest,  bene  est.  If  lie  is  here^  it  is  well. 

2.  Si  aderat,  bene  erat.  If  he  was  here,  it  ivas  well. 

3.  Si  adfuit,  bene  fuit.  If  he  has  heen  {was)  here,  it 

has  been  (was)  well, 

(a)  Notice  that  the  time  of  these  sentences  is  either 
Present  or  Past,  and  that  nothing  is  implied  as  to 
whether  the  subject  actually  is,  was,  or  has  been  here. 
Such  conditions  are  called  Simple  Present  or  Past  Con- 
ditional Sentences, 

(b)  The  Condition,  or  Subordinate  Clause,  of  the 
Sentence  is  frequently  called  the  Protasis;  the  Con- 
clusion, or  Principal  Clause,  is  called  the  Apodosis, 

309  Hule. — In  Simple  Present  or  Past  Conditional  Sentences, 
implying  nothing  as  to  the  fact,  the  Indicative  is  used  in 
both  Protasis  and  Apodosis. 

W.  553 ;  B.  302 ;  AG.  306 ;  H.  574. 

310  CONTRARY  TO   FACT  CONDITIONS 

Examples 

1.  Si  adesset,  bene  esset.  If  he  were  here,  it  would  be 

well. 

2,  Si  adfuisset,  bene  Msset.     If  he  had  been  here,  it  would 

have  been  ivell, 

(a)  Notice  that  these  conditional  sentences  imply 
that  the  supposition  is  not  true,  i.  e.,  that  he  is  not,  or 
was  not  here.  Such  conditions  are  called  Conditions 
Contrary  to  Fact, 


132  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

(5)  JS'otice  further  that  the  Imperfect  Subjunctive 
refers  to  Present  time,  the  Pluperfect  to  Past. 

311  Rule, — In  Present  and  Past  Conditional  Sentences  con- 
trary to  fact,  the  Imperfect  and  Pluperfect  Subjunctive  are 
used  in  both  Protasis  and  Apodosis,  the  Imperfect  referring 
to  Present,  the  Pluperfect  to  Past  Time. 

W.  557 ;  B.  304 ;  AG.  308 ;  H.  579. 

312  FUTURE  CONDITIONS  1 

Examples 

1.  Si  aderit  (adfuerit),  bene    If  he  is  {shall  be,  shall  have 

erit.  been)  here,  it  will  be  well, 

2.  Si  adsit,  bene  sit.  If  he  should  be  here,  it  would 

be  well, 

(a)  Notice  that  these  conditional  sentences  both  refer 
to  Future  time  and  therefore  state  the  condition  as  Pos- 
sible, rather  than  as  a  simple  fact  or  one  impliedly  false. 
In  the  first  sentence  the  Future  (or  Future  Perfect)  Indi- 
cative states  the  condition  more  vividly  than  the  Present 
Subjunctive  does  in  the  second.  The  first  sentence  is 
called  a  More  Vivid  Future  Condition^  the  second  a 
Less  Vivid  Future  Condition, 

(h)  In  More  Vivid  Future  Conditions  the  Future 
Perfect  Indicative  is  very  common  in  the  Protasis,  as  the 
Latin  language  is  more  precise  than  the  English.  We 
generally  use  the  Present  Indicative  here  to  represent 
both  the  Future  and  the  Future  Perfect. 

313  Rule.— In  More  Vivid  Future  Conditions  the  Future 
Indicative  is  used  in  both  Protasis  and  Apodosis;  in  Less 
Vivid  Future  Conditions  the  Present  Subjunctive. 

W.  553,  555;  B.  302,  303;  AG.  307;  H.  574,  576. 

^  The  pupil  will  remember  that  conditional  sentences  with  the 
Indicative  have  been  freely  used  in  many  of  the  preceding  exercises. 


CONDITIONxiL  SENTENCES  133 

314  VOCABULARY 

aequus,  -a,  -urn,  equal,  fair,  nanciscor,  -i,  nactus,  to  find, 

level.  necesse,  adj.  necessary, 

aetas,  -atis,  f.  age,  nisi,  conj.  unless, 

dimitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missus  pedester,     -tris,     -tre,    foot 

(di  +  mitto,  260),  to  dis-  (pedes,  291). 

miss,  p5n6,  -ere,  posui,  positus,  to 

etsi,  conj.  even  if  although.  put,  place,^ 

graviter,    adv.    heavily,   se-  propter,  prep,  with  accu.  on 

verely,  account  of 

Hispanus,  -a,  -urn,  Spaiiish,  regius,  -a,  -urn,  royal, 

mane,    adv.    early    in    the  responded,  -ere,  -ndi,  -nsus, 

mor7iing,  to  answer, 

morior,  -i,  mortuus,  to  die,  Scipio,  -onis,  m.  Scipio. 

315  1.  Scipi5  olim  magistratum  quendam  petivit,  sed 
propter  aetatem  hunc  habere  ei  non  licuit.  2.  "  Si  me," 
inquit,  "  omnes  cives  magistratum  facere  cupiunt,  satis 
annorum  habeo."  3.  Scipio  tanta  virtute  egit  ut  vitam 
patris  ex  hostium  tells  servaverit.  4.  Nam  pater  graviter 
vulneratus  erat,  ut  nisi  eum  Scipio  celeriter  periculo 
liberavisset,  in  hostium  mantis  venisset  mortuusque  esset. 
5.  Ubi  iuvenes  quidam  de  re  piiblica  desperaverunt, 
Scipio  respondit,  '^  Si  rei  piiblicae  deeritis,  hiiius  gladi 
virtutem  experietis."  6.  Si  Scipio  aequissimo  loco  mane 
castra  posuerit,  pedestribus  copiis  paene  cotidie  cum 
hostibus  piignabit.  7.  Etsi  ea  natio  non  magna  erat, 
tamen  apud  eos  multa  arma  nonnullosque  captivos  nactus 
est  imperator.  8.  Erat  inter  captivos  Hispanos  puer 
regius  insignisque,  quocum^  Scipio  pauca  loquebatur. 
9.  Scipio  probavit  ea  quae  puer  dixit,  atque  ubi  ei  equum 
equitesque  dedit  qui  eum  tiito  dediicerent,  domum  dimi- 

^  castra  ponere,  to  pitch  camp. 

'^  cum  is  regularly  attached  to  the  abl.  of  the  Personal  and  Rela- 
tive Pronouns, 


134  FIRST  LATIN   BOOK 

sit.  10.  Si  beatus  esse  cupis,  bonis  vitae  sapienter  uti  et 
frui  necesse  est. 

316  1.  If  Scipio  had  not  acted  with  great  haste,  his  father 
would  have  died  in  the  hands  of  the  enemy.  2,  Scipio's 
father  was   so   severely  wounded  that  he  almost  died. 

3.  Scipio's  years  were  not  many ;  still  he  would  receive 
from  the  citizens  the  magistracy  if  he  should  seek  it. 

4.  "  Unless  you  follow  my  advice  and  defend  the  state/' 
said  Scipio,  "  my  sword  will  make  ^  you  drive  the  enemy 
out."  5.  If  the  enemy  be  not  terrified,  they  will  pitch 
camp  early  in  the  morning  in  a  level  place.  6.  Scipio 
persuaded  the  youth  who  was  brought  to  him  not  to  be 
afraid.  7.  "My  father  died,"  said  the  boy,  "so  that  I 
followed  my  mother's  brother  to  the  war."  8.  If  you 
should  use  and  enjoy  wisely  the  goods  of  life,  you  would 
be  happy. 


LESSON   XL 
PERSONAL  AND   REFLEXIVE  PRONOUNS 


817 


Paeadigms 

Singular 

FIRST  PERSON 

SECOND   person 

REFLEXIVE   OF   THE 
THIRD   PERSON 

NOM. 

ego 

tu 

Gen. 

mei 

tni 

sni 

Dat. 

milii,  mi 

tibi 

sib! 

Accu. 

me 

te 

se,  sese 

Abl. 

me 

te 

se,  sese 

^  efficio  with  a  substantive  clause. 


PERSONAL  AND  REFLEXIVE  PRONOUNS         135 

Plural 
NoM.  (Voc.)  nos  vos  


Gen.  nostrum,  nostri  vestrum,  vestri  sui 

Dat.  nobis  vobis  sibi 

Accu.  nos  vos  '  se,  sese 

Abl.  nobis  vdbis  se,  sese 

{a)  The  First  and  Second  Personal  Pronouns  are 
used  only  for  emphasis ;  ego  haec  laudo,  tu  ista  laudas,  / 
praise  this^  you  praise  that.  Ordinarily  the  form  of  the 
verb  alone  indicates  the  subject  in  these  two  persons. 

(b)  Nostrum  and  vestrum  usually  denote  the  whole  of 
which  tlie  modified  word  is  a  part :  quis  nostrum  ?  Who 
of  us?  Nostri  and  vestri  are  generally  used  as  Objective 
Genitives :  memoria  nostri,  Memory  of  us, 

(e)  There  is  properly  speaking  no  Personal  Pronoun 
of  the  Third  Person.  Its  place  is  taken  by  the  Demon- 
stratives ille  and  is  (123,  136). 

{d)  The  Reflexive  Pronouns  of  the  First  and  Second 
Persons  are  supplied  from  the  Personal  Pronouns :  ego 
me  laudo,  /  praise  myself;  tu  te  laudas,  You  praise 
yourself 

318  POSSESSIVE  PRONOUNS 

mens,  my  noster,  our  for  the  First  Person 

tuus,  your  (thy)    vester,  your  for  the  Second  Person 

suus,  his  otvn,  their  own  for  the  Third  Person 

(a)  These  are  adjectives,  which  have  been  already 
used,  and  are  declined  like  bonus  and  niger.  But  the 
Yoc.  Sing.  Masc.  of  mens  is  mi. 

(i)  Suus  is  used  only  in  a  Reflexive  sense,  referring 
to  the  subject  of  the  sentence  in  which  it  stands  :  suum 
filium  laudat,  He  praises  his  own  son  ;  filium  illius  lau- 
^at.  He  praises  his  (another  man's)  son, 


136  ,     FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

319  The  following  table  shows  the  correspondence 
of  the  Personal,  Reflexive,  Possessive,  and  Demon- 
strative Pronouns. 

PERSONAL  REFLEXIVE  POSSESSIVE      DE3I0XSTRATIVE 

First  Person    ego  mei  meus,  noster  Mc 

Second  Person  tu  tui  tuus,    vester  iste 

Third  Person    (ille,  is)       sui  SUUS  ille 

320  VOCABULARY 

aut     (aut  .  .  .  ant),     conj.  iubeo,  -ere,  iussi,  iussus,  to 

either  {either  .  .  .  or),  order,^ 

desisto,  -ere,  -stiti,  ,  to  iiidico,  -are,   to  judge^   con- 
cease^  cease  from^  give  up,  sider^  (iudex,  144.) 

dignus  -a,  -Tun,  worthy,  magnitudo,     -inis,     f.     size^ 

Hasdrubal,  -alls,  m.  Hasdru-  greatness, 

lal  (a  famous  Carthagin-  modo,  adv.  only, 

ian).  ne  .  .  .  quidem,     adv.     not 

idem,  eadem,  idem,^  the  same,  even. 

ipse,  ipsa,  ipsum,^  self,,  very,  non    modo  .  .  .  sed    etiam, 

iste,    ista,    istud,^    tliat    (of  not  only  ,  ,  ,  hut  also, 

yours).  silentinm,  -i,  n.  silence, 

321  1.  Multitudo  eadem  Hispanorum  Scipionem  ingenti 
clam  ore  regem  appellavit ;  sed  ille  non  passus  est  se 
regio  nomine  appellari.  2.  Postquam  silentium  eos  facere 
iussit,  summa  auctorifcate  dixit,  "  Nomen  imperatoris  quo 
me  milites  mei  appellaverunt,  mihl  est  maximus  honor. 
3.  Eomani  ne  nomen  quidem  regium  pati  solent.  Etsi 
vos  hoc  nomen  maximum  .dignissimumque  iudicatis, 
tamen  necesse  est  vos  ^  etiam  invitos  consilio  desistere." 

*  These  are  declined  in  full,  475.     Compare  with  other  demon- 
strative pronouns. 

*  Followed  by  the  accu.  and  infin. :    iubeo  te  haec  facere,  1 
order  you  to  do  this.    Compare  impero,  191. 

3  Accu.  subject  of  4esistere ;  translate,  that  you,  etc. 


PERSONAL  AND  REFLEXIVE  PRONOUNS         137 

4.  Turn  senserunt  non  modo  illi  sed  etiam  ceteri  magni- 
tudinem  eius  animi,  ut  eum  regem  appellare  destiterint. 

5.  "  Quot  vestrum  hoc  animo  sunt  ?  Si  consilium  istud 
probarem,  non  dubitarem  quiu  nomen  illud  accipere  ne- 
cesse  esset."  6.  Deinde  Scipio  proficisci  parabat,  ut  duro 
tempore   anni   magnum   agmen   in   Africam   traduceret. 

7.  Legationem  cum  donis  ad  regem  misit ;  sed  non  pote- 
rat  ^  ei  persuadere  ut  fidem,  nisi  cum  ipso  duce  Eomano, 
aut  daret  aut  acciperet.  8.  Idem  effecit  ut  eo  tempore 
Hasdrubal  ipse,  qui  Hispania  expulsus  erat,  ad  hunc  por- 
tum  perveniret.  9.  Kumquam  tui  obliviscar,  etsi  aetas 
mihi  longissima  sit. 

322  1.  I  should  accept  the  name  of  king  for  love  of  you,  if 
the  Romans  would  allow  me  to  do  so.  2.  Scipio  ordered 
the  Spaniards  not  to  call  him  king  against  his  wishes.^ 
3.  Because  the  Spaniards  recognized  his  nobility  of  spirit, 
they  gave  up  their  plan.  4.  I  do  not  approve  of  your  plan  ; 
let  them  not  call  me  by  that  name.  5.  If  he  had  not  sent 
an  embassy  to  the  king,  he  not  only  would  have  come  him- 
self, but  would  also  have  given  up  the  hostages.  6.  If 
you  wish  to  exchange^  pledges  with  me,  it  will  be  neces- 
sary for  you  to  come  yourself.  7.  After  a  short  silence, 
he  said,  "  I  shall  not  forget  you,  even  if  you  forget  me." 

8.  You  are  eager  to  adopt*  either  that  plan  of  yours  or 
this  of  mine  ?  ^ 

323  READING  EXERCISE 

The  Battles  of  Thermopylae  and  Salamis 

Postquam  Dareus"  de  pugna  Marathonia  certior  est 
factus,  Graeciam  vincere  multo  magis  cupiebat.  Itaque 
per  civitates  Asiae  legatos  misit  qui  copias  et  navls  longas 

1  Imperfect  iridic,  of  possum,  to  be  able. 

^  invTtus.  ^  Use  do  and  accipio  ;  compare  321,  7. 

*  capere.  ^  Simply  hic  ;  compare  124  (a). 


138  FIRST   LATIN   BOOK 

et  equos  et  frumentum  parari  iuberent.  Sed  mox  Dareus 
moritiir.  Deinde  Xerxes  regnat.^  Quamquam  ^  in  animo 
non  habebat^  bellum  Graeciae  inferre,*  tamen  Mardoniiis, 
cuius  auctoritas  apud  eum  erat  maxima,  ei  persuilsit  ut 
patris  consilia  persequeretur.^  Per  quattuor^  annos  mag- 
num exercitum  omnisque  res  exercitui  necessarias  para- 
bat  ut  quinto^  anno  ingentibus  copiis  proficisceretur. 
Ubi  rex  cum  peditibus  equitibusque  ad  Thermopylarum  ^ 
angustias  *  pervenit,  castra  ante  eas  ponere  est  coactus, 
quod  in  angustiis  erant  Graeci,  qui  parati  erant  prohibere 
eum  suos  milites  in  Graeciam  ducere.  Ceteri  Graeci, 
magno  numero  hostium  perterriti,^^  ex  angustiis  fugere 
et  Isthmum  munire  cupiebant ;  sed  Leonidas  banc  sen- 
tentiam  non  probabat,  et  cum  Lacedaemonils  suis  mane- 
bat. 

Ubi  nonnullos  dies  rex  moratus  est,  suos  milites 
impetum  facere  iussit.  Quamquam  summa  audacia  pug- 
naverunt,  tamen  tanta  erat  caedes  eorum  ut  denique 
proelio  destiterint  ac  se  in  castra  receperint.  Neque 
reliqui  plus  contra  Graecos  effecerunt.  Ubi  iam  de  vic- 
toria Xerxes  desperabat,  ei  Graecus  quidam  viam  per 
montes  indicilvit.  Ea  nocte  Persae  profecti  sunt  ut 
Graecos  a  tergo  "  adorirentur.^^  Leonidas  omnis  praeter  ^^ 
Lacedaemonios  dimiserat.  Prima  luce  Persae  in  eos  im- 
petum f ecerunt :  parva  manus  Graecorum  fortissime  piig- 

^  The  present  indicative  is  often  thus  used  in  narration  to  record 
incidents  as  they  occur.     It  is  best  known  as  the  Annalistic  Present. 
^  Although, 
^  Compare  in  animo  esse,  193,  6. 

*  Infin.,  to  bring  on,  with  dat.  ^^  In  the  rear. 

^  persequor,  to  follow  out.  ^^  adorior,  -irT,  to  attack. 

*  Four.  ^^  Prep,  with  accu.,  except, 
'  Fifth. 

^  Tiiermopylae,  a  pass  from  Thessaly  to  southern  Greece. 
^  angnstiae,  pass. 
*®  Perf .  pass,  partic,  not  indiQ. 


THE   USES   OF   THE   INFINITIVE  139 

navit,  sed  omnes  occlsl  sunt.     Hie  in  tino  loco  sepulti,^ 
semper  in  maximo  honore  apud  suos  erant. 

Paulo  post  apud  Salaminem  ^  pugnam  navalem  ^  cum 
classe  Persica  commiserunt  Graeci,  qui  consilio  Themis- 
toclis^  hoc  loco  dimicare  coacti  sunt.  Multi  enim  a 
Salamine  ad  Isthmum  fugere  in  animo  habuerant.  Maior 
pars  navium  Persarum  interiit;^  multae  ab  Atheniensi- 
bus  sociisque  sunt  captae.     Ita  Graecia  est  liberata. 


LESSON  XLI 
THE   USES   OF   THE   INFINITIVE 

324  Review  the  Present  Infinitives  and  learn  the 
Perfect  and  Future  Infinitives  of  the  model  verbs 
(479-485). 

(a)  Notice  that  the  Future  Active  Infinitive  is  made 
up  of  the  Future  Active  Participle  and  esse  ;  the  Perfect 
Passive  of  the  Perfect  Passive  Participle  and  esse.  These 
participles,  it  should  be  remembered,  are  declined  like 
bonus. 

325  SUBJECT  AND   OBJECT   INFINITIVES 

The  Infinitive  in  Latin,  as  in  English,  is  a 
Verbal  Noun  and  has  neither  person  nor  number. 
It  is  chiefly  used  as  Subject  or  Object. 

^  Perf.  pass,  partic.  of  sepelio,  to  hury. 

^  Salaniis,  -iriis,  an  island  south  of  Athens. 

^  navalis,  -e,  compare  navis. 

*  Themistocles,  -is,  the  famous  Athenian  general. 

^  Was  lost. 


140  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


326  Examples 

1.  Urbem  defendere  erit  peri-     To  defend  the  city  will  he 

culosum.  dangerous. 

2.  Urbem  munire  cupit.  He  wishes  to  defend  the  city. 

3.  Urbem  muniri  cupit.  He  wishes  the  town  to  ie  de- 

fended, 

4.  Urbem  esse  magnam  cupit.    He  'wishes  the  city  to  he  large, 

5.  Urbs  magna  esse  dicitur.      The  city  is  said  to  he  large. 

6.  Urbs  defensa  esse  dicitur.     The  city  is  said  to  have  heen 

defended. 

(a)  Notice  that  in  sentence  1  the  Infinitive  is  the 
Subject  of  erit ;  in  2,  3,  and  4  it  is  the  Object  of  cupit ; 
and  that  in  5  and  6  it  simply  completes  the  meaning  of 
the  sentence.  Such  infinitives  as  those  in  sentences  2-6 
are  frequently  called  Complementary  Infi?iitives,  espe- 
cially when,  as  in  sentence  2,  the  infinitive  has  no  sub- 
ject. All  these  constructions  are  common  in  English, 
so  that  they  have  been  freely  used  in  the  preceding 
lessons. 

(b)  Notice  that  in  sentences  3  and  4  the  accusative 
urbem  is  the  Subject  of  the  infinitives,  and  that  in  sen- 
tence 4  the  predicate  adjective  magnam  is  therefore  ac- 
cusative. But  in  sentences  5  and  6,  in  whicli  the  sub- 
ject of  the  infinitive  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  finite 
verb  and  therefore  nominative,  the  predicate  adjective 
magna  and  the  participle  defensa  are  nominative. 

327  Rule, — The  Infinitive  may  be  used  as  Subject  or  Object 
of  a  Finite  Verb. 

W.  622-629;  B.  326-332;  AG.  270-272;  H.  613-615. 

328  HiiZe. — The  Accusative  may  be  used  as  the  Subject  of 
an  Infinitive. 

W.  322 ;  B.  184;  AG.  240,  /. ;  H.  415. 


THE  USES  OP  THE  INFINITIVE  141 

329  INDIRECT   DISCOURSE 

Examples 

DIRECT  INDIRECT 

1.  Tu  urbem  defendis.  Dicit  te  urbem  defendere. 

You   ai^e    defending    the    He  says  that  you  are  def end- 
city,  ing  the  city. 

2.  Ego  urbem  defendi.  Dixit  me  urbem  defendisse. 
/  defended  the  city*  He  said  that  I  defended  the 

city. 

3.  TJrbs  defensa  est.  Dixit  urbem  defensam  esse. 
The    city    has    teen    de-    He  said  that  the  city  had 

fended,  heen  defended, 

4.  Urbem  defendebat.  Dicit  se  urbem  defendisse. 
He  was  defending  the  city.     He  says  that  he  defended  the 

city, 

5.  Hie  urbem  defendet.  Dixit    hunc    urbem    defen- 

surum  esse. 
This  man  will  defend  the     He  said  that  this  man  ivould 
city,  defend  the  city, 

{a)  Notice  that  in  these  sentences  the  Infinitives  with 
Subjects  in  the  Accusative  are  Objects  of  the  introduc- 
tory verb,  but  at  the  same  time  represent  the  quoted 
thought  or  words  of  some  person,  as  is  shown  by  the  left- 
hand  column.  When  a  person's  thought  or  words  are  thus 
quoted  after  a  verb  of  Saying  or  Thinking,  the  construc- 
tion is  called  Indirect  Discourse.    Compare  326,  5  and  6. 

(b)  The  Tenses  of  the  Infinitive  have  no  independent 
time  of  their  own,  but  their  time  depends  on  that  of  the 
leading  verb,  as  is  shown  by  the  examples  given  above. 

330  Rule,— Th.e  Present  Infinitive  expresses  the  same  time 
as  that  of  the  leading  verb,  the  Perfect  Infinitive  time 
before,  and  the  Future  Infinitive  time  after  the  time  of  the 
leading  verb. 

W.  632-635 ;  B.  270  a-c ;  AG.  288 ;  H.  617-620. 


142  FIRST   LATIN  BOOK 

331  VOCABULARY 

alius,  -a,  -ud,  another}  procul,  adv.  far  off. 

arbitror,  -ari,  -atus,  to  think,  progredior,    -i,    -gressus,    to 
centurid,  -onis,  m.  centurion.        advance. 

circum,    prep,     with    accu.  puto,  -are,  to  think. 

around.,  about.  quisquam,  ,    quidquam, 

c6nstitu5,  -ere,  -stitui,  -stitu-        indefinite  pron.  any  one^ 

tus,  to  establish^  place.,  sta-        anything.^ 

Hon.,  determine.  sol,  -is,  m.  sun. 

difficultas,  -atis,  f.  difficulty  spero,  -are,  to  hope. 

(difficilis,  196).  Suebi,  -orum,  m.  The  SueU 
imperitus,    -a,    -urn     (in  +         (a  German  people). 

peritus,  264),  unskilled.  supra,  adv.,  and  prep,  with 
iniquus,    -a,    -urn    (in  +  ae-        accu.  above,  beyond. 

qnus,   314),  unequal,  un-  talis,  -e,  siich. 

even,  unfair.  tollo,  -ere,  sustuli,  sublatus, 
paulum,  adv.  a  little,  some-        to  lift  up,  carry  off',  re- 

what  (pauia,  199).  move,  destroy. 

332  1.  Ipse  Caesar  copias  pedestris  in  Germaniam  ducere 
castraque  ponere  constituit  paulo  supra  eum  locum  ubi 
antea  pedites  traduxerat.  2.  Arbitrabatur  hostis,  imperi- 
tos  homines,  aut  iniquo  loco  proelium  commissuros  aut 
de  victoria  desperaturos  esse.  3.  Hoc  modo  sperabat  se 
eastris  eorum  argentoque  omni  potiturum  esse.  4.  Sol 
occultatus  erat  nubibus  ut  perlculosum  diflBcileque  esse 
putaret  tali  caelo  proficisci ;  sed  primos  ordines  paulum 
progredi  iussit.  5.  Mos  harum  civitatum  fuisse  dicitur, 
ut  circum  se  finis  vastatos  vacuosque  ab  incolis  haberent ; 
hoc  modo  se  tutiores  esse  arbitrabantur.  6.  Caesar,  simul 
atque  certior  factus  est  Suebos  iniquo  loco  bellum  com- 
mittere  non  audere,  longius  progredi  constituit.  7.  Ne 
timorem  barbaris  toUeret,  turrim  non  procul  a  ripa  con- 

^  Declined  in  full,  469. 

2  For  the  declension,  see  478.     Quisquam  is  used  in  negative 
sentences  and  in  questions  ;  compare  332,  9. 


INDIRECT   DISCOURSE  ^    143 

stituit,  centurionem  quendam  turri  castrisque  praefecit. 
8.  Postquam  ipse  pedites  plerosque  incolumis  reduxit,  ad 
alium  bellum  profectus  est.  Arbitrabatur  illos  supplier 
non  oblittiros  esse.  9.  Ista  silva  est  sacra  deis  ;  neqiie  est 
quisquam  qui  se  ad  finem  eius  umquam  pervenisse  dicat 
aut  magnitudinem  eius  cognoverit.  10.  Si  pontem  non 
incendisset,  barbari  arbitrati  essent  eum  in  Germaniam 
progressurum  esse  atque  perterriti  essent. 

333  1.  It  is  a  dangerous  and  difficult  matter  to  follow  the 
Suebi  into  such  a  forest.  2.  He  thought  that  the  centu- 
rion had  erected  a  tower  not  far  from  the  bridge.  3.  The 
Suebi  had  determined  to  betake  themselves  into  the  for- 
est, nor  was  there  any  one  who  knew  their  plan.  4.  If 
the  sun  had  not  been  hidden  by  clouds,  he  would  have  set 
out  on  that  day.  5.  A  little  way  above  the  bridge  was  a 
very  large  forest,  in  which  there  were  many  strange  ani- 
mals; this  forest  is  said  to  have  been  sacred  to  the 
gods.  6.  Caesar  was  informed  that  the  Suebi  would 
neither  engage  in  battle  nor  stay  where  they  were.^  7.  If 
you  wish  to  destroy  all  fear  and  to  enjoy  ^  quiet,  you  must 
lay  waste  the  country  about  your  cities. 


LESSON  XLII 
INDIRECT   DISCOURSE   (Continued) 

334  INDIRECT   QUESTIONS 

Examples 

DIRECT  INDIRECT 

Eogat  quid  faciat. 

He  ashs  what  lie  is  doing, 
Rogavit  quid  faceret. 

.  He  ashed  what  he  was  doing. 

Translate,  in  the  same  place.  ^  uti. 


1.  Quid  facit? 


144  FIRST   LATIN  BOOK 

2.  Cur  proficiscebatur  ?  Rogavit  cur  proficisceretur. 

He  asked  ivhy  he  started. 


3.  TJbi  venit? 


Scio  ubi  venerit. 

I  know  tvhen  he  came, 

Sciebam  ubi  venisset. 

.  /  knew  when  he  came. 


(a)  Notice  that  the  verbs  of  the  direct  questions  in 
the  left-hand  column  when  quoted  in  the  right  become 
the  Subjunctive.  The  Sequence  of  Tenses  is  similar  to 
that  of  other  subordinate  clauses,  248  J,  c.  In  general 
all  questions  and  all  subordinate  clauses  when  quoted 
have  their  verbs  in  the  Subjunctive. 

335  RvZe.—ln  Indirect  Discourse  the  verb  of  a  Declarative 
sentence  is  in  the  Infinitive  with  Subject  Accusative ;  the 
verb  of  an  Interrogative,  Hortatory,  or  Imperative  Sen- 
tence, or  of  a  Subordinate  clause  is  in  the  Subjunctive. 

W.  599,  605 ;  B.  314,  315 ;  AG.  336  ;  H.  642,  643. 

CONDITIONS  IN    INDIRECT  DISCOURSE 

Examples 

336  SIMPLE  PRESENT   OR   PAST   CONDITIONS » 

1.  Direct.      Si  haec  facis,  bene  facis. 

iNDiEECT.  Dicit  )   t-^  ^-  j^^^^    (facias,    )   ^^^^  ^^^^^ 
Dixit )  (  faceres, ) 

2.  Direct.     Si  haec  fecisti,  bene  fecisti. 

Indirect.  Dicit  )    .-      -  i.  ( feceris,   )    ,         r-  • 

^_  .^  V  te,  SI  haec   \  ^  ,      'V   bene  fecisse. 
Dixit )  ( lecisses, ) 

337  FUTURE   CONDITIONS 

3.  Direct.      Si  haec    j  J^^!^^' i  bene  |  J^^^^^- 

(  facias,  )  (  facias. 

t  te,  si  haec  \  ^^^^^'    I  bene  facturnm  esse. 
)  (  faceres, ) 


Indirect.  Dlcit 
Dixit! 


^  Present  and  Past  Conditions  Contrary  to  Fact  are  not  frequent 
in  Indirect  Discourse  and  are  not  treated  here. 


INDIRECT  DISCOURSE  '     145 

{a)  Notice  that  the  verb  of  the  Apodosis  of  a  condi- 
tional sentence,  being  independent,  is  changed  to  the 
Infinitive  in  Indirect  Discourse  ;  the  verb  of  the  Prota- 
sis, being  dependent,  is  changed  to  the  Subjunctive,  fol- 
lowing the  regular  sequence  of  tenses. 

{b)  Notice  also  that  Protases  of  the  Simple  Present 
and  the  More  and  the  Less  Vivid  Future  Conditions  have 
the  same  Subjunctive  form  when  quoted.  The  Tense  of 
the  Infinitive  in  the  Apodosis  shows  in  part  what  kind  of 
condition  was  used  in  the  Direct  Discourse ;  but  there  is 
no  way  of  distinguishing  between  the  two  classes  of 
Future  Conditions  when  quoted,  except  by  the  context. 

338  VOCABULARY 

ced5,  -ere,  cessi,  cessurus,  to  nullus,  -a,  -urn,  no^  none.^ 

withdraw,  yield,  oppiigiiatio,  -onis,  f.  attach^ 

convenio,    -ire,   -veni,    -ven-        assault^    siege     (oppiigno, 
turns   (con  +  venio,  276),        111). 

to  come  together,  assemhle,  ostendo,  -ere,  -ndi,  -ntns,  to 

discedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessurus        sliow, 

(dis  -|-  cedo),  to  go  away^  pilnm,  -i,  n.  javelin, 

depart  quaere,  -ere,  -sivi,  -situs,  to 

domns,  -ns,  f.  house,  home}  ash,  enquire. 

existimo,  -are,  to  think.  reverter,  reverti,  reversns,  to 

fortnna,  -ae,  f.  fortune.  return,^ 

intellego,  -ere,  -lexi,  -lectns,  sains,  -ntis,  f.  safety,  life, 

to  perceive,  understand.  nndiqne,  adv.  from  all  sides. 

339  1.    Centurio    exTstimavit,   si    tali    tempore    opptigna- 
tione  desisteret,  hostis  aut  copias  deducttiros  aut  aedifi- 

*  See  465.  The  accu.  without  a  preposition  is  used  as  the  limit 
of  motion  like  names  of  towns. 

2  Declined  in  full,  469. 

3  Usually  deponent  in  the  present  system ;  in  the  perfect  system 
the  active  reverti  is  used. 

10 


146  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

cia  Eomanorum  incenstiros  esse.  2.  Nnntium  rogavit 
ctir  tarn  tristis  esset.  Eespondit  ille  hostis  undique  con- 
venisse,  hastis    pilisque    armatos,  neque    procul    abesse. 

3.  Caesar,  ne  caedes  magna  esset,  silentio  mane  reverti  con- 
stituit;  ne  unum  quidem  diem  manserat.  4.  Ipse  dux 
certior  factus  est  hostis  iam  discessisse,  neque  quisquam 
sciebat  ubi  essent.  Existimabat  Caesar  eos  mediam  in 
provinciam  profectos  esse.  5.  Arbitrabatur,  si  tali  tem- 
pore sol  niibibus  occultaretur,  imperitos  homines  de  sa- 
lute desperaturos  et  oppiignatione  destituros  esse.  6.  In 
tanta  difficultate  dixit  eis,  si  loco  non  cederent,  se  eos 
incolumis  domum  deducturum  esse.  7.  Si  sentient  ne- 
cesse  esse  mori,  maiore  fortitudine  belli  fortiinam  expe- 
rientur  et  se  fortiores  ostendent.  8.  Quaesivit  ab  eis 
quam  ob  rem  mane  progressi  essent.  Eesponderunt  se 
belli  fortunam  secunda  hora  experiri  cupivisse.  9.  Caesar 
intellexit  nisi  locum  natura  munitum  nanciscerentur,  eos 
numquam  proelium  commissures  esse. 

840  1.  He  asked  the  messenger  where  the  enemy  were  and 
why  they  had  determined  to  return.  2.  He  thought  that, 
if  he  returned,  the  enemy  would  advance  and  try  the 
fortune  of  war.  3.  The  centurion  was  informed  that  the 
enemy  had  gathered  from  all  sides  and  would  attack  the 
tower   if   Caesar    should   fall    back    from    his    position. 

4.  You  ask  why  I  wish  to  give  up  ^  the  attack.  I  think  it 
will  be  dangerous  to  stay  here,  if  the  enemy  do  not  with- 
draw. 5.  He  told  them  that,  if  they  should  show  them- 
selves brave  men,  they  need  not  despair  of  victory  and 
safety.  6.  Not  to  deprive  ^  them  altogether  of  hope,  he 
says  that  if  they  withdraw  quickly,  they  will  reach  ^  home 
in  safety.  7.  He  asks  how  many  miles  distant  the  enemy 
are  from  the  camp  and  how  large  an  army  they  have, 

^  desisto.  *  tollo.  '  reverter. 


341 


READING  EXERCISE  ^       147 

READING  EXERCISE 
Roman  History  from  60  B.  C. 

Quarto  anno  post  coniurationem  Catilinae  Gains  lulius 
Caesar  cum  Lucio  Bibulo  consul  est  factus.  Datae  ei 
sunt  in  quinquennium  provinciae,  Gallia  et  Illyricum, 
deinde  in  alterum  quinquennium  prorogatae.  Pacavit 
autem  annis  novem  paene  omnem  Galliam,  quae  inter 
Alpes,  flumen  Rhodanum,  Rhenum  et  Oceanum  est.  Bis 
milites  Rhenum  traduxit  Germanosque  in  ultimas  regiones 
se  recipere  coegit ;  bis  etiam  transgressus  est  in  Britta- 
niam,  quod  inde  Gallis  auxilia  missa  erant,  victorque  in 
provinciam  revertit.  Septimo  ex  quo  Caesar  in  Galliam 
venerat  anno  gravis  oritur  seditio ;  paene  omnes  Galli, 
quorum  Vercingetorix  erat  dux,  contra  Romanos  coniu- 
rant.  Sed  Caesar  Alesiam,  quo  se  hostes  receperant, 
expugnavit  et  totam  Galliam  gravibus  suppliciis  pacavit. 
Interim  cum  Pompeio  et  Crasso  societatem  illam  rei  pu- 
blicae  periculosam  renovavit.  Pompeio  etiam  flliam 
luliam  Caesar  in  matrimonium  dedit,  ut  eum  sibi  adiun- 
geret;  sed  ilia  iam  altero  anno  moritur.  Crassus,  cui 
post  consul  atum  quem  cum  Pompeio  gesserat,  data  est 
Syria  et  bellum  Parthicum,  ad  Carras,  Mesopotamiae  oppi- 
dum,  a  duce  Parthorum  victus  et  interfectus  est.  Mox 
inimici  erant  Caesar  et  Pompeius :  huic  illius  opes  sus- 
pectae  erant,  ilium  huius  auctoritas  gratiaque  apud  nobi- 
iTs  sollicitabant. 

SPECIAL  VOCABULARY  1 
adiungo,  -ere,  -iiinxi,  -iunc-    Carrae,  -arum,  f.  Carrae. 

tus,  to  join  fo^  attach,  consulatus,    -us,    m.   consul- 

alter,  -era,  -erum,  other^  sec-        ship. 

ond.  inde,  adv.  from  that  place, 

bis,  adv.  twice,  matrimonium, -i,n.marrm^e. 

^  Proper  names  are  not  ordinarily  given  in  the  vocabularies  to  the 
reading  exercises,  unless  they  present  some  difficulties. 


148 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


nobilis,  -e,  nolle. 
novem,  (indeclin.)  nine, 
opes,  -um,  f.  plur.  power. 
orior,  -iri,  -ortus,  to  arise. 
Parthicus,  -a,  -um,  Parthian. 
proroga,  -are,  to  extend, 
qxiinqueimiuin,-i,ii.^«;e  years. 
renovo,  -are,  to  renew. 


Rhenus,  -i,  m.  the  Rhine. 
Ehodanus,  -i,  m.  the  Rhone. 
seditio,  -5iiis,  f.  uprising. 
sooietas,  -atis,  f.  alliance. 
suspicio,  -ere,  -spexi,  -spectus, 

to  suspect. 
transgredior,  -i,  -gressus,  to 

cross. 


LESSON  XLIII 
THE  COMPOUNDS  OF  SUM 

342  The  only  compounds  of  sum  which  present  any 
peculiarities  are  possum,  caUy  be  ahUy  and  prosum,  to 
be  of  advantage  to^  to  help.  Learn  the  Indicative, 
Subjunctive,  and  Infinitive  entire  of  these  verbs 
(486). 

{a)  Possum  is  a  compound  of  potis,  dble^  and  sum; 
therefore  the  t  appears  everywhere  before  a  vowel,  e.  g., 
potest,  poteram,  etc.  Prdsum  is  compounded  of  prod  (an 
old  form  of  pro)  and  sum. 


343  DATIVE  WITH  COMPOUNDS 

1.  Peditibus  occurrit. 

2.  Equitatui  praefuit. 


He  met  the  infantry. 

He  was  in  charge  of  the  cav- 
alry. 

He  has  been  put  in  com- 
mand of  the  cavalry. 

These  things  will  he  to  your 
advantage. 

(a)  Notice  that  the  Dative,  not  the  Accusative,  is 
used  with  these  Verbs  Compounded  with  the  preposi- 


3.  Equitatui  praefectus  est. 

4.  Haec  tibi  proderunt. 


THE  COMPOUNDS  OF  SUM  149 

tions  ob,  prae,  and  pro.  Many  compound  Latin  verbs  are 
intransitive  and  have  the  Dative  depending  on  them 
thus  ;•  but  their  English  equivalents  are  often  transitive. 

344  Hule, — The  Dative  is  used  with  many  verbs  compounded 
with  adf  ante,  con,  in,  inter,  ob,  post,  prae,  pro,  sub, 
and  super. 

W.  332 ;  B.  187,  iii ;  AG.  228 ;  H.  429. 

345  VOCABULARY 

consisto,   -ere,   -stiti,  — ,  to  praesum,  -esse,  -fui,  -futurus, 

stand,  halt,  to    be    in    command    of, 

fossa,  -ae,  f.  ditch,  (Compare  praeficio.  283). 

interim,  adv.  meanwhile.  profectio,  -onis,  f.  departure 

occurro,  -ere,  -curri,  -cursu-  (proficiscor,  298). 

rus,  to  go  to  7neet,  resist,  pr6p5ii5,  -ere,  -posui,  -posi- 

oratio,  -onis,  f.  speech,^  tus  (pro  +  pono,  314),  to 

orior,  -iri,   ortus,    to    arise.  set  forth,  tell,  offer, 

peditatus,-us,m./(90^-50?6?^er5,  quo,  adv.  whither,  to  which 

infantry  (pedes,  291).  place, 

polliceor,  -eri,  -itus,  to  prom-  tandem,  adv.  at  last,  finally, 

ise,  velociter,  adv.  swiftly, 

346  1.  Ille  legatus,  qui  peditatui  praefuit,  constitit  non 
procul  a  classe,  et  magna  voce  apud  imperitam  et  egen- 
tem  multitudinem  orationem  habuit.  2.  Deinde  quibus- 
dam  proposuit  quo  hostes  progrederentur  et  quot  con- 
venissent ;  hortabatur  ut  eos  consequerentur  et  osfcendit 
victoriam  suis  profuturam  esse.  3.  Pollicetur  se  eTs  mul- 
tum  etiam  argentum  daturum  esse,  quo  fruantur  quoque 
aedificia  domosque  faciant.  4.  Centurionem  quendam 
multitudini  praefecit,  ac  iussit  eum  hastis  pilisque  eos 
armare ;  postquam  sol  ortus  est,  silentio  peditatum  prae- 
mittit.  5.  Arbitrabatur  eos,  si  velociter  progrederentur, 
exercitum  cui  Quintus  praeesset  consequi  posse.  6.  Se- 
cunda  hora  hostes,  nullo  certo   ordine   profecti,  effece- 

^  orationem  habere,  to  make,  a  speech. 


150  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

runt  ut  similis  fugae  profectio  videretur.  7.  Interim 
nonniiUi  convenerunt  et  vacua  ab  militibus  aedificia  esse 
audiverunt;  statim  clamorem  ingentem  tollunt  et  pro- 
grediuntur.  8.  Propter  altitudinem  fossae,  peditatus  cui 
centurio  praeerat  neque  sequi  neque  reverti  poterat. 
9.  Quaesivit  ab  eis  cur  aut  de  sua  salute  aut  de  ipsius  dili- 
gentia  desperarent.  Post  banc  orationem  velociter  hosti- 
bus  occurrerunt.  10.  Tandem  coniugibus  bostium  sig- 
nisque  potiti  sunt  et  domum  discesserunt  ne  iniquam 
condicionem  experlrentur. 

347  1.  The  infantry,  of  which  Labienus  was  in  charge, 
halted  not  far  from  the  ditch.  2.  Caesar  put  Labienus  in 
charge  of  the  infantry,  which  then  went  to  meet^  the 
army.  3.  He  promises  that  he  will  lead  them  off  home, 
if  they  show  themselves  brave  men.  4.  They  were  able 
neither  to  advance  nor  to  retreat,  and  it  was  of  no  avail 
to  them  to  have  found  out  the  enemy's  plans.  5.  He 
asked  them  why  they  had  not  set  out  and  gone  to  meet 
the  enemy.  6.  In  the  meantime  the  sun  rose ;  he  deliv- 
ered a  speech  in  which  he  told  them  where  his  brother 
had  gone.  7.  That  their  departure  might  not  have  the 
appearance  of  flight,  they  advanced  with  a  shout  and 
showed  their  spears.  8.  If  Caesar  had  been  in  charge  of 
those  troops,  they  would  not  have  despaired  of  their  lives  ^ 
and  returned  home. 


LESSON   XLIV 

VOLO,   NOLO,  MALO 

348  Learn  the  Indicative,  Subjunctive,  and  Infini- 
tives of  volo,  to  loisJi^  nolo,  to  be  umoiUing^  and  malo, 
to  prefer  (487). 

^  One  word.  «  salus. 


VOLO,   NOLO,   MlLO  \      151 

(a)  Nolo  is  compounded  of  ne,  not,  and  void ;  malo  of 
the  stem  of  magis,  more,  and  volo. 

(S)  Notice  that  the  Present  Indicative,  and  the  Pres- 
ent and  Imperfect  Subjunctive  are  the  only  tenses  in 
which  any  irregular  forms  appear.  None  of  these  verbs 
has  a  Future  Infinitive. 

(o)  These  verbs  are  all  followed  by  the  Complemen- 
tary or  Object  Infinitive. 

349  VOCABULARY 

adorior,    -iri,    -ortus    (ad+  militaris,  -e,  pertaining    to 

orior,    345),    to    rise    up  war  (miles,  142). 

against,  attack,  assault*  omnino,      adv.      altogether, 

alter,    altera,    alterum,    the  wholly/. 

otheroftwo  {^Qd)»    (Com-  patior,  -i,  passus,  to  suffer, 

pare  alius,  331.)  allovj, 

debe5,  -ere,  debui,   debitns,  prope,  adv.  and  prep,  with 

to  owe,  ought,  accu.  near, 

fere,  adv.  almost}  quantus,  -a,  -um,  how  great, 

improviso,     adv.     suddenly,  as  great  asJ^ 

unexpectedly,  quisque,    quaeque,    quidque, 

intermitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -mis-  each  one.^ 

sus,  to  stop,  interrupt,  let  subsidium,  -i,  n.  reserve,  aid, 

pass, 

350  1.  Centurio,  qui  peditatui  praeerat,  subsidium  ad  Caesa- 
rem  mittere  volebat,  sed  imperitus  rei  militaris*  erat. 
2,  Alium  ducem  peditatui  praeficere  nolebat  Caesar  ne 
omnino  timidis  hominibus  ^  spem  salutis  tolleret.     3.  Cae- 

^  Used  chiefly  with  numerals  and  negative  adjectives  and  adverbs ; 
paene,  305,  is  of  wider  application  and  is  found  with  verbs  as  well. 

^  Frequently  used  as  a  correlative  with  tantus,  252 :  tantam 
multitudinem  interfecerunt  quantum  diei  tempus  est  passum. 

They  killed  as  great  a  number  as  the  time  allowed. 

8  Declined  in  full,  478.  ^  res  militaris,  science  of  war, 

^  Translate  from. 


152  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

sar  copias  pedestris  a  labore  revocavit  atque  hostis  secutus 
est  quantum  diei  tempus  est  passum,  ut  altero  die  milne 
eis  occurreret.  4.  Maluit  imperitum  ducem  classi  prae- 
esse  quam  alium  in  tanta  difficultate  praefici,  quod  hostis 
improvlso  adoriri  voluit.  5.  Arbores  magna  altitudine 
prope  classem  erant;  caelum  nubibus  occultabatur  ut 
nostri  ab  hostibus  neque  audiri  neque  videri  possent. 
6.  Confidebat,  si  pectiniam  eis  polliceretur,  se  ab  eis  im- 
petratiirum  esse  ut  domos  finitimorum  incenderent  et  se 
sequerentur.  7.  Xiillum  fere  diem  intermittebant  quin 
pedestri  proelio  experirentur  quid  in  quoque  animi  esset ; 
ac  paene  cotidie  decem  milium  passuum  iter  facere  sole- 
bant.  8.  Non  intellego  utrum  consilium  probes,  neque 
quisquam  est  qui  se  iiidicare  posse  dicat.  9.  Nisi  fossa 
essemus  impediti  quin  hostibus  velociter  occurrissemus, 
numquam  morati  essemus.  10.  Non  modo  bonam  fortii- 
nam  sperare  debes,  sed  etiam  malam  cum  fortitiidine 
experiri.     Beatus  ille,  cui  pauca  satis  sunt ! 

351  1.  On  the  second  day  Caesar  wished  to  advance 
swiftly,  in  order  that  he  might  attack  the  enemy  unex- 
pectedly. 2.  The  soldiers  allowed  hardly  a  day  to  pass  ^ 
without  advancing  many  miles.  3,  They  preferred  to  do 
this  rather  than^  to  be  defeated  in  battle  line.  4.  As 
long  as  the  time  of  day  allowed,  they  followed  the  enemy, 
for  Caesar  had  promised  them  much  money.  5.  They 
were  unwilling  to  leave  the  fleet  before  midnight,  for  fear 
they  should  be  seen  or  heard.  6.  He  does  not  doubt  that 
if  he  places  another  in  charge  of  the  infantry,  the  soldiers 
will  despair  of  their  lives.  7.  Caesar  wished  to  set  out 
early  the  next  day,  in  order  to  engage  the  enemy. 

^  Compare  350,  7.  *  quam. 


READING  EXERCISE  '     153 

352  READING  EXERCISE 

The  Beginning  of  Civil  War  (52-48  B.  C.) 

Itaque  Pompeius,  postquam  consul  sine  collega  creatus 
est,  legem  tulit^  ne  cui  absent!  consulatum  petere  liceret, 
qua  lege  plebiscitum  abrogavit,  quo  paulo  ante  Caesari 
permissum  erat  ut  absens  alterum  consulatum  peteret; 
atque  inimici  Caesaris  senatui  persuaserunt  ut  ante  tem- 
pus  ex  Gallia  revocaretur.  Turn  Caesar  suos  milites  est 
hortatus  ut  imperatorem  cuius  ductu  ^  tot  annis  plurima 
proelia  secunda  fecissent  finisque  imperi  Roman!  auxis- 
sent,  ab  inim!c!s  defenderent,  et  trans  Rubiconem,  quod 
flumen  est  inter  Galliam  Cisalp!nam  ^  et  Italiam,  conten- 
dit.  Consules  senatusque  omnis  cum  Pompeio  ex  urbe  et 
ex  Italia  in  Graeciam  fugerunt,  ubi  bellum  contra  Caesa- 
rem  paraverunt.  Is  vacua  urbe  aerarioque  pot!tus  est  et 
dictatorem  se  fecit.  Inde  Hispanias  *  petiit :  ibi  Pompe! 
exercitus  validissimos  fortissimosque  cum  ducibus  supera- 
vit,  sed  m!lites  omms  incolumis  d!m!sit.  Deinde  post- 
quam Massiliam  expugnavit,  Romam  rediit^  et  consul 
creatus  est  cum  Publio  Servilio.  Mox  in  Graeciam  pro- 
fectus  est  ut  contra  Pompeium  d!micaret.  Pr!m5  proelio 
v!ctus  est  et  fugatus ;  sed  non  est  captus  quod  Pompeius 
noctu  sequ!  noluit,  dixitque  Caesar  nee  Pompeium  sc!re 
vincere  ac  se  effecturum  esse  ut  postea  numquam  superari 
posset. 

SPECIAL  VOCABULARY 
abrogo,    -are,    to    abrogate^    aerarium,  -i,  n.  treasury, 

abolish.  Cisalpinus,  -a,  -mn,  this  side 

absens,  absent.  the  Alps. 

*  Perf.  indie,  act.  of  fero,  to  carry ;  with  legem,  to  have  a  law 
passed.  ^  Under  whose  leadership. 

8  Roughly  that  portion  of  northern  Italy  which  is  included  in  the 
modern  Piedmont,  Lombardy,  and  Emilia. 

*  Spain  was  at  this  time  divided  into  two  provinces. 

*  Returned, 


154 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


collega,  -ae,  m.  colleague. 
consulatus,  -us,    m.    consul- 


cred,  -are,  to  elect. 
dictator,  -5ris,  m.  dictator. 
dimittd,  -ere,  -misi,  -missus 

(di  +  mitto),  to  send  away. 
ductus,    -us,    m.    leadership 

(dux). 


lex,  legis,  f.  law. 

ne  quis,  that  not  .  .  .  any- 
one (478). 

noctu,  adv.  hy  night. 

permitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missus 
(per  +  mitto),  to  allow ^  en- 
trust. 

plebiscitum,  -i,  n.  vote  of  the 
people. 


LESSON  XLY 

COMMANDS   AND   PROHIBITIONS 

353  Learn  the  Imperatives  of  all  the  paradigms 
479-486,  and  of  nolo,  487.  The  pres.  imper.  sing, 
of  dico,  duco,  facio,  and  fero  ^  are  die,  due,  fae,  and 
far ;  their  other  imperative  forms  are  regular. 


354 


Examples 


1.  Haec  lauda. 

2.  N51i  haec  laudare. 

3.  Cave  ne  haec  laudes. 

4.  Fac  (vide)  ne  haec  laudes. 


Praise  these  things. 
Don't  praise  these  things. 
Take  care  not  to  praise  these 

things. 
See  that  you  do  not  praise 

these  things. 

(a)  The  first  example  illustrates  the  common  way  of 
expressing  a  Command  or  Request  in  the  second  per- 
son;^ in  the  first  and  third  persons,  and  sometimes  in 

^  The  full  conjugation  of  this  verb  will  be  given  later. 
*  The  future  imperative  is  rare,  being  only  used  in  sentences 
stating  an  expected  result  or  in  formal  language,  laws,  etc. 


COMMANDS   AND   PROHIBITIONS  155 

the  second,  the  Hortatory  or  Jussive  Subjunctive  is 
used,  239. 

(5)  The  second  example  illustrates  the  most  common 
way  of  expressing  a  Prohibition  in  the  second  person; 
sometimes  the  imperatives  cave,  heware^  fac  or  vide,  see 
to  it^  followed  by  ne  and  the  present  subjunctive,  are 
used  as  in  3  and  4. 

{g)  For  prohibitions  in  the  first  and  third  persons,  the 
Hortatory  Subjunctive  is  used,  239. 

355  Rule. — The  Imperative  states  the  action  of  the  verb  as  a 
Command  or  Request. 

W.  495 ;  B.  281 ;  AG.  269 ;  H.  560. 

356  jRii^e.— Prohibitions  are  regularly  expressed  by  noli 
{nbllte)  with  the  Infinitive ;  sometimes  by  cave,  fac  or 
vide,  with  ne  and  the  present  subjunctive. 

W.  496,  1.3;  B.  276,  c;  AG.  269,  a,  2.3;  H.  561. 

357  VOCABULARY 

caved,  -ere,  cavi,  cautus,  to  incertus,  -a,  -um  (in  +  certus, 

he  on    one^s  guard,   take        192),  uncertain. 

care  not.  instituo,   -ere,  -ui,  -utus,   to 
complures,  -ia    or  -a    (gen.        iegin. 

-ium),  several.  mercator,  -oris,  m.  trader. 

conficio,    -ere,    -feci,    -fectus  opus,  -eris,  n.  tvorJc. 

(con  +  facio,  272),  ^0  com-  quamquam,   conj.   although, 

plete,  finish,  weaken.  and  yet} 

defessus,  -a,  -um,  tired  out.  quidem,  adv.  at  least,  in  fact, 
excito,  -are,  to  arouse.  etc. 

facultas,  -atis,  f .  opportunity,  voluntas,  -atis,  f .  will,  wish. 

358  1.  Habetis,  milites,  facultatem  quam  voluistis  ;  iniqno 
loco  et  improvTso  adorimini  hostis,  nolite  cedere.  2.  No- 
lite  unam  quidem  horam  opus  intermittere ;  ducem  ip- 
sum  audire  haec  et  videre  existimate  ;   subsidium  mit- 

*  Used  with  the  Indicative, 


156  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

tite.  3.  Videte  ne  loco  cedatis ;  multam  vobis  pecuniam 
propono  et  hanc  me  vobIs  daturum  esse  polliceor,  si 
hostis  consequamini.  4.  Opus  conficiamus ;  tela,  hastas 
pilaque,  expediamus ;  insignis  erit  vobis  gloria,  si  hostis 
premetis.  5.  Constiterunt  milites  et  ad  opus  discesse- 
runt ;  quisque  altero  die  cognoscere  voluit  quo  hostes  se 
recepissent.  6.  "Arbores  portate  ut  castra  miiniatis." 
Hac  oratione  moti  milites,  quamquam  defessi  erant,  se  ex 
quiete  excitaverunt  et  opus  instituerunt.  7.  Aliae  ^  gentes 
equis  magnopere  delectantur,  aliae  eos  sacros  habent ;  ad 
banc  gentem  ab  mercatoribus  portantur.  8.  Germani 
complures  annos  a  Suebis  premebantur ;  hi  nihil  omnino 
contra  suam  voluntatem  facere  solebant.  9.  Cave  ne 
existimes  eos  domum  reversuros  esse;  spero  et  confido 
eos  revertisse,  sed  incertum  est.  10.  Non  imperiti  rei 
militaris  sunt ;  paene  cotidianis  proeliis  contendere  male- 
bant  quam  pace  frui. 

359  1.  Halt,  soldiers,  and  pitch  camp  ;  see  that  the  enemy 
do  not  attack  you  unexpectedly.  2.  Do  not  desist  from 
the  work ;  believe  that  Caesar  sees  all  that  you  do.  3.  The 
opportunity  that  you  desired  is  here ;  be  brave  men ; 
fight  as  long  as  the  time  of  day  will  allow.^  4.  It  was  un- 
certain which  of  the  two  plans  Caesar  approved ;  but  the 
soldiers  preferred  to  fight.  5.  Although  they  were  tired, 
they  set  to  work  as  soon  as  the  sun  had  risen.  6.  They 
were  nearly  all  aroused  by  this  speech,  nor  was  there 
anyone  who  did  not  wish  to  meet  the  enemy.  7.  They 
never  did  anything  which  they  did  not  wish  to  do ;  ^  still 
they  were  skilled  in  military  matters.  8.  They  asked  the 
traders,  of  whom  there  were  several  present,  what  they 
brought. 

^  aliae  .  .  .  aliae,  some  .  .  .  others, 

«  Compare  350,  3. 

*  voluntas ;  compare  358,  8. 


THE  VERBS  EO  AND  fIo  157 

LESSON  XLYI 

THE  VERBS   EO  AND   FIO 

eo,  ire,  (ivi)  ii,  itiirus,  to  go. 

360  Learn  the  Indicative,  Subjunctive,  Imperative, 
and  Infinitives,  488. 

{a)  The  stem  is  -i- ;  this  appears  as  -e-  in  the  forms  eo, 
eunt,  eunto,  and  in  the  present  subjunctive  throughout. 

fio,  fieri,  factus,  to  he  made^  lecome. 

361  Learn  the  Indicative,  Subjunctive,  Imperative, 
and  Infinitives,  488. 

{a)  Notice  that  the  1  is  long  except  in  the  form  fit 
and  when  followed  by  -er. 

(J)  Fio  is  the  passive  of  facio  ;  but  compounds  of  facio 
which,  like  efficio,  change  the  a  to  i  have  regular  passives, 
e.  g.,  efficior,  effici,  effectus. 

362  VOCABULARY 

adulescens,  -ntis,  m.  and  f.  noced,  -ere,  nocui,  nociturus, 

young  man  or  woman,  to  Jiarm,^ 

circumvenio,  -ire,  -veni,  -ven-  noctu,  adv.  hy  night  (nox). 

tus  (circum  +  venid,  276),  nondum,  adv.  not  yet. 

to  surround.  opprimo,  -ere,  -pressi,  -pres- 

coepi,  -isse,   coeptus,   to    le-  sus  (ob  +  premo,  291),  to 

gin.^  overwhelm. 

ediico,  -ere,  -xi,  -ctus   (e  +  permitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missus 

duco,  264),  to  lead  forth.  (per+initto,260),  ^o^^eZ^, 

expeditus,    -a,    -um,    lightly  surrender^  permit. 

Mirdened^    unincumbered  procedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  cessurus 

(expedio,  283).  (pro  +  cedo,  338),   to  ad- 

latus,  -eris,  n.  side^  flanh.  vance. 

^  The  present  system  is  supplied  by  incipio,  -ere. 
*  Used  with  the  dative. 


158  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

363  1.  Eosdem  quos  in  fuga  esse  arbitrabantur,  ad  se  Ire 
viderunt;  itaque  ipsi  fugere  coeperunt.  2.  Fiebat  ut 
clamor  post  tergum  tolleretur.  Turn  undique  convene- 
runt  hostes  et  nostros  ab  latere  sinistro  adorti,  cireumve- 
nerunt.  3.  Interim  adulescentem  quendam  praemisit, 
qui  eos  magnopere  hortaretur  ne  longius  tali  tempore 
procederent.  4.  Sol  iam  ortus  erat,  sed  ei  qui,  ut  hostis 
opprimerent,  trans   fossam   ierant,  nondum  reverterant. 

5.  Nolite  fuga  saltitem  petere;  primum  consistite,  deinde 
contra  hostis  velociter  ite;  sic  spero  vos  servari  posse. 

6.  Etsi  propter  altitiidinem  fltiminis  erat  summa  difficultas, 
tamen  copias  pedestris  noctu  tradiicere  coepit.  7.  Caesar 
postquam  quid  a  quoque  fieri  velit  ostendit,  legiones 
expeditas  ediicit ;  statim  se  suaque  omnia  potestati  eius 
permiserunt  hostes.  8.  Haec  ad  se  portari  ab  mercatori- 
bus  Germani  non  patiuntur,  quod  ea  sibi  nocere  existi- 
mant.  9.  Una  nocte  Germani  eos  vulneribus  doloreque 
confectos  adorti  omnis  oppresserunt.  10.  Hie  est  Gallo- 
rum  mos,  ut  mercatores,  etiam  invitos,  consistere  cogant, 
et  quid  quisque  eorum  de  quaque  re  audierit,  quaerant. 

364  1.  Caesar  ordered  them  first  to  make  camp,  then  to  go 
against  the  enemy.  2.  He  showed  what  he  wished  to  be 
done  by  each  man,  that  they  might  not  be  surrounded 
and  attacked  on  all  sides.  3.  Finish  the  work  which  you 
have  begun  ;  do  not  surrender  yourselves  and  all  your 
possessions  to  them.  4.  The  Germans  thought  that 
many  things  which  the  traders  brought  injured  them. 
5.  Therefore  some  tribes  did  not  allow  the  traders  to  go 
to  them,  but  used  what  they  themselves  had.  6.  The 
si  arming  of  the  town  was  so  difiicult  for  the  right  flank 
that  nearly  everybody  was  killed.  7.  They  would  have 
begun  to  march  early,  if  there  had  not  been  the  greatest 
difficulty  on  account  of  their  baggage. 


READING  EXERCISE  159 

365  READING   EXERCISE 

The  Civil  Wars  {continued) 

Deinde  in  Thessalia  ad^  Pharsalum  ingentibus  co- 
piis  diu  dimicatum  est.  Postremo  victus  est  Pompeius : 
ipse  f  ugatus  ^  Alexandream  petiit  ut  a  rege  Aegypti  acci- 
peret  auxilia.  Sed  hie  fortimam  magis  quam  amicitiam 
secutus^  occidit  Pompeium  et  caput  eius  ad  Caesarem 
misit;  qui,  ubi  caput  tanti  viri  et  generi  quondam  sui 
vidit,  etiam  lacrimas  ftidisse  dicitur. 

Mox  Caesar  Alexandream  *  venit.  Ipsum  quoque  Pto- 
lemaeus  conatus  est  interficere;  itaque  regi  bellum  illa- 
tum  est,^  qui  victus  in  N"ilo  moritur.  Caesar  Alexandre  a 
potitus,^  regnum  Cleopatrae  dedit,  Ptolemaei  sorori. 
Deinde  Pharnacem  qui  ad  Pompeium  in  Graeciam  auxi- 
lium  miserat,  acie  vicit ;  postea  ad  mortem  eum  coegit. 
Postquam  Eomam  revertit,  se  consulem  cum  Lepido  col- 
lega  fecit.  Deinde  in  Africam  profectus,^  suos  inimicos 
post  multa  proelia  superavit.  Ubi  Cato,  qui  non  longe 
ab  urbe  Utica  castra  posuerat,  certior  est  factus  de  vic- 
toriis  eius,  mortem  sibi  conscivit. 

Post  annum  Caesar  Eomam  revertit  ubi  quarto  se  con- 
sulem fecit.  Ei  tamen  quiete  frui  non  licuit :  statim  in 
Hispanias  est  profectus,  quod  ibi  Pompei  filii,  Gnaeus  et 
Sextus,  ingens  bellum  paraverant.  Multa  proelia  secuta 
sunt  quorum  ultimum  ad  Mundam  erat.  In  hoc  proelio 
Caesar  paene  victus  est  ut  se  voluerit  occidere  ne  post 
tantam  rei  militaris  gloriam  in  potestatem  inimicorum 

^  Near, 

2  Perf.  pass,  partic.  agreeing  with  ipse. 

3  Observe  that  the  perf.  partic.  of  a  deponent  verb  has  an  active 
meaning. 

4  See  236,  10. 

^  Perf.  indie,  pass,  of  Tnfero,  an  irregular  verb  which  is  treated 
in  Lesson  LI ;  translate,  was  brought  on. 


160  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

venerit;  denique  suos  in  aciem  reduxit  vTcitque  hostis. 
Ex  Pompei  f iliis  maior  ^  occisus  est,  minor  f ugit. 

SPECIAL   VOCABULARY 

conscisco,  -ere,  -scivi,  -scitns,  gener,  -eri,  m.  son-in-law. 

to  determine ;   with  mor-  gloria,  -ae,  f .  glory, 

tern  sibi,  to  commit  sui-  lacrima,  -ae,  f.  tear. 

cide,  postremo,  adv.  finally. 

fortuna,  -ae,  f .  fortune.  quarto,  adv.  for  the  fourth 
fiindd,  -ere,    fudi,    fusus,  to        time. 

pour  out.  Boror,  -oris,  f.  sister. 


LESSON  XLVII 
TEMPORAL  CLAUSES 

366  Examples 

1.  Postquam  Caesar  pervenit,  obsides  poposcit. 
After  Caesar  arrived^  he  demanded  hostages. 

2.  TJbi  parati  sunt,  oppida  sua  incenderunt. 

When  they  were  prepared^  they  set  their  towns  on  fire. 

3.  Cum  primum  potuit,  ad  exercitiun  contendit. 
As  soon  as  he  could^  he  hurried  to  the  army. 

(a)  The  pupil  will  remember  that  similar  sentences 
have  been  used  frequently  in  the  preceding  lessons. 
Such  temporal  clauses  usually  refer  to  a  single  past 
action  and  take  the  Perfect  Indicative. 

Rule. — Postquam,  after ^  ubi,  ut,  when,  cum  prtmuni, 
ubi  primum,  simul  atque  (simul  ac),  as  soon  as,  when 
referring  to  a  single  past  action,  are  used  with  the  Perfect 
Indicative. 

W.  530,  531 ;  B.  287;  AG.  324;  H.  602. 

^  maior  is  often  used  to  mean  the  elder;  minor,  the  younger. 
Compare  maiores,  ancestors. 


TEMPORAL  CLAUSES  '   161 

367  CLAUSES  INTRODUCED  BY  ANTEQUAM*AND 

PRIUSQUAM  1 

Examples 

1.  Oppidum  ndn  antequam  tela  deerant  expugnatum  est. 

The  town  was  not  taken  until  arms  failed. 

2.  Neque  prius  fugere  destiterunt  quam  ad  flumen  perve- 

nerunt. 
They  did  not  stop  fleeing  until  they  reached  the  river. 

3.  Caesar  priusquam  haec  faciat,  castra  oppugnabit. 
Before   Caesar  does  {shall  do)  this^  he  will  storm  the 

camp, 

4.  Prmsquam  id  effici  posset,  Romani  aderant. 
The  Romans  were  there  before  that  could  he  done, 

(a)  Notice  that  in  the  first  two  sentences  the  clauses 
introduced  by  antequam  and  priusquam  express  an  actual 
fact  and  have  the  Indicative ;  but  in  sentences  3  and  4 
the  clauses  express  an  act  as  anticipated  and  have  the 
Subjunctive. 

368  Rule, — Antequam  and  priusquam  are  used  with  the 
Indicative  to  express  an  actual  fact ;  with  the  Subjunctive 
to  express  an  act  as  anticipated. 

W.  534;  B.  291,  292;  AG.  327;  H.  605. 

369  CLAUSES  INTRODUCED  BY   DUM 

Examples 

1.  Dum  haec  geruntur,  ad  flumen  contenderunt. 

While  this  was  leing  done.,  they  hurried  to  the  river, 

2.  Dum  erat  facultas,  abibant. 

So  long  as  there  luas  a  chance.,  they  went  away, 

1  Antequam  and  priusquam  are  compounded  of  the  adverbs 
ante,  prius,  and  the  conjunction  quam ;  they  are  often  separated : 
ante  .  .  .  quam,  prius  .  .  .  quam,' as  in  sentence  2. 
11 


162  FIRST   LATIN  BOOK 

3.  Caesar  exspectat  dum  naves  conveniant. 

Caesar  is  ivaiting  until  the  ships  (shall)  assemble. 

4.  Caesar  non  exspectavit  dum  Helvetii  pervenirent. 
Caesar  did  not  wait  until  the  Helvetii  should  arrive. 

{a)  Notice  that  in  sentence  1  dum,  while,  is  used  with 
the  Present  Indicative  expressing  a  continued  action  in 
past  time.  The  Present  is  used,  as  the  clause  expresses 
something  which  was  going  on  at  the  same  time  with  the 
action  of  the  principal  verb;  but  we  translate  by  the 
past. 

(b)  When,  as  in  sentence  2,  dum  means  so  long  as, 
any  tense  of  the  Indicative  may  be  used. 

(c)  Notice  that  in  sentences  3  and  4  dum,  until,  in- 
troduces clauses  of  expected  action  and  that  the  Sub- 
junctive is  used.* 

370  Bule.—Dunif  while,  is  used  with  the  Present  Indicative ; 
diinif  so  long  as,  with  any  tense  of  the  Indicative;  but 
dum,  until,  introducing  a  clause  of  expected  action,  is  used 
with  the  Subjunctive. 

W.  523  ;  B.  293 ;  AG.  328 ;  H.  603. 

371  VOCABULARY 

abeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -ituKis  (ab+  intercludo, -ere, -clusi, -clusus, 

eo,  360),  to  go  away.  to  cut  off. 

compleo,  -ere,  -evi,  -etus,  to  posco,  -ere,  poposci  (poscitu- 

fill,  cover.  rus),  to  demand. 

concedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessurus  pr6vide6,-ere,-vidi,-visus(pr6 

(cnni  +  cedo,  338),  to  yield.  +  video,  229),  to  provide. 

eruptid,  -onis,  f .  sally.  transeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -iturus  (trans 

extra^  prep,  outside  of.  -\-  eo,  360),  to  cross. 

*  Sometimes  dnni,  until^  introduces  an  actual  event ;  it  is  then 
used  with  the  Indicative:  exspectaverunt  dum  pervenit  They 
waited  until  he  arrived  (not  for  Mm  to  arrive). 


TEMPORAL   CLAUSES  163 

372  1.  Cum  primum  facultas  data  est,  copias  edftxit  et 
montem  militibus  complere  coepit.  2.  Non  prius  eum 
abire  patiiintur  qaam  ab  eo  concessum  sit,  ut  hostibus 
altero  die  occurrereiit.  3.  Non  prius  ille  vacuus  a  militi- 
bus relictus  est  locus  quam  eruptio  est  facta.  •  4.  Dum 
adulescentes  longius  procedunt,  hostes  qui  undique  con- 
venerunt  eruptionem  fecerunt  et  eos  castris  intercluse- 
runt.  5.  Dum  tempus  noctis  patiebatur,  quiete  per  her- 
bam  fruebantur.  Ubi  sol  ortus  est,  abibant,  atque  eo  die 
multa  milia  passuum  procedebant.  6.  Dixit  eos  ipsos 
quidem  non  debere  dubitare,  quin  hostes  progredi  extra 
agmen  auderent.  7.  Exspectavit  dum  omnes  undique  con- 
venirent ;  antequam  abiret,  quid  in  tanta  difficultate  vel- 
let,  imperavit.  8.  In  eiusmodi  difficultatibus,  quantum 
diligentia  provideri  poterat,  sapienter  providebatur.  Sig- 
num  profectionis  datum  est  priusquam  hostes  domum 
discederent.  9.  Priusquam  ei  certiores  fierent,  obsides 
poposcit,  atque  postquam  hi  traditi  sunt,  Mmen  transiit. 
10.  Nihil  erat  quod  se  virtute  non  efficere  posse  puta- 
rent,  nee  prius  sequi  destiterunt  quam  miiro  portisque 
adpropinquaverunt. 

373  1.  So  long  as  the  night  allowed,  they  advanced ;  but 
they  did  not  arrive  before  the  sun  rose.  2.  As  soon  as 
they  arrived,  he  began  to  lead  forth  his  troops  and  to 
cross  the  river.  3.  He  brought  all  his  legions  together 
into  one  place,  before  the  Gauls  could  be  informed  of  his 
arrival.  4.  The  enemy  waited  until  he  should  cover  the 
hill  with  men,  before  they  made  an  attack.  5.  While  the 
soldiers  were  pitching  and  fortifying  the  camp,  the  young 
men  made  a  sally.  6.  There  was  no  provision  ^  that  was 
not  made,  and  they  thought  that  with  courage  they  could 
do  everything.  7.  Do  not  stop  advancing  until  you 
arrive  near  the  wall  and  the  gates  of  the  city.     8.  After 

1  Compare  372,  8. 


164  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

the  hostages  had  been  handed  over,  Caesar  departed  and 
the  tired  soldiers  dispersed  to  their  homes. 


LESSON  XLYIII 
CLAUSES   INTRODUCED   BY  CUM 

CUM   TEMPORAL 
374  Examples 

1.  Tecum  videor  esse,  cum  tuas  litteras  lego. 

I  seem  to  he  toith  you  ivheii  I  read  your  letter, 

2.  Tum  eras  consul  cum  meam  domum  incendebant. 

You  luere  consul  at  the  time  ivlien  they  set  my  house  on 
fire. 

3.  Cum  Caesar  in  Galliam  venit,  principes  erant  Haedui. 
At  the  time  Caesar  entered  Gaul^  the  Haedui  were  the 

leaders, 

{a)  Notice  that  these  clauses  introduced  by  cum,  like 
those  in  366,  fix  or  determine  the  time  which  is  meant, 
and  have  the  Indicative.  Often  the  independent  part  of 
the  sentence  contains  tum,  eo  tempore,  then^  at  that  time^ 
or  a  similar  expression.  Compare  these  clauses  with  defin- 
ing Relative  Clauses  281, 5,  remembering  that  cum  is  itself 
a  relative. 

CUM  CIRCUMSTANTIAL 

376  Examples 

1.  Diutius  cum  sustinere  nostrdrum  impetus  n5n  possent, 
se  in  montem  receperunt. 

Being  unaile  to  (when  they  could  not)  withstand  the 
charges  of  our  soldiers  any  longer^  they  withdrew  to 
the  mountain. 


CLAUSES  INTHODUCED  BY  CUM       165 

2.  Caesari  cum  id  nuntiatum  esset,  in  Galliam  ulteridrem 

contendit. 

Whe7i  this  had  been  reported  to  Caesar,  he  hurried  into 
further  Gaul. 

3.  His  cum  persuadere  ii5n  possent,  legates  miserunt. 
Being  unable  to  {since  they  could  not)  persuade  these^ 

they  sent  envoys. 

4.  Cum  diu  pugnatum  sit,  hostem  videre  nemo  potuit. 
While  {although)  the  battle  lasted  a  long  time^  no  one 

could  see  an  enemy. 

{a)  Notice  that  all  these  clauses  introduced  by  cum 
express  not  the  time  so  much  as  the  situation  or  the  cir- 
cumstances, under  which  the  action  denoted  by  the  prin- 
cipal verb  took  place,  and  have  the  Subjunctive.  If  the 
Indicative  had  been  used  in  1  and  2,  cum  .  ,  .  non  pote- 
rant ;  cum  .  .  .  nuntiatum  erat,  to  give  the  full  meaning 
we  should  have  had  to  translate :  It  was  when  they  could 
not ;  It  was  when  report  had  been  made^  etc. 

{b)  In  English  we  use  either  a  participial  clause,  as  in 
the  translation  of  1  and  3,  or  a  relative  lohen^  as,  etc.,  to 
express  the  same  relation.  Such  clauses  in  English  may 
express  simply  the  circumstances  or  they  may  be  causal 
or  concessive :  e.  g.,  "  Being  in  town,  I  saw  him,"  may 
tell  nothing  but  the  circumstances  under  which  I  saw 
him ;  but  it  may  also  mean,  "  Because  I  was  in  town,  I 
saw  him "  ;  or  even  "  Although  I  was  in  town,  I  saw 
him."  Exactly  so  in  Latin,  circumstantial  clauses  with 
cum  and  the  Subjunctive  may  express  Cause  as  in  3,  or 
Concession  as  in  4. 

376  Mule.— Cum  is  used  with  the  Indicative  to  determine 
the  particular  time  of  an  action ;  with  the  Subjunctive  to 
state  the  situation  or  circumstances  of  an  action;  such 
clauses  may  also  express  Cause  or  Concession. 

W.  535,  536,  542,  571 ;  B.  288,  289,  309.  3 ;  AG.  325,  326 ;  H.  598, 
600,  601. 


166  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


377  VOCABULARY 

deficio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectus  (de  nascor,    nasci,    natus,  to  he 

+  facio,   272),  to  fail^  be  horn^  arise, 

loanting.  nocturnus,    -a,    -um,   of   the 

instruo, -ere,  -struxi,  -structus,  nighty  hy  night  (nox,  177). 

to  arrange^  draw  up,  perficio,    -ere,    -feci,    -fectus 

lego,    -ere,    legi,    lectus,    to  (per  +  facio,  272),  ^o /?i- 

read,  ish, 

littera,  -ae,  f.  letter  (of  the  produce,  -ere,  -xi,  -ctus  (pro 

alphabet),      plur.      letter  -\-dxicd,  26^)^  to  lead  forth, 

(epistle).  propinquus,  -a,  -um,    neigh- 

mwiitid^-dnis^t. fortification  boring-,  as  a  substantive, 

(munio,  291).  relative. 

378  1.  Caesar,  cum  suos  iniquo  loco  pugnaturos  esse  exTs- 
timaret,  eos  e  castris  educere  et  ab  ^  dextro  latere  hostium 
constituere  coepit.  2.  Dum  illi  de  condicionibus  inter  se 
agunt,^  littenis  ad  legatum  misit  ne  animo  deficeret. 
3.  Cum  vir  insigni  loco  natus  mortuus  est,  propinqui  con- 
veniunt  ut  de  morte  eius  quaerant.  4.  Nolite  vos  potes- 
tati  eorum  permittere ;  omnia  prius  experiantur  quam 
illud  consilium  probetis.  5.  Cum  ipse  centurio  vulneri- 
bus  aetateque  confectus  esset,  ne  nocturnum  quidem  sibi 
tempus  ad  quietem  relinquebat.  6.  Eo  tempore  cum 
eruptio  facta  est,  labore  vulneribusque  confectT  hostis  cir- 
cumveniebatis  et  a  castris  intercludebatis.  7.  Cum  mlli- 
tes  summo  studio  sTgnum  poscerent,  copias  produci 
aciemque  instrui  iussit.  8.  Antequam  suis  persuadere 
posset  ut  extra  munitiones  procederent,  hostes  fossam 
transierant.  9.  Labore  operis  quod  nondum  perfectum 
est  defessi,  simulque  adventu  hostium  perterriti,  neque 
eruptionem    facere    neque    aciem    instruere    audebant. 

^  Giving  the  direction  ;  translate  on, 
*  Often,  as  here,  to  discuss^  treat. 


CLAUSES  INTRODUCED  BY  CUM  167 

10.  Ubi  litteras  Caesaris  legit,  copias  expeditas  educi  et 
incertis  itineribus  noctu  ad  eum  ire  iussit. 

379  1.  When  he  arrived  at  the  camp,  he  learned  that  the 
neighboring  tribes  were  in  arms.  2.  Since  not  only  cour- 
age but  also  weapons  now  failed  our  men/  the  centurion 
ordered  them  to  withdraw.  3.  Although  they  were  tired 
out  by  the  long  march,  they  did  not  stop  ^  working  day  or 
night.  4.  The  enemy  filled  up  the  ditch  before  Caesar's 
soldiers  knew  what  was  being  done.  5.  At  the  very  time 
when  that  sally  took  place,  we  were  crossing  the  river. 
6.  Inasmuch  as  the  fortifications  had  not  yet  been  fin- 
ished, he  sent  a  letter  to  Caesar  for  aid.^  7.  While  this 
was  happening  in  Gaul,  Caesar  was  arming  the  young 
men.  8.  As  soon  as  he  had  read  the  letter,  he  went  to  the 
other  camp,  of  which  his  brother  was  in  charge.  9.  Being 
unable  to  persuade  the  soldiers  to  fight,  he  ordered  them 
to  withdraw  within  *  the  fortifications. 

380  READING   EXERCISE 

The  Assassination  of  Caesar  44  B.  C. 
lam  omnia  bella  civilia  toto  orbe^  terrarum  compo- 
suerat  ut  Eomam  reverti  posset.  Cum  plurimi  maximi- 
que  honores  a  senatu  decreti  essent,  inter  quos  ut^  pater 
patriae  appellaretur  ac  dictator  perpetuus  esset,  cives  ei  ^ 
irati  esse  coeperunt  quod  honores,  qui  a  populo  antea 
decernebantur,  dabat  eis  quibus  voluit,  et  senatui,^  qui  ei 
tantos  honores  dederat,  non  adsurgebat  aliaque  paene 
regia  insolentius  faciebat ;  sed  cum  populus  eum  regem 
appellavisset,  respondit  Oaesarem  se,  non  regem  esse,  et 
cum  a  cdnsule  Antonio  diadema  saepius  capiti^  admotum 


1  Dative.  ^  intermitto.     Compare  358,  2. 

3  Use  a  purpose  clause.         *  In  with  the  accu.        ^  Abl.  of  place. 
«  ut  .  .  .  appellaretur,  etc.,  a  substantive  clause  depending  on 
decreti  essent. 

'  Dative.  ®  Dat.  depending  on  a  compound  verb,  344, 


168  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

esset,  reppulit  atque  in  templum  lovis  misit.  Contra 
eum  multi  senatores  equitesque  coniuraverunt.  Princi- 
pes  inter  coniuratos  fuerunt  duo  Briiti,  Marcus  et  Decius, 
ex  eo  genere  BrutT,  qui  primus  consul  fuerat  et  reges  ex- 
pulerat,  Caius  Cassius  et  Servilius  Casca.  Ab  his  Caesar 
cum  inter  ceteros  ^  venisset  in  curiam,  multis  vulneribus 
occisus  est ;  deinde  Capitolium  occupatum  est.  Cum 
oblivio  caedis  eius  a  senatu  decreta  esset  atque  obsides 
accepti  essent,  coniurati  a  Capitolio  descenderunt.  Tes- 
tamento  Caesaris  inter  heredes  institiitus  et  in  nomen 
adoptatus  est  Caius  Octavius,  sororis  nepos ;  populo  Eo- 
mano  horti  trans  Tiberim  dati  sunt.  Corpus  Caesaris, 
cum  in  campum  Martium  portaretur,  a  plebe  ante  ros- 
tra ^  crematum  est. 

SPECIAL  VOCABULARY 

admoveo,  -ere,  -movi,  -motus,  duo,  two.^ 

to  'bring  near.  heres,  -edis,  m.  Jieir, 

adopto,  -are,  to  adopt,  insolenter,  adv.  haugJitily, 

adsurgd,  -ere,  -snrrexi,  -sur-  iratus,  -a,  -um,  angry. 

rectus,  to  rise  before.  nepos,  -otis,  m.  grandson, 

Capitolium,  -i,  n.  the  capitoh  oblivio,  -5nis,  f.  pardon. 

civilis,  -e,  civil.  orbis,   -is,    m.   circle  \    orbis 

compdnd,  -ere,  -posui,  -positns,  terrarum,  the  world. 

to  settle.,  finish.  perpetuus,  -a,  -um,  perpetual., 

conitiratus,  -i,   m.  conspira-  permanent. 

tor.  repello,  -ere,  reppuli,  -pulsus, 

curia,  -ae,  f .  senate-house.  to  put  away.,  refuse. 

decemd,  -ere,  -crevi,  -cretus,  rostra,  -drum,  n.  rostra.,  p>lat- 

to  vote.,  decree.  form  (for  speakers). 

diadema,  -atis,  n.  crown.  soror,  -oris,  f.  sister. 

dictator,  -oris,  m.  dictator.  testamentum,  -i,  n.  will. 

^  Supply  senatores. 

*  So  called  because  it  was  adorned  with  the  rams  (rostra)  of  cap- 
tured ships.  A  temple  was  afterward  built  at  the  spot  where  Caesar's 
body  was  burned.  ^  The  declension  will  be  given  later. 


CAUSE  AND  CONCESSION  169 

LESSON  XLIX 
CAUSE  AND   CONCESSION 

CAUSE 

381  One  of  the  most  common  ways  of  expressing 
cause  is  by  cum  and  the  Subjunctive,  376 ;  other 
particles  are  quod,  which  has  already  been  used, 
264,  quia,  and  quoniam,  because^  since. 

382  Examples 

1.  Quod  mons  aberat  mille  passus,  e5  se  receperunt. 

Because  the  mountain  was  a  mile  away^  they  withdrew 
to  it, 

2.  Quia  haec  fieri  non  posse  intellegebant. 

Because  they  understood  that  this  could  not  de  done, 

3.  Quoniam  me  v5biscum  servare  n5n  possum,  vos  quidem 

defendam. 
Since  I  cannot  save  myself  and  you^  I  will  defend  you 
at  least, 

4.  Aristides  expulsus  est  patria  quod  iustus  esset. 
Aristides  luas  driven  from  his  native  land^  because  (as 

people  said)  he  was  just, 

(a)  Notice  that  in  sentences  1-3  the  causal  clauses 
with  quod,  quia,  quoniam  and  the  Indicative  state  the 
reasons  as  those  of  the  writer  or  speaker,  while  in  4, 
where  the  reason  of  some  one  else  is  reported,  the  Sub- 
junctive is  used.  Such  a  Subjunctive  is  really  in  Indi- 
rect Discourse,  as  the  implied  quotation  shows.^ 

*  Naturally  when  a  verb  of  saying  or  thinking  is  expressed,  all 
causal  clauses,  being  subordinate,  must  have  the  Subjunctive. 


170  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

383  Rule, — Qiiod^  quia^  qurniiam,  because^  since^  are  used 
with,  the  Indicative  to  give  the  reason  of  the  speaker  or 
writer  ;  with  the  Subjunctive  to  give  the  reason  of  some  one 
else. 

W.  544-546,  B.  286;  AG.  321 ;  H.  588. 

CONCESSION 

384  Two  of  the  common  ways  of  expressing  con- 
cession are  by  cum  with  the  Subjunctive,  376,  and 
by  etsi,  even  if,  usually  with  the  Indicative,  314. 
Another  common  way  is  by  quamquam  with  the 
Indicative,  357. 

W.  570 ;  B.  309,  2 ;  AG.  313,  e  ;  H.  586. 

385  VOCABULARY 

accedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessums  incolo,  -ere,  -ui,  — ,  to  dwell, 

(ad  +  cedo,   338),   to   ap-  inhabit. 

proach,  ineo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itums  (in  -f 

autem,   conj.    but,  hoivever,  eo,  360),  to  enter,   enter 

moreover.  upon. 

casus,  -us,  m.  chance,  occur-  lacesso,  -ere,  -sivi,  -situs,  to 

rence.  provoke,    challenge,    har- 

cdnsulo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tus,  to  have  rass. 

regard  for,  care  for,  con-  postridie,    adv.    (posterus  + 

sult.^  dies),  on  the  next  day. 

egredior,  -i,  -gressus,   to  go  pridie,   adv.    (prior  +  dies), 

forth.  on  the  preceding  day. 

60,  adv.  thither,  to  that  place  reperio,  -ire,  repperi,  reper- 

(is).  tus,  to  find. 
frustra,  adv.  to  no  purpose. 

386  1.  Ea  quae  antea  postulavistis,  fieri  licet,  quoniam 
propius  accessistis  mimTtionesque  nostras  circumvenistis. 

^  hnnc  consulere,  to  ask  this  man's  advice ;  huic  consulere,  to 
look  out  for  this  man's  interest. 


CAUSE  AND  CONCESSION  171 

2.  Cum  viri  compluribus  pugnis  def  essi  essent  atque  tela 
eos  deficerent,  ne  noctti  quidem  hostis  lacessere  destite- 
runt.  3.  Quia  locum  magis  idoneum  reperire  non  pote- 
rat,  postridie  montem  militibus  expeditis  complere  hostis- 
que  intercludere  instituit.  4.  Cum  pridie  frustra  hostis 
lacessivisset,  novam  belli  rationem  iniit  ut  ad  omnis  casus 
subsidia  pararet.  5.  li  qui  ea  loca  incolebant  e  finibus 
suis  egressi  sunt,  quod  frumentum  deesset ;  itaque  Caesar 
eo  contendit.  6.  Petiverunt,  quoniam  nulla  ratione  ami- 
cis  consulere  possent,  ut  sibi  eius  voluntate  e  civitate 
egredi  liceret.  7.  Qui  navibus  praeerat,  adulescens  erat 
et  rei  militaris  imperitus ;  quod  postridie  ventum  secun- 
dum nactus  est,  progrediebatur.  8.  Cum  hostes  aut  ex 
ripa  aut  paulum  in  aquam  progressi  ptignarent,  nostros 
celeriter  oppresserunt.  9.  Caesar  autem,  cum  legati  con- 
silium probaret  et  ipse  idem  sentiret,  nulla  ratione  id 
facere  poterat.  10.  Imperator,  quod  nullum  eiusmodi 
casum  exspectabat,  suos  etsi  omnibus  malis  defessi  erant, 
aequum  in  locum  produxit  et  aciem  instriixit. 

387  1.  Inasmuch  as  we  can  not  look  out  for  our  friends' 
interests,  we  beg  to  be  allowed  to  leave  the  city.  2.  Al- 
though the  soldiers  were  tired  with  their  work,  they  did 
not  stop  provoking  the  enemy.  3.  Caesar  determined  to 
enter  upon  a  new  method  of  fighting,  because  on  the 
previous  day  he  had  challenged  the  enemy  to  no  purpose. 

4.  They  begged  Caesar  to  care  for  their  friends  because, 
as  they  said,^  they  could  not  care  for  them  themselves. 

5.  Caesar  determined  to  go  to  England ;  when  he  arrived 
there,  he  proceeded^  to  make  provision  against  all 
chances.  6.  Those  who  dwelt  in  England  at  the  time 
when  Caesar  arrived  there  were  barbarians.  7.  The 
Britons  could  not  conquer  the  Eomans  because  they  were 
not  so  experienced  in  warfare. 

^  Compare  382,  4.  *  Use  Institao. 


172  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

LESSON  L 
PARTICIPLES 

388  Learn  the  Present  Active  and  the  Perfect  Pas- 
sive Participles  of  the  Model  Verbs,  479-489. 

389  Participles  are  adjectives  in  form  and  agree- 
ment; for  the  declension  of  the  Present  Active 
see  468 ;  the  Perfect  Passive  is  declined  like  bonus, 
467.  In  force  they  are  verbs,  having  the  same 
constructions  as  the  verbs  to  which  they  belong. 

390  Examples 

1.  Fortissime  pugnans  interfectus  est. 

He  was  killed  ivhile  fighting  most  bravely. 

2.  (Mlia  est  onmis  divisa. 
Gaul  is  divided  as  a  whole, 

3.  Ducem  vulneratum  servavit. 

He  saved  the  ivounded  leader  (or  the  leader  who  was 
wounded), 

4.  Auctoritate  regis  permoti,  constituerimt  exire. 
Moved  hy  the  influejice  of  the  Mng^  they  decided  to  go 

out. 

5.  Civitas  ob  earn  rem  incitata,  e  fLnibus  exire  conabatur. 
When  the  state  was  aroused   {the   state  having    been 

aroused)  on  account  of  this,  it  attempted  to  leave  its 
territory. 

(a)  Notice  in  sentence  1  that  the  present  participle 
represents  the  action  as  going  on  at  the  time  indicated 
by  the  verb. 

(b)  The   perfect   participle   with    sum   may   become 


PARTICIPLES  173 

nothing  more  than  a  predicate  adjective,  as  in  2 ;  but  its 
most  common  use  is  to  express  an  action  as  finished  be- 
fore the  time  of  the  main  verb,  as  in  3,  4,  and  5. 

(g)  Notice  also  that  the  participles  in  4  and  5  may- 
express  time,  cause,  concession,  etc.,  according  to  the 
context  in  which  the  sentences  are  found.  Therefore, 
we  may  best  translate  by  when,  because^  although,  etc.,  or 
by  a  verb  coordinate  with  the  main  verb,  e.  g.,  "  They  were 
moved  by  the  influence  of  the  king  and  decided,"  etc. 

391  ABLATIVE  ABSOLUTE 

1.  Caesare  duce  oppidum  expugnaverunt. 

Under  the  leadership  of  Caesar  they  stormed  the  town, 

2.  Gaele  serend  sol  ortus  est. 
The  sun  rose  in  a  clear  shy. 

3.  Gnaed  Fompeio,  Marc5  Grass5  consulibus  Germani  Ehe- 

num  transierunt. 
In  the  consulship  of  Gnaeus  Pompey  and  Marcus  Cras- 
sus  (or  When  Pompey  and  Crassus  were  consuls)  the 
Germans  crossed  the  Rhine. 

4.  Germani  clamore  auditd  fugerunt. 
The  Germans  fled  on  hearing  the  shout. 

{a)  Notice  that  in  these  sentences  two  nouns,  a  noun 
and  an  adjective,  or  a  noun  and  a  participle  are  used  in 
the  Ablative  to  express  some  circumstance  attendant  on 
the  action  of  the  main  verb ;  this  Ablative  may  also 
express  time,  as  it  clearly  does  in  3,  or  cause,  as  in  4. 
These  same  ideas  might  all  be  expressed  by  cum-clauses. 

(5)  Notice  further  that  this  ablative  has  no  grammat- 
ical relation  to  the  rest  of  the  sentence ;  it  is  therefore 
called  the  Ablative  Absolute.^ 

^  While  we  sometimes  employ  in  English  such  phrases  as  "  Caesar 
being  leader,"  "  The  shout  having  been  heard,"  these  expressions  are 


174  FIRST  LATIN   BOOK 

392  Itule. — A  noun  or  pronoun  with  another  noun,  an  adjec- 
tive or  participle  may  be  used  in  the  Ablative  to  express  the 
circumstances,  time,  or  cause  of  an  action. 

W.  397-399;  B.  227;  AG.  255;  H.  489. 

393  VOCABULARY 

adduce,  -ere,  -diixi,   -ductus  oportet,  -ere,  -uit,  impers.  v. 

(ad  +  duco,   264),   to    in-  it  is  proper,  one  ought. 

duce,  permoveo,  -ere,  -movi,  -motus 

beneficium,    -i,  n.    (bene -f  (per  +  moveo,     245),     to 

facio),  hindness,  service,  move  deeply,  to  induce. 

Cassivelaunus,  -i,   m.   Cassi-  pertineo,  -ere,  -ui  — ,  (per  -\- 

velaunus.  teneo,  227),  to  pertain  to^ 
communis,  -e,  adj.  common.  to  reach. 
divide,  -ere,  -visi,  -visus,  to  queror,   -i,  questus,  to  corn- 
divide,  plain. 
exed,  -ire,  -ii,  -iturus  (ex-(-  transeo,     -ire,     -ii,     -iturus 

eo,  360),  to  go  forth.  (trans -fed,  360),  to  cross. 

iugum,  -i,  n.  yoke,  ridge  (of  usus,  -us,  m.  use,  need  (utor, 

mountains).  298). 

maritimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  le-  uterque,    -traque,   -trumque, 

longing    to    the    sea,    sea  each  (of  two).^ 

(mare,  162). 

394  1.  Britanni,  nostro  adventu  permoti,  suae  saluti  con- 
sulere  et  ad  omnis  casus  subsidia  providere  instituerunt. 
2.  Omnibus  rebus  paratis,  quae  ad  usum  navium  perti- 
nent, Caesar  postridie  in  Britanniam  transiit.  3.  Imperio 
belli  Cassivelauno  permisso,  Britanni  cum  communi  con- 
silio  noctu  convenissent,  postridie  nostros  proelio  lacessere 

often  awkward,  and  such  phrases  as  those  used  in  the  translations 
given  are  generally  to  be  preferred.  Compare  with  the  Latin  con- 
struction the  English  Nominative  Absolute.  It  should  be  remem- 
bered that  the  English  has  a  Perfect  Active  Participle,  "having 
made,"  etc.,  but  that  the  Latin  has  none,  save  in  Deponent  Verbs. 
'     1  Declined  like  nter,  272,  469.  ' 


PARTICIPLES  175 

coeperunt.  4.  Nostri,  ab  utroque  latere  hostis  adorti,^  eos 
gladios  educere  conantis  atque  vix  se  defendentis  oppres- 
serunt.  5.  Cassivelauno  duce  Britanni  a  Caesare  superati 
sunt ;  fines  illTus  a  maritimls  civitatibus  magno  flumine 
divisi  sunt.  6.  Inopia  omnium  rerum  adducti,  quod  frii- 
mentum  in  agris  esse  reppererunt  nullum,  e  flnibus  noctti 
clam  exire  instituerunt.  7.  Quoniam  ad  hunc  locum  per- 
ventum  est,  de  Britanniae  moribus,  quid  sentiam  quidque 
cognoverim  proponere  oportet.  8.  Tandem  Britanni  ab 
dextro  latere  summum  iugum  nacti,  hostis  loco  expellunt ; 
fugientis  ad  flumen  sequuntur  complurisque  interficiunt. 
9.  Concilio  dimisso,  Haeduis  de  iniuriis  querentibus  pe- 
tentibusque  ut  se  beneficio^  dignos  haberet,  libertiitem 
concessit.  10.  Interim  dimissis  circum  omnia  oppida  lit- 
teris  iisque  ab  oppidanis  lectis,  barbari  de  suis  fortiinis 
desperaverunt. 

395  1.  Induced  by  the  hope  of  plunder,  they  left  the  ships 
and  marched  out  by  night.  2.  Having  found  the  enemy 
on  the  top  of  the  ridge,  they  drove  them  away  and  killed 
nearly  all  as  they  fled.  3.  This  done,  they  set  forth  and 
reached  the  ships  before  the  sun  rose.  4.  Caesar  crossed 
into  Britain  when  Pompey  and  Crasso  were  consuls ; 
when  he  arrived  Cassivelaunus  was  the  chief  man  there. 
5.  He  left  several  cohorts  on  the  shore  ^  and  proceeded 
into  the  interior  of  the  country.^  6.  When  the  prisoners 
begged  that  he  would  not  kill  them,  he  granted  them 
their  liberty.  7.  Caesar  did  not  pursue  the  fleeing  enemy 
farther,  because  he  wished  to  finish  the  fortifications 
before  night. 


1  Remember  that  the  perl  partic.  of  a  deponent  verb  has  an  act- 
ive .meaning. 

2  Abl.  with  dlgnos,  worthy  of. 

3  Translate,  near  the  sea. 

*  Translate,  into  the  interior  parts. 


176  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

READING  EXERCISE 
The  Destruction  of  the  Conspirators 

396  Populus  Romanus  Pompeio  et  Caesare  interfectis 
redisse  ^  in  libertatem  videbatur ;  et  redisset,^  nisi  Caesar 
heredem  scripsisset  Gaium  Octavium,  qui  postea  Augus- 
tus Caesar  est  appellatus,  eumque  filium  adoptavisset. 
Haec  prima  civilium  bellorum  causa  erat  cum  ^  Antonius, 
Iratus  quod  praelatus*  sibi  esset  iuvenis  Octavius,  eum 
opprimere  vellet.  Sed  Antonius  a  senatu  hostis  iudicatus 
est  et  Caesar  Octavianus  ^  iiissus  est  cum  consulibus  desTg- 
natis  Hirtio  et  Pansa  bellum  contra  eum  gerere.  Hi 
duces  prof ecti  eum  ad  ^  Mutinam  vicerunt.  Evenit  tamen 
ut  victores  consules  ambo  occisi  sint;  unde  factum  est 
ut  tres  exercitiis  uni  iuveni  Octaviano  parerent.  Fugatus 
Antonius  amisso  exercitu  ad  Lepidum  pervenit  qui  tum 
provincias  Galliae  cum  pliirimis  copiis  habebat.  Mox 
Lepido  adiuvante  Caesar  cum  Antonio  pacem  fecit  et 
Romam^  cum  exercitii  reversus  effecit  ut  sibi  annum 
vicesimum  agenti  ^  consulatus  daretur.  Cum  sociis  Anto- 
nio et  Lepido  rem  piiblicam  armis  tenere  coepit.  Per 
hos  etiam  Cicero  orator  occisus  est  multique  alii  nobiles. 

Interea  Brutus  et  Cassius  ingens  bellum  moverunt. 
Contra  eos  igitur  profecti  Octavianus  et  Antonius  (relic- 
tus  enim  erat  Lepidus  ut  Italiam  def enderet)  ad  ^  Philip- 
pos,  Macedoniae  urbem,  pugnaverunt.  Cum  primo  proe- 
lio  victi  essent  Antonius  et  Caesar,  tamen  interfectus  est 

^  A  shorter  form  for  rediisse. 

*  What  kind  of  condition  ? 

*  The  clause  cum  .  .  .  yellet  is  in  predicate  apposition  to  haec 
prima  causa. 

*  praelatus  esset,  plup.  subj.  pass,  of  praefero,  to  prefer, 

^  The  form  of  name  which  Octavius  assumed  after  his  adoption. 

*  With  names  of  towns,  near, 
'  Compare  236,  10. 

^  annum  ag"erfe,  to  spend  a  year ;  translate  here,  in  his,  etc. 


THE  VERB  FERO 


177 


Cassius ;  secundo  Brutum  et  plurimos  nobilis  qui  cum 
illis  bellum  gesserant,  victos  interfecerunt.  Ac  sic  inter 
duces  divisa  est  res  publica  ut  Caesar  Hispanias,  Gallias, 
Italiamque  teneret,  Antonius  Asiam  et  Orientem,  Lepidus 
Africam  acciperet. 

SPECIAL  VOCABULARY 


adopto,  -are,  to  adopt, 
civilis,  -e,  civil  (civis). 
consulatus,    -us,   m.   consul- 

ship  (consul), 
designatus,  -a,  -um,  elect, 
evenio,  -ire,  -veni,  -venturus 

(e  +  venio),  to  turn  out; 

often  impersonal  with  a 

substantive  clause  as  its 

subject. 
heres,  -edis,  m.  heir. 


iratus,  -a,  -um,  angry, 
nobilis,  -e,  well  knoivn^  noble. 
Oriens,  -ntis,  m.  the  Orient^ 

Bast. 
pare5,  -ere,  pSrui,  — ,  to  obey. 
redeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itiirus  (re  + 

eo),  to  return. 
tres,  tria,  three  (473). 
unde,  adv.  wherefore. 
vicesimus,  -a,  -um,  twentieth 

(viginti). 


LESSOK   LI 
THE   VERB    FERO,   to  bear,  bring 

397  Learn  the  conjugation  of  fero  entire  with  the 
exception  of  the  gerund,  gerundive,  and  supine, 
489. 

398  VOCABULARY 

abdo,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditus  (ab  adversus,  -a,  -um,   opposite, 

-f-  do),   to  put   away,    to  unfavorable. 

hide.  consto,    -are,    -stiti,     -statu- 

accido,  -ere,  -cidi,   -casiirus,  rus,   to  agree,   correspond 

to  fall,  happen.  (impers.    it  is   an   estab- 

adfero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latus  (ad  lished   fact,    it    is    well 

-f-fero),  to  bring  up.  known). 
12 


178  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

consuesco,  -ere,  -suevi,  -sue-  par,  paris,  equals  like. 

tus,  to  get  accustomed  to.  paulatim,  adv.  gradually. 

consuetudo,  -inis,  f.  custom,  refero,  -ferre,  rettuli,  -latus 

creber,  -bra,  -brum,  frequent.  (re  -f  fer5),      to      carry 

infero,    -ferre,    -tuli,   illatus  bacTc    (pedem    referre,    to 

(in  +  fero),  to  carry ^  bring  retreat). 

upon.  succedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessurus 

integer,  -gra,  -grum,  whole.,  (sub  +  cedo),  to  come  up^ 

fresh.  to  relieve. 

399  1.  Hoc  casti  adductus,  omnTs  qui  per  aetatem  arma 
ferre  possint  ggredi  iubet;  mulieres  se  in  silvfis  abdide- 
runt.  2.  Levi  proelio  facto,  ad  oppidum  in  quo  hiemare 
consuevit,  contendit,  quod  maritimum  erat.     3.  Litterls 

-  media  nocte  adlatis,  intellexit  magnum  periculum  acci- 
disse,  quo  nostri  interclusi  fugientesque  interfecti  essent. 
4.  Prope  oppidum  collis  erat ;  ab  flumine  pari  mfignitu- 
dine  alter  collis  nascebatur  adversus  huic ;  eo  Caesar 
exercitum  adduxit.  5.  Integri  defessis^  successerunt ; 
sed,  cum  nullum  frustra  pilum  accideret,  omnes  tandem 
sub  montem  pedem  rettulerunt.  6.  Creberrimis  Caesaris 
beneficiis  adductus  legatis  respondit  non  oportere  eos  de 
sua  voluntate  dubitare.  7.  Ad  haec  unum  mode  respon- 
dit :  non  esse  suam  consuetudinem  de  paribus  condicioni- 
bus  loqul.  8.  Crebris  nocturnis  eruptionibus  aut  Tgnem 
muro  inferebant  aut  milites  incertis  temporibus  lacesse- 
bant;    haec    quidem  ratio    belli   eis   maxime    proderat. 

9.  Hostes,  quia  pridie   Caesar  neque  copias  produxisset 
neque   flumen  transisset,   paulatim   pedem    rettulerunt. 

10.  Ea  silva  ingenti  magnitiidine  per  medios  finis  hos- 
tium  ad  flumen  pertinet ;  multa  ibi  animalia  nasci  constat. 

400  1.  Being  asked  why  they  had  retreated,  they  replied 
that  they  could  not  endure  the  onrush  of  our  soldiers. 
2.  As  it  was  agreed  that  they  must  pass  the  winter  in 

1344. 


PRONOUNS  AND  IRREGULAR  ADJECTIVES       179 

Gaul,  no  grain  had  been  provided  in  Britain.  3.  When 
they  complained  of  their  wrongs,  Caesar  replied  that  he 
brought  no  hope  or  terms  of  peace.  4.  This  state  had 
often  brought  war  upon  the  Gauls ;  with  equal  valor  it 
had  often  defended  itself.  5.  Fresh  troops  came  up,  and 
the  enemy  were  gradually  dislodged  from  their  position 
and  retreated.  6.  Several  ships,  sailing  out  ^  of  the  har- 
bor, were  drawn  up  opposite  us,  but  it  was  not  agreed 
what  our  ships  ought  to  do.  7.  As  the  Gauls  were  in 
a  higher  position,  their  javelins  fell  with  great  force. 
8.  They  said  that  the  Germans  had  gradually  grown 
accustomed  to  crossing  the  Ehine. 


LESSON  LII 


PRONOUNS  AND  IRREGULAR 
ADJECTIVES 

401  Review  the  Pronouns  learned  thus  far,  123, 
129,  135,  136,  298,  317,  318,  320. 

402  Learn  the  declension  of  the  Indefinite  pronouns 
aliquis,  some  one^  quisquis,  wlioever^  quicumque,  wTio- 
soever  J  478. 

403  The  following  nine  adjectives  have  -ius  through- 
out in  the  Genitive  Singular,  with  the  exception  of 
alter  which  has  alterius  throughout : 

one^  single 
alone 
whole 
ullus  ulla  uUum  any 

^  Notice  the  real  time  here  expressed. 


unus 

una 

unum 

s51us 

s51a 

solum 

totus 

tota 

totum 

180 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


nullus 

nfilla 

nullum 

not  any 

alius 

alia 

aliud 

another 

alter 

altera 

alterum 

the  other  (of  two) 

uter 

utra 

utrum 

which  (of  two) 

neuter 

neutra 

neutrum 

neither 

(a)  These  have  no  Vocative.  The  form  alterius  is 
regularly  employed  as  the  genitive  of  alius  to  prevent 
confusion  with  the  nominative.  Five  of  these  have  been 
already  used.   The  declension  is  given,  469. 


404 


VOCABULARY 


animadverto,  -ere,  -ti,  -sus 
(animum  +  adverto),  to 
7iotice, 

quare,  adv.  whereby?  how? 
wherefore  (both  interrog- 
ative and  relative). 


redeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -iturus  (re  + 
eo),  to  return, 

unde,  adv.  ivhence?  the  place 
from  which  (both  inter- 
rogative and  relative). 

valeo,  -ere,  -ui,  — ,  to  he 
strong. 

405  1.  Neque  iillum  fere  totius  hiemis  tempus  erat,  quin 
aliquis  nimtius  de  adverso  proelio  adferretur.  2.  Quam- 
quam  crebris  nuntiis  communique  periculo  permoti  sunt, 
sic  parati  erant,  ut,  quicumque  accidisset  casus,  hunc 
aequo  animo  ferrent.  3.  Quidquid  illi  possunt,  nfivibus 
valent ;  maritimas  enim  partes  incolunt,  neque  est  ullus^ 
apud  eos  rei  mllitaris  usus.  4.  Altero  die  hostes  iugo 
relicto  proelium  inierunt ;  proelio  adverso  facto,  nostri 
pedem  rettulerunt  et  unde  venerant  redierunt.  5.  Quia 
neutrum  eorum  fluminum  transire  poterant  nostri  ad 
moutem,  quo  provincia  a  maritimls  civitatibus  divlsa  est, 
paulatim  redierunt.  6.  Xon  oportere  putfibat  communem 
salutem  HaeduTs  soils  committere  ;  quare  mllites  paula- 
tim se  recipere  iiissit.     7.  Paribus  beneficiis  usus,^  contra 

^  When  a  sentence  is  connected  with  the  preceding,  neqae  .  .  . 
ullns  rather  than  et  nuilus  is  used  as  here.    Compare  sentence  1. 
*  From  iitor. 


PRONOUNS  AND  IRREGULAR  ADJECTIVES       181 

voluntatem  eorum  facere  non  debere  intellexit ;  itaque 
neutrum  eorum  contra  alterum  iuvabat.  8.  Graviter 
querentibus  quod  e  finibus  egredi  coacti  essent,  respondit 
se  amicorum  fortunis  consulere  consuescere.  9.  Haec  ubi 
Caesar  animadvertit,  copias  paulum  ab  eo  loco  abditas  in 
iugo  constituit.  10.  Cum  non  modo  tela  sed  etiam  con- 
silia  utrique  deficerent,  uterque  riirsus  exercitum  in  cas- 
tra  reduxit. 

406  1.  The  Gauls  are  accustomed  to  defend  themselves 
against  whatsoever  people  brings  war  against  them. 
2.  The  soldiers  answered,  "  Whoever  they  are,  let  us  attack 
them  before  they  return  to  the  place  from  which  ^  they 
came."  3.  Whatsoever  wars  you  wish  to  be  carried  on, 
we  will  carry  on  without  any  danger  on  your  part.^ 
4.  Between  the  two  armies  was  a  forest  which  offered 
some  hope  of  safety.  5.  Each  commander  ordered  his 
soldiers  to  withdraw  gradually  from  their  position  and 
retreat  to  this  forest.  6.  Neither  noticed  that  in  the 
other  army  fresh  troops  were  relieving  the  exhausted. 
7.  Caesar  was  strongest  in  infantry,^  but  the  commander 
of  the  enemy  trusted  to  his  cavalry  alone. 

READING  EXERCISE 

407  Tlie  Battle  of  Actium  {31  B.  c.)  and  the  End  of  the  Civil  Wars 

Sublatis  coniuratis  qui  Caesarem  occiderant,  supererat 
Sextus  Pompeius  qui  post  cladem  ad  Mundam  fuga  eva- 
serat.  Hic  contractis  eis  qui  supererant  ex  partibus* 
Bruti  Cassique,  ingens  helium  in  Sicilia  commovit,  sed 
ab  Agrippa  ita  victus  est  ut  in  Asiam  effugere  coactus 
sit ;  ubi  paulo  post  occlsus  est. 


^  Compare  405,  4.  *  Objective  gen. 

8  Compare  405,  3.  *  The  party. 


182  FIRST   LATIN  BOOK 

Cum  iam  omnem  occasionem  belli  civilis  sublatam 
esse  videretur,  pax  improvise  ab  Antonio  rupta  est ;  nam 
hic  captus  amore  Cleopatrae,  reginae  Aegypti,  sororem 
Octaviani  repudiavit,  et  incitatus  a  regina  quae  muliebrl 
eupiditate  etiam  in  urbe  regnare  volebat,  bellum  contra 
Octavianum  paravit.  Qui,  primo  nuntio  huius  periculi 
adlato,  Brundisio  ^  in  Graeciam  transiit  ut  imminent! 
bello  ^  occurreret,  positisque  castrls  in  Epiro  ad  Actiaci  ^ 
Apollinis  tempi um,  classe  sinum  Ambracium  quem  naves 
AntonI  tenebant  obsedit.  Octaviano  quadringentae  am- 
plius  *  naves,  ducentae  hostibus  f uerunt ;  sed  harum 
magnitudo  numerum  ill  arum  superavit :  haec  ipsa  res 
hostibus  exitio^  fuit  cum  naves  tam  magnae  essent  ut 
non  celeriter  niovi  possent,  et  classis  clara  navali  pugna 
victa  est.  Prima  dux  f  ugae  erat  regina  ;  eam  secutus  est 
Antonius  qui  fugientis  mulieris  quam  pugnantis  exercitiis 
sui  comes  esse  mfduit.  Proximo  anno  Caesar  reginam 
Antoniumque  Alexandream  persecutus,  ultimam  bellis 
civilibus  imposuit  manum.  Antonius  obsessus  a  Caesare, 
desperatis  rebus,  praesertim  f ama  occisam  esse  ^  Cleopa- 
tram  permotus,  se  ipse  interf ecit ;  regina  cum  frustra  a 
Caesare  petisset  ut  sibi  regnum  redderetur,  et  se  trium- 
pho  '^  servari  vidisset,  sibi  serpentem  admisit,  cuius  veneno 
occisa  est. 


*  "  Abl.  of  place  from  which  " ;  this  is  essentially  the  same  as  the 
Abl.  of  Separation,  206.  Notice,  however,  that  the  name  of  a  town 
has  no  preposition. 

2344. 

^  The  promontory  of  Actium  was  on  the  south  side  of  the  entrance 
to  the  Ambracian  bay. 

*  The  comparative  is  used  here  without  any  influence  on  the  case 
of  naves. 

5  Study  415-418. 

^  Indirect  discourse  after  fame. 

■^  Dative  depending  on  servari,  saved  for. 


REVIEW  OF  THE   GENITIVE  AND  DATIV 


,^ 


183 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARY 


Actiacus, -a, -um,  o/^c^^^^m.    muliebris,  -e,   womanish^    a 


admitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missus, 
to  let  come,  give  access  to. 

amplius,  adv.  comp.  more 
{than), 

commoved,  -ere,  -movi,  -mo- 
tus,  to  arouse. 


woman  s. 
obsideo,  -ere,  -sedi,  -sessus,  to 

blockade. 
occasio,  -dnis,  f .  opportunity. 
persequor,    -i,    -seciitus,    to 

overtake. 


contraho, -ere, -traxi, -tractus,  quadringenti,   -ae,  -a,  four 

to  draw  together.,  collect.  hundred. 

cupiditas,    -atis,    f.    desire,  repudio,  -are,  to  cast  aside., 

passion.  divorce. 

ducenti,    -ae,    -a,    ttvo  hun-  rumpo,  -ere,  rupi,  ruptus,  to 

dred.  hreah. 

evado,  -ere,  -vasi,  -vasurus,  serpens,  -ntis,  f.  snake. 

to  go  out.,  escape.  sinus,  -us,  m.  lay. 

exitium,  -i,  n.  ruin.  supersum,  -esse,  -fui,  to  sur- 

imminens,  threatening.  vive,  remain. 

impdno,  -ere,  -posui,  -positus,  triumphus,  -i,  m.  triumph. 

to  put  on.  venenum,  -i,  n.  poisofi. 


LESSON   LIII 

REVIEW  OF  THE   GENITIVE  AND 
DATIVE 

THE  GENITIVE 

408  Thus  far  tlie  Genitive  has  been  used  chiefly  to 
indicate  the  Possessor,  35,  the  Object,  156,  and 
Quality,  232.  It  has  also  been  employed  as  the 
Object  with  obliviscor,  305,  and  in  such  phrases  as 


184  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

pars  militum,  in  which  it  denotes  the  whole.  The 
Genitive  in  this  use  is  called  the  P-artitive  Geni- 
tive. 

^^9  Ttule* — The  Partitive  Genitive  is  used  to  denote  the 
whole  of  which  the  modified  word  is  a  part. 

W.  355 ;  B.  201 ;  AG.  216 ;  H.  440,  5-443. 
THE  DATIVE 

410  The  Dative  has  been  used  chiefly  as  the  In- 
direct Object,  37,  to  denote  the  Possessor,  45,  and 
with  Compound  Verbs,  344.  The  Dative  with 
persuadeo  also  represents  the  construction  with  a 
considerable  class  of  verbs. 

411  Rule, — The  Dative  is  used  with  intransitive  verbs  mean- 
ing favor,  please,  trust,  assist  (and  their  opposites),  cotn^ 
mand,  obey,  serve,  resist,  threaten,  pardon,  spare,  per- 
suade.^ 

W.  330;  B.  187,  ii;  AG.  227;  H.  426,  1. 

(a)  It  is  evident  that  the  passive  of  these  verbs  can 
only  be  used  impersonally,  e.  g.,  /  am  persuaded^  mihi 
persuadetur. 

412  Certain  adjectives  like  gratus,  idoneus,  similis, 
and  dissimilis  from  their  meanings  are  used  with 
the  dative. 

413  iJif ^6.— The  Dative  is  used  with  Adjectives  meaning  use- 
fid,  pleasant,  friendly,  fit,  like,  equal,  near,  and  dear, 

and  with  others  of  like  or  opposite  meaning. 
W.  333 ;  B.  192 ;  AG.  234 ;  H.  434. 

^  Many  of  these  verbs  are  used  with  the  dative  in  English,  but  this 
is  not  apparent,  because  our  language  has  lost  most  of  its  inflectional 
endings. 


I VI 


REVIEW  OF   THE   GENITIVE   AND   DATIVE       185 

414  Two  constructions  whicli  have  not  yet  been 
employed  are  illustrated  by  the  following : 

415  Examples 

1.  Magno  USUI  nostris  fuit.      It  was   of  great  service  to 

our  men, 

2.  Cohortes  castris  praesidio     He  leaves  the  cohorts  for  the 

relinquit.  defense  of  the  cam]), 

{a)  Notice  that  in  these  sentences  the  datives  usui, 
praesidio  are  in  the  predicate,  are  abstract  nouns,  and 
express  either  that  which  the  subject  tends  to  become  or 
the  purpose  of  the  verb's  action.  Such  a  dative  is  called 
the  Predicate  Dative, 

416  IttUe, — The  Predicate  Dative  is  used  to  express  Tendency 
or  Purpose. 

W.  341-345  ;  B.  191 ;  AG.  233  :  H.  433. 

417  Notice  that  in  the  sentences  in  415,  the  datives 
nostris,  castris  are  not  dependent  on  any  single 
word,  but  rather  on  the  entire  sentence,  and  ex- 
press the  persons  or  thing  with  reference  to  which 
the  statements  are  made.  This  construction  is 
called  the  Dative  of  Reference, 

418  Rule.— Tide  Dative  of  Reference  denotes  the  object  inter- 
ested or  referred  to  in  a  statement. 

W.  334-335;  B.  188;  AG.  235;  H.  425,  2-4. 

419  VOCABULARY 

adeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itums  (ad  -f-     cogito,  -are,  to  think. 

eo),  to  approach.  comprehendo,  -ere,  -ndi,  -pre- 

aditus,  -us,  m.  approach.  hensus,  to  arrest^  seize. 


186  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

cdnferd,  -ferre,   -tuli,   -latus  palam,  adv.  openly  (compare 

(con  +  fero),  to  hrmg  to-        clam,  272). 

gether.  praeter,  prep.  w.  accu.  he- 
demonstro,  -are,  to  point  out^        yond^  contrary  to^  besides. 

show.  qua,  adv.  in  what  way^  by 
hue,  adv.  hither^  to  this  place        what  road  (qui). 

(compare  Me,  132).  singuli,  -ae,  -a,  single^  indi- 
opinio,  -onis,  f.  opinion^  be-        vidual. 

liefy  reputation.  suspicid,  -onis,  f.  suspicion. 

420  1.  Crassus  autem  adulescens,  cum  aliquos  hostis  acce- 
dere  animadvertisset,  septimam  cohortem  laborantibus 
nostris  subsidio  misit.  2.  Kebus  quae  ad  bellum  usui 
erant  hue  conlatis,  suos  exire  prohibebat  timorisque  opini- 
onem  hostibus  augebat.  3.  Hostes  autem  putabant  nullos 
sibi  esse  paris  posse ;  soils  deis  concedere  consuescebant. 
4.  Demonstrant  sibi  praeter  agros  quos  incolant  nihil  esse 
reliqui  ^;  quare  eis  partem  exercitus  subsidio  misit.  5.  Ut 
omnem  timoris  suspicionem  tolleret,  alteram  partem 
exercitus  misit  quae  Haeduis  bellum  inferret.  6.  Hie 
autem,  ne  aut  inferre  iniuriam  videretur  aut  daret  timo- 
ris aliquam  suspicionem,  paulatim  rediit  unde  venerat. 
7.  Quam  ob  rem,  quisquis  is  esset  cuius  opera  Galli  exci- 
tati  essent,  comprehendi  atque  interfici  iiissit.  8.  Quare 
Caesarem  adierunt  palamque  de  eorum  iniuriis  questi 
sunt  qui  eius  beneficiis  iisi,  amicis  eius  nocerent.  9.  Eep- 
perit  omnis  fere  homines  magnae  virtutis  esse  neque 
ullum  ad  eos  aditum  esse  mercatoribus.  10.  Eadem  de 
profectione  cogitans  quae  antea  cogitaverat,  legatis  singu- 
lis in  singulas  ^  civitates  missis,  ipse  flumen  transiit  qua 
minime  altum  erat. 

421  1.  Caesar  left  a  cohort  as  protection  for  the  baggage 
and  returned  by  the  easiest  road.^     2.  Having  found  a 

^  Gen.  modifying  nihil,  409.  ^  One  to  each. 

*  Translate,  where  the  road  was  easiest. 


REVIEW  OF  THE   ACCUSATIVE  AND  ABLATIVE    187 

suitable  place  for  a  camp,  be  built  a  fortified  camp  and 
made  ^  a  ten-foot  ditch.  3.  He  sent  his  lieutenants,  each 
with  a  legion,^  to  make  war  upon  the  Germans.  4.  Every- 
thing that  was  useful  for  the  storming  of  a  city  he 
brought  to  this  place.  5.  One  part  of  the  army  he  left  in 
camp,  another  part  he  sent  as  a  support  to  those  who 
were  fighting.  6.  That  they  might  remove  every  suspi- 
cion of  fear,  they  went  out  of  camp  openly.  7.  They 
come  to  him  and  show  him  that  they  have  nothing  except 
their  arms  left.  8.  They  arrested  those  through  whose 
agency  the  lieutenant  had  been  killed,  and  brought  them 
to  Caesar. 


LESSON  LIV 


REVIEW  OF   THE   ACCUSATIVE   AND 
ABLATIVE 

THE   ACCUSATIVE 

422  The  Accusative  has  thus  far  been  used  as  the 
Direct  Object,  31,  as  the  Subject  of  the  Infini- 
tive, 328,  with  a  number  of  prepositions  to  ex- 
press various  relations,  and  also  to  denote  the 
Duration  of  Time,  174.  Closely  connected  with 
this  last  use  is  the  Accusative  of  Extent  of  Space, 
e.  g.,  sex  milia  passuum  procedit,  lie  advances  six 
miles.  The  rule  in  174  therefore  may  be  ex- 
panded to  read : 

423  l^ii^e.— Duration  of  Time  and  Extent  of  Space  are  ex- 
pressed by  the  Accusative. 

W.  324;  B.  181 ;  AG.  256,  257;  H.  417. 

^  ducere.  ^  Compare  420,  10. 


188  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

424  The  Accusative  with  ad  or  in  has  frequently 
been  used  to  express  the  Aim  or  Limit  of  Motion, 
and  since  236,  10  names  of  towns  without  a  prepo- 
sition have  been  employed  to  express  the  same 
thing.     Learn  the  following : 

425  Hide, — The  Aim  or  Limit  of  Motion  is  expressed  by  the 
Accusative  with  a  preposition ;  but  names  of  towns  omit  the 
preposition.  1 

W.  325  ;  B.  182 ;  AG.  258,  2,  a;  H.  418. 

THE   ABLATIVE 

426  The  Ablative  has  been  used  in  nearly  all  its 
important  relations.  If  these  various  construc- 
tions be  examined,  it  will  be  found  that  they  fall 
into  three  classes  corresponding  to  the  English 
Objective  case  with  from,  with,  and  in. 

427  This  is  historically  due  to  the  fact  that  the 
Latin  Ablative  represents  three  cases  which  have 
been  blended  into  one — the  Ablative  proper  or 
from-csise,  the  Instrumental  or  with-case,  the 
Locative  or  in-case. 

428  The  Ablative  proper  includes  the 

1.  Ablative  of  Separation,  206. 

2.  Ablative  of  Agent,  100. 

3.  Ablative  of  Comparison,  190. 

429  The  Instrumental  Ablative  includes  the 

1.  Ablative  of  Accompaniment,  71. 

2.  Ablative  of  Manner,  150. 

3.  Ablative  of  Means,  110. 

4.  Ablative  with  Deponents,^  297. 

^  Also  a  few  other  words,  of  which  domiim,  home,  is  the  most 
frequent.  ^  This  is  properly  also  Ablative  of  Means. 


REVIEW   OF   THE  ACCUSATIVE  AND   ABLATIVE     189 

5.  Ablative  of  Cause,  119. 

6.  Ablative  of  Degree  of  Difference,  197. 

7.  Ablative  of  Quality,  234. 

8.  Ablative  Absolute,  392. 

430  To  these  should  be  added  the  Ablative  in  such 
expressions  as  lingua  diiferunt,  they  differ  in  lan- 
guage \  virtute  praecedunt,  they  excel  in  bravery  \ 
in  which  the  Ablative  specifies  that  with  respect 
to  which  the  statement  is  made. 

431  Mule.— The  Ablative  of  Specification  denotes  that  with 
respect  to  which  anything  is  or  is  done. 

W.  398 ;  B.  226 ;  AG.  253  ;  H.  480. 

432  The  Locative  Ablative  includes  the 

1.  Ablative  of  Place,  55. 

2.  Ablative  of  Time,  176. 

433  VOCABULARY 

Avaricum,  -i,  Avaricum    (a  item,  adv.  likewise^  also. 

town  in  Gaul).  lingua,   -ae,   f.   tongue^   lan- 

concurro,  -ere,  -curri  or  -cu-  guage. 

curri,    -cursurus,    to    run  longinquus,  -a,  -um,  long^  dis- 

iogetlier.  tant. 

coniungo,  -ere,  -iunxi,  -iunc-  perpetuus,  -a,  -um,  continu- 

tus,  to  join  together,  ous, 

conloquor,  -i,  -locutus   (cum  plerumque,  adv.  for  the  most 

-f-  loquor),  to  talJc  together.  part^  generally. 

cursus,  -lis,  m.  course.,  march,  praecedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessu- 

diflfero,  -ferre,  distuli,  dilatus  rus    (prae  +  cedo),   to   go 

(dis  +  fero),     to     spread.,  before^  excel. 

scatter    (in    the    present  primo,  adv.  at  first. 

system,  to  differ).  subitus,  -a,  -um,  sudden. 

inde,  adv.  from  that  place.,  ultra,  prep.  w.  accu.  heyond, 

after  that.  una,  adv.  at  the  same  time., 

Infra,  prep.  w.  accu.  helow.  in  company  with. 


190  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

434  1.  Compluria  milia  passuum  ultra  eum  locum  pro- 
gressus,  petivit  ut  sibi  una  cum  Caesare  conloqui  liceret. 
2.  Yolebat  flumen  transire  compluribus  milibus  passuum 
infrii  eum  locum  ubi  pons  asset  perfectus.  3.  Constabat 
inter  omnis,  qua  arbitrarentur  hostis  oppidum  adire, 
iugum  aditu  difficillimo  esse  perpetuisque  silvis  munitum. 
4.  Plerumque  accidit  ut  consilia  Gallorum  subita  sint; 
maximam  opmionem  virtutis  habent,  ceteros  Gallos  auc- 
toritiite  praecedunt.  5.  Longis  litteris  demonstrant  se 
longinquam  oppugnationem  ferre  non  posse ;  quare  cum 
integris  mllitibus  Avaricum  contendit.  6.  Capto  iugo  et 
succedentibus  nostris,  Haedul  qui  haec  animadverterant 
ad  arma  concurrunt,  itemque  alios  hortantur.  7.  Praeter 
opmionem  consuetudinemque  accidit  ut  omnes  una  con- 
currant;  primo  magnus  clamor  auditur,  inde  cursus  fit 
ad  iugum.  8.  Quoniam  ilia  castra  ab  oppido  milia  pas- 
suum multa  absunt,  hi  non  facile  coniungi  cum  diice  pos- 
sunt ;  altera  castra  multo  propinquiora  sunt.  9.  Caesar, 
lectis  litteris,  si  palam  conloqui  vellent,  concessit ;  sed  hi 
omnes  lingua  differunt.  10.  Fossam  inter  turris  duxit,^ 
quo  tUtius  ab  subito  hostium  impetu  etiam  singuli  redire 
possent. 

435  1.  They  marched  seven  miles  on  that  day  and  pitched 
camp  one  mile  from  the  town.  2.  Though  tired  out  by 
the  march  and  the  flight,  they  dug  the  ditch  through  the 
entire  night,  3.  On  one  side  the  camp  was  protected  by 
a  continuous  forest,  on  the  other  by  a  river.  4.  For  the 
most  part  they  use  horses  in  battle  that  they  may  retreat 
more  easily.  5.  At  first  they  ran  to  arms  with  a  shout ; 
after  that  they  approached  the  town  in  silence.  6.  He 
hurried  to  Avaricum,  because  he  learned  that  the  city 
was  being  fortified  by  the  enemy.  7.  When  Caesar  arrived 
in   this   place,   the   whole   state  was   in   arms;   but   the 

^  fossam  ducere,  to  make  a  ditch. 


REVIEW  OF  THE  ACCUSATIVE  AND  ABLATIVE    191 

Eomans  were  superior  in  the  number  of  troops.  8.  He 
pitched  the  new  camp  ten  miles  below  the  old  camp,  and 
waited  there  several  days. 

READING  EXERCISE 
OctaviarCs  Triumph  and  Rule 
436  Bellis  toto  orbe  ita  confectis  Octavianus  Eomam  rediit 
ubi  tres  triumphos  egit,^  unum  ex  Illyrico,^  alterum  ex 
Actiaca^  victoria,  tertium  de  Cleopatra.  Tum  lani 
gemini*  portas  sua  manu  clausit,  quae  tantummodo  bis 
antea  clausae  erant,  primo  sub  Numa  ^  rege,  iterum  Tito 
Manlio  consule^  post  primum  Punicum  bellum."^  lam 
rem  publicam,  quam  duodecim  annos  cum  Antonio  et 
Lepido  tenuerat,  solus  per  quattuor  et  quadraginta  annos 
administrabat.  Nullo  tempore  res  Komana  magis  flore- 
bat:  nam  Octavianus  Eomano  adiecit  imperio  plurimas 
provincias;  vicit  etiam  proeliis  Dacos,^  et  Germanorum 
ingentis  copias  cecidit,  ipsos  quoque  trans  Albim  ^  flumen 
submovit,  quod  longe  ultra  Ehenum  est.  Eeddiderunt 
etiam  Parthi  ^^  legionum  signa  quae  Crasso  victo  ^^  ad- 
emerant.    Scythi  et  Indi,  quibus  antea  Eomanorum  nomen 

^  Celebrated, 

2  lUyricum  was  north  of  Epirus  in  Greece. 

3  An  adjective  formed  from  Actium. 

*  Janus,  the  god  of  gates  and  doors,  was  called  geminus,  double^ 
because  he  was  represented  with  two  faces  looking  in  opposite  direc- 
tions. His  temple,  near  the  northeast  corner  of  the  Forum,  was  always 
open  in  time  of  war. 

^  Numa  was  the  second  king  of  Rome. 
«  235  B.  c. 

7  The  First  Punic  War  lasted  from  264-241  b.  c. 
^  The  Dacians  lived  north  of  the  Danube,  in  and  around  the  mod- 
ern Roumania. 

*  The  Albis  was  probably  the  modern  Elbe. 

*^  The  Parthians  were  the  foes  most  feared  by  the  Romans  in  the 
East. 

"In  53  B.C. 


192 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


incognitum  fuerat,  dona  et  legates  ad  eum  miserunt. 
Tanto  amore  ^^  etiam  apud  barbaros  f uit  ut  reges,  populi 
Eomani  amici,  in  honorem  eius  conderent  urbes  quas 
Caesareas  nominarent,  sicut  in  Mauretania  ^^  a  rege  luba, 
et  in  Palaestina,  quae  postea  urbs  erat  clarissima.  Octa- 
viano  maximi  honores  a  senatu  delati  sunt :  ipse  Augus- 
tus nominatus  et  in  eius  honorem  mensis  sextllis  eodem 
nomine  est  appellatus  quod  illo  mense  bellis  civilibus 
finis  est  impositus.  Multa  mala  liixuriamque  civium 
gravibus  legibus  suppliciisque  ita  coercuit  ut  ob  haec 
facta  pater  patriae  quoque  appellatus  sit.  Obiit  in  oppido 
Campaniae  Nola ;  ^*  sepultus  est  Komae  ^^  in  campo  Mar- 
tio.     Post  mortem  Divus  appellatus  est. 


437 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARY 


adicid,  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectus,  to 

add, 
adim5,  -ere,  -emi,  -emptus,  to 

take  away, 
bis,  adv.  twice, 
caed5,  -ere,  cecidi,  caesns,  to 

cut  down^  kill^  annihilate. 
claudd,  -ere,  clausi,  clausus, 

to  close, 
coerced,  -ere,  -ercui,  -ercitus, 

to  checJc^  restrain, 
condo,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditus,  to 

found, 
defero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latus,  to 

offer ^  grant. 


divus,  -a,  -um,  divine, 

duodecim,  twelve, 

flored,  -ere,  florui,  — ,  to  he 
prosperous, 

lanus,  -i,  m.  Janus, 

incognitus,  -a,  -nin,  un- 
known, 

Inxuria,  -ae,  f.  hixury, 

nomind,  -are,  to  name, 

obeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -iturts,  to 
die, 

quadringinta,  forty, 

quattuor,  four, 

sepelio,  -ire,  -ivi  (-ii),  sepul- 
tus, to  bury. 


'^  234. 

1^  The  modern  Algiers  and  Morocco. 

**  A  town  about  fifteen  miles  east  of  Naples. 

"  The  locative  (24),  at  Rome. 


PERIPHRASTIC  CONJUGATIONS  '        193 

sextilis,  -e,  the  sixth  (used  submoveo,  -ere,  -movi,  -md- 
only  with  reference  to  the        tus,  to  remove. 

month).  tantummodo,  adv.  only. 

sicut,  adv.  as,  tres,  tria,  three  (473). 


LESSON   LV 
PERIPHRASTIC   CONJUGATIONS 

438  Learn  the  Future  Active  Participle  and  the 
Gerundive  of  all  the  paradigm  verbs,  479-489. 

ACTIVE   PERIPHRASTIC  CONJUGATION 

439  The  Future  Active  Participle  with  sum  forms 
the  Active  Periphrastic  Conjugation :  Pres.  Indie, 
amaturus  sum,  /  am  about  to  love,  Imperf.  Indie, 
amaturus  eram,  /  was  about  to  love^  etc. 

A  complete  synopsis  is  given,  479,  a, 

440  This  Periphrastic  Conjugation  may  be  used  in 
any  of  the  active  constructions  of  the  verb  w^here 
the  meaning  allows. 

PASSIVE  PERIPHRASTIC  CONJUGATION 

441  The  Gerundive  with  sum  forms  the  Passive 
Periphrastic  Conjugation:  Pres.  Indie,  amandus 
est,  He  is  to  be  (i.  e.,  must  be.,  ought  to  be)  loved, 
Imperf.  Indie,  amandus  erat.  He  was  to  be  (ougJit 
to  have  been)  loved.,  etc. 

A  complete  synopsis  is  given,  479,  a, 

13 


194  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

DATIVE   OF   AGENT 

442  Examples 

1.  Mihi  oppidum  est  expug-     The  toivn  is  to  he  {must  ie) 

nandum.  stormed  by  7ne. 

2.  Vobis  provincia  erat  de-     The  province  was  to  he  {had 

fendenda.  to  he)  defended  hy  you, 

{a)  Notice  that  this  second  Periphrastic  Conjugation 
implies  duty,  necessity,  or  obUgation.  The  person  on 
whom  the  duty  rests  is  expressed  by  the  Dative ;  ^  as  this 
person  is  virtually  the  Agent  the  construction  is  called 
the  Dative  of  Agent 

443  Rule. — The  Dative  of  Agent  is  used  with  the  Gerundive 
to  denote  the  person  on  whom  the  duty  rests. 

W.  339 ;  B.  189 ;  AG.  232 ;  H.  431. 

444  VOCABULARY 

adiungo,  -ere,  -iunxi,  -iunc-  offero,  -ferre,  obtuli,  oblatus 

tus,  to  join  to.  (ob  +  tero),  to  present. 

defero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latus  (de  praesertim,  adv.  especially. 

+  fer6),   to    hring    down^  qjisMs^ -e^  of  what  sort,  as. 

report.  regnum,  -i,  n.  kingdom,  royal 

discessus,  -iis,  m.  departure  power  (rego). 

(discedo).  servitiis,    -utis,    f.  ,  hondage 

eodem,  adv.  to  the  same  place.  (servns). 

excedd,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessurns  studed,  -ere,  -ui,  — ,  to  pay 

{ex-\-ced.o),togooutfrom.  attention  to,  he  eager  for 

late,  adv.  hroadly.  (41 1) • 

obtine6,-ere,-ui,-tentus(ob-[-  utrimque,    adv.  from    hoth 

teneo),  to  maintain,  hold,  sides, 

445  1.  Cum  intellegeret  omnis  Gallos  celeriter  ad  helium 
excitari  atque  omnIs  homines  iTbertati  studere,  latius  sibi 

^  This  is  only  one  form  of  the  Dative  of  Reference,  418. 


PERIPHRASTIC  CONJUGATIONS  ;  195 

exercitum  mittendum  esse  putavit.  2.  Poenae  timore 
permoti,  nocentis  comprehensuri  erant  interfecturique ; 
demonstrant  se  perpetua  servitute  premi.  3.  Eiusmodi 
consilium  neque  inituri  erant  neque  iillum  omnino  bellum 
contra  eum  gessuri.  4.  Eodem  impedimenta  nostris  con- 
ferenda  erant  priusquam  hostes  ad  arma  concurrerent ; 
ad  hostis  delatum  est  Caesarem  castra  cum  oppido  muro 
coniuncturum  esse.  5.  Ea  apud  eos  consuetudo  est  ut 
qui  summum  magistratum  obtineant,  excedere  ex  finibus 
non  liceat.  6.  Discessu  Caesaris  animadverso,  Galli  lon- 
ginquiores  civitates  sibi  adiunxerant;  ad  locum  infra 
pontem,  inde  Avaricum  se  contulerunt.  7.  Eo  tempore, 
praesertim  cum  talis  oblata  esset  potestas,  qualis  nun- 
quam  antea,  exeundum  sibi  esse  putaverunt.  8.  Utrimque 
integri  succedunt;  et,  quod  constabat  montem  miile 
passuum  abesse,  eodem  sua  omnia  contulerunt.  9.  Subito 
impetu  oppidum  ceperunt ;  ilium,  qui  regnum  tot  annos 
obtinuerat,  comprehensum  supplicio  gravi  interfecerunt. 
10.  Nacti  idoneum  ventum  sub  noctem  ex  portii  exierunt, 
et  postridie  longius  delati  ultra  locum  constitutum  ad 
terram  venerunt. 

446  1.  Caesar  had  to  recall  the  men  from  work  and  to  give 
the  signal  for  battle  at  the  same  time.  2.  They  said  they 
would  go  into  whatsoever  place  Caesar  should  decide,  and 
would  carry  their  goods  to  the  same  place.  3.  He 
thought  that  he  ought  to  make  war  upon  the  Gauls,  espe- 
cially as  the  opportunity  was  offered.  4.  The  Haeduans 
reported  to  Caesar  that  all  the  Gauls  were  as  a  rule  eager 
for  a  revolution.^  5.  He  thought  that  there  would  never 
be  another  opportunity  such  as^  this  was.  6.  He  who 
had  held  the  royal  power  in  his  state  for  so  many  years 
was  arrested  and  killed.  7.  They  said  that  they  had  to 
endure  perpetual  bondage  and  were  eager  for  freedom. 

^  novae  res.  ^  qualis. 


196  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

LESSON   LYI 
GERUND  AND   SUPINE 

447  Learn  the  Gerunds  and  Supines  of  all  the 
paradigm  verbs,  479-489. 

THE  GERUND 

448  The  Gerund  is  a  verbal  noun  with  the  force  of 
an  active  verb.  The  Infinitive  supplies  the  nomi- 
native and  accusative  cases  in  the  constructions  of 
Subject  and  Direct  Object,  325-327. 

Examples 

1.  Loquendi  finem  fecit.  He  made  an  end  of  spealcing. 

2.  Ad  audiendum  parati  su-     We    are   2)repa7'ed    to    hear 

mus.  {for  hearing), 

3.  Hominis    mens    discendo     Mail's  mind  is  nourished  hy 

alitur.  learning, 

449  The  Gerund  may  have  a  direct  object,  e.  g., 
spatium  arma  capiendi,  time  for  talcing  arms ;  but 
in  place  of  the  Gerund  with  the  object  accusative, 
the  Gerundive  in  agreement  with  the  noun  is  to 

be  preferred. 

450  Examples 

1.  Consilium  urbis  capiendae.     A  plan  for  talcing  the  city, 

2.  Venerunt  ad  pacem  peten-     They  came  to  ask  for  peace. 

dam. 

3.  Haec  res  Caesari  difficnl-     This  fact  caused  Caesar  dif- 

tatem  ad  consilium  ca-        Hculty    in    forming    Ms 
piendum  adferebat.  plan. 

4.  Brutus  in  liberanda  patria    Brutus  tvas  hilled  in  free- 

est  interfectus.  ing  his  country. 


GERUND  AND  SUPINE  I  197 

{a)  Notice  that  in  each  example  the  Gerundive  is  a 
verbal  adjective  agreeing  with  its  noun,  which  is  in  the 
case  required  by  the  sentence.^ 

(b)  Notice  that  in  the  second  example  ad  pacem  peten- 
dam  expresses  purpose  and  is  equivalent  to  ut  (qui)  pa- 
cem peterent.  This  is  one  of  the  common  ways  of  ex- 
pressing purpose. 

THE  SUPINE 

451  Examples 

1.  Legati  venerunt  rogatum     Envoys  came  to  ash  help. 

auxilium. 

2.  Perfacile    factu    est  haec     To  accomplish  this  is  very 

perficere.  easy  (to  do), 

(a)  Notice  that  in  the  first  example  the  Supine  roga- 
tum is  used  with  a  verb  of  motion  to  express  purpose,  be- 
ing equivalent  to  ut  (qui)  rogarent  or  ad  auxilium  rogan- 
dum.     This  is  the  only  use  of  this  Supine.^ 

(J)  The  Supine  in  -u  is  rare,  being  used  in  a  few  ex- 
pressions like  the  second  example  as  Ablative  of  Specifi- 
cation. 

452  Utile. — The  Supine  in  -um  expresses  Purpose  after  verbs 
of  Motion. 

W.  654 ;  B.  340,  1 ;  AG.  302 ;  H.  633. 

453  VOCABULARY 

alienus,    -a,  -um,   another'^s^    officium,   -i,   n.   diity^   office^ 

foreign  (alius).  function. 

ius,  iiiris,  n.  justice.,  right.         perfacilis,  -e,  very  easy. 

^  The  Dative  of  the  Gerund  or  Gerundive  is  rare,  so  that  no  ex- 
ample is  here  given. 

2  The  future  pass,  infin.  amatnin  iri,  etc.,  belongs  under  this 
head,  as  iri  is  the  pres.  pass,  infin.  of  eo  used  impersonally. 


198  FIRST   LATIN  BOOK 

potius,  adv.  rather,  praeterea,  adv.  besides. 

praesto,  -are,  -stiti,  — ,  to  ex-    vel,     conj.     and     adv.     or, 
cel^  exhibit^  perform.  even} 

454  1.  Nulla  in  re  deerat  legatus,  et  in  hortandls  militibus 
imperatoris  et  in  pugna  militis  fortis  officia  praestabat. 
2.  Praeter  consuetudinem  cotidie  sub  castra  studio  pug- 
nandi  venerunt  hostes ;  tandem  Caesar  certum  diem  con- 
loquendi  dicit.  3.  Galli  sibi  Germanos  adiunxerant  ad 
socios  nostros  vel  comprehendendos  vel  interficiendos ; 
ex  omnibus  partibus  Galliae  eodem  eoncurrebant  hostes. 
4.  Legatos  ad  Caesarem  mittunt  rogatum  ne  sibi  sociis- 
que  noceret ;  dixerunt  se  iiira,  agros,  arma  Eomanis  soils 
permittere.  5.  Perfacile  factu  esse  demonstrat  sine  ulla 
suspicione  omnia  quae  ad  proficiscendum  pertineant, 
comparare.  6.  Alii  cursu  et  pugna  defessi  interfecti 
sunt  pugnantes;  alii^  nova  specie  equitum  nostrorum 
permoti  se  dederunt.  7.  Praeterea  legati  ad  Caesarem 
venerunt  oratum  ut  sibi  potestas  excedendi  fieret.  8.  Pug- 
natum  est  utrimque  vehementer  sub  muris;  ubi  nostri 
loco  cedere  visl  sunt,  hue  undique  concurritur.  9.  Equi- 
tatu  potius  quam  peditatu  maxime  valebat  imperator 
noster ;  itaque  suis  copiis  plerumque  ad  vastandos  agros 
hostium  utebatur.  10.  Undique  ad  Haeduos  defendendos 
convenerunt  ut  potius  in  suis  quam  in  alienis  finibus 
pugnarent. 

455  1.  On  the  next  day  Caesar  led  forth  his  forces  from 
each   camp   and  gave   the    enemy   a   chance    to    fight.^ 

2.  Caesar  was  confident  that  no  one  would   after  that 
cross  into  Britain  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  on  war. 

3.  The  Gauls  sent  ambassadors  to  ask  for  aid,  that  they 

^  aut  is  exclusive :  aiit  Caesar  aiit  nfillus,  either  Caesar  or 
nobody,  but  vel  gives  a  choice:  vel  hic  vel  ille,  either  this  man 
or  that  (as  you  please). 

2  Compare  358,  7.  ^  Compare  454,  7. 


NUMERALS  '         199 

might  not  be  obliged  to  fight  in  others'  territory  rather 
than  in  their  own.  4.  He  showed  him  that  it  was  very 
easy  to  get  possession  of  the  royal  power  in  his  state. 
5.  They  got  ready  everything  that  was  of  use  for  besieg- 
ing a  town.  6.  They  injured  the  enemy  greatly  by  lay- 
ing waste  their  fields  and  setting  fire  to  their  buildings. 
7.  They  sent  an  ambassador  to  beg  that  Caesar  would  not 
deprive  them  of  their  rights  and  their  lands. 


LESSON  LYIl 
NUMERALS 


456  Learn  the  Cardinal  numbers  to  1,000  and  the 
ordinals  through  the  twenty-first,  473. 

457  Review  the  declension  of  unus,  and  learn  the 
declension  of  duo  and  tres,  469;  the  other  cardi- 
nals through  centum  are  not  declined  except  those 
compounds  which  have  unus,  duo,  or  tres.  The 
hundreds  from  ducenti  to  nongenti  are  declined 
like  the  plural  of  bonus. 

458  Review  the  declension  of  mille,  252.  All  ordi- 
nals are  declined  like  bonus. 

459  1.  Discessu  hostium  Caesar  exercitum  in  duas  partes 
divisit ;  qnattuor  legiones  milia  passuum  quTndecim  in 
Haeduds  duxit.  2.  Ducenti  homines  pugnantes  utrimque 
interficiuntur ;  omnia  aedificia  longe  lateque  incenduntur. 
3.  Adiiinxit  sibi  sex  cohortes  atque  die  octayo  ex  suis  in 
finis  alienos  progressus  est.  4.  Spe  regnandi  novis  rebus 
studebat ;  sed  illi  in  libertate  manere  quam  servitutem 


200  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

ferre  malebant.  5.  Etsi  ille  milia  passuum  quinque 
abesse  hostis  certior  factus  est,  tamen  misit  eqaites  qui 
cognoscerent  qualis  esset  natura  montis.  6.  Fide  socio- 
rum  perspecta,  cum  novem  cohortibus  peditum  infra 
pontem  milibus  passuum  quattuordecim  flumen  transiit. 
7.  Quoscumque  adiit,  hortabatur  ut  se  cum  Germanis 
coniungerent ;  quinto  die  multa  milia  illorum  in  unum 
locum  convenerant.  8.  Dies  continues  tres  suas  copias 
produxit  et  hostibus  potestatem  pugnandi  fecit.  9.  Haedui 
reliquaeque  item  civitates,cognito  Caesaris  discessu,eodem 
unde  pridie  venerant,  redierunt.  10.  Urbis  defendendae 
causa  murum  fecit  in  altitiidinem  pedum  sedecim,  fos- 
samque  novem  pedum  duxit. 

460  1.  He  made  a  ten-foot  ditch  and  a  wall  twelve  feet 
high.  2.  Three  cohorts  were  left  as  a  protection  for  the 
baggage,  five  were  sent  among  the  Haeduans.  3.  On  the 
eighth  day  he  drew  up  his  army  in  line  across  the  river. 
4.  He  learned  that  the  enemy  were  twenty-five  miles  dis- 
tant from  the  camp.  5.  On  the  fifth  day  twenty  thousand 
men  arrived  to  defend  the  town.  6.  The  spears  of  these 
^people  are  two  feet  shorter  than  those  which  the  Haeduans 
use.  7.  The  soldiers  worked  at  building^  the  camp  thirty 
consecutive  hours.  8.  Two  ships  were  carried  out  of 
their  course  ^  by  the  wind  and  were  unable  to  make  ^  the 
harbor. 

^  Simply  built,  ^  defero.  *  capio. 


READING  EXERCISE  I        201 

461  READING  EXERCISE 

Caesar's  First  Invasion  of  Britain  (B.  G.  IV,  20-36) 

In  the  late  summer  of  55  B,  C.  Caesar,  having  returned  from  a  brief 
invasion  of  Germany,  decided  to  cross  to  Britain  in  order  to 
overawe  the  tribes  living  there  and  to  put  an  end  to  the  support 
given  by  them  to  the  Gauls 

1.  Exigua  parte  aestatis  reliqua  Caesar,  etsi  in  his 
loeis,  quod  omnis  Gallia  ad  septentriones  vergit,  maturae 
sunt  hiemes,  tamen  in  Britanniam  proficisci  contendit, 
quod  omnibus  fere  Gallicis  bellls  hostibus  nostris  inde 
5  subministrata  auxilia  intellegebat  et,  si  tempus  ad  bellum 
gerendum  deficeret,  tamen  magno  sibi  usui  fore  arbitra- 
batur,  si  modo  insulam  adisset,  genus  hominum  perspexis- 
set,  loca,  portus,  aditus  cognovisset;  quae  omnia  fere 
Gallis  erant  incognita.  Neque  enim  temere  praeter  mer- 
10  eatores  illo  adit  quisquam,  neque  his  ipsis  quicquam 
praeter  oram  maritimam  atque  eas  regiones  quae  sunt 
contra  Gallias  notum  est.     Itaque  vocatis  ad  se  undique 

[The  numerals  preceding  the  notes  refer  to  the  lines  above.]         .^ 
1,  1.  exigua  .  .  .  reliqua :  abl.  abs.,  392. 
2.  ad  septentriones :  toward  the  north. 

4.  bellis:  abl.  of  time  when,  176. 

5.  subministrata  (esse):   inf.  in  ind.   disc. — sT:   equivalent  to 

etsL— ad  bellum  g-erendum :  450,  b. 

6.  sibi  USUI:   415-418. — fore:   the  subject  is  contained  in  the 

clauses  si  .  .  .  cognovisset ;  in  translating  use  the  pronoun 
it :  he  thought  it  would  be  .  .  .,  if  etc. 
7  f.  adisset,  perspexisset,  cogrnovisset :  in  ind.  disc,  represent- 
ing the  fut.  perf.  of  the  direct ;  adiero,  perspexero,  cog- 
novero. 

8.  loca:  132. 

9.  incognita ;  probably  the  Gauls  were  not  so  ignorant  as  they 

seemed  ;  but  they  were  unwilling  to  help  Caesar. 
10.  illo  :  adv.,  to  that  place.— \\\^  ipsis :  i.  e.,  mercatoribus. 
12.  Gallias :  plural  with  reference  to  the  separate  divisions  of  Gaul. 


202  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

mercatoribus,  neque  quanta  esset  msulae  magnitudo, 
neque  quae  aut  quantae  nationes  incolerent,  neque  quern 
15  usum  belli  haberent  aut  quibus  Institutis  uterentur, 
neque  qui  essent  ad  maiorem  navium  multitudinem 
idonei  portus  reperire  poterat. 

Volusenus  and  Commius  sent  07i  reconnoitering  expeditions 

2.  Ad  haee  cognoscenda,  priusquam  periculum  face- 
ret,  idoneum  esse  arbitratus  Gaium  Volusenum  cum  navi 
longa  praemittit.  Huic  mandat  ut  exploratls  omnibus 
rebus  ad  se  quam  primum  revertatur.     Ipse  cum  omnibus 

5  copiis  in  Morinos  proficiscitur,  quod  inde  erat  brevissimus 
in  Britanniam  traiectus.  Hue  navis  undique  ex  f initimis 
regionibus,  et  quam  superiore  aestate  ad  Veneticum 
bellum  f ecerat  classem,  iubet  convenire.  Interim  consilio 
eius  cognito  et  per  mercatores  perlato  ad  Britannos,  a 

10  compluribus  msulae  civitatibus  ad  eum  legati  veniunt 
qui  polliceantur  obsides  dare  atque  imperio  populi  Eo- 
mani  obtemperare. 

Quibus  auditis  liberaliter  pollicitus  hortatusque  ut  in 
ea  sententia  permanerent,  eos  domum  remittit  et  cum 

15  iis    una    Commium,   quern    ipse    Atrebatibus    superatis 

13.  quanta  esset,  etc. :  ind.  questions  depending  on  reperire, 

1.  17.     What  do  they  represent  of  the  direct  discourse? 

14.  incolerent :  supply  earn,  i.  e.,  Tnsulam. 

15.  usum :  skill. 

2,  1.  priusquam  .  .  .  faceret:  368. 

2.  idoneum :  he  did  not,  however,  succeed  in  his  attempt. — nayi 

lon^a:  ship-of-war. 
4.  quam :  p.  100,  n.  2. 

6.  Morinos :  this  tribe  lived  nearest  Britain. 

7.  quam :  agreeing  with  classem,  1.  8.— Teneticum :  the  Veneti, 

who  lived  in  the  northwestern  part  of  Gaul,  had  been  con- 
quered in  56  B.  c. 

11.  polliceantur:  280.— dare:  327.— imperio:  411. 

15.  Atrebatibus:  a  tribe  living  south  and  west  of  the  Morini, 
conquered  in  57  b.  c. 


READING  EXERCISE  I  203 

regem  ibi  constituerat,  cuius  et  virtutem  et  consilium 
probabat  et  quern  sibi  fidelem  esse  arbitrabatur  cuiusque 
auctoritas  in  his  regionibus  magni  habebatur,  mittit. 
Huic  imperat  quas  possit  adeat  ciyitates  horteturque  ut 
20  populi  Eomani  fidem  sequantur  seque  celeriter  eo  ven- 
turum  nuntiet.  Volusenus  perspectis  regionibus  quan- 
tum ei  facultatis  dari  potuit,  qui  navi  egredi  ac  se  bar- 
baris  committere  non  auderet,  quinto  die  ad  Caesarem 
revertitur  quaeque  ibi  perspexisset  renuntiat. 

After  preparing  a  fleet  of  ninety-eight  transports  besides  his  men- 
of-war  and  receiving  assurances  of  loyalty  from  the  Moriniy 
Caesar  crosses  the  chanfiel 

3.  His  constitutis  rebus  nactus  idoneam  ad  navigan- 
dum  tempestatem  tertia  fere  vigilia  solvit,  equitesque  in 
ulteriorem  portum  progredi  et  navis  conscendere  et  se 
sequi  iussit.  A  quibus  cum  paulo  tardius  esset  adminis- 
5  tratum,  ipse  hora  diei  circiter  quarta  cum  primis  navibus 
Britanniam  attigit  atque  ibi  in  omnibus  collibus  exposi- 
tas  hostium  copias  armatas  conspexit.     Cuius  loci  haec 

16.  ibi  :  i.  e.,  among  the  Atrebates. 

17.  fidelem :  yet  three  years  later  he  turned  against  Caesar. 

18.  inagni:  gen.  of  value. — habebatur:  was  considered. 

19.  possit:  subordinate  clause  in  ind.  disc,  335. — adeat,  horte- 

tur,  nuntiet :  335. 

20.  fldem  sequantur :  accept  the  protection  of. 
23.  facultatis :  modifying  quantum,  409. 

23.  auderet:  282. 

24.  revertitur,  renuntiat :  see  p.  138,  n.  1. 
3,  1.  His  .  .  .  rebus :  i.  e.,  his  preparations. 

2.  tertia  vigilia:  about  midnight,  as  the  night  was  divided  into 

four  watches.     The  date  was  very  near  August  26th,  when 
the  tide  was  high  at  7.30  p.  M. — solvit :  cast  off. 

3.  ulteriorem  portum :  a  harbor  eight  Roman  miles  off,  where 

eighteen  transports  had  been  detained  by  the  wind. 

4.  paulo  tardius  :  they  did  not  sail  until  three  days  later. 

5.  hora  .  .  .  quarta :  about  nine  o'clock.     The  distance  across  is 

about  thirty  miles ;  the  Romans  landed  not  far  from  Dover. 


204  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

erat  natura  atque  ita  montibus  anguste  mare  contineba- 
tur  uti  ex  locis  superioribus  in  litus  telum  adigi  postes. 

10  Hunc  ad  egrediendum  nequaquam  idoneum  locum  arbi- 
tratus,  dum  reliquae  naves  eo  convenirent  ad  horam 
nonam  in  ancorls  exspectavit.  Interim  legatis  tribu- 
nisque  militum  convocatis  et  quae  ex  Yoluseno  cogno- 
visset  et  quae  fieri  vellet  ostendit,  monuitque,  ut  rei  mili- 

15  tiiris  ratio,  maxime  ut  maritimae  res  postularent  (ut  quae 
celerem  atque  instabilem  motum  haberent)  ad  nutum  et 
ad  tempus  omnes  res  ab  eis  administrarentur.  His  dimis- 
sis  et  ventum  et  aestum  uno  tempore  nactus  secundum, 
dato  signo  et  sublatis   ancoris,  circiter  milia  passuum 

20  septem  ab  eo  loco  progressus,  aperto  ac  piano  litore  navis 
constituit. 

The  Britains  resist  a  landing 

4.  At  barbari  consilio  Komanorum  cognito,  praemisso 
equitatu  et  essedariis,  quo  plerumque  genere  in  proeliis 
uti  consuerunt,  reliquis  copiis  subseciiti  nostros  navibus 
egredi  prohibebant.     Erat  ob  has  causas  summa  difiicul- 

6  tas,  quod  naves  propter  magnitiidinem  nisi  in  alto  con- 

8.  montibus :  the  cliffs  which  come  close  to  the  water's  edge. 

11  f.  dum  .  .  .  convenirent:  for  the  other  ships  to  come  tip,  370. 
— horam  nonam :  about  3.30  p.  m. 

14  ff.  monuit :  the  object  clause  depending  directly  on  this  is  [ut] 
ad  nfitum  .  .  .  administrarentur,  charged  that  everything 
be  done,  etc. — ut  .  .  .  postularent :  as  the  art  of  war  and 
especially  seamanship  required.  These  clauses  have  the 
imperf.  subj.,  representing  Caesar's  postulant,  as  they  are 
an  integral  part  of  the  command.     Why  is  the  imperf.  used? 

15.  ut  quae  .  .  .  haberent :  characterizing  clause,  since  they  are 
things  ivhich  involve. 

18.  aestum :  the  tide  set  to  the  north  and  east  about  6.30  p.  m. 

20.  Iitore :  probably  between  Walmer  Castle  and  Deal,  northeast 
of  Dover. 
4,  2.  essedariis :  fighter's  in  war-chariots. — quo  .  .  .  genere :  both 
horsemen  and  chariots. — consuerunt :  =  consueierunt. 

5.  alto :  deep  water. 


READING  EXERCISE  1         205 

stitui  non  poterant ;  militibus  autem  ignotis  locis,  impedi- 
tis  manibus,  magno  et  gravi  onere  armorum  oppressTs 
simiil  et  de  navibus  desiliendum  et  in  fluctibus  consis- 
tendum  et  cum  hostibus  erat  pugnandum,  cum  illi  aut 

10  ex  arido  aut  paulum  in  aquam  progress!  omnibus  mem- 
bris  expeditis,  notissimis  locis,  audacter  tela  conicerent  et 
equos  insuefactos  incitarent.  Quibus  rebus  nostri  per- 
territi  atque  huius  omnino  generis  pugnae  imperiti  non 
eadem  alacritate  ac  studio  quo  in  pedestribus  uti  proelils 

15  consuerant  utebantur. 

Caesar  manoeuvres  for  an  advantage — Bravery  of  a  centurion 

5.  Quod  ubi  Caesar  animadvertit,  navis  longas,  qua- 
rum  et  species  erat  barbaris  intisitatior  et  motus  ad 
usum  expeditior,  paulum  removeri  ab  onerariis  navibus 
et  remis  incitari  et  ad  latus  apertum  hostium  constitui 
5  atque  inde  fundis,  sagittis,  tormentis  hostis  propelli  ac 
submoveri  iussit ;  quae  res  magno  usui  nostris  fuit. 
Xam  et  navium  figura  et  remorum  motu  et  intisitato 
genere  tormentorum  permoti  barbari  constiterunt  ac 
paulum  etiam  pedem  rettulerunt.  Atque  nostris  militi- 
10  bus  cunctantibus,  maxime  propter  altitudinem  maris,  qui 

6.  militibus :  dat.  of  agent  with  desiliendum,  etc.,  443. 

7.  manibus :  abl.  abs. — oppressis :  agreeing  with  militibus. 
9.  cum  illi:  while  the  enemy,  376. 

12.  insuefactos :  trained  to  this  action. 

13.  generis :  gen.  w.  imperiti. 

14.  pedestribus :  on  land. 

5,  1.  navis:  subject  of  removeri,  incitari,  constitui. 

2.  inusitatior:  less  familiar,  i.  e.,  than  that  of  the  transports. 

4.  latus  apertum :  the  right,  for  the  enemies'  shields  protected 

their  left. 

5.  inde :  i.  e.,  from  the  ships-of-war. 

6.  quae  res :  a  manoeuvre  which, 
10.  qui :  i.  e.,  is  qui. 


206  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

decimae  legionis  aquilam  ferebat  obtestatus  deos  ut  ea 
res  legioni  f  eliciter  eveniret :  "  Desilite,"  inquit,  "  commi- 
litiones,  nisi  voltis  aquilam  hostibus  prodere ;  ego  eerte 
meum  rei   publicae   atque   imperatori   officium    praesti- 

15  tero/'  Hoc  cum  voce  magna  dixisset,  se  ex  navi  pro- 
iecit  atque  in  hostis  aquilam  ferre  coepit.  Tum  nostri 
cohortati  inter  se  ne  tantum  dedecus  admitteretur,  iini- 
versi  ex  navi  desiluerunt.  Hos  item  ex  proximis  navibus 
cum    conspexissent,   subsecuti    hostibus    adpropinquave- 

20  runt. 

The  Romans  land,   hut  for  want  of  cavalry  cannot  pursue  the 

Britons 

6.  Pugnatum  est  ab  utrisque  acriter.  Nostri  tamen, 
quod  neque  ordines  servare  neque  firmiter  insistere 
neque  signa  subsequi  poterant,  atque  alius  alia  ex  navi 
quibuscumque  signis  occurrerat  se  adgregabat,  magno- 
5  pere  perturbabantur ;  hostes  vero  notis  omnibus  vadis, 
ubi  ex  litore  aliquos  singularis  ex  navi  egredientis  con- 
spexerant,  incitatis  equis  impeditos  adoriebantur,  plures 
paucos  circumsistebant,  alii  ab  latere  aperto  in  universos 
tela  coniciebant.     Quod  cum  animadvertisset  Caesar,  sca- 

11.  obtestatus:  appealing  to.     The  direct  form  of  his  apj^eal  was: 
Quod  vobls  f eliciter  eveniat,  desiUfe,  etc. 

17.  inter  se:  07ie  another. — tantum  dedecus:  as  the  loss  of  the 

legion's  eagle  would  be. 

18.  universi :  tvith  one  accord. 

19.  subsecuti :  i.  e.,  the  soldiers,  the  same  as  the  subject  of  con- 

spexissent. 
6,  1.  ab  utrisque  :  on  both  sides. 

2.  firmiter  insistere:  get  a  firm  footing. 

3.  poterant:   notice  the  number  of  imperfects  describing  the 

progress  of  the  battle. — alius  alia  ex  navi :  me7i  from 
different  ships. 

6  f.  ubi  .  .  .  conspexerant,  adoriebantur,  etc. :  a  general  state- 
ment, ivhenever  they  saw,  etc. — sin^ularis :  scattered  soldiers. 

9.  scaphas:  row-boats. 


READING  EXERCISE  1        207 

10  phas  longarum  navium,  item  speculatoria  navigia  militi- 
bus  compleri  iussit,  et  quos  laborantis  conspexerat  his 
subsidia  submittebat.  Nostri,  simul  in  arido  constite- 
runt,  suis  omnibus  consecutis,  in  hostis  impetum  f  ecerunt 
atque  eos  in  fugam  dederunt ;  neque  longius  prosequi 

15  potuerunt,  quod  equites  cursum  tenere  atque  insulam 
capere  non  potuerant.  Hoc  unum  ad  pristinam  fortu- 
nam  Caesari  defuit. 

Envoys  from  the  Britons  sue  for  peace 

7.  Hostes  proelio  superati,  simul  atque  se  ex  fuga  re- 
ceperunt,  statim  ad  Caesarem  legatos  de  pace  miserunt ; 
obsides  daturos  quaeque  imperasset  facturos  esse  pol- 
liciti  sunt.  Una  cum  his  legatis  Commius  Atrebas 
venit,  quem  supra  demonstraveram  a  Caesare  in  Britan- 
niam  praemissum.  Hunc  illi  e  navT  egressum,  cum  ad 
eos  oratoris  modo  Caesaris  mandata  deferret,  compre- 
henderant  atque  in  vincula  coniecerant ;  tum  proelio 
facto  remiserunt,  et  in  petenda  pace  eius  rei  culpam  in 

11.  speculatoria  nayi^ia :  scouting  boats,  light  and  swift. — quos 
.  .  .  conspexerat  .  .  .  submittebat :  compare  1.  6  above. 

13.  simul :  =  simul  atque,  as  soon  as. — suis  omnibus  consecu- 
tis :  and  all  their  comrades  had  Joined  them.  Notice  that 
this  is  logically  parallel  to  the  preceding  clause,  but  tliat  by 
the  use  of  the  abl.  abs.  variety  in  expression  is  secured. 

14  f .  neque :  and  yet  .  .  .  not. — longius :  very  far. — quod  equi- 
tes, etc. :  the  cavalry  were  still  waiting  for  a  favorable  wind. 
See  3,  2  ff. 

16.  capere:  make. 

17.  fortunam:  Caesar  firmly  believed  in  his  own  "good  luck." 

7,  3.  daturos,  facturos  esse :  the  subject  of  both  is  the  same  as  that 
of  polliciti  sunt. — quae  imperasset :  ind.  disc. ;  in  the 
direct,  quae  imperaveris,  faciemus. 

5.  supra :  2,  14  if. 

6.  praemissum  [esse] :  perf.  inf.  pass. — ill! :  i.  e.,  the  Britons. 

— egressum  :  when  he  had  landed. — cum :  concessive. 

7.  oratoris  modo :  in  the  character  of  (or  as)  an  envoy. 


208  FIRST  LATIN   BOOK 

10  multitudinem  contulerunt,  et  propter  imprudentiam  ut 
ignosceretur  petlverunt.  Caesar  questus  quod,  cum 
ultro  in  continentem  legatis  missis  pacem  ab  se  petis- 
sent,  bellum  sine  causa  intulissent,  ignoscere  impruden- 
tiae   dixit   obsidesque    imperavit ;    quorum    illi    partem 

15  statim  dederunt,  partem  ex  longinquioribus  locis  arces- 
sitam  paucis  diebus  sese  daturos  dixerunt.  Interea  suos 
remigrare  in  agros  iusserunt,  principesque  undique  con- 
venire  et  se  civitatesque  suas  Caesar!  commendare  coepe- 
runt. 

Caesar^s  cavalry  transports  encounter  a  violent  storm 

8.  His  rebus  pace  confirmata,  post  diem  quartum 
quam  est  in  Britanniam  ventum,  naves  duodeviginti  de 
quibus  supra  demonstriitum  est,  quae  equites  sustulerant, 
ex  superiore  portu  leni  vento  solverunt.  Quae  cum  ad- 
5  propinquarent  Britanniae  et  ex  castris  viderentur,  tanta 
tempestils  subito  coorta  est  ut  nfdla  efirum  cursum  tenere 
posset ;  sed  aliae  eodem  unde  erant  profectae  referrentur, 
aliae  ad  inferiorem  partem  insulae,  quae  est  propius 
solis    occasum,   magno    suo   cum   periculo   deicerentur ; 

11.  T^nosceretnr :  impersonal,  sc.  sibi,  that  their  action  might  be 
pardoned. 

13.  bellum  sine  causa:  the  Britons  were  actually  resisting  an 
armed  invasion.— Ignoscere :  the  subject  is  the  same  as  that 
of  dixit. 

15.  arcessTtam:  when  fetched. 

18.  convenire:  with  coeperunt. 
8,  1.  post  diem  qnartnm :  three  days  after,  according  to  our  reck- 
oning.   The  Roman  counted  the  day  with  which  he  started 
as  the  first. 
3.  snpra :  chap.  3.— sustulerant :  had  received  on  board. 

5.  Britanniae:  344. 

6.  tempestas :  a  northeast  wind,  blowing  from  the  North  Sea. 

7.  aliae  .  .  .  aliae:  some  .  .  .  others. 

8.  inferiorem  partem :  somewhere  southwest  of  Deal. 


READING   EXERCISE  \        209 

10  quae  tamen  ancoris  iactis  cum  fluctibus  complerentur, 
necessario  adversa  nocte  in  altum  provectae  continentem 
petierunt. 

The  fleet  is  almost  wrecked  by  the  storm  and  high  tide 

9.  Eadem  nocte  accidit  ut  esset  Itina  plena,  qui  dies 
maritimos  aestus  maximos  in  Oceano  efficere  consuevit, 
nostrisque  id  erat  incognitum.  Ita  tino  tempore  et 
longas  navis,  quibus  Caesar  exercitum  transportandum 

5  ctiraverat  quasque  Caesar  in  aridum  subduxerat,  aestus 
complebat,  et  onerarias,  quae  ad  ancorils  erant  deligatae, 
tempestas  adflictabat,  neque  ulla  nostris  facultas  aut 
administrandi  aut  auxiliandi  dabatur.  Compluribus 
navibus  fractis  reliquae  cum  essent — funibus,  ancoris  reli- 

10  quisque  armamentis  amissis — ad  navigandum  inutiles, 
magna,  id  quod  necesse  erat  accidere,  totius  exercitus 
perturbatio  facta  est.  Neque  enim  naves  erant  aliae, 
quibus  reportari    possent,   et   omnia    deerant,   quae    ad 

10.  complerentur:   began  to  fill;  the  impf.  indicates  that  the 

action  was  incomplete. 

11.  adversa  nocte :  in  the  face  of  darkness ;  concessive,  302. 
9,  1.  eadem  nocte :  probably  August  30th.— ut  esset :  269. 

2.  aestus  maximos :  in  the  English  Channel  the  high  tides  vary 
from  twenty  to  thirty  feet,  and  these  were  naturally  very 
strange  to  the  Italians,  since  the  tide  in  the  Mediterranean  is 
hardly  perceptible. 

4.  navTs :  obj.  of  complebat.— transportandum  curaverat : 
had  had  the  army  brought.  The  gerundive  in  agreement 
with  the  object  is  thus  used  with  verbs  of  Giving,  Sending, 
Caring,  Permitting,  Undertaking,  and  the  like  to  express 
purpose.  One  of  the  most  common  verbs  in  this  construction 
is  euro.     W.  644,  2 ;  B.  837,  7  b,  2;  AG.  294  d ;  H.  622. 

8.  administrandi :  of  handling  them. 

9.  funibus  .  .  .  amissTs:    abl.   abs.,  giving  the  reason   for  the 

ships'  being  ad  navigandum  inutiles. 
11.  magna:  with  perturbatio. — id  quod:  a  thing  which^  as, 
13.  quibus  .  .  .  possent:  282. 
14 


210  FIRST  LATIN   BOOK 

reficiendas  navis  erant  usui,  et,  quod  omnibus  constabat 
15  hiemari  in   Gallia  oportere,  frumentum  in  his  locis  in 
hiemem  provisum  non  erat. 

The  Britons  plan  to  renew  hostilities 

10.  Quibus  rebus  cognitis  prlncipes  Britanniae,  qui 
post  proelium  ad  Caesarem  convenerant,  inter  se  conlo- 
ciitT,  cum  et  equites  et  navis  et  frumentum  EomanTs 
deesse  intellegerent,  et  paucitatem  militum  ex  castrorum 

5  exiguitate  cognoseerent, — quae  hoc  erant  etiam  angus- 
tiora  quod  sine  impedimentis  Caesar  legiones  trfmspor- 
taverat, — optimum  factu  esse  duxerunt,  rebellione  facta, 
frumento  commeatuque  nostros  prohibere  et  rem  in 
hiemem  producere ;  quod  his  superatis  aut  reditu  inter- 

10  clusis  neminem  postea  belli  inferendi  causa  in  Britan- 
niam  trfinsiturum  confldebant.  Itaque  rursus  coniura- 
tione  facta  paulfitim  ex  castris  discedere  et  suos  clam  ex 
agris  deducere  coeperunt. 

Caesar  stispects  their  purpose 

11.  At  Caesar,  etsi  nondum  eorum  consilia  cognoverat, 
tamen  et  ex  eventu  navium  suarum  et  ex  eo  quod  obsides 
dare  intermiserant,  fore  id,  quod  accidit,  suspicabatur. 

14.  USUI:  416. — omuibns  constabat:  all  were  agreed.    The  sub- 
ject is  hiemari  .  .  .  oportere. 
15  f.  in  hiemem  :  for  the  winter. 

10,  1.  prlncipes :  subject  of  duxerunt,  1.  7. 

3ff.  cum  .  .  .  intellegerent,  cognoseerent:  376. 
5.  quae  :  referring  to  castrorum.— hoc  :  abl.  of  cause,  expanded 
in  quod  .  .  .  transportaverat. 

7.  optimum  factu :  451,  h. 

8.  rem  .  .  .  producere :  to  prolong  the  campaign. 

9.  his  .  .  .  interclusTs :  if  these  should  be  overcome,  etc.    Abl. 

abs.  expressing  condition,  circumstances,  392. — reditu :  206. 

11,  2.  ex  eventii :  from  what  had  befallen  his  ships. — ex  eo  quod : 

from  the  fact  that. 
3.  fore  :  =  futurum  esse.— suspicabatur :  began  to  suspect. 


READING  EXERCISE  ^        211 

Itaque  ad  omnTs  casus  subsidia  comparabat.  Nam  et 
5  frumentum  ex  agris  cotidie  in  castra  conferebat  et  quae 
gravissime  adfllctae  erant  naves,  earum  materia  atque 
aere  ad  reliquas  reficiendas  utebatur,  et  quae  ad  eas  res 
erant  usuT,  ex  continent!  comparari  iubebat.  Itaque  cum 
summo  studio  a  militibus  administraretur,  duodecim 
10  navibus  amissis,  reliquis  ut  navigari  satis  commode  posset 
effecit. 

He  plans  to  thwart  them.     They  attach  a  foraging  party 

12.  Dum  ea  gerunfcur,  legione  ex  consuetudine  una 
frumentatum  missa,  quae  appellabatur  septima,  neque 
ulla  ad  id  tempus  belli  suspicione  interposita,  cum  pars 
hominum  in  agris  remaneret,  pars  etiam  in  castra  venti- 
5  taret,  ei  qui  pro  portis  castrorum  in  statione  erant  Cae- 
sari  niintiaverunt  pulverem  maiorem  quam  consuetiido 
ferret  in  ea  parte  videri  quam  in  partem  legio  iter  fecisset. 
Caesar  id  quod  erat  suspicatus,  aliquid  novi  a  barbaris 
initum  consili,  cohortes  quae  in  stationibus  erant  secum 

6.  materia  atque  aere :  timber  and  metal,    aes  means  both 

copper  and  bronze,  which  were  used  for  bolts  and  to  sheathe 
the  beaks  of  the  men-of-war,  etc. 

7.  quae:  neuter;  the  antecedent  is  the  (unexpressed)  subject  (ea) 

of  comparari. 
10.  ut  .  .  .  posset :  269. — navigari  :  impersonal,  subj.  of  pos- 
set.   Translate,  so  that  they  could  sail. 
12,  1.  gerimtur:  370. 

2.  frumentatum:  452. 

3  f .  cum  .  .  .  remaneret,  ventitaret:  causal. — hominum: 
i.  e.,  the  Britons. — ventitaret :  kept  coming  and  going  ;  fre- 
quentative verb,  W.  273,  2  ;  B.  155,  2  ;  AG.  167  h  ;  H.  364. 

6.  quam  consuetiido  ferret :  than  usual. 

8  f .  id  quod  erat:  the  true  state  of  the  case,  explained  by 
aliquid  consilT.  —  novi  consili:  409.  —  initum  [esse]: 
perf.  pass,  in  fin. 

9.  coliortes :  belonging  to  the  10th  legion.  Four  cohorts,  being 
ready,  started  at  once,  two  took  their  places  on  guard,  and 
the  remaining  four  followed  as  quickly  as  they  could  arm. 


212  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

10  in  earn  partem  proficisci,  ex  reliquis  duas  in  stationem 
succedere,  reliquas  armarl  et  confestim  sese  subsequi 
iussit.  Cum  paulo  longius  a  castris  processisset,  suos 
ab  hostibus  premi  atque  aegre  sustinere  et  conferta 
legione   ex   omnibus  partibus  tela  conici   animadvertit. 

15  Xam  quod  omni  ex  reliquis  partibus  demesso  frumento 
pars  una  erat  reliqua,  suspicati  hostes  hue  nostros  esse 
venturos  noctu  in  silvas  delituerant ;  turn  dispersos  depo- 
sitis  armis  in  metendo  occupatos  subito  adorti,  paucis 
interfectis    reliquos    incertis    ordinibus    perturbaverant, 

20  simul  equitatu  atque  essedis  circumdederant. 

The  Britons^  use  of  chariots  in  battle 

13.  Genus  hoc  est  ex  essedis  pugnae.  Primo  per 
omnis  partes  perequitant  et  tela  coniciunt  atque  ipso 
terrore  equorum  et  strepitu  rotarum  ordines  plerumque 
perturbant,  et  cum  se  inter  equitum  turmfis  insinufive- 
5  runt,  ex  essedis  desiliunt  et  pedibus  proeliantur.  Auri- 
gae  interim  paulatim  ex  proelio  excedunt  atque  ita  curriis 

11.  arinari :  reflexive,  to  arm  themselves, 

12.  paulo  longius :  some  little  distance. 

13.  sustinere :    ivere    holding    their   own. — conferta :    crowded 

together. 
16.  pars  una :  only  one  part ;  i.  e.,  as  yet  uncut. — suspicati : 

supposing. 
17  f.  dispersos  .  .  .  occupatos :  agreeing  with  nostros,  brought 

over  from  the  line  above. 
19.  incertis    ordinibns  :    because    their  ranks  were  unsteady, 

392. 
13,  1.  ex  essedis :  modifying  pugnae.    These  war-chariots  of  the 

Britons  were  drawn  by  two  horses,  and  held  six  fighting  men 

(essedarii)  besides  the  driver  (auriga). 

3.  equorum  :  subjective  gen.,  caused  by  the  horses. 

4.  cum  .  .  .  insinuaverunt :  wheii  they  have  worked  their  way 

in  among,  374. — equitum  turmas  :  apparently  the  Britons' 
cavalry,  so  their  fighting-line  was  made  up  of  horse  and  foot, 
the  dismounted  essedarii. 


READING  EXERCISE  \        213 

conlocant  ut,  si  illi  a  multitudine  hostium  premantur, 
expeditum  ad  suos  receptum  habeant.  Ita  mobilitatem 
equitum,  stabilitatem  peditum  in  proeliis  praestant,  ac 
10  tantum  usti  cotidiano  et  exercitatione  efficiunt  uti  in 
declivi  ac  praecipiti  loco  incitatos  equos  sustinere  et 
brevi  moderari  ac  flectere,  et  per  temonem  percurrere  et 
in  iugo  insistere  et  se  inde  in  currus  citissime  recipere 
consiferint. 

Rescue  of  the  foragers.     The  Britons  gather  in  great  force 

14.  Quibus  rebus  perturbatis  nostris  novitate  ptignae 
tempore  opportunissimo  Caesar  auxilium  tulit;  namque 
eius  adventu  hostes  constiterunt,  nostri  se  ex  timore 
receperunt.     Quo  facto  ad  lacessendum  hostem  et  com- 

5  mittendum  proelium  alienum  esse  tempus  arbitratus,  suo 
se  loco  continuit  et  brevi  tempore  intermisso  in  castra 
legiones  rediixit.  Dum  haec  geruntur,  nostris  omnibus 
occapatis,  qui  erant  in  agris  reliqui  discesserunt.  Secii- 
tae  sunt  continuos  complures  dies  tempestates,  quae  et 

10  nostros  in  castris  continerent  et  hostem  a  pugna  prohibe- 

7.  ill! :  the  fighting  essedarii. 

8.  expeditum :  ready. 

9.  praestant:  display. 

10.  tantum  .  .  .  efficiunt :  become  so  expert. 

11.  incitatos:  at  full  speed. — sustinere:  to  check. 

12.  brevi :  within  a  short  space. 

13.  iugo :  which  rested  on  the  necks  of  the  horses  and  supported 

the  pole  (temo). 

14.  consuerint :  shortened  form  of  consueverint. 
14,  1.  perturbatis  nostris :  dat.  with  auxilium  tulit. 

5.  alienum :  unfavorable. 

7  f .  nostris  .  .  .  occupatis:  with  fortifying  camp  and  getting 

supplies. 
8.  qui  .  .  .  reliquT :  i.  e.,  the  Britons.    The  antecedent  of  qui 

is  the  (unexpressed)  subject  of  discesserunt ;  compare  11,  7. 
9  f.  quae  .  .  .  continerent,   prohiberent :  such  as  to,  etc., 

282. 


214  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

rent.  Interim  barbari  nuntios  in  omnTs  partes  dimlse- 
runt  paucitatemque  nostrorum  militum  suis  praedicave- 
runt  et,  quanta  praedae  faciendae  atque  in  perpetuum 
sui  liberandi  facultas  daretur,  si  Eomanos  castris  expu- 
15  lissent,  demonstraverunt.  His  rebus  celeriter  magna 
multitudine  peditatus  equitatusque  coacta  ad  castra 
venerunt. 

They  are  defeated  in  battle 

15.  Caesar,  etsi  idem  quod  superioribus  diebus  acci- 
derat  fore  videbat,  ut,  si  essent  hostes  pulsi,  celeritate 
periculum  effugerent,  tamen  nactus  equites  circiter  tri- 
ginta,  quos  Commius  Atrebas  (de  quo  ante  dictum  est) 

5  secum  transportaverat,  legiones  in  acie  pro  castris  con- 
stituit.  Commisso  proelio  diiitius  nostrorum  militum 
impetum  hostes  ferre  non  potuerunt  ac  terga  verterunt. 
Quos  tanto  spatio  secuti  quantum  cursii  et  viribus  efficere 
potuerunt,  complures  ex  eis  occiderunt ;  deinde  omnibus 
10  longe  lateque  aedificiis  incensis  se  in  castra  receperunt. 

Caesar  returns  to  Gaul 

16.  Eodem  die  legati  ab  hostibus  missi  ad  Caesarem 
de  pace  venerunt.  His  Caesar  numerum  obsidum  quern 
antea  imperaverat  duplicavit,  eosque  in  continentem  ad- 
diici  iussit,  quod,  propinqua  die  aequinocti,  infirmis  nfivi- 

13  f.  praedae  faciendae,  snT  liberandi :  objective  gen.  with 
facultas,  157  ;  see  also  450.— dare tur,  expnlissent:  what 
do  these  represent  of  the  direct  discourse? 

15,  1.  idem :  subject  of  fore,  and  explained  by  ut  .  .  .  effugerent. 

3.  equites  triginta :  too  few  to  be  of  service  except  in  pursuit 

of  a  defeated  enemy. 

4.  ante :  2,  15 ;  7,  4. 

8.  tanto  spatio:  over  as  much  distance. — quantum  .  .  .  potue- 
runt :  as  their  strength  enabled  them  to  run. 

16,  4.  propinqua  die  aequinocti:  abl.  abs. ;  the  equinox  is  still 

thought  to  be  a  stormy  season. — inflrmis  nayibus  :  abl. 
abs. 


READING  EXERCISE  ^        215 

5  bus  hiemi  navigationem  subiciendam  non  existimabat. 
Ipse  idoneam  tempestatem  nactus  paulo  post  mediam 
noctem  navis  solvit ;  quae  omnes  incolumes  ad  continen- 
tem  pervenerunt ;  sed  ex  eis  onerariae  duae  eosdem  por- 
tus  quos  reliquae  capere  non  potuerunt  et  paulo  infra 

10  delatae  sunt. 

5.  hiemi :  stormy  weather. — subiciendam  :  sc.  esse. 

7.  solvit:  Napoleon  III  reckoned  that  the  return  to  Gaul  was 
made  on  September  11th  or  12th,  so  that  the  stay  in  Britain 
lasted  about  three  weeks. 

9.  capere :  to  make. — paulo  infra :  to  the  southwest. 


APPENDIX 

TABLES  OF  DECLENSIONS  AND  CONJUGATIONS 


462 


NOUNS 

FIRST  DECLENSION 

Stem 

in  a 

SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

NoM.,  Voc. 

rosa 

rosae 

Gen. 

rosae 

rosarum 

DAT. 

rosae 

rosis 

Accu. 

rosam 

rosas 

Abl. 

rosa 

rosis 

463 


SECOND  DECLENSION 

Stem  in  o 


SINGULAR  PLURAL 

NoM.,  Voc.     seryus,  serve  servi 

Gen.  servi  servorum 

Dat.  servo  servis 

Accu.  servum  servos 

Abl.  servo  servis 


SINGULAR  PLURAL 

donum  dona 

doni  donorum 

dono  donis 

domim  dona 

dono  donis 


SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

NoM,,  Voc. 

pner 

pueri 

ager 

agri 

Gen. 

piieri 

pner  drum 

agri 

agronim 

Dat. 

puero 

pueris 

agro 

agris 

Accu. 

puermn 

pueros 

agrum 

agros 

Abl. 

puerd 

pueris 

agro 

217 

agris 

218 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

NOM.,  Voc. 

vir 

viri 

Gen. 

viri 

virorum 

DAT. 

viro 

viris 

Accu. 

virum 

viros 

Abl. 

viro 

viris 

464 


NoM.,  Voc. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Accu. 

Abl. 


NOM., 

Gen. 
Dat. 

Accu. 
Abl. 

NoM.,  Voc. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Accu. 

Abl. 

NoM.,  Voc. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Accu. 

Abl. 


THIRD  DECLENSION 

Mute  Stems 


Singular 


princeps 

principis 

principi 

principem 

principe 


rex 

regis 

regi 

regem 

rege 


Plural 


Voc.    principes  reges 

prmcipimi  regnm 

prmcipibns  regibns 

principes  reges 

principibns  regibus 


vox 

vocis 

voci 

vocem 

voce 

voces 

vocTun 

vocibus 

voces 

vocibus 


Singular 
obses 
obsidis 
obsidi 
obsidem 
obside 

Plural 
obsides 
obsidnm 
obsidibus 
obsides 
obsidibus 


miles 

militis 

militi 

militem 

milite 

milites 

militnm 

militibus 

milites 

militibus 


virtus 

virtutis 

virtuti 

virtutem 

virttite 

virtiites 

virtiitum 

virtiitibus 

virtutes 

virtatibus 


caput 

capitis 

capiti 

caput 

capite 

capita 

capitum 

capitibus 

capita 

capitibus 


THIRD   DECLENSION 


219 


Liquid,  Nasal,  and  Spirant  Stems 

Singular 

NoM.,  Voc. 

consul 

victor 

homo 

Gen. 

consulis 

victoris 

hominis 

DAT. 

consul! 

victori 

homini 

Accu. 

consul  em 

victorem 

hominem 

Abl. 

consule 

victore 
Plural 

homine 

NoM.,  Voc. 

consules 

victores 

homines 

Gen. 

consulum 

victorum 

hominum 

DAT. 

consulibus 

victoribus 

hominibus 

Accu. 

consules 

victores 

homines 

Abl. 

consulibus 

victoribus 
Singular 

hominibus 

NoM.,  Voc. 

nomen 

honor 

corpus 

Gen. 

nominis 

honoris 

corporis 

DAT. 

nomini 

honori 

corpori 

Accu. 

nomen 

honorem 

corpus 

Abl. 

nomine 

honore 
Plural 

corpore 

NoM.,  Voc. 

nomina 

honores 

corpora 

Gen. 

nominum 

honorum 

corporum 

DAT. 

nominibus 

honoribus 

corporibus 

Accu. 

nomina 

honores 

corpora 

Abl. 

nominibus 

honoribus 

Stems  in  i 

Singular 

corporibus 

NOM., 

Voc.    civis 

hostis 

nubes 

Gen. 

civis 

hostis 

nubis 

Dat. 

civi 

hosti 

nubi 

Accu. 

cTvem 

hostem 

nubem 

Abl. 

civi,  -e 

hoste 

nube 

220 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


Plural 


NOM.,  Voc. 

cives 

hostes 

nubes 

Gen. 

civinm 

hostium 

nubium 

DAT. 

civibus 

hostibus 

nubibus 

Accu. 

civis,  -es 

hostis,  -ea 

1          nubis,  -es 

Abl. 

civibus 

hostibus 

nubibus 

SiNGUTiAR 

NoM.,  Voc.      mare 

animal 

Gen. 

maris 

animalis 

DAT. 

mari 

animali 

Accu. 

mare 

animal 

Abl. 

mari 

animali 

Plural 

NoM.,  Voc.      maria 

animalia 

Gen. 

DAT. 

animalium 
animalibus 

maribus 

Accu. 

maria 

animalia 

Abl. 

maribuB 

animalibus 

Mixed  Stems 

Singular 

NoM.,  Voc. 

arx 

urbs 

cliens 

Gen. 

arcis 

urbis 

clientis 

Dat. 

arci 

urbi 

clienti 

Accu. 

arcem 

urbem 

clientem 

Abl. 

arce 

urbe 

cliente 

Plural 

NoM.,  Voc. 

arces 

urbes 

clientes 

Gen. 

arciuin 

urbium 

clientium 

Dat. 

arcibus 

urbibus 

clientibus 

Accu. 

arces,  -is 

urbes,  -is 

clientes,  -is 

Abl. 

arcibus 

urbibus 

clientibus 

FOURTH  AND  FIFTH  DECLENSIONS 


221 


465 


FOURTH  DECLENSION 


Stem  in  u 

Singular 

NOM.,  Voc. 

manus 

cornu 

domus 

Gen. 

manus 

cornus 

domus 

DAT. 

manui,  -ti 

cornu 

domui,  -6 

Accu. 

manum 

cornu 

domum 

Abl. 

manu 

cornu 
Plural 

domu,  -6 

NoM.,  Voc. 

manus 

cornua 

domus 

Gen. 

manuuin 

cornuum 

domuum,  -drum 

DAT. 

manibus 

cornibus 

domibus 

Accu. 

manus 

cornua 

domus,  -6s 

Abl. 

manibus 

cornibus 

domibus 

466 


FIFTH  DECLENSION 


Stem  in  e 

Singular 

NoM.,  Voc. 

digs 

res 

Gen. 

diei 

rei 

DAT. 

diei 

rei 

Accu. 

diem 

rem 

Abl. 

die 
Plural 

re 

NoM.,  Voc. 

dies 

res 

Gen. 

dierum 

rerum 

DAT. 

diebus 

rebus 

Accu. 

dies 

res 

Abl. 

diebus 

rebus 

222 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


ADJECTIVES 


467 


FIRST  AND  SECOND  DECLENSIONS 

SlNOULAB 


MASCULINE 

FEMININE 

NEUTER 

NoM.,  Voc. 

bonus,  bone       bona 

bonum 

Gen. 

boni 

bonae 

boni 

Dat. 

bond 

bonae 

bono 

Accu. 

bonnm 

bonam 

bonum 

Abl. 

bono 

bona 
Plural 

bono 

NoM.,  Voc. 

boni 

bonae 

bona 

Gen. 

bonorum 

bonarum 

bonorum 

Dat. 

bonis 

bonis 

bonis 

Accu. 

bonds 

bonas 

bona 

Abl. 

bonis 

bonis 
Singular 

bonis 

MASCULINE 

FEMININE 

NEUTER 

NoM.,  Voc. 

niger 

nigra 

nigrum 

Gen. 

nigri 

nigrae 

nigri 

Dat. 

nigro 

nigrae 

nigro 

Accu. 

nigrum 

nigram 

nigrum 

Abl. 

nigro 

nigra 
Plural 

nigrd 

NoM.,  Voc. 

nigri 

nigrae 

nigra 

Gen. 

nigromm 

nigranim 

nigrorum 

Dat. 

nigris 

nigris 

nigris 

Accu. 

nigros 

nigras 

nigra 

Abl. 

nigris 

nigris 

nigris 

ADJECTIVES 

^      2: 

Singular 

MASCULINE 

FEMININE 

NEUTER 

NOM., 

Voc. 

miser 

misera 

miserum 

Gen. 

miseri 

miserae 

miseri 

Dat. 

misero 

miserae 

misero 

Accu. 

miserum 

miseram 

miserum 

Abl. 

misero 

misera 
Plural 

misero 

NOM., 

Voc. 

miseri 

miserae 

misera 

Gen. 

miserorum         miseranun 

miserorum 

Dat. 

miseris 

miseris 

miseris 

Accu. 

miseros 

miseras 

misera 

Abl. 

miseris 

miseris 

miseris 

223 


468 


THIRD  DECLENSION 


Singular 
masc,  fem.  neuter 

NoM.,  Voc.     audax  audax 

Gen.  audacis 

Dat.  audaci 

Accu.  audacem        audax 

Abl.  audaci 


Plural 
masc,  fem.  neuter 

audaces  audacia 

audacium 

audacibus 
audacis,  -es      audacia 

audacibus 


Singular 
masc,  fem.        neuter 
NoM.,  Voc     amans         amans 
Gen.  amantis 

Dat.  amanti 

Accu.  amantem     amans 

Abl.  amante,  -i 


Plural 

MASC,  FEM.  neuter 

amantes  amantia 

amantium 

amantibus 
amantis,  -es     amantia 

amantibus 


224 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


Singular 

Plural 

MASC,  ] 

FEM.            NEUTER 

MASC, 

FEM.                    NEUTER 

NOM., 

Voc. 

fortis           forte 

fortes                fortia 

Gen. 

fortis 

fortium 

Dat. 

forti 

fortibus 

Accu. 

fortem         forte 

fortis,  -es         fortia 

Abl. 

forti 
Singular 

fortibus 
Plural 

MASC. 

FEM.         NEUTER 

MASC. 

FEM.        neuter 

NOM., 

Voc. 

acer 

acris      acre 

acres 

acres       acria 

Gen. 

acris 

acris      acris 

acrium 

acrium    acrium 

Dat. 

acri 

acri       acri 

iicribus 

acribus    acribus 

Accu. 

acrem    acrem    acre 

acris,  -es 

;  acris,  -es  acria 

Abl. 

acri 

acri       acri 

acribus 

acribus    acribus 

469  IRREGULAR  ADJECTIVES 

Nine  adjectives  have  -ius  throughout  in  the 
Genitive  Singular  and  -i  in  the  Dative  Singular : 
iinus,  solus,  totus,  ullus,  ntillus,  alius,  alter,  uter, 
neuter.  In  the  plural  they  are  all  declined  like 
bonus.  The  following  paradigms  show  the  de- 
clension of  four  in  the  singular : 


MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

NoM. 

unus 

una 

unum 

uter 

utra 

utrum 

Gen. 

unius 

iinius 

unius 

utrius 

utrius 

utrius 

Dat. 

uni 

imi 

imi 

utri 

utri 

utri 

Accu. 

unum 

unam 

unum 

utrum 

utram 

utrum 

Abl. 

uno 

una 

uno 

utro 

utra 

utro 

NoM. 

alius 

alia 

aliud 

alter 

altera 

alterum 

Gen. 

alius 

alius 

alius 

alterius 

alterius 

alterius 

Dat. 

alii 

alii 

alii 

alteri 

alteri 

alteri 

Accu. 

alium 

aliam 

aliud 

alterum 

alteram 

alterum 

Abl. 

alio 

alia 

alio 

altero 

altera 

altero 

ADJECTIVES 


225 


THE  NUMERALS  DUO  AND  TRES 


MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

MASC,  FEM. 

NEUT. 

NOM. 

duo 

duae 

duo 

tres 

tria 

Gen. 

duonim 

duarum 

duorum 

trium 

trium 

Dat. 

duobus 

duabus 

duobus 

tribus 

tribus 

Accu. 

duos (duo) 

duas 

duo 

tres,  -is 

tria 

Abl. 

duobus 

duabus 

duobus 

tribus 

tribus 

470 


DECLENSION  OF  COMPARATIVES 


Singular 
masc,  fem.         neut. 
NoM.,  Voc.     f ortior  fortius 

C^EN.  fortioris 

I>AT.  fortiori 

Accu.  fortiorem     fortius 

Abl.  fortiore 

Singular 
masc,  fem.       neut. 


NoM.,  Voc. 
Oen. 

DAT. 

Accu. 
Abl. 


plus 
pluris 

plus 
plure 


Plural 

masc,  fem.  neut. 

fortiores         fortiora 
fortiorum 
fortioribus 

fortiores         fortiora 
fortioribus 

Plural 
masc,  fem.  neut. 

plures  plura 

plurium 

pluribus 
plures  plura 

pluribus 


471 


IRREGULAR  COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES 


POSITIVE 

COMPARATIVE 

SUPERLATIVE 

bonus 

melior 

optimus 

malus 

peior 

pessimus 

magnus 

maior 

maximus 

parvus 

mirior 

minimus 

multus 

plus 

plurimus 

15 

226 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


facilis,  easy 
difficilis,  difficult 
similis,  like 
dissimilis,  unlike 
humilis,  low 
gracilis,  slender 


facilior 

difficilior 

similior 

dissimilior 

humilior 

gracilior 


faciUimus 

difficillimus 

simillimus 

dissimillimus 

humillimus 

gracillimus 


(poster!) 
(exteri) 
(inferi) 
(super!) 


posterior,  later 
exterior,  outer 
inferior,  lower 
superior,  higher 


j  postremus,  latest^  last 

\  postumus,  late  horn 

( extremus  ) 

(  extimus,   ) 

( infimus     )  , 

\  .  \  lowest 

[  imus         ) 


outermost 


,  supremus,  last 
\  summus,  highest 


(Compare  prae,  Z>^/ore)  prior, /or/wer  primus,  j^r^^ 
"        citra,   tJiis  citerior,  hither  citimus,     hither- 
side  of)  most 
"        ultra,        he-  ulterior, /ar^/^er  \\limL\x&^  farthest^ 

yond)  last 

*'        in,  intra,  in^  interior,  inner  intimus,  inmost 

within) 

"        prope,  near)  propior,  nearer  proximus,     near- 
est^ next 

472  IRREGULAR  COMPARISON  OF  ADVERBS 


Positive 

Comparative 

Superlative 

bene,  well 

melius 

optime 

male,  ill 

peius 

pessime 

multum,  much 

plus 

plurimum 

parum,  {too)  little 

minus 

minime 

diu,  long 

diutius 

diutissime 

saepe,  often 

saepius 

saepissime 

magis,  more 

maxime 

473 


NUMERALS 

227 

NUMERALS 

CARDINAL 

ORDINAL 

ROMAN 

1. 

unus,  una,  unum,  one 

primus,  -a,  -um,  first 

I 

2. 

duo,  duae,  duo,  i 

two 

secundus  (alter),  second                n 

3. 

tres,  tria,  three 

tertius,  third 

III 

4. 

quattuor 

quartus 

nil  or  IV 

5. 

quinque 

quintus 

V 

6. 

sex 

sextus 

VI 

7. 

septem 

Septimus 

VII 

8. 

octo 

octavus 

vm 

9. 

novem 

nonus 

vim  or  IX 

10. 

decern 

decimus 

X 

11. 

undecim 

undecimus 

XI 

12. 

duodecim 

duodecimus 

XII 

13. 

tredecim  (decern 

et  tres) 

tertius  decimus 

XIII 

14. 

quattuordecim 

quartus  decimus 

xiiii  or  XIV 

15. 

quindecim 

quintus  decimus 

XV 

16. 

sedecim 

sextus  decimus 

XVI 

17. 

septendecim 

Septimus  decimus 

XVII 

18. 

duodeviginti  (octodecim) 

duodevicensimus 

XVIII 

19. 

undeviginti  (novendecim) 

undevicensimus 

xviiii  or  XIX 

20. 

viginti 

vicensimus 

XX 

21. 

viginti  unus 

vicensimus  primus 

XXI 

(or  unus  et  viginti) 

(iinus  et  vicensimus,  etc.) 

30. 

trlginta 

tricensimus 

XXX 

40. 

quadraginta 

quadragensimus 

xxxx  or  XL 

50. 

quinquaginta 

quinquagensimus 

L 

60. 

sexaginta 

sexagensimus 

LX 

70. 

septnaginta 

septuagensimus 

LXX 

80. 

octoginta 

octogensimus 

LXXX 

90. 

nonaginta 

nonagensimus 

Lxxxx  or  xc 

100. 

centum 

centensimus 

c 

101. 

centum  (et)  unus,  etc. 

centensimus  primus. 

etc.              CI 

200. 

dueenti,  -ae,  -a 

ducentensimus 

CO 

300. 

trecenti 

trecentensimus 

ccc 

400. 

quadringei>ti 

quadringentensimus 

cccc 

500. 

quingenti 

quingentensimus 

10,  or  D 

600. 

sescenti 

sexcentensimus 

DC 

700. 

septingenti 

septingentensimus 

DOG 

800. 

octingenti 

octingentensimus 

DCCC 

900. 

nongenti 

nongentensimus 

DCCCC 

228 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


CARDINAL 

1,000.  mille 

5,000.  quinque  milia 

10,000.  decern  milia 

100,000.  centum  milia 


ORDINAL  ROMAN 

millensimus  cio,  or  m 

quinquiens  millensimus  loo 

deciens  millensimus  ccioo 

centiens  millensimus  ccciooo 


PRONOUNS 


474 


PERSONAL  AND  REFLEXIVE 


Singular 

FIRST   PERSON 

SECOND   PERSON 

NOM., 

Voc. 

ego 

ta 

Gen. 

mei 

tni 

Dat. 

mihi,  mi 

tibi 

Accu. 

me 

te 

Abl. 

me 

te 

REFLEXIVE   OF   THE 
THIRD    PERSON 


Plural 
NoM.,  Voc.      nos 
Gen.  nostrum,  nostri 

Dat.  nobis 

Accu.  nos 


Abl. 


ndbis 


vdbis 


sui 
sibi 

se,  sese 
se,  sese 


vos  

vestrum,  vestri  sui 

v5bis  sibi 

vos  se,  sese 


se,  sese 


475 


DEMONSTRATIVE 

Singular 

MASC. 

fem. 

NEUT. 

NoM.,  Voc. 

bic 

baec 

boo 

Gen. 

huius 

buius 

buius 

Dat. 

buie 

buie 

buie 

Accu. 

bunc 

banc 

boc 

Abl. 

boo 

bac 

boc 

PRONOUNS 

\ 

Plural 

MASC. 

fem. 

NEUT. 

NoM.,  Voc. 

hi 

hae 

haec 

Gen. 

horuin 

haruin 

horum 

DAT. 

his 

his 

his 

Accu. 

h5s 

has 

haec 

Abl. 

his 

1 

his 

Singular 

his 

MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

NoM.,  Voc. 

iUe 

ilia 

iUud 

Gen. 

illius 

iUius 

illius 

DAT. 

iUi 

illi 

illi 

Accu. 

ilium 

illam 

illud 

Abl. 

ills 

ilia 

Plural 

illo 

NoM.,  Voc. 

iUi 

illae 

ilia 

Gen. 

illomm 

illarum 

illdrum 

DAT. 

illis 

illis 

illis 

Accu. 

illos 

illas 

ilia 

Abl. 

illift 

1 

illiB 

Singular 

illis 

MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

NoM.,  Voc. 

is 

ea 

id 

Gen. 

eius 

eius 

eius 

DAT. 

ei 

ei 

ei 

Accu. 

eum 

earn 

id 

Abl. 

eo 

ea 

Plural 

eo 

NoM.,  Voc. 

ei,  ii 

eae 

ea 

Gen. 

eorum 

earum 

eorum 

Dat. 

eis,  iis 

eis,  iis 

eis,  iis 

Accu. 

e5s 

eas 

ea 

Abl. 

eis,  iis 

eis,  iis 

eis,  iis 

229 


230 


FIRST   LATIN  BOOK 


Singular 


masc. 

fem. 

neut. 

NoM.,  Voc. 

idem 

e'adem 

idem 

Gen. 

eiusdem 

eiiisdem 

eiusdem 

DAT. 

eidem 

eidem 

eidem 

Accu. 

eun'dem 

eandem 

idem 

Abl. 

eodem 

eadem 

eodem 

Plural 

NoM.,  Voc. 

j  eidem 
( iidem 

eaedem 

e'adem 

Gen. 

eonin'dem 

earundem 

eorundem 

DAT. 

j  eis'dem 
( iis'dem 

eisdem 

eisdem 

iisdem 

iisdem 

Accu. 

eos'dem 

easdem 

e'adem 

Abl. 

j  eisdem 
( iisdem 

eisdem 

eisdem 

iisdem 

iisdem 

Singular 

MASC. 

FEM. 

neut. 

NoM.,  Voc. 

iste 

ista 

istud 

Gen. 

istius 

istius 

istius 

Dat. 

isti 

isti 

isti 

Accu. 

istum 

istam 

istud 

Abl. 

ist5 

ista 

ista 

Plural 

NoM.,  Voc. 

isti 

istae 

ista 

Gen. 

istomm 

istamm 

istorum 

Dat. 

istis 

istis 

istis 

Accu. 

ist5s 

istas 

ista 

Abl. 

istis 

istis 

istis 

Singular 

MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

NoM.,  Voc. 

ipse 

ipsa 

ipsum 

Gen. 

ipsius 

ipsius 

ipsius 

Dat. 

ipsi 

ipsi 

ipsi 

Accu. 

ipsnm 

ipsam 

ipsum 

Abl. 

ipsa 

ipsa 

ipso 

476 


PRONOUNS 

^      2 

Plural 

MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

NoM.,  Voc. 

ipsi 

ipsae 

ipsa 

Gen. 

ipsorum 

ipsarum 

ipsorum 

DAT. 

ipsis 

ipsis 

ipsis 

Accu. 

ips5s 

ipsas 

ipsa 

Abl. 

ipsis 

ipsis 

RELATIVE 
Singular 

ipsis 

MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

NoM.,  Voc. 

qui 

quae 

quod 

Gen. 

cuius 

cuius 

cuius 

DAT. 

cui 

cui 

cui 

Accu. 

quern 

quam 

quod 

Abl. 

quo 

qua 

Plural 

quo 

NoM.,  Voc. 

qui 

quae 

quae 

Gen. 

quorum 

quarum 

quorum 

DAT. 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

Accu. 

quos 

quas 

quae 

Abl. 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

231 


477  INTERROGATIVE 

Singular 

^  masc,  fem.  neut. 

NoM.,  Voc.      quis  quid 

Gen.  cuius  Cuius 

Dat.  cui  cui 

Accu.  quem  quid 

Abl.  qu5  quo 

Plural 
Like  qui  relative 
(a)  When  the  adjective  form  qui  is  used,  the  declen- 
sion throughout  coincides  with  that  of  the  relative 


232 


FIRST   LATIN  BOOK 


478 


INDEFINITE 

Singular 

MASC. 

FEM. 

neut. 

NOM. 

aliquis  (-qni) 

aliqna 

aliquid  (aliquod) 

Gen. 

alicH'ius 

alicuius 

alicuius 

Dat. 

alicui 

alicni 

alicui 

Accu. 

aliquem 

aliquam 

aliquid  (aliquod) 

Abl. 

aliqud 

aliqua 

Plural 

aliquo 

NOM. 

aliqui 

aliquae 

aliqua 

Gen. 

aliqu5niin 

aliquarum 

aliquorum 

Dat. 

ali'quibus 

aliquibus 

aliquibus 

Accu. 

aliquds 

aliquas 

aliqua 

Abl. 

aliquibus 

aliquibus 
Singular 

aliquibus 

MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

NOM. 

quidam 

quaedam 

quiddam  (quoddam) 

Gen. 

cuius'dam 

cuiusdam 

cuiusdam 

Dat. 

cnidam 

cuidam 

cuidam 

Accu. 

quendam 

quandam 

quiddam  (quoddam) 

Abl. 

quddam 

quadam 

quddam 

Plural 

ft 

NOM. 

quidam 

quaedam 

quaedam 

Gen. 

quorundam 

quarundam 

qu5rundam 

Dat. 

quibusdam 

quibusdam 

quibusdam 

Accu. 

qudsdam 

quasdam 

quaedam 

Abl. 

quibusdam 

quibusdam 

quibusdam 

(a)  quisque,  each^  quisquam,  any  at  all ;  si  quis,  if  any, 
ne  quis,  that  not  (lest)  any  are  all  declined  like  quis  (qui) 
interrogative. 


VERBS 


233 


REGULAR    VERBS 


479 


FIRST   CONJUGATION 

Stem  in  a 
amo,  amare,  amavl,  amatus 

Indicatiye 


ACTIVE 

amo,  /  love 

amas,  thou  lovest  {you  love) 

amat,  he  {she^  it)  loves 

amamus,  we  love 
amatis,  you  love 
amant,  they  love 


Present 

PASSIVE 

amor,  I  am  loved 

amaris  (-re),  you  are  loved 

amatur,  he  is  loved 

amamur,  we  are  loved 
amamini,  you  are  loved 
amantur,  th^ey  are  loved 

Imperfect 


amabam,  /  loved^  was  loving 
amabas,  you  loved 
amabat,  he  loved 

amabamus,  we  loved 
amabatis,  you  loved 
amabant,  they  loved 


amabo,  I  shall  love 
amabis,  you  will  love 
amabit,  he  will  love 

amabimus,  we  shall  love 
amabitis,  you  will  love 
amabunt,  they  will  love 


amabar,  I  was  loved 
amabaris  (-re),  you  were  loved 
amabatur,  he  was  loved 

amabamur,  we  were  loved 
amabamini,  you  were  loved 
amabantur,  they  ivere  loved 

Future 

amabor,  /  shall  he  loved 
amaberis  (-re),  you  will  be  loved 
amabitur,  he  tvill  he  loved 

amabimur,  we  shall  he  loved 
amabimini,  you  will  he  loved 
amabuntur,  they  will  he  loved 


234 


FIRST   LATIN  BOOK 


Perfect 


ACTIVE 

amavi,  1  loved 
amavisti,  you  loved 
amavit,  he  loved 

amavimus,  we  loved 
amavistis,  you  loved 
amaverunt  (-ere),  they  loved 


PASSIVE 

rsum,  I  was  loved 


amatusies,  you  ivere  loved 


lest,  he  was  loved 

rsumus,  we  were  loved 

amati^  estis,  you  were  loved 

Lsunt,  they  were  loved 


Pluperfect 


amaveram,  /  had  loved 
amaveras,  you  had  loved 
amaverat,  he  had  loved 

amaveramus,  we  had  loved 
amaveratis,  you  had  loved 
amaverant,  they  had  loved 


reram,  I  had  been  loved 
amatus  \  eras,  you  had  heen  loved 
lerat,  he  had  been  loved 

reramus,  we  had  been  loved 

amati  { eratis,  you  had  been  loved 

ierant,  they  had  been  loved 


Future  Perfect 

amavero,  /  shall  have  loved  j^ero,  I shallhavebeen loved 

amaveris,  you  will  have  loved  amatus  j  eris,  you  will  have^  etc. 
amaverit,  he  will  have  loved  lerit,  he  will  have^  etc. 

am  averimus,  tve  shall  have  loved  r  erimns,  we  shall  h ave^  etc. 

amaveritis,  you  tvill  have  loved    amati-!  eritis,  you  will  have^  etc. 


amaverint,  they  will  have  loved 


I  enmt,  they  will  have^  etc. 


Subjunctive 

amem 

Present 

amer 

ames 

am  eris  (-re) 

amet 

ametur 

amemns 

amemur 

ametis 

amemini 

ament 

amentur 

VERBS 


235 


ACTIVE 

Imperfect 

passive 

amarem 

amares 
a  mare  t 

amarer 
amareris  (-re) 
amaretur 

amaremus 

amaretis 

amarent 

amaremur 
amaremini 
amarentur 

amaverim 

amaveris 

amaverit 

Perfect 

{  sim 

amatus  <  sis 
(sit 

amaverimus 
amaveritis 
.    amaverint 

r  simus 
amati    }  sitis 
( sint 

amavissem 

amavisses 

amavisset 

Pluperfect 

r  essem 
amatus  }  esses 
(  esset 

amavissemus 

amavissetis 

amavissent 

f  essemus 
amati    <  essetis 
( essent 

Impeeative 

ama,  love  (thou) 
amate,  love  {ye) 

Present 

amare,  he  (thou)  loved 
amamini,  be  (ye)  loved 

amato,  thou  shalt  love 
amato,  he  shall  love 
amatote,  ye  shall  love 
amanto,  they  shall  love 


Future 

amator,  thou  shalt  be  loved 
amator,  he  shall  be  loved 


amantor,  the^  shall  be  loved 


236  FIRST   LATIN  BOOK 

iNFIJiTITIVE 

ACTIVE  PASSIVE 

Pres.  amare,  to  love  amari,  to  he  loved 

Perf.  amavisse,  to  have  loved    amatus    esse,    to   have 

loved 
FuT.    amatnrus    esse,   to   he    amatum  iri,  to  he  about  to  he 
ahout  to  love  loved 

Participles 

Pk-es.  amans,  -antis,  loving        Ger.    amandus,  -a,  -um,  to  he 

loved 
FuT.    ainatunis,-a,-iiiii,a&oi^^    Perf.  amatus,  -a,  -um,  loved^ 
to  love  having  been  loved 

Gerund  Supine 

NoM.    Accu.  amatum,  to  love 

Gen.    amandi,  0/ Zoi;i/2-^  Abl.    amatu,  to   love^  to   he 
Dat.    amand6,/(9r  loving  loved 

Accu.  amandum,  loving 
Abl.    amando,  hy  loving 

(a)  PERIPHRASTIC  CONJUGATION 
Active 


Indicative 

Subjunctive 

Pres. 

amaturus  sum,  \ 
"        eram 

am  ahout 

amaturus  sim 

Imperf. 

VU    f 

(( 

essem 

FuT. 

"        ero 

Perf. 

"        fui 

u 

fuerim 

Plup. 

"        fueram 

li 

fuissem 

FuT.  Perf. 

"        faero 

Infinitive 
Pres.    amaturus  esse,  to  he  ahout  to  love 
Perf.  «        fuisse,  to  have  heen  ahout  to  love 


VERBS 


237 


Passive 


Pres. 

Imperf. 
Put. 
Perf. 
Plup. 
FuT.  Perf. 


Indicative  Subjunctive 

amandus  sum,  -j  IJ^^^eto{must)  ^^^^^  ^^ 
oe  loved 


eram 

ero 

fui 

fueram 

faero 


''        essem 

"        fuerim 
"        fuissem 


Infinitive 
Pres.    amandus  esse,  to  have  to  he  loved 
Perf.  "        fuisse,  to  have  had  to  he  loved 


480 


SECOND   CONJUGATION 

Stem  in  e 
habe5,  habere,  habui,  habitus 

Indicative 
Present 


ACTIVE 

PASSIVE 

habeo,  /  have^ 

etc. 

habeor,  /  am  had^  held 

habes 

haberis  (-re) 

habet 

habetur 

habemus 

habemur 

habetis 

habemini 

habent 

habentur 

Imperfect 
habebam,  I  was  having^  etc.     habebar,  I  was  had,  held 
habebas  habebaris  (-re) 

habebat  habebatur 


habebamus 

habebatis 

habebant 


habebamur 
habebamini 
habebantur 


238 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


Future 

ACTIVE 

habebo,  /  shall  have^  etc. 

habebis 

habebit 

PASSIVE 

habebor,  /  shall  he  had^  held 

habeberis  (-re) 

habebitur 

babebimus 

habebitis 

habebunt 

habebimur 
habebimini 
habebuntur 

habui,  /  have  had^  etc. 

habuisti 

habuit 

Perfect 

(  sum,   I 
habitus  \  es 
(est 

have   heen 
[had,  held 

habuimus 
habuistis 
habuerunt  (-ere) 

I  sumus 
habiti    ^  estis 
(  sunt 

Pluperfect 

habueram,  /  had  had^  etc 

habueras 

habuerat 

• 

eram,   I  had  heen 
habitus  I  eras         \1iad^  held 
erat 

habueramus 

habueratis 

habuerant 

^eramus 
habiti   <  eratis 
lerant 

Future  Perfect 

habuerd,  I  shall  have  had,  etc. 

habueris 

habuerit 

(  eio,! shall haveheen 
habitus  <  eris          [had,  held 
i  erit 

habuerimus 

habueritis 

habuerint 


r  erimus 
habiti   ^  eritis 
lerunt 


VERBS 


239 


SUBJUl^CTIYE 

Present 

ACTIVE 

PASSIVE 

habeam 

habear 

habeas 

habearis  (-re) 

habeat 

habeatur 

habeamus 

habeamur 

habeatis 

habeamini 

habeant 

habeantur 

Imperfect 

haberem 

haberer 

haberes 

habereris  (-re) 

haberet 

haberetur 

haberemus 

haberemur 

haberetis 

haberemini 

haberent 

haberentur 

Perfect 

habuerim 

c  sim 

habueris 

habitus  \  sis 

habuerit 

Ut 

habuerimus 

r  simus 

habueritis 

habiti    }  sitis 

habuerint 

(sint 

Pluperfect 

habuissem 

f  essem 

habuisses 

habitus  ■<  esses 

habuisset 

(  esset 

habuissemus 

(  essemus 

habuissetis 

habiti    <  essetis 

habuissent 

( essent 

240  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

Imperative 
Present 
habe,  have  (tJiou)  habere,  be  {thou)  had,  held 

habete,  have  (ye)  habemini,  be  (ye)  had,  held 

Future 
habeto,  thou  shalt  have  habetor,  thou  shalt  be  had, 

habeto,  he  shall  have  habetor,  he  shall,  etc.    [held 


habetote,  ye  shall  have  

habentd,  they  shall  have  habentor,  they  shall  be  had, 

[held 
Infinitive 

Pres.     habere,  to  have  haberi,  to  be  had 

Perf.    habuisse,  to  have  had  habitus  esse,  to  have  been  had 

FuT.      habiturus  esse,  to  be  habitum  iri,  to  be  about  to 

about  to  have  be  had 

Participles 


Pres. 

habens,  -entis, 

,  having 

Ger. 

habendus,  -a,  -um,  to 

FuT. 

habiturus,      - 

a, 

-um, 

be  had 

about  to  have 

Perf. 

habitus,  -a,  -um,  had. 

having  bee7i  had 

Gerund 

Supine 

NOM. 

Accu. 

Tifl.hituin 

Gen. 

habendi 

Abl. 

XXCu  *JL\j  11  ill 

habitu 

Dat. 

habendo 

Accu. 

habendum 

Abl. 

habendd 

(a)   PERIPHRASTIC  CONJUGATION 
Active 
Pres.     habiturus  sum,  /  am  about  to  have.     Etc. 

Passive 
Pres.    habendus  sum,  /  must  be  had.    Etc. 


VERBS 


241 


481 


THIRD  CONJUGATION 


Stem  in  e 

rego,  regere,  rexi,  rectus 

l2!fDICATIVE 

ACTIVE 

Present                   passive 

rego,  /  rule,  etc. 

regis 

regit 

regor,  /  am  ruled,  etc. 
regeris  (-re) 
regitur 

regimus 

regitis 

regunt 

regimiir 
regimini 
reguntur 

Imperfect 

regebam,  I  was  ruling, 

regebas 

regebat 

regebamus 

regebatis 

regebant 

etc.       regebar,  /  was  ruled,  etc. 
regebaris  (-re) 
regebatur 
regebamur 
regebamini 
regebantur 

Future 

regam,  /  shall  rule,  etc. 

reges 

reget 

regemis 

regetis 

regent 

regar,  /  shall  he  ruled,  etc. 

regeris  (-re) 

regetur 

regemur 

regemini 

regentur 

rexi,  /  have  ruled,  etc. 

rexisti 

rexit 

Perfect 

( sum,    /    have    leen 
rectus  \  es             [ruled,  etc. 
(est 

reximus 
rexistis 
rexerunt  (-re) 

I  sumus 
recti    j  estis 
(  sunt 

16 


242 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


Pluperfect 

ACTIVE 

PASSIVE 

rexeram, 

/  had  ruled^ 

etc. 

( eram,    /   had    been 

rexeras 

rectus  }  eras         [ruled^  etc. 

rexerat 

( erat 

rexeramus 

(  eramus 

rexeratis 

recti    •<  eratis 

rexerant 

( erant 

Future  Perfect 

rexero,  /  shall  have 

ruled^ 

(  ero,  I  shall  have  been 

rexeris 

[etc. 

rectus  \  eris          [ruled^  etc. 

rexerit 

(erit 

rexerimufl 

(  erimus 

rexeritis 

recti    \  eritis 

rexerint 

(  erunt 

Subjunctive 

Pre 

ISENT 

regam 

regar 

regas 

regaris  (-re) 

regat 

regatur 

regamus 

regamur 

regatis 

regamini 

regant 

regantur 

Imperfect 

regerem 

regerer 

regeres 

regereris  (-re) 

regeret 

regeretur 

regeremus 

regeremur 

regeretis 

regeremini 

regerent 

regerentur 

VERBS 


243 


Perfect 

ACTIVE 

PASSIVE 

rexerim 

[  sim 

rexeris 

rectus 

<  sis 

rexerit 

(sit 

rexerimus 

[  simus 

rexeritis 

recti 

\  sitis 

rexerint 

Pluperfect 

(  sint 

rexissem 

( essem 

rexisses 

rectus 

\  esses 

rexisset 

[  esset 

rexissemus 

(  essemus 

rexissetis 

recti    ■ 

1  essetis 

rexissent 

Impeeatiye 

Present 

.  essent 

ACTIVE 

PASSIVE 

rege,  rule  {thou) 

regere, 

he  {thou)  ruled 

regite,  rule  {ye) 

regimini,  he  {ye)  ruled 

regit 6,  thou  shall  rtile 
regito,  he  shall  rule 
regitote,  ye  shall  rule 
regunto,  they  shall  rule 


Future 

regitor,  thou  shalt  he  ruled 
regitor,  he  shall  he  ruled 


reguntor,  they  shall  he  ruled 


I:n^finitive 

Pres.   regere,  to  rule 
Perf.   rexisse,  to  have  ruled 
FuT.     recttirus   esse,    to   he 
ahout  to  rule 


regi,  to  he  ruled 
rectus  esse,  to  have  heen  ruled 
rectum  iri,  to  he  ahout  to  he 
ruled 


244  FIRST  LATIi^   BOOK 

Participles 

ACTIVE  PASSIVE 

Pees,     regens,  ruling  Ger.     regendus,  -a,  -urn,  to  he 

ruled 
FuT.      recturns,    -a,    -tun,    Perf.    rectus,  -a,  -urn,  ruled, 
about  to  rule  having  been  ruled 

Gerund  Supine 

NoM.    Accu.  rectum 

Gen.    regendi  Abl.    rectu 

Dat.    regendo 
Accu.  regendum 
Abl.    regendd 

(a)  PERIPHRASTIC  CONJUGATION 

Active 

Pees,    recturus  sum,  /  am  about  to  rule.    Etc. 

Passive 
Pres.     regendus  sum,  I  must  be  ruled.    Etc. 

482  THIRD  CONJUGATION  (Continued) 

Verbs  in  -i5 
capio,  capere,  cepl,  captus 


Indicative 

Present 

active 

passive 

capio,  I  take, 

etc. 

capior,  /  am  tahen,  etc. 

capis 

caperis  (-re) 

capit 

capitur 

capimus 

capimur 

capitis 

capimini 

capiunt 

capiuntur 

VERBS 

Imperfect 

ACTIVE 

PASSIVE 

capiebam 

capiebar 

Future 

capiam 

capiar 

capies 

capieris  (-re) 

capiet,  etc. 

capietur,  etc. 

Perfect 

cepi 

captus  sum 

Pluperfect 

ceperam 

captus  era,m 

Future  Perfect 

cepero 

captus  ero 

Subjunctive 

Present 

capiam 

capiar 

capias 

capiaris  (-re) 

capiat 

capiatur 

capiamus 

capiamur 

capiatis 

capiamini 

capiant 

capiantur 

Imperfect 

caperem 

caperer 

Perfect 

ceperim 

captus  sim 

Pluperfect 

cepissem 

captus  essem 

245 


246  FIRST  LATIN   BOOK 

Imperative 

Present 
active  passive 

cape,  take  (thou)  capere,  be  (thou)  taken 

capite,  take  (ye)  capimini,  be  {ye)  taken 

Future 

capito,  thou  shalt  take^  capitor,  thou  shalt  be  taken, 

etc.  etc. 

Infinitive 

Pres.  capere,  to  take  capi,  to  be  taken 

Perf.  cepisse,  to  have  taken      captus  esse,  to  have  been 

taken 
FuT.    capturus  esse,  to  be  captum  iri,  to  be  about  to  be 

about  to  take  taken 

Participles 

Pres.  capiens,  taking  Ger.    capiendus,  -a,  -um,  to 

FuT.    capturus,  -a,  -um,  about  be  taken 

to  take  Perf.  captus,  -a,  -um,  taken 

gerund  supine 

Gen.  capiendi,  etc.  captum  captu 

(a)  periphrastic  CONJUGATION 

Active 
Pres.     capturus  sum,  /  am  about  to  take.     Etc. 

Passive 
Pres.     capiendus  sum,  /  must  be  taken.    Etc. 


VERBS 


247 


483 


FOURTH  CONJUGATION 


Stem  in  i 

audio, 

audire,  audlvi,  auditus 

4 

Indicative 
Present 

ACTIVE 

PASSIVE 

audio,  /  hear^ 

etc. 

audior,  /  am  heard^  etc, 

audis 

audiris  (-re) 

audit 

auditur 

audimus 

audimur 

auditis 

audimini 

audiunt 

audiuntur 

Imperfect 

audiebam,    /   was  hearing^    audiebar,  /  was  Jieard^  etc. 
audiebas  [etc.     audiebaris  (-re) 

audiebat  audiebatur 


audiebamus 

audiebamur 

audiebatis 

audiebamini 

audiebant 

audiebantur 

Future 

audiam,  /  shall  Jiear^  etc. 

audiar,  /  shall  he  heard^  etc, 

audies 

audieris  (-re) 

audiet 

audietur 

audiemus 

audiemur 

audietis 

audiemini 

audient 

audientur 

248 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


Perfect 


ACTIVE 

audivi,  /  have  heard^  etc. 

audivisti 

audivit 

passive 

r  sum,   /  have   been 
auditus  }  es         [heard,  etc. 
(est 

audivimus 
audivistis 
audiverunt  (-re) 

f  sumus 
audit!    <  estis 
(sunt 

Pluperfect 

audiveram,  /  had  heard,  etc. 

audiveras 

audiverat 

c  eram,  I  had  been 
auditus  \  eras      [heard,  etc. 
( erat 

audiveramus 

audiveratis 

audiverant 

/  eramus 
auditi    \  eratis 
(  erant 

Future  Perfect 

audivero,  /  shall  have  heard, 
audiveris                          [etc. 
audiverit 

(  ero,   /  shall   have 

auditus  }  eris      [been  heard, 

i  erit                  [etc. 

audiverimus 

audiveritis 

audiverint 

/  erimus 
auditi    }  eritis 
( erunt 

Subjunctive 

Present 

audiam 

audias 

audiat 

audiar 
audiaris  (-re) 
audiatur 

audiamus 

audiatis 

audiant 

audiamur 
audiamini 
audiantur 

VERBS 


249 


Imperfect 

ACTIVE 

passive 

audirem 

audires 
audiret 

audirer 
audireris  (-re) 
audiretur 

audiremus 

audiretis 

audirent 

Perfect 

audiremur 
audiremini 
audirentur 

audiverim 

audiveris 

audiverit 

sim 

auditus  }  sis 
(sit 

audiverimus 

audiveritis 

audiverint 

Pluperfect 

f  simus 
auditi    }  sitis 
( sint 

audivissem 
audivisses 
audivisset 

(  essem 
auditus  }  esses 
(  esset 

audivissemus 

audivissetis 

audivissent 

Imperative 
Present 

i  essemus 
auditi    •<  essetis 
( essent 

audi,  liear  (thou) 
audite,  hear  {ye) 

audire,  he  {thou)  heard 
audimini,  he  {ye)  heard 

Future 
audit5,  thou  shalt  hear^  etc.      auditor,  thou  shalt  he  heard^ 
audito  auditor  [etc. 

auditote  

audiunto  audiuntor 


250 


FIRST  LATIN   BOOK 


Infinitive 


ACTIVE 

Pres.  audire,  to  hear 
Perf.  audivisse,  to  have 

heard 
FuT.  auditums  esse,  to  \ 

about  to  hear 


PASSIVE 

audiri,  to  he  heard 
auditus  esse,  to  have  been 

heard 
auditum  iri,  to  he  ahout  io 

he  heard 


Participles 

Pres.  audiens,  hearing  Ger.  audiendus,  -a,  -um,  to  he 

heard 
FuT.    auditurus,  -a,   -um,         Perf.  auditus,  -a,  -um,  heard^ 
ahout  to  hear  having  heen  heard 


GERUND 

audiendi,  -do,  -dum,  -do 


SUPINE 

auditum,  auditu 


{a)  PERIPHRASTIC  CONJUGATION 

Active 
Pres.     auditurus  sum,  /  am  about  to  hear.    Etc. 

Passive 
Pres.     audiendus  sum,  /  must  be  heard.     Etc. 


484 


DEPONENT  VERBS 


CoNj.  I  hortor, 

CoNj.  II  vereor, 

CoNj.  Ill  sequor, 

CoNj.  IV  potior, 


hortari,  hortatus,  to  urge 

vereri,  veritus,  to  fear 

sequi,  secutus  to  follow 

potiri,  potitus,  to  get  possession 


VERBS 


251 


I 

II 

III 

IV 

Pres. 

hortor 

vereor 

sequor 

potior 

hortaris  (-re) 

vereris  (-re)  sequeris  (-re] 

)  potiris  (-re) 

hortatur 

veretur 

sequitur 

potitur 

hortamur 

veremur 

sequimur 

potimur 

hortamini 

veremini 

sequimini 

potimini 

hortantur 

verentur 

sequuntur 

potiuntur 

Impf. 

hortabar 

verebar 

sequebar 

potiebar 

FUT. 

liortabor 

verebor 

sequar 

potiar 

Perf. 

hortatus  sum 

veritus  sum 

secutus  sum 

potltus  sum 

Plup. 

hortatus 

veritus 

secutus 

potltus 

eram 

eram 

eram 

eram 

F.  P. 

hortatus  er5 

veritus  ero 

secutus  er5 

potltus  ero 

Subjunctive 

Pres. 

horter 

verear 

sequar 

potiar 

Impf. 

hortarer 

vererer 

sequerer 

potirer 

Perf. 

hortatus  sim 

veritus  sim 

secutus  sim 

potltus  sim 

Plup. 

hortatus 

veritus 

secutus 

potltus 

essem 

essem 

essem 

essem 

Imperative 
hortare,  etc.    verere,  etc.    sequere,  etc.  potire,  etc. 


IlifFINITIVE 

Pres. 

hortari 

vereri 

sequi 

potiri 

Perf. 

hortatus  esse 

veritus  esse 

secutus  esse 

potltus  esse 

FUT. 

hortaturus 

veriturus 

secufciirus 

potiturus 

esse 

esse 

esse 

esse 

Paeticiples 

Pres. 

hortans 

verens 

sequens 

potiens 

FuT. 

hortaturus 

veriturus 

secutiirus 

potiturus 

Ger. 

hortandus 

verendus 

sequendus 

potiendus 

Perf. 

hortatus 

veritus 

secutus 

potltus 

252 


FIRST  LATIN   BOOK 


Gerund 

hortandi, 

verendi,         sequendi, 

potiendi, 

etc. 

etc.                etc. 

etc. 

Supine 
hortatnm, -tu  veritum, -tu  secutum, -tu  potitum, -tu 

(a)  Notice  that  Deponent  Verbs  have  the  Active 
form  of  the  Future  Infinitive  and  the  Participles  of  both 
voices. 


485 


SINGULAR 

sum,  /  am 

es,  you  are 

est,  he  (she^  it)  is 

eram,  F  was 

eras,  you  were 
erat,  he  was 

ero,  /  shall  be 
eris,  you  tvill  be 
erit,  he  will  be 

f ui,  /  have  been,  was 
fuisti,  you  have  been, 
fuit,  he  has  been,  was 


IRREGULAR  VERBS 
Sum,  esse,  ful 


Indicative 
Present 

PLURAL 

sTUiius^  ive  are 
estis,  yo^l  are 
sunt,  they  are 

Imperfect 

eramiLS,  we  were 
eratis,  you  were 
erant,  they  were 

Future 

erimus,  we  shall  be 
eritis,  you  will  be 
erunt,  they  will  be 

Perfect 

fuimus,  we  have  been,  were 
were        f  uistis,  you  have  been,  were 
fuerunt  (-ere),  they  have 
been,  were 


IRREGULAR  VERBS 


253 


Pluperfect 

PLURAL 

fueramus,  loe  had  leen 
f ueratis,  you  had  ieen 
fuerant,  they  had  heen 

Future  Perfect    . 
fnero,  I  shall  have  heen  fuerimus,  we  shall  have  heen 

fueris,  you  to  ill  have  been  fueritis,  you  loill  have  heen 

fuerit,  he  will  have  heen  f uerint,  they  will  have  heen 


singular 
f ueram,  /  had  heen 
fueras,  yoii  had  heen 
fuerat,  he  had  heen 


Subjunctive 

Present 

sim 

simus 

sis 

sitis 

sit 

Imperfect 

sint 

essem 

essemus 

esses 

essetis 

esset 

Perfect 

essent 

fuerim 

fuerimus 

fueris 

fueritis 

fuerit 

Pluperfect 

fuerint 

fuissem 

fuissemus 

fuisses 

fuissetis 

fuisset 

Impekative 

fuissent 

Present 

es,  he  {thou) 

este,  he 

Future 

{ye) 

esto,  thoti  shalt  he 

estate, 

ye  shall  he 

esto,  he  shall  he 

sunto, 

they  shall  he 

254  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 

Infinitive  Pakticiple 

Pres.  esse,  to  he  Fut.    futurus,  -a,  -urn,  about 

Perf.  f uisse,  to  have  been  to  he 

Put.    futurus,  esse 

(fore),  to  he  ahout  to  he 


486  COMPOUNDS   OF  SUM 

(a)  possum,  posse,  potui,  to  he  ahle^  can 

Indicative  Subjunctive 
Pres.     possum,  /  can  possim 

potes,  you  can  possis 

potest,  he  can  possit 

possumus,  2oe  can  possimus 

potestis,  you  can  possitis 

possunt,  they  can  possint 

Impf.  poteram,  /  could  possem 

Put.  potero,  1  shall  he  ahle 

Perf.  potui,  /  could  potuerim 

Plup.  potueram,  /  had  heen  ahle  potuissem 

F.  P  potuerd,  /  shall  have  heen  ahle 

Infin.  Pres.  posse,  to  he  ahle  Perf.  potuisse,  to  have 

Part.  potens  (adj.),  jt?02^er/wZ  [heen  ahle 

ifi)  prosum,  prodesse,  prdfui,  to  help 

Indicative  Subjunctive 

Pres.     prosum,  /  help  prosim 

prddes  prosis 

prodest  prosit 

prdsumus  prosimus 

prodestis  prositis 

prdsunt  prosint 


IRREGULAR  VERBS 


255 


Indicative  Subjui^ctive 

Impf.    proderam,  /  ivas  helping  prodessem 

FuT.    prodero,  /  shall  help 
Perf.    pr5fui,  /  helped  profuerim 

Plup.    prafueram,  /  had  helped  profuissem 

F.  P.    profuerd,  I  shall  have  helped 

Imper.  prodes,  prddesto,  etc. 

Infin.  Pres.    prodesse   Perf.  profuisse    Fut.  profuturus  esse 

Part.  profuturus,  about  to  help 

487  volo,  velle,  volui,  — ,  to  be  willing^  will^  wish 

nolo,  nolle,  nolui,  — ,  to  be  umvilling^  will  not 
malo,  malle,  malui,  — ,  to  be  more  willing^  prefer 


I:n^dicative 

Pres. 

volo,  I  wish 

nolo,  /  tvill  not 

malo,  I  prefer 

vis 

non  vis 

mavis 

vult 

non  vult 

mavult 

volumus 

nolumus 

malumus 

vultis 

n5n  vultis 

mavultis 

volunt 

nolunt 

malunt 

Impf. 

volebam 

ndlebam 

malebam 

Fut. 

vola.TTi,  voles,  etc 

.  nolam,  noles,  etc 

.  malam,  males,  etc. 

Perf. 

volui 

nolui 

malui 

Plup. 

volueram 

nolueram 

malueram 

F.  P. 

voluero 

noluero 
Subju:n^ctive 

maluero 

Pres. 

velim 

nolim 

malim 

velis 

n51is 

malis 

veUt 

nolit 

malit 

velimus 

nolimus 

malimus 

velitis 

ndlitis 

malitis 

velint 

nolint 

malint 

256 


FIRST   LATIN  BOOK 


Subjunctive  {continued) 
Impf.     vellem  nollem  mallem 

Perf.    voluerim  noluerim  maluerim 

Plup.    voluissem  ndluissem  maluissem 


Impeeative 

Pres. 

noli 
ndlite 

FUT. 

nolito,  etc. 
Infinitive 

Pres. 

velle 

ndlle 

maUe 

Perf. 

voluisse 

naiuisse 
Participle 

maluisse 

Pres. 

volens 

nolens 

488 


1    e5,  ire,  (ivi)  ii,  iturus,  go 


Subjunctive 
earn,  eas,  eat 
eamus,  eatis,  eant 
irem,  ires,  iret 
iremus,  iretis,  irent 


Indicative 
Pres.     eo,  is,  it 

imus,  itis,  eunt 
Impf.     ibam,  ibas,  ibat 

ibamus,  ibatis,  ibant 
FuT.       ibo,  ibis,  ibit 

ibimus,  ibitis,  ibunt 
Perf.     (ivi),  ii  (iverim)  ierim 

Plup.     (iveram)  ieram  (ivissem)  issem 

F.  P.      (iverd)  iero 

Imperative 
i,  ite,  ltd,  ito,  itote,  eunto 


Pres.  ire 


Infinitive 
Perf.  (ivisse)  isse 


FuT.  iturus  esse 


IRREGULAR  VERBS 


257 


Participles 
Pres.  iens,  euntis  Fut.  iturus  Ger.  eundum 

Gerund  :  eundi,  -do,  -dum,  -do  Supine  :  ituin,  itii 

(a)  The  compounds  adeo,  approach,  ineo,  enter,  and 
some  others,  are  transitive.  They  are  inflected  as  fol- 
lows in  the  passive : 


INDICATIVE 

SUBJUKCTIYE 

Pres.  adeor        Impf.  adibar 

Pres.  adear 

adiris        Fut.    adibor 

Impf.  adirer 

aditur       Perf.  aditus  simi 

L 

Perf.  aditus  sim 

adimur      Plup.  aditus  eram 

Plup.  aditus  essem 

adimini     F.  P.    aditus  ero 

Infin.  adiri,     aditus  esse 

adeuntur 

Part,  aditus    adeundus 

(5)  In 

the  perfect  system 

of  eo 

and  its  compounds 

the  forms  with  v  are  extremely  rare. 

2 

fio,  fieri,  factus  sum. 

to  he  made,  hecome 

Indicative 

Subjunctive 

Pres. 

fid 

fiam 

fis 

fias 

fit 

fiat 

fimus 

fiamus 

fitis 

fiatis 

fiunt 

fiant 

Impf. 

fieba.Tn 

fierem 

Fut. 

flam 

Perf. 

factus  sum 

factus  sim 

Plup. 

factus  eram 

factus  essem 

F.  P. 

factus  erd 

Impeeative 

Ikfikitive 

Pres. 

fi           fite 

Pres. 

fieri 

Fut. 

fito        fitote 

Perf. 

factus  esse 

17 

fito        fiunto 

Fut. 

factum  iri 

258 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


Pakticiples 
Perf.    factus,  -a,  -um  Ger.    faciendus,  -a,  -urn 


489 


fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latus,  hear 


ACTIVE 


PASSIVE 


Indic. 

SUBJ. 

Indic. 

SUBJ. 

Pees. 

fero 

feram 

feror 

ferar 

fers 

feras 

ferris 

feraris  (-re) 

fert 

ferat 

fertur 

feratur 

ferimus 

feramus 

ferimur 

feramur 

fertis 

feratis 

ferimini 

feramini 

ferunt 

ferant 

feruntur 

ferantur 

Impf. 

ferebam 

ferrem 

ferebar 

ferrer 

Put. 

feram 

ferar 

Perf. 

tuli 

tulerim 

latus  sum 

latus  sim 

Plup. 

tnleram 

tulissem 

latus  eram 

latus  essem 

F.  P 

tulera 

latus  ero 

Imperative  . 

Pres. 

fer 

ferte 

ferre 

ferimini 

FUT. 

ferto 

fertote 

i9T\{\T 

XCX  \i\3 

ferta 

USX.  tu  vC 

ferunto 

USX  l/UX 

fertor 

feruntor 

Infinitive 

Pres. 

ferre 

ferri 

Perf. 

tulisse 

latus  esse 

FuT. 

laturus  esse 

latum  iri 

Participles 

Pres. 

ferens 

Perf. 

latus 

FuT. 

laturus 

Ger. 

ferendus 

Gerund  :  ferendi,  -do,  -dum,  -do        Supine  :  latum,  -tu 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULAEY 

The  following  vocabulary  contains  all  the  words  used  in  the  pre- 
ceding lessons  and  in  the  account  of  Caesar's  Invasion  of  Britain 
given  in  §  461 ;  but  the  words  given  in  the  special  vocabularies  to  the 
reading  exercises  are  not  repeated  here.  The  present  infinitive  only 
is  given  of  verbs  conjugated  like  amo.  The  component  parts  of 
compound  verbs  are  shown  in  parentheses  immediately  after  the 
verbs ;  allied  words  follow  the  meanings  as  in  the  vocabularies  to  the 
lessons.  A  numeral  after  the  meanings  refers  to  the  lesson  in  which 
the  word  is  first  used,  unless  preceded  by  the  sign  of  a  section.  The 
few  abbreviations  will  be  readily  understood. 


a,  ab,  adverbial  prefix  and  prep. 

w.  abl.,  from,  hy,  9. 
abdo,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditus  (ab  + 

do),  to  put  away,  to  hide;  se 

abdere,  to  hide  one's  self;  ab- 

ditus,  -a,  -um,  hidden,  51. 
abeo,   -Ire,   -il,    -itfirus  (ab  + 

eo),  to  go  off,  go  away,  All. 
absum,  -esse,  afiiT,  afuturus  (ab 

+  sum),  to  he  away,  absent,  13. 
ac,  conj.,  see  atque. 
accedo,  -ere,  -cessi,   -cessurus 

(ad  +  eedo),  to  approach,  draw 

near,  49. 
accido,   ere,  -cidT,  — ,  to  fall, 

happen,  51. 
aceipio,  -ere,  -cepi,  -ceptus  (ad 

-I-  eapio),    to    receive,    accept, 

get,  37. 
acer,  acris,  acre,    adj.,   sharp, 

keen,  active,  21. 


acies,  -ei,  f.,  line  of  battle,  26. 
acriter,    adv.,    sharply,    eagerly 

(acer),  25. 
ad,  adverbial  prefix  and  prep.  w. 

accu.,  to,  toward;  w.  names  of 

towns,  in  the  vicinity  of,  13. 
adduco,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductus  (ad 

+  duco),  to  lead  to,  bring,  in- 
duce, 50. 
adeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -iturus  (ad  4-  eo), 

to  go  to,  approach,  53. 
adfero,    -ferre,    -tulT,     -latus 

(ad  +  fero),  to  bear  to,  bring 

up,  51. 
adflicto,  -are,  to  dash  against, 

wrecli,  shatter,  §  461. 
adfligo,  -ere,  -flixT,  -flictus,  to 

shatter,  injure,  §461. 
adgrego,    -are,   to  gather,  join, 

§461. 
adigo,  -ere,  -egi,  -actus  (ad  + 

ago),  to  drive  to,  hurl,  cast,  §  461. 
259 


260 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


aditns,  -us,  m.,  approach,  arrival, 
access  (adeo),  53. 

adiungo,  -ere,  -iunxi,  -iiinctus, 
to  join  to,  attach,  unite,  55. 

adiuYO,  -are,  -iuvi,  -iutus,  to 
help,  aid,  28. 

admin istro,  -are,  to  manage, 
carry  on,  15. 

admitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missus  (ad 
+  mitto),  to  commit,  allow, 
bring  on  one''s  self,  §  461. 

adorior,  -irT,  -ortus  (ad  + 
orior),  to  rise  up  against,  at- 
tack, 44. 

adpropiuquo,  -are,  to  approach 
(propinquus),  17. 

adsum,  -esse,  -fui,  -futurus  (ad 
-I-  sum),  to  he  present,  25. 

adulescens,  -ntis,  adj.,  young; 
as  a  substantive,  young  man,  46. 

adventus,  -us,  m.,  arrival,  ap- 
proach, 31. 

adyersus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  opposite, 
unfavorable,  51. 

aediflcium,  -i,  n.,  building  (aedi- 
flco),  27. 

aediflco,  -are,  to  build,  9. 

aeger,  aegra,  aegrum,  adj., 
sick,  feeble,  7. 

aeg're,  adv.,  feebly,  with  diffi- 
culty, §  461. 

Aemilius,  -T,  ra.,  Aemilius,  37. 

aequinoctium,  -i,  n.,  equinox 
(aequus,  nox),  §  461. 

aequus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  level, 
equal,  fair,  39. 

aes,  aeris,  n.,  metal,  copper, 
bronze,  §  461. 

aestas,  -atis,  f.,  summer,  20. 

aestus,  -us,  m.,  tide,  §  461. 

aetas,  -atis,  f.,  a^e,  time  of  life, 
39. 


Africa,  -ae,  f.,  Africa,  32. 
ager,  agri,  ra.,  field,  land,  6. 
agmen,  -inis,  n.,  line  of  march 

(ago),  26. 
ago,  -ere,  egi,  actus,  drive,  lead, 

do,  discuss ;  gratias  agere,  to 

express  thanks,  32. 
agricola,  -ae,  m.,  farmer  (ager), 

4. 
alacritas,    -atis,    f.,    eagerness, 

zeal,  g  461. 
Alcibiades,  -is,  m.,  Alcibiades, 

35. 
alienus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  another's, 

others\  foreign  (alius),  56. 
aliquis,    -qua,    -quid    (-quod), 

indef.   pron.,  some  one,    some, 

any  (declined,  §  478),  52. 
alius,    -a,    -ud,    adj.,    another, 

other-,    alius  .  .  .  alius,    07ie 

.  .  .  another  (decl.  §  469),  41. 
alter,  -era,  -erum,  adj.,  the  other 

of  two  (declined,  §  469),  44. 
altitfido,  -inis,  f.,  height  (altus), 

24. 
altum,  -T,  n.,  the  deep  (altus), 

§461. 
altus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  high,  deep, 

22. 
amlcitia,  -ae,  f.,  friendship,  alli- 
ance, friendly  relations  (ami- 
cus), 11. 
amicus.  -I,  m.,  friend  (amo),  4. 
amitto,  -ere.  -misl,  -missus  (a 

-I-  mitto),  to  let  go,  lose,  31. 
amo,  -are,  to  love  (conj.  §  479),  1. 
amor,  -oris,   ra.,   love,  affection 

(amo),  17. 
ancilla,  -ae,  f.,  maid-servant,  1. 
ancora,  -ae,  f.,  anchor,  %  461. 
anguste,  adv.,  narrowly,  closely 

(angustus),  §  461. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


261 


aiigiistus,  -a,  -urn,  adj.,  narrow, 
close,  C07ifi7 ted,  ^A.^\. 

animadverto,  -ere,  -verti,  -ver- 
sus (auimum  +  adverto),  to 
turn  the  mind  to,  notice,  52. 

animal,  -alis,  n.,  living  being, 
animal,  18. 

animus,  -i,  m.,  mind,  courage, 
soul,  11. 

annus,  -i,  m.,  year,  20. 

ante,  adv.  and  prep.  w.  accu.,  he- 
fore,  15. 

antequam  (ante  -I-  quam),  conj., 
before  (see  ^  367,  n.  1),  47. 

antea,  adv.,  before,  previously 
(ante),  34. 

Antioclius,  -I,  m.,  Antiochus,  34. 

antiquus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  ancient, 
old  (ante),  6. 

apertus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  open,  ex- 
posed, unprotected,  §  461. 

appello,  -are,  address,  call, 
name,  9. 

Appius,  -1,  m.,  Appius,  31. 

apud,  prep.  w.  accu.,  with,  before, 
by,  near,  among,  17. 

Apulia,  -ae,  f.,  Apulia,  37. 

aqua,  -ae,  f.,  water,  27. 

aquila,  -ae,  f.,  eagle,  standard,  of 
a  legion,  §  461. 

ara,  -ae,  f.,  altar,  3. 

arbitror,  -ari,  -atus,  dep.  v.,  to 
think,  suppose,  41. 

arbor,  -oris,  f.,  tree,  17. 

arcesso,  -ere,  -sivi.  -situs,  to 
summon,  send  for,  §  461. 

argentum,  -T,  n.,  silver,  money,  5. 

aridus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  dry,  neut. 
as  substantive,  aridum,  -T,  dry 
land,  beach,  §  461. 

arma,  -orum,  n.  plur.,  arms, 
weapons  (armo),  10. 


armamenta,  -orum,  n.  plur., 
equipment,  tackle,  rigging  (ar- 
mo), §  461. 

armo,  -are,  to  arm,  equip,  21. 

arx,  arcis,  f.,  citadel,  19. 

Asia,  -ae,  f.,  Asia,  28. 

Atheniensis,  -e,  adj.,  Athenian; 
as  subst.,  a7i  Athenian,  28. 

atque,  -ae,  conj.,  and,  and  also, 
31. 

Atrebas,  -atis,  adj.,  Atrebatian; 
Atrebates,  -um,  m.  plur.,  the 
Atrebates,  a  people  of  Belgic 
Gaul,  §  461. 

atrox,  -ocis,  adj.,  savage,  fright- 
ful, 22. 

attin^o,  -ere,  -tigi,  -tactus,  to 
touch,  reach,  §  461. 

auctoritas,  -atis,  f.,  i7ifluence, 
authority,  28. 

audacia,  -ae,  f.,  boldness,  daring 
(audax),  16. 

audacter,  adv.,  boldly  (audax), 
25. 

audax,  -acis,  adj.,  bold,  daring 
21. 

audeo,  -ere,  ausus,  semi-dep.  v., 
to  dare  (see  §  295),  38. 

audio,  -ire,  -ivi  (-il),  -itus,  to 
hear  (conj.  §  483),  34. 

au^eo,  -ere,  auxT,  auctus,  to  in- 
crease, enlarge,  magnify,  28. 

auriga,  -ae,  in.,  a  charioteer, 
di'iver,  §  461. 

aut,  conj.,  or-,  aut  .  .  .  aut, 
either  .  .  .  or,  40. 

autem,  conj.,  b\it,  moreover,  how- 
ever, 49. 

auxilior,  -arT,  -atus,  dep.  v.,  to 
help,  aid  (auxilium),  §461. 

auxilium,    -i,    n.,   help, 
ance,  7. 


262 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


Ayaricum,  -T,  n.,  Avar icurn^  now 

Bourges,  54. 
ayidns,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  eager,  17. 

B 

barbarns,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  foreign^ 
barbarian,  28. 

beatns,  -a,  -nm,  adj.,  happy,  for- 
tunate, 23. 

Bel^ae,  -arum,  m.  plur.,  the  Bel- 
gians, 12. 

bellum,  -I,  n.,  war,  6. 

bene,  adv.,  well  (bonus),  25. 

beneflcium,-!,  n.,  kindness,  favor 
(bene,  facio),  50. 

bonus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  good  (decl. 
§§  62,  467),  1  ff. 

brevT,  adv.,  in  a  short  time  (bre- 
Yis),  §  461. 

brevis,  -e,  adj.,  brief,  short,  21. 

BritannT,  -drum,  m.  plur.,  the 
Britons,  6. 

Britannia,  -ae,  f.,  Britain,  Eng- 
land, 3. 

C 

caedes,  -is,  f .,  slaughter,  massacre, 
18. 

caelum,  -i,  n.,  sky,  heaven,  27. 

Caesar,  -aris,  m.,  {Caius  Julius) 
Caesar,  12. 

campus,  -T,  m.,  field,  plain,  4. 

capio,  -ere,  cepT,  captus,  to  take, 
seize,  capture  (conj.  §  482),  33. 

captiYUS,  -1,  m.,  captive  (capio), 
27. 

caput,  -itis,  n.,  head,  16. 

Carthaginiensis,  -e,  adj.,  Car- 
thaginian; as  substantive,  a 
Carthaginian,  32. 

carus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  dear,  2  ff. 


Cassivelaunus, -I,  m.,  CassueZaw- 
nu^,  a  leader  of  the  Britons,  49. 
castra,  -orum,  n.  plur.,  a  forti- 
fied camp,  13. 
casus,  -us,  m.,  accident,  event,  oc- 
currence, 49. 

causa,  -ae,  f.,  cause,  reason;  abl. 
causa  w.  gen.,  for  the  sake  of, 
10. 

cayeo,  -ere,  cavT,  cautus,  to  be 
on  one's  guard,  take  care,  45. 

cedo,  -ere,  cessT,  cessurus,  to 
withdraw,  yield,  42. 

celer,  -eris,  -ere,  adj.,  swift, 
quick,  23. 

celeritas,  -atis,  f.,  swiftness, 
speed  (celer),  30. 

celeriter,  adv.,  swiftly,  quickly 
(celer),  16. 

centurio,  -onis,  m.,  centurion,  41. 

certe,  adv.,  certainly,  at  least 
(certus),  §  461. 

certus.  -a,  -um,  &dj.,  fixed,  deter- 
mined, certaiji ;  aliquem  cer- 
tiorem  facere,  to  inform  one, 
22. 

ceteri,  -ae,  -a,  adj.,  all  the  rest, 
the  others,  7. 

Chersonesus,  -I,  f.,  the  Chersone- 
sus,  a  peninsula  of  Thrace,  28. 

Clneas,  -ae,  m.,  Cineas,  a  friend 
and  envoy  of  king  Pyrrhus,  31. 

circiter,  adv.,  about  (with  nu- 
merals ;  circnm),  §  461. 

circum,  adverbial  prefix  and 
prep.  w.  accu.,  around,  41. 

circumdo,  -are,  -dedi,  -datus 
(circum  +  do),  to  put  around, 
surround,  §  461. 

circumsisto,  -ere,  -stetT,  — ,  to 
surround,  beset,  §  461. 

circumvenio,  -Ire,  -venl,  -Yen- 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


263 


tus  (circum  +  venio),  to  come 
around^  surround^  invest,  46. 

cito,  adv.,  rapidly,  quickly  \  su- 
perl.  citissime,  with  the  great- 
est speed,  %  461. 

citerior,  -ius,  adj.  comp.,  hither, 
nearer  (comp.  §  471),  24. 

civis,  -is,  m.  and  1,  citizen,  18. 

clvitas,  -atis,  f.,  citizenship,  state 
(civis),  19. 

eludes,  -is,  m.,  loss,  disaster,  18. 

clam,  adv.,  secretly,  33. 

clamor,  -oris,  m.,  shout,  17. 

clarus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  bright,  clear, 
famous,  3  ff. 

classis,  -is,  f .,  fleet,  31. 

Claudius,  -I,  m.,  Claudius,  31. 

cliens,  -entis,  m.,  dependent, 
client,  19. 

coepi,  coepisse,  coeptus,  defect. 
v.,  to  begin ;  the  present  system 
is  supplied  by  incipio,  -ere, 
46. 

co^ito,  -are,  to  think,  consider, 
plan,  53. 

co^nosco,  -ere,  -novi,  -nitus,  to 
become  acquainted  with,  learn, 
recognise,  34. 

cogo,  -ere,  -e^i,  -actus  (cum  + 
ago),  to  compel,  force,  collect,  32. 

cohors,  -hortis,  f.,  a  cohort,  one 
tenth  of  a  legion,  19. 

cohortor,  -ari,  -atus  (cum  -f- 
hortor),  dep.  v.,  to  encourage, 
§461. 

collis,  -is,  m.,  a  hill,  18. 

com-,  con-,  co-,  adverbial  prefix 
=  cum,  with,  together. 

comes,  -itis,  m.  and  f.,  a  com- 
panion, 15. 

commeatus,  -us,  m.,  transporta- 
tion, supplies,  §  461. 


commendo,  -are,  commit,  entrust, 
§461. 

commilito,  -onis,  m.,  fellow- 
soldier  (miles),  §  461. 

committo,  -ere,  -misi,  -missus 
(cum  +  mitto),  to  engage  in 
battle,  31. 

Commius,  -i,  m.,  Commius,  a 
chief  of  the  Atrebates,  g  461. 

commode,  adv.,  coiiveiiiently,  fit- 
ly, easily,  §  461. 

communis,  -e.  adj.,  common,  50, 

comparo,  -are  (cum  +  paro),  to 
get  ready,  prepare,  14. 

compleo,  -ere,  -plevi,  -pletus, 
to  fill,  cover,  47. 

complures,  -a  or  -ia,  adj.  plur., 
several,  a  good  many,  45. 

comprehendo,  -ere,  prehendi, 
prehensus,  to  arrest,  seize, 
53. 

coucedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessurus 
(cum  +  cedo),  to  yield,  with- 
draw, 47. 

concilium,  -i,  n.,  council,  con- 
ference, 14. 

concurro,  -ere,  -currl  or  -cucur- 
ri,  -cursurus,  to  run  together, 
54. 

condicio,  -onis,  f.,  terms,  32. 

confertus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  crowded, 
close,  §  461. 

confero,  -ferre,  -tulT,  -latus 
(cum  -I-  fero),  to  bring  togeth- 
er, 53. 

confestim,  adv.,  promptly,  hasti- 
ly, §  461. 

conflcio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectus  (cum 
+  facio),  to  finish,  perform, 
wear  out,  45. 

confido,  -ere,  -fisus  (cum  + 
fido),  to  trust,  be  confident,  38. 


264 


FIRST  LATIN   BOOK 


conflrmo,    -are,    to    strengthen, 

establish,  20. 
conicio,  -ere,  -iecl,  -iectus,  to 

throw  together,  cast,  hurl,  §  461. 
eoniungo,  -ere,  -iunxl,  -iunc- 

tns,  to  join  together,  unite,  54. 
coniunx,  -iug'is,  ra.  or  f.,  husband 

or  wife  (coniungo),  15. 
coniuratio,  -onis,  f.,  conspiracy, 

plot  (coniuro),  §  461. 
eoniuro,  -are,  to  swear  together, 

plot,  conspire,  12. 
conloco,  -are,  to  station,  place,  18. 
conloquor,  -loqui,  -locutus,  dep. 

v.,  to  converse,  54. 
Conor,  -ari,  -atus,  dep.  v.,  to  at- 
tempt, 36. 
conscendo,  -ere,  -scendl,  -scen- 

8US,  to  mount,  go  on  board  ship, 

§461. 
consequor,  -T,  -secutus  (cum  + 

sequor),   dep.   v.,  to  overtake, 

37. 
consilium,  -I,  n.,  plan,  design, 

counsel,  13. 
consisto,  -ere,  -stitT,  — ,  to  take 

a  position,  stand,  halt,  43. 
conspicio,  -ere,  -spexi,  -spectus, 

to  see,  make  out,  observe,  §  461. 
constituo,  -ere,  -stitui,  -stitu- 

tus,  to  establish,  place,  station, 

41. 
consto,  -are,  -stiti,  -statiirus,  to 

agree ;  impers.,  it  is  agreed,  is 

an  established  fact,  51. 
consuesco,  -ere,  -suevT,  -suetus, 

to  become  accustomed,  51. 
consuetudo,   -inis,    f.,    custom, 

habit,  51. 
consul,  -is,  m.,  consul,  17. 
consnlo,   -ere,    consuhiT,    con- 

sultus,  to  have  regard  for,  care 


for,  consult  ;  aliquem  con- 
sulere,  to  consult  a  person ; 
alicui  consulere,  to  look  out 
for  a  person's  interests,  49. 

contendo,  -ere,  -lendl,  -tentus, 
to  exert  one's  self,  hasten,  32. 

continens,  -ntis,  m.,  mainland, 
continent,  §  461. 

contineo,  -ere,  -tinui,  -tentus 
(cum  -H  teneo),  to  hold  back, 
keep  in  check,  27. 

continuus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  con- 
secutive, successive,  20. 

contra,  prep.  w.  accu.,  against, 
12. 

convenio,  -Ire,  -venT,  -venturus 
(cum  +  venio),  to  come  to- 
gether, assemble,  42. 

convoco,  -are  (cum  +  voco),  to 
call  together,  assemble,  13. 

coorior,  -Tri,  -ortus  (cum  + 
orior),  arise,  spring  up,  §  461. 

copia,  -ae,  f.,  plerity,  abundance  ; 
plur.  copiae,  troops,  forces,  11. 

cornu,  -us,  n.,  horn,  wing  of  an 
army,  26. 

corpus,  -oris,  n.,  body,  17. 

cotidianus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  daily 
(cotidie),  38. 

cotidie,  adv.,  every  day,  daily, 
36. 

creber,  -bra,  -brum,  adj.,  fre- 
quent, numerous,  51. 

culpa,  -ae,  f.,  fault,  blame,  §  461. 

cum,  conj.,  when,  because,  since, 
although  (see  §^  374-376),  48. 

cum,  prep.  w.  abl.,  with,  6. 

cunctator,  -oris,  m.,  the  Delayer, 
a  terra  applied  to  Quintns  Fa- 
bius  Maximus  (cunctor),  33. 

cunctor,  -ari,  -atus,  dep.  v.,  to 
delay,  §  461. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


265 


cnpio,  -ere,  -IvI  (-ii),  -itus,  to  de- 
sire, be  eager,  33. 

cur,  adv.,  why  9  30. 

eura,  -ae,  f.,  care  (euro),  2. 

euro,  -are,  to  care  for ;  w. 
gerundive,  to  have  a  thing 
done,  4. 

currus,  -us,  m.,  chariot,  §  461. 

cursus,  -us,  m.,  running,  speed, 
54. 

custos,  -odis,  m.,  a  guard,  15. 

D 
de,  prep.  w.  abl.,  from,  about,  con- 
cerning, 9. 
de-,  adverbial  prefix,  down  from, 

away  from. 
dea,  -ae,  f.,  goddess  (deus) ;  dat. 

and  abl.  plur.,  deabus,  3. 
debeo,  -ere,  debui,  debitus,  owe, 

ought,  44. 
decern,  adj.  indeclin.,  ten,  23. 
decerto,  -are,  to  fight,  13. 
decimus,    -a,   -um,    adj.,    tenth 

(decern),  §  461. 
declivis,  -e,  adj.,  sloping  down, 

down  hill,  §  461. 
dedecus,  -oris,  n.,  disgrace,  %  461. 
dedo,  -ere,  dedidi,  deditus  (de 

+  do),  give  up,  surrender,  34. 
deduco,  -ere,  -diixT,  -ductus  (de 

-I-  duco),  to   lead  away,  with- 
draw, 33. 
defendo,  -ere,  -fendi,  -fensus, 

to  defend,  33. 
defero,  -ferre,  -tulT,  -latus  (de 

4-  fero),  to  bring  down,  report, 

55. 
defessus,    -a,     -um,    tired   out, 

wearied,  45. 
deflcio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectus  (de-H 

facio),  to  fail,  be  wanting,  48. 


deicio,  -ere,  -iecl,  -iectus  (de 

+  iacio),  to  throw  dowii,  cast, 

§46L 
deinde,  adv.,  then,  secondly,  next, 

32. 
deligo,  -are,  to  bind  fast,  moor, 

§461. 
delitesco,    -ere,   -litui,   — ,    to 

hide,  conceal,  §461. 
demessus,  -a,  -um,  perf.  part,  of 

the  following  verb. 
demeto,  -ere,  -messui,  -messus, 

to  reap,  cut  down,  §  461. 
demonstro,  -are,  to  point  out, 

show,  53. 
denique,  Sidy.,  finally,  33. 
depono,  -ere,   -posui,  -positus 

(de  +  pono),    to  put    off,   lay 

aside,  §  461. 
desilio,  -ire,  -silui,  -sultus,  to 

leap    down,  jump    overboard, 

§461. 
desisto,  -ere,  -stiti,  — ,  to  cease, 

cease  from,  give  up,  40. 
despero,  -are  (de  +  spero),    to 

give  up  hope,  despair,  38. 
desum,  -esse,  -fui,  -futurus  (de 

-h  sum),  to  fail,  38. 
deterreo,  -ere,  -terrui,  -terri- 

tus  (de  -I-  terreo),  to  frighten 

off,  deter,  33. 
deus,  -1,  ra.,  god,  10. 
dexter,  -tra,  -trum,  adj.,  right, 

on  the  right  hand,  26. 
dico,  -ere,  dixi,  dictus,  to  say, 

tell,  speak,  31. 
dies,  -ei,  m.,  a  day,  time,  26. 
differo,  -ferre,  distuli,  dilatus 

(dis  +  fero),  to  spread,  scatter ; 

in  the  pres.  system,  to  differ,  54. 
diiflcilis,  -e,  adj.,  difficult  (faci- 

lis ;  compared,  §  471),  23, 


266 


FIRST  LATIN   BOOK 


difficultas,  -atis,    f.,    difficulty, 

trouble  (diflicilis),  41. 
dl^nus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  worthy ;  w. 

abl.,  worthy  of,  40. 
dili^entia,  -ae,  f.,  care,  pains, 

attention,  11. 
dimico,  -are,  to  fight,  21. 
dimitto,    -ere,    -misi,    -missus 

(dis  +  mitto),   to    send   away, 

let  go,  39. 
dis-,  dl-,  dif-,  adverbial  prefix, 

apart,  away. 
discedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessurus 

(dis  +  cedo),  to  go  away,  de- 
part, 42. 
discessus,    -us,     m.,    departure 

(discedo),  55. 
dispersus,  -a,  -um,  perf.  part,  of 

disperse,  to  scatter,  §  461. 
dissimiiis,  -e,  adj.,  unlike  (simi- 

lis ;  compared  §  471),  23. 
diu,  adv.,  long,  10. 
difitius,  adv.,  corap.  of  diu. 
dlyido,   -ere,    -tisT,   -tTsus,   to 

divide,  separate,  50. 
do,  dare,  dedT,  datus,  to  give, 

2ff. 
dolor,  -oris,  m.,  pain,  grief,  37. 
dominus,  -T,  ra.,  master,  owner,  4. 
domus,  -lis,  f.,  house,  home  (decl. 

§  465),  42. 
donum,  -i,  n.,  gift  (do),  5. 
dubito,  -are,  to  doubt,  hesitate 

(dubius),  33. 
dubius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  doubtful, 

10. 
diico,  -ere,  diixT,  ductus,  to  lead 

(dux),  32. 
dum,  conj.,  while,  so  long  as,  un- 
til, 47. 
duodecim,  adj.  indeclin.,  twelve, 

§461. 


duodevT^intl,      adj.      indeclin., 

eighteen,  g  461. 
duplico,  -are,  to  double  (duo), 

§461. 
durus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  hard,  22. 
dux,  ducis,  m.  or  f.,  leader,  15. 

E 
e,  ex,  prep.  w.  abl.,  out  of,  from, 

18. 
e-,  ex-,  ef-,  adverbial  prefix,  out 

of,  out,  completely. 
educo,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductus  (e  + 

duco),  to  lead  forth,  lead  out, 

46. 
efficio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectus  (ex  + 

facio),  to  accomplish,  33. 
effugio,  -ere,  -fu^i,  -fugitiirus 

(ex  4-  fugio),  to  escape,  §  461. 
eius  modi,  adj.  phrase,  of  that 

sort,  such,  S7. 
egens,  -ntis,  adj.,  needy,  poor, 

22. 
ego,-meT,  pers.  pron.,  /(declined 

§  474),  40. 
e^redior,  -T,  -gressus,  dep.  v.,  to 

go  out,  depart,  49. 
Elis,  -idis,  f.,  Elis,  a  district  in 

the  western  Peloponnesus,  36. 
enim,  conj.,  for  (compare  nam), 

30. 
eo,  -ire,  (TtT)  ii,  itfirus,  to  go 

(conjugated  §  488),  46. 
eo,  adv.,  to  that  place  (is),  49. 
eodem,   adv.,  to  the  same  place 
_  (idem),  55. 
EpTrus,  -1,  f.,  Epirus,  a  district 

in  northwestern  Greece,  31. 
epistula,  -ae,  f.,    letter,   epistle 

(compare  littera),  2. 
eques,  -itis,  m.,  horseman,  hnight 

(eqnus),  19. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


267 


equester,  -tris,  -tre,  adj.,  he- 
longing  to  the  cavalry,  eques- 
trian (eques),  21. 

equitatus,  -us,  m.,  horsemen, 
cavalry  (eques),  26. 

equus,  -1,  m.,  horse,  7. 

erro,  -are,  to  wander,  stroll,  4  ft*. 

eruptio,  -onis,  1,  sally,  sortie,  47. 

esseda,  -ae,  f.,  or  essedum,  -I, 
n.,  a  war-chariot,  §  461. 

essedarius,  -a,  -um,  one  who 
fights  from  a  chariot,  a  char- 
ioteer (esseda),  §  461. 

et,  conj.,  and',  et  .  .  .  et,  hoth 
.  .  .  and,  1. 

etiam,  adv.  and  conj.,  also,  even, 
19. 

etsi  (et  +  sT),  conj.,  even  if,  al- 
though. 39. 

Europa,  -ae,  f.,  Europe,  28. 

erenio,  -ire,  -veni,  -venturus 
(e  +  venio),  to  result,  §  461. 

eventus,  -us,  m.,  outcome,  event, 
§461. 

excedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessurus 
(ex  +  cedo),  to  go  out  from, 
depart,  55. 

exeito,  -are,  to  arouse,  45. 

exeo,  -Tre,  -ii,  -iturus  (ex  +  eo), 
to  go  out,  leave,  depart,  50. 

exercitatio,  -onis,  practice, 
training,  §  461. 

exercitus,  -us,  m.,  army,  26. 

exi^uitas,  -atis,  f.,  scantiness, 
shortness  (exig-uus),  §  461. 

exiguus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  small, 
scanty,  short,  §  461. 

exTstimo,  -are,  to  reckon,  think, 
42. 

expedio,  -ire,  -TvT  (ii),  -Ttus,  to 
get  ready,  arrange  (compare 
impedio),  35. 


expeditus,  -a,  -um,  perf.  part,  of 
expedio,  unencumbered,  light- 
ly burdened,  46, 

expello,  -ere,  -pull,  -pulsus  (ex 
+  pello),  to  drive  out,  36. 

experior,  -iri,  -pertus,  dep.  v., 
to  try,  prove,  experieiice,  37. 

exploro,  -are,  to  seek,  search 
out,  investigate,  §  461. 

expono,  -ere,  -posui,  -positus 
(ex  +  pono),  to  set  forth,  dis- 
play, §  461. 

expugno,  -are  (ex  +  pii^no),  to 
capture  by  storm  (compare  op- 
piigno),  11. 

exspecto,  -are,  to  look  out  for, 
wait  for,  expect,  13. 

exterior,  -ius,  comp.  of  exte- 
rus. 

exterus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  outer, 
foreign  (rare  in  positive ;  com- 
pared, §  471),  24. 

extra,  prep.  w.  accu.,  outside  of, 
47. 

extremus,  -a,  -um,  super,  of  ex- 
terus, last,  farthest,  24. 


Fabius,  -T,  m.,  Fahius,  a  famous 

Roman  general,  33. 
fabula,  -ae,  f.,  story,  1. 
facile,  adv.,  easily  (facilis),  25. 
facilis,  -e,  adj.,  easy  (compared 

§  471),  23. 
facio,  -ere,  -feci,  -factus,  to  do, 

make ;  pass.,  fio,  fieri,  factus 

(§  488),  33. 
facultas,  -atis,  f .,  opportimity,  45. 
fama,  -ae,  f.,  fame,  reputation, 

report,  3. 
feliciter,  adv.,  happily,  luckily, 

successfully,  25. 


268 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


fere,  adv.,  nearly,  about,  almost, 

U. 
fero,  ferre,  tull,  latus,  to  bear, 

carry  (conjugated  §  489),  51. 
fldelis,  -e,  adj.,  faithful,  §  461. 
fides,  -el,  f.,  faith,  pledge  (f  ido), 

29. 
fido,  -ere,  i'lsus,  semi-dep.  v.,  to 

trust,  37. 
fi^ura,  -ae,  f.  shape,  §  461. 
filia,     -ae,     f.,    daughter;    dat. 

and  abl.  plur.,  fil]abus(filius), 

2. 
filius,  -T,   m.,    son;    voc.    sing., 

mi,  5. 

finis,  -is,  m.,  end,  limit;  plur., 
boundaries,  territory,  18. 

flnitimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  neigh- 
boring, bordering  on ;  m.  plur. 
as  subst.,  neighbors  (finis), 
11. 

fio,  fieri,  factns,  pass,  of  facio, 
to  be  made,  happen,  result 
(conjugated,  §  488),  46. 

flrmiter,  adv.,  firmly,  steadily, 
§461. 

fiecto,  -ere,  flexl,  flexns,  to 
turn,  direct,  guide,  %  461. 

flnctns,  -us,  m.,  wave,  §  461. 

fliiinen,  -inis,  n.,  river,  19. 

fore,  fut.  inf.  of  sum,  =  futu- 
rum  esse,  §  461. 

fortis,  -e,  adj.,  brave,  21. 

fort  iter,  adv.,  bravely  (fortis), 
10. 

fortitudo,  -inis,  f.,  bravery  (for- 
tis), 28. 

fortiina,  -ae,  f.,  fortune,  42. 

fossa,  -ae,  f .,  ditch ;  fossam  dfi- 
cere.  to  dig  a  ditch,  43. 

frango,  frangere,  fregl,  frac- 
tus,  to  break,  §  461. 


frater,  -tris,  m.,  brother,  18. 
frumentor,  -arl,  -atus,  to   get 

grain,    forage    (friimentum), 

§461. 
friimentum,  -I,  n.,  graiii,  sup- 
plies, 11. 
fruor,  frul,  fruetus,  dep.  v.,  to 

enjoy,  38. 
frustra,  adv.,  in  vain,  49. 
fuga,  -ae,  f .,  flight  (fugo,  fuglo), 

19. 
fugio,  -ere,  fugl,  fugitiirus,  to 

flee  (fuga,  fugo),  33. 
fugo,  -are,  to  put  to  flight  (fuga, 

fugio),  5. 
funda,  -ae,  f.,  sling,  %  461. 
fiinis,  -is,  m.,  a  rope,  cable,  §  461. 

G 

Gallia,  -ae,  f.,  Gaul,  10. 

Galliens,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Gallic 
(Gallus),  §  461. 

Gallus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  Gaul, 
Gallic ;  as  subst.,  a  Gaul  (Gal- 
lia), 10. 

gandeo,  -ere,  gavlsus,  semi-dep. 
v.,  to  rejoice,  37. 

gens,  gentis,  f.,  family,  tribe, 
clan,  19. 

genus,  -eris,  n.,  kind,  family, 
race,  %  461. 

Germanus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Ger- 
man ;  as  subst.,  a  German,  16. 

gero,  -ere,  gessi,  gestus,  to  carry 
on,  perform,  31. 

gladius,  -I,  m.,  sword,  5. 

Graecia,  -ae,  f.,  Greece,  3. 

Graecus,  -a.  -um,  adj.,  Greek ;  as 
a  subst.,  a  Greek,  28. 

gratia,  -ae,  f.,  gratitude,  favor, 
kindness;  gratias  agere,  to 
thank ;  gratiam  habere,  to  feel 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


269 


grateful ;  gratiani  referre,  to 

repay  a  favor,  5. 
gratus,   -a,  -um,  adj.,  pleasing, 

agreeable,  grateful  (gratia),  3. 
gravis,   -e,   adj.,   heavy,    severe, 

serious,  22. 
graviter,  adv.,  severely,  seriously 

(gravis),  39. 
grex,  gregis,  m.,  floch,  herd,  15. 

H 

habed,  -ere,  habui,  habitus,  to 
have,  hold ;  gratiam  iiabere,  to 
feel  grateful;  orationem  Iia- 
bere, to  deliver  a  speech,  2  ff. 

habito,  -are,  to  live,  dwell  (ha- 
beo),  3  ff. 

Haediii,  -orum,  m.  plur.,  the 
Haeduans,  an  important  people 
of  Gaul,  living  between  the 
Loire  and  the  Saone,  12. 

Hannibal,  -alis,  m.,  Hannibal, 
the  famous  leader  of  the  Car- 
thaginians in  the  Second  Punic 
War,  33. 

Hasdrubai,  -alis,  m.,  Hasdru- 
bal,  brother  of  Hannibal,  40. 

hasta,  -ae,  f.,  spear,  10. 

herba,  -ae,  f.,  grass,  7. 

hiberna,  -orum,  n.  plur.,  ivinter 
quarters,  27. 

hic,  liaec,  hoc,  demon st.  pron., 
this-,  hic  .  .  .  ille,  the  latter 
,  .  ,  the  former  (declined  §  475), 
12. 

hic,  adv.,  here,  in  this  place, 
13. 

hienio,  -ore,  to  spend  the  winter, 
winter  (hiems),  20. 

hiems,  hiemis,  f.,  winter,  20. 

Hispania,  -ae,  f.,  Spain  (His- 
panus),  34. 


Hispanus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Span- 
ish ;  as  a  subst.,  a  Spaniard 
(Hispania),  39. 

hodie,  adv.  (hoc  +  die),  to-day, 
29. 

homo,  -inis,  m.  and  f.,  human 
being,  man  (compare  vir),  17. 

honor,  -oris,  m.,  honor,  17. 

hora,  -ae,  f.,  hour,  season,  20. 

Horatius,  -i,  m.,  Horace,  a 
famous  Latin  poet,  5. 

hortor,  -ari,  -atus,  dep.  v.,  to 
encourage,  urge,  exhort,  36. 

hortus,  -I,  m.,  gardeii,  4. 

hostis,  -is,  m.,  enemy,  18. 

hiic,  adv.,  to  this  place,  hither 
(hic),  53. 

humilis,  -e,  adj.,  low  (compared 
§471),  23. 


iam,  adv.,  already,  now,  13. 

ibi,    adv.,   there,    in  that  place 

(is),  3. 
idem,    eadem,    idem,    demons. 

pron.,  the   same  (decl.  §  475; 

is),  40. 
idoneus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  suitable, 

13. 
Ignis,  -is,  m.,fire,  18. 
ignosco,  -ere,  ignovi,  ignotus, 

to  pardon  (see  §  411),  §  461. 
Ignotus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  unknown, 

§461. 
ille,  ilia,  illud,  demons,  pron., 

that ;  ille  .  .  .  hic,  the  former 

.  .  .  the  latter  (decl.  §  475),  12. 
illo,   adv.,   to   that   place  (ille) 

§461. 
impedimentum,     -i,     n.,     hin- 
drance ;  plur.,  baggage  (impe- 

dio),  25. 


270 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


impedio,  -Ire,  -itT  (-ii),  -Ttus,  to 
hinder,  34. 

impeditus,  -a,  -um,  perf.  part,  of 
impedio,  hindered,  entangled, 
embarrassed,  §  461. 

imperator,  -oris,  m.,  general 
(impero),  27. 

imperitus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  un- 
skilled (peritus),  41. 

imperiiim,  -i,  n.,  a  command 
(impero),  27. 

impero,  -are,  to  command,  order, 
22. 

impetro,  -are,  to  obtain  ojie's 
request,  18. 

impetus,  -us,  m.,  attack,  onset, 
27. 

improviso,  adv.,  unexpectedly, 
44. 

imprudeutia,  -ae,  f.,  lack  of 
foresight,  thoughtlessness,  in- 
discretion, §  461. 

imus,  -a,  -um,  superlative  of  in- 
fer us,  lowest  (see  §  471),  24. 

in,  prep.  w.  accu.  and  abl.,  into, 
in,  within,  4  and  14. 

in-,  adverbial  prefix  w.  verbs,  in, 
upon,  towards-,  negative  prefix 
w.  adjectives,  not, 

incendo,  -ere,  -cendl,  -census, 
to  set  Jire  to,  hum,  kindle,  35. 

incertus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  uncer- 
tain (certus),  45. 

incito,  -are,  to  iirge  on,  arouse, 
incite,  11. 

inco^nitus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  un- 
known (compare  cognosco), 
§461. 

incola,  -ae,  m.,  inhabitant  (in- 
colo),  9. 

incolo,  -ere,  -eolui,  — ,  to  dwell, 
inhabit,  49. 


incolumis,  -e,  adj.,  unharmed, 
36. 

inde,  adv.,  from  that  place, 
thence,  then,  54. 

indi^nus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  un- 
worthy, w.  abl.,  unworthy  of 
(dignus),  32. 

ineo,  -ire,  -il,  -itiirus  (in  +  eo), 
to  go  into,  enter,  begin,  49. 

Inferior,  -ius,  comp.  of  Interns, 
lower  (§  471),  24. 

Infero,  -ferre,  -tull,  -latus  (in 
+  fero),  to  carry,  bring  upon, 
51. 

Infer  us,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  low  (com- 
pared §  471),  24. 

Inflmus,  -a,  -um,  superl.  of  In- 
ferus,  lowest,  24. 

Inflrmus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  weak, 
infirm,  §  461. 

Infra,  prep.  w.  accu.,  below,  54. 

ingens,  -ntis,  adj.,  great,  huge, 
serious,  32. 

inimlcus,  -a,  -um,  unfriendly; 
as  subst.,  private  enemy  (ami- 
cus), 10. 

inlquns,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  unequal, 
unfair  (aequiis),  41. 

iniuria,  -ae,  f.,  wrong,  injury, 
outrage,  34. 

inopia,  -ae,  f.,  want,  lack,  need, 
dearth,  11. 

inquit,  defect,  v.,  said  he,  used 
in  direct  quotations,  36. 

inslgnis,  -e,  adj.,  marked,  re- 
markable, notable,  23. 

Insinuo,  -are,  to  thrust  in,  make 
way  into,  §  461. 

Insisto,  -ere,  -stiti,  — ,  to  stand 
upon,  keep  one's  footing,  §  461. 

Instabilis,  -e,  adj.,  unsteady, 
uncertain,  §  461. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


271 


Tnstitutum,  -i,  n.,  practice,  cus- 
tom, institutions  (Instituo), 
§461. 

instituo,  -ere,  -stituT,  -stitutus, 
to  begiii,  establish,  45. 

instruo,  -ere,  -struxi,  -structus, 
arrange,  draw  up,  48. 

insiiefactus,  -a,  -um,  perf.  part, 
of  insuefacio,  trained,  accus- 
tomed, §  461. 

Insula,  -ae,  f.,  island,  §  461. 

integer,  -gra,  -grum,  adj., 
whole,  fresh,  51. 

intellego,  -ere,  -lexi,  -lectus, 
to  understand,  42. 

inter,  adverbial  prefix  and  prep, 
w.  accu.,  between,  among,  12. 

intercludo,  -ere,  -clusi,  -clu- 
sus,  to  cut  off,  47. 

interea,  adv.,  meanwhile  (inter), 
12. 

interflcio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectus 
(inter  +  facio),  to  kill,  35. 

interim,  adv.,  in  the  meantime 
(inter),  43. 

interior,  -ius,  comp.  adj.,  inner 
(compared  §  471 ;  inter),  24. 

intermitto,  -ere,  -niisT,  -missus 
(inter  +  mitto),  to  stop,  inter- 
rupt, let  pass,  44. 

interpono,  -ere,  -posui,  -posi- 
tus  (inter  +  pono),  to  put  be- 
tween, interpose,  §  461. 

intimus,  -a,  -um,  superl.  of  in- 
terior, innermost  (compared 
§  471),  24. 

intro,  -are,  to  enter,  12. 

iniisitatus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  unac- 
customed, §  461. 

inutilis,  -e,  adj.,  useless,  §  461. 

iuYitus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  unwilling, 
36. 


ipse,  ipsa,  ipsum,  intens.  de- 
mons, pron.,  self,  very  (declined 
§  475),  40. 

is,  ea,  id,  demons,  pron.,  that; 
he,  she,  it  (declined  §  475),  14. 

iste,  ista,  istud,  demons,  pron., 
that,  that    of  yours  (declined 

_  §  475),  40. 

Italia,  -ae,  f.,  Italy,  3. 

ita,  adv.,  thus,  in  that  way  (is), 
21. 

itaque,  adv.,  therefore  (ita),  4. 

item,  adv.,  likewise,  also  (is),  54. 

iter,  itineris,  n.,  journey,  march, 
17. 

iterum,  adv.,  again,  a  second 
time,  31. 

iubeo,  -ere,  iussT,  iussus,  to 
command,  order,  40. 

iiidex,  -icis,  m.,  judge  (ius),  15. 

iiidico,  -are,  to  judge  (ifidex, 
iiis),  40. 

iugum,  -1,  n.,  yoke,  ridge,  50. 

lulia,  -ae,  f.,  Julia,  1. 

iHs,  iiiris,  n.,  right,  justice,  law, 
56. 

iuYenis,  -is,  m.,  a  youth  (inven- 
tus), 28. 

iuyentus,  -fitis,  f.,  youth;  col- 
lectively, young  men,  the  youth, 
21. 

iuvo,  -are,  iuvT,  iutus,  to  help, 
aid,  13. 


labor,  -oris,  m.,  work,  labor,  17. 

laboro,  -are,  to  work,  toil  (la- 
bor), 4. 

Laeedaemon,  -onis,  f..  Lace- 
daemon,  Sparta,  36. 

Lacedaemonius,  -a,  -um,  adj., 
Lacedaemonian,  Spartan,  32. 


272 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


lacesso,  -ere,  -sTvi,   -situs,    to 

provoke,  challenge,  harass,  49. 

laete,  adv.,  gladly,  25. 

late,  adv.,  broadly,  widely  (la- 
tus),  55. 

latus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  hroad, 
wide,  1. 

latus,  -eris,  n.,  side,  flank,  46. 

laudo,  -are,  to  praise  (laus),  3  ff. 

laus,  laudis,  f.,  praise,  glory, 
16. 

legatio,  -onls,  f.,  embassy,  lega- 
tion (legratus),  31. 

le^atus,  -1,  ra.,  envoy,  ambassa- 
dor, lieutenant  (legatio),  14. 

legio,  -onis,  f.,  legion,  19. 

lego,  -ere,  legi,  leetus,  to  read, 
48. 

lenis,  -e,  adj.,  gentle,  mild,  §  461. 

levis,  -e,  adj.,  light,  slight,  24. 

leviter,  adv.,  lightly,  25. 

liber,  -era,  -erum,  adj.,  free,  7. 

liber,  librT,  m.,  a  book,  6. 

liberaliter,  adv.,  generotisly, 
kindly  (liber),  §  461. 

llberT,  -orum,  ra.  plur.,  freeborn 
children  (liber),  6. 

libero,  -are,  to  free  (liber),  7. 

llbertas,  -atis,  f.,  liberty,  free- 
dom (liber),  36. 

licet,  -ere,  licuit  or  licitnm 
est,  impers.  v.,  it  is  permitted, 
one  may,  33. 

lingua,  -ae,  f.,  tongue,  language, 
54. 

littera,  -ae,  f.,  letter,  of  the  al- 
phabet ;  plur.,  a  letter,  an 
epistle,  48. 

lltus.  -oris,  n.,  shore,  %  461. 

locus,  -I,  m.,  place,  spot ;  plur. 
loca,  n.,  places,  situation ;  loci, 
m.,  topics,  13. 


longe,  adv.,  far  off,  at  a  distance, 
by  far  (long us),  13. 

longinquus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  loiig, 
far,  remote  (loiigus),  54. 

longus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  long,  dis- 
tant, 1  ff. 

loquor,  -I,  locfitus,  dep.  v.,  to 
speak,  talk,  38. 

luna,  -ae,  f.,  the  moon,  §  461. 

lupa,  -ae,  f.,  she-wolf,  9. 

lupus,  -I,  m.,  wolf,  5. 

liix,  liicis,  f.,  light,  15. 

M 

magis,  adv.  com  p.,  more ;  siiperl. 
maxime,  most  (compared  §  472 ; 
magnus),  25. 

magister,  -tri,  m.,  master,  teach- 
er, 6. 

magistratus,  -iis,  m.,  magis- 
tracy, office,  a  magistrate  (ma- 
gister), 35. 

magnitudo,  -inis,  f.,  size,  great- 
ness (magnus),  40. 

miignopere,  adv.,  greatly,  16. 

magnus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  great, 
large,  loud  (compared  §  471), 
Iff. 

maior,  -ius,  adj.,  com  p.  of 
magnus,  larger,  elder :  maio- 
res.  elders,  ancestors,  29. 

male,  adv.,  badly,  ill,  unsuccess- 
fully (mains),  25. 

malo,  malle,  malul  (magis  + 
volo),  to  prefer,  44. 

mains,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  bad,  ill,  2  ff 

mandata,  -orum,  n.  plur.,  orders, 
commands  (mando),  §  461. 

mando,  -are,  entrust,  commit, 
command,  §  461. 

mane,  adv.,  in  the  morning, 
early,  39. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


2Y3 


maneo,  -ere,  mansi,  mansurus, 

to  remain,  27. 

manus,  -fis,  f.,  hand,  company, 
troop,  26. 

Marcus,  -i,  m.,  Marcus,  4. 

mare,  maris,  n.,  sea,  18. 

maritimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  belong- 
ing to  the  sea,  maritime  (mare), 
50. 

mater,  -tris,  f.,  mother,  22. 

materia,  -ae,  f.,  stuff,  timber, 
§461. 

matiirus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  early, 
ripe,  §  461. 

maxime,  superl.  adv.,  most,  25. 

medius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  middle,  in 
the  middle  of,  37. 

membrum,  -i,  n.,  limb,  of  the 
body,  §  461. 

memoria,  -ae,  f.,  memory,  29. 

mercator,  -oris,  m.,  trader,  mer- 
chant, 45. 

meto,  -ere,  messui,  messus,  to 
reap,  cut,  §  461. 

meus,  -a,  -um,  poss.  pron.,  mine, 
3. 

miles,  -itis,  m.,  soldier,  private, 
15. 

militaris,  -e,  adj.,  relating  to  a 
soldier  ;  military  ;  res  milita- 
ris, the  science  of  war  (miles), 
44. 

mille,  adj.  indeclin.,  a  thousand; 
plur.  milia,  -ium;  the  plural 
is  used  as  a  substantive,  while 
the  singular  is  an  adjective, 
30. 

Miltiades,  -is,  m.,  Miltiades,  the 
Greek  commander  at  Marathon, 
480  B.  c,  28. 

minime,  adv.,  superl.  of  minus, 
least  (compared  §  472),  25. 
18 


minor,  minus,  adj.,  comp.  of 
parvus,  less,  smaller  (compared 
§  471),  24. 

minus,  comp.  adv.,  less,  25. 

miser,  -era,  -erum,  adj.,  wretched, 
unfortunate,  7. ' 

mitto,  -ere,  misi,  missus,  to 
send,  throw  (weapons),  31. 

mobilitas,  -atis,  f.,  quickness, 
speed,  §  461. 

moderor,  -ari,  -atus,  dep.  v.,  to 
control,  manage,  §  461. 

modo,  adv.,  only,  but,  even ;  non 
modo,  not  only,  40. 

modus,  -1,  m.,  manner,  measure, 
31. 

moenia,  -ium,  n.  plur.,  walls  of 
a  city,  fortifications,  18. 

mons,  m.oiL'i\^,m., mountain,  hill; 
summus  mons,  top  of  the  hill,  19. 

mora,  -ae,  f..,  delay,  14. 

Morini,  -orum,  m.  plur.,  the 
Mori?ii,  a  people  living  in  Bel- 
gic  Gaul,  §  461. 

morior,  mori,  mortuus,  dep.  v. 
to  die  (mors),  39. 

moror,  -ari,  moratiis,  to  delay 
(mora),  38. 

mors,  mortis,  f.,  death  (morior), 
19. 

mos,  moris,  m.,  habit,  customs, 
35. 

motus,  -us,  m.,  movement,  dis- 
turbance, uprising  (moveo), 
§461. 

moveo,  -ere,  movi,  motus,  to 
move ;  castra  movere,  to  break 
camp ;  sTgna  movere,  to  ad- 
vance, 29. 

mulier,  -eris,  f.,  woman,  22. 

multitudo,  -inis,  f.,  crowd,  mul- 
titude, 30. 


274 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


multo,  adv.,  (by)  much,  by  far 

(multus),  23. 
mnltns,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  much; 

plur.,  many  (compared  §  471), 

2ff. 
munio,  -ire,  -ivi  (ii),  -itus,  to 

fortify,  36. 
miinitio,  -onis,  f.,  fortification^ 

defenses  (munio),  48. 
murus,  -i,  m.,  wall,  9. 
Musa,  -ae,  f .,  a  muse,  5. 

N 
nam,  conj.,  for  (compare  enim), 

14. 
namqne,  conj.,  for,  §  461. 
nanciscor,  -i,  nactus,  dep.  v.,  to 

find,  39. 
narro,  -are,  to  tell,  narrate,  2  ff. 
nascor,  -i,  natus,  dep.  v.,  to  be 

born,  48. 
natio,  -onis,  f.,  race,  nation  (nas- 

cor),  27. 
natnra,  -ae,  f.,  nature  (nascor), 

13. 
nauta,  -ae,  m.,  sailor  (nayi^o),  3. 
nayigatio,     -onis,     f.,    saili^ig, 

voyage,    namgation    (navig-o), 

§461. 
nayiginm,  -T,  n.,  a  boat,  §  461. 
nayigo,  -are,  to  sail  (nayis),  4  ff. 
nayis,  -is,  f.,  ship ;  nayis  longa, 

man-of-war,  19. 
-ne,  interrogative  enclitic,  1. 
ne,  adv.  and  conj.,  not,  that  not, 

i7i  order  that  not,  lest ;  ne  .  .  . 

quidem,  not  even,  29,  40. 
nee,  see  neqne. 
necessario,  adv.,  necessarily,  of 

necessity  (necessarius),  §  461. 
necessarius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  neces- 
sary, needful  (necesse),  28. 


necesse,  adj.  indeclin.,  necessary ; 
necesse  est,  one  must,  39. 

neco,  -are,  to  kill,  26. 

nemo,  neminis,  m.,  no  one,  no- 
body, 23. 

nequaquam,  adv.,  not  at  all,  by 
no  means,  §  461. 

neque,  conj.,  a7id  not ;  neque  . . . 
neque,  neither  .  .  .  nor,  17. 

Neryii,  -orum,  m.  plur.,  the  Ner- 
vii,  a  tribe  of  Belgic  Gaul,  12. 

neuter,  neutra,  neutrum  (ne  + 
uter),  neither  (declined  §  469), 
52. 

niger,  nigra,  nigrum,  adj., 
black,  7. 

niliil,  n.  indeclin.,  nothing,  23. 

nisi,  conj.  (ne  +  si),  if  not,  un- 
less, 39. 

noeeo,  -ere,  nocuT,  nocitiirus, 
to  harm,  injure  ;  nocens,  hurt- 
ful, guilty,  46. 

noctu,  adv.,  by  night  (nox),  46. 

nocturnns,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  by 
night,  in  the  night  (nox),  48. 

nolo,  nolle,  nolui  (ne  +  yolo), 
to  be  unwilling,  not  to  wish 
(conjugated  §  487),  44. 

nomen,  -inis,  n.,  name,  17. 

non,  adv.,  not ;  non  modo  .  .  . 
sed  etiam,  not  only  .  .  .  but 
also,  2,  40. 

nondum,  adv.  (non  +  dum),  not 
yet,  46. 

nonnullus, -a,  -um,  adj.  (non  + 
niillus),  some,  36. 

nonus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  ninth  (no- 
yem),  §  461. 

noster,  nostra,  nostrum,  poss. 
pron.,  our  (nos),  14. 

notus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  known,  fa- 
miliar, §  461. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


275 


noTitas,  -atis,  f.,  newness,  nov- 
elty, strangeness  (novas),  §  461. 

novus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  new,  2  ff. 

nox,  noctis,  t,  night,  20. 

nubes,  -is,  f.,  cloud,  18. 

nuUus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  (ne  4-  ul- 
lus),  7ione  (declined  §  469),  42. 

Numa,  -ae,  f.,  Numa,  the  second 
king  of  Rome,  30. 

numerus,  -i,  m.,  number,  12. 

numquam,  adv.,  iiever,  37. 

nunc,  adv.,  now  (compare  iam), 
12. 

nuntio,  -are,  to  announce,  report 
(nuntius),  12. 

nuntius,  -i,  m.,  a  messenger,  27. 

nutus,  -us,  m.,  nod,  sign,  §  461. 

O 

ob,  prep.  w.  accu.,  on  account  of, 
36;  adverbial   prefix,   towards. 


obllviscor,  -T,  -litus,  dep.  v.,  to 
forget,  used  with  an  objective 
genitive,  38. 

obse»,  -idis,  m.  and  f.,  hostage, 
16. 

obtempero,  -are,  to  obey,  §  461. 

obtestor,  -ari,  -atus,  dep.  v.,  to 
implore,  §  461. 

obtineo,  -ere,  -tinui,  -tentus 
(ob  4-  teneo),  to  hold,  keep,  pos- 
sess, 55. 

occasus,  -us,  m.,  falling,  setting, 
the  west,  §  461. 

occido,  -ere,  -cTdi,  -cisus,  to  cut 
down,  kill,  35. 

occulto,  -are,  to  hide,  17. 

occupo,  -are,  to  seize,  16. 

occurro,  -ere,  -eurri,  -cursurus, 
to  go  to  meet,  resist,  43. 

oceanus,  -T,  m.,  the  ocean,  4. 


octodecim,  indeclin.  num.,  eight- 
een, §  461. 

odium,  -i,  n.,  hatred,  11. 

offero,  -ferre,  obtuli,  oblatus 
(ob  -f  fero),  to  bring  to,  offer,  55. 

officium,  -1,  n.,  duty,  office,  56. 

olim,  adv.,  once,  formerly,  10. 

omnino,  adv.,  altogether,  at  all, 
44. 

omnis,  -e,  adj.,  every,  all,  21. 

onerarius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  bur- 
den; naves  onerariae,  trans- 
ports (onus),  §  461. 

onus,  oneris,  n.,  load,  burden, 
weight,  §  461. 

opera,  -ae,  f.,  work,  attention; 
operam  dare,  to  take  pains,  34. 

opinio,  -onis,  f.,  belief,  expecta- 
tion, reputation,  53. 

opertet,  -ere,  oportuit,  impers. 
v.,  it  is  proper,  one  ought,  50. 

oppidanus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  belong- 
ing to  a  town;  as  subst.,  a 
townsman,  inhabitant  (oppi- 
dum),  9. 

oppidum,  -1,  n.,  town,  6. 

opportunus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  op- 
portune, advantageous,  §  461. 

opprimo,  -ere,  -pressT,  -pres- 
sus  (ob  -H  premo),  to  over- 
whelm, 46. 

oppugnatio,  -onis,  f.,  siege,  at- 
tack (oppiigno),  42. 

oppiigno,  -are  (ob  +  piigno),  to 
besiege,  attack,  10. 

opus,  operis,  n.,  work,  45. 

ora,  -ae,  f.,  shore,  coast,  §  461. 

oratio,  -onis,  f.,  speech  (oro),  43. 

orator,  -oris,  m.,  speaker,  pleader, 
envoy  (oro),  §  461. 

ordo,  -inis,  m.,  order,  rank,  23. 

oro,  -are,  to  speak,  beg,  30. 


276 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


ostendo,  -ere,  ostendi,  ostentns, 

to  show,  42. 


paco,  -are,  to  pacify,  subdue 
(pax),  12. 

paene,  adv.,  almost  (compare 
fere),  38. 

palam,  adv.,  openly^  publicly 
(compare  clam),  53. 

par,  paris,  adj.,  like,  equal,  51. 

paratus,  -a,  -um,  perf.  partic.  of 
paro,  ready,  prepared,  13. 

paro,  -are,  to  make  ready,  pre- 
pare, 12. 

pars,  partis,  f.,  part,  share,  21. 

parvus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  small,  little 
(compared  §  471),  1  ff. 

passus,  -us,  m.,  step,  pace ;  as  a 
measure  of  length  about  five 
feet ;  mlUe  passus,  5,000  (Ro- 
man) feet,  a  (Roman)  mile,  30. 

pater,  patris,  m.,  father,  22. 

patior,  -I,  passus,  dep.  v.,  suffer, 
bear,  allow,  44. 

patria,  -ae,  f.,  native  land  (com- 
pare pater),  2. 

pauci,  -ae,  -a,  adj.  plur.,  few, 
28. 

paucitas,  -atis,  f.,  small  number 
(paucT),  §  461. 

paulatim,  adv.,  little  by  little, 
gradually,  51. 

paulo,  adv.,  by  a  little,  slightly, 
23. 

paulum,  adv.,  a  little,  a  short 
distance,  41. 

pax,  pacis,  f .,  peace  (paco),  15. 

pecnnia,  -ae,  f.,  money  (peeus), 
38. 

pecus,  -oris,  n.,  cattle,  a  herd,  a 
flock,  17. 


pedes,  -itis,  m.,  a  foot-soldier; 

plur.,  infantry  (pes),  36. 
pedester,  -tris,  -tre,  a.dj.,belo7ig- 

ing  to  the  infantry,  foot  (pedes), 

39. 
peditatus,  -us,  m.,  infantry,  foot 

(pedes),  43. 
peior,  peius,  adj.,  comp.  of  ma- 

lus,  worse  (§  471),  24. 
pello,  -ere,  pepuli,  pulsus,  to 

drive,  34. 
per,  adverbial  prefix  and  prep.  w. 

accu.,  through,  over,  across,  by 

means  of,  16. 
percurro,  -ere,  -cucurri  or  -cur- 

rl,  -cursurus,  to  run  through, 

run  along,  §  461. 
perequito,  -are,  to  ride  over,  ride 

through,  §  461. 
perfacilis,    -e    (per  +  faeilis) ; 

adj.,  very  easy,  56. 
perfero,  -ferre,  -tulT,  -latus  (per 

+  fero),   to  bear  through,  en- 
dure, §  461. 
perflcio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectus  (per 

-I-  facio),  to  accomplish,  finish, 

48. 
periculosus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  full  of 

danger,  dangerous  (periculum), 

37. 
periculum,  -T,  n.,  danger,  5. 
peritus,  -a,  -um,    adj.,  skilled, 

32. 
permaneo,  -ere,  -mansT,  -man- 

surus    (per  +  maneo),  to   re- 
main, stay,  %  461. 
permitto,  -ere,  -misT,  -missus 

(per  +  mitto),  to  let  go,  allow, 

permit,  46. 
permoveo,  -ere,  -movT,  -motus 

(per  +  moveo),  to  move  deeply, 

excite,  arouse,  50. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


2Y7 


perpetuus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  constant, 

uninterrupted,  perpetual,  54. 
Persa,  -ae,  m.,  a  Persian,  35. 
Persicus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Persian 

(Persa),  28. 
perspicio,  -ere,  -spexi,  -spectus, 

to  see  through,  examine,  learn, 

§461. 
persuaded,  -ere,  -suasi,  -suasu- 

rus,  to  persuade,  31. 
perterreo,  -ere,  -terrui,  -terri- 

tus,  to  frighten  thoroughly,  ter- 
rify, 38. 
pertineo,  -ere,  -tinuT,  — ,  to  per- 
tain to,  to  reach,  50. 
perturbatio,  -onis,  f.,  confusion, 

disorder,    alarm     (perturbo), 

§461. 
perturbo,  -are,  to  throw  into  con- 
fusion, alarm,  §  461. 
pervenio,  -Ire,  -veni,  -venturus 

(per  +  venio),  to  come  through, 

arrive,  35. 
pes,  pedis,  m.,  foot ;  pedem  re- 

ferre,  to  retreat,  22. 
pessimus,    -a,    -um,    superl.    of 

malus,  worst  (compared  §  471), 

24. 
peto,  -ere,  petivi  (-ii),  petitus, 

to  seek,  ask,  31. 
Pharnabazus,  -i,  m.,  Pharnahd- 

zus,  a  Persian  satrap,  35. 
pllum,  -1,  n.,  javelin,  a  heavy 

spear,  42. 
planus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  flat,  level, 

§461. 
plenus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  full,  §  461. 
plerique,  pleraeque,  pleraque, 

adj.   plur.,  many,  very  many, 

the  most,  35. 
plerumque,  adv.,  for  the  most 

part,  generally,  54. 


pltirimus,  -a,  -um,  superl.  of 
multus,  most,  very  many  (com- 
pared §  471),  24. 

plus,  pltiris,  compar.  of  mnltus, 
more  (compared  §  471 ;  de- 
clined I  470),  24. 

poena,  -ae,  f .,  punishment,  36. 

poeta,  -ae,  m.,  poet,  3. 

polliceor,  -eri,  poUicitus,  dep. 
v.,  to  promise,  43. 

pono,  -ere,  posui,  positns,  to 
place,  put,  put  aside,  39. 

pons,  pontis,  m.,  bridge,  19. 

populus,  -i,  m.,  people,  5. 

porta,  -ae,  f.,  gate,  30. 

porto,  -are,  to  carry,  11. 

portus,  -us,  m.,  harbor,  port,  30. 

posco,  -ere,  poposci,  — ,  to  de- 
mand, ask,  47. 

possum,  posse,  potui  (potis  + 
sum),  to  be  able,  can  (conju- 
gated §  486),  43. 

post,  prep.  w.  accu.,  after,  behind, 
18. 

postea,  adv.,  afterwards  (post), 
25. 

posterior,  -ius,  comp.  of  poste- 
rns, Za^er  (compared,  §  471),  24. 

posterns,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  the  fol- 
lowing, next;  plur.,  poster!, 
descendants,  25. 

postquam  (post  +  quam),  conj., 
after,  30. 

postremns,  -a,  -um,  superl.  of 
posterns,  last,  latest,  24. 

postridie  (posterns  +  dies),  adv., 
the  next  day,  49. 

postnlo,  -are,  to  demand,  ask,  14. 

potestas,  -atis,  f.,  power,  oppor- 
tunity, 35. 

potior,  -iri,  potitus,  dep.  v.,  to 
get  possession  of,  37. 


278 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


pot  ins,  adv.,  rather,  56. 

praecedo,  -ere,  -cessT,  -cessurus 
(prae  +  cedo),  to  go  before,  ex- 
cel, surpass,  54. 

praeceps,  praecipitis,  adj.,  head- 
long, in  haste,  steep,  §  461. 

praeda,  -ae,  f.,  booty,  13. 

praedico,  -are,  to  make  known, 
announce,  §  461. 

praeflcio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectus 
(prae  +  facio),  to  set  over,  put 
in  command  of,  35. 

praemitto,  -ere,  -mIsT,  -missus 
(prae  +  initto),  to  send  for- 
ward, 35. 

praeminm,  -T,  n.,  reward,  6. 

praesertim,  adv.,  especially,  55. 

praesidium,  -T,  n.,  guard,  protec- 
tion, assistance,  9. 

praesto,  -stare,  -stiti,  — ,  to  ex- 
cel, exhibit,  perform,  56. 

praesum,  -esse,  -fui  (prae  + 
snm),  to  be  over,  in  comma?id 
of4S. 

praeter,  prep.  w.  accu.,  besides, 
except,  beyond,  53. 

praeterea,  adv.,  besides,  more- 
over (praeter),  56. 

premo,  -ere,  press!,  pressns,  to 
press,  attack,  oppress,  36. 

pridie,  adv.,  on  the  day  before,  49. 

primo,  adv.,  at  first  (primus),  54. 

primum,  adv.,^r5^  (primus),  31. 

primus,  -a,  -um,  superl.  of  prior, 
first  (compared  §  471),  20. 

princeps,  principis,  m.,  leader, 
chief,  15. 

prior,  prius,  comparative,  posi- 
tive wanting,  former  (compared 
§  471),  24. 

pristinus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  old, 
former,  §  461. 


priusquam        (prius  -h  quam), 

conj.,  before,  47. 
privo,  -are.  to  deprive,  24. 
pro,   prep.  w.  abl.,  for,  for  the 

sake  of,  in  the  place  of,  16. 
pro-,  adverbial  prefix,  forward, 

before, 
probo,  -are,  to  approve,  37. 
procedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessurus 

(pro  +  cedo),   to   go  forward, 

advance,  46. 
procul,  adv.,  far,  far  off,  41. 
prodo,  -ere,  -did!,  -ditus  (pro 

-I-  do),  to  betray,  §  461. 
produco,  -ere,   -diixi,  -ductus 

(pro  +  diico),  to  lead  forward, 

advance,  ,48. 
proelior,  -sly},  -atus,  dep.  v.,  to 

fight  (proelium),  §  461. 
proelium,  -T,  n.,  battle,  10. 
profectio,  -onis,    f.,    departure, 

setting  out  (proflcTscor),  43. 
proflclscor,  -I,  profectus,  dep. 

v.,  to  set  out,  depart,  37. 
pro^redior,  -T,  -gressus,  dep.  v., 

to  go  forward,  advance,  41. 
prohibeo,  -ere,  -hibuT,  -liibitus 

(pro  +  habeo),  topi-event,  hin- 
der, 29. 
proicio,  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectus  (pro 

+  iacio),    to    throw    forward, 

§461. 
prope,  adv.  and  prep.  w.  accu., 

near,  44. 
propello,  -ere,   -pull,   -pulsus 

(pro  +  pello),  to  drive  away, 

dislodge,  §  461. 
propero,  -are,  to  hurry,  hasten, 

13. 
propinquus,  -a,  -um.  near,  neigh- 
boring ;  propinquT.  -orum,  m. 

plur.,  relatives  (prope),  48. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


279 


propior,  -ius,  comparative,  posi- 
tive wanting,  nearer  (compared 
§  471 ;  prope),  24. 

propono,  -ere,  -posui,  -positus 
(pro  +  pono),  to  set  forth,  tell, 
offer,  43. 

propter,  prep.  w.  accu.,  on  ac- 
count of,  39. 

prosequor,  -i,  -secutus  (pro  + 
sequor),  dep.  v.,  to  pursue,  fol- 
low, §  461. 

prosum,  -esse,  -fui  (pro  +  sum), 
to  be  useful,  be  of  advantage  to, 
to  profit  (conjugated  §  486),  43. 

proveho,  -ere,  -vexi,  -veetiis,  to 
carry  forward,  §  461. 

provideo,  -ere,  -vidi,  -visus 
(pro  +  video),  to  provide,  47. 

provincia,  -ae,  f.,  province,  25. 

proximus,  -a,  -um,  superl.  of 
propior,  nearest,  next  (com- 
pared §  471),  10. 

puella,  -ae,  f.,  girl  (piier),  1. 

puer,  pueri,  m.,  boy,  6. 

pugna,  -ae,  f.,  battle,  31. 

pfigno,  -are,  to  fight  (pfigna).  9. 

pulclier,  -elira,  -clirum,  adj., 
beautiful,  pretty,  2  ff. 

pulvis,  -eris,  m.,  dust,  §  461. 

piito,  -are,  to  think,  41. 

Pyrrlius,  -i,  m.,  Pyrrhus,  king  of 
Epirus,  31. 


qua,  rel.  adv.,  where,  53. 

quaero,  -ere,  quaesivi,  quaesT- 
tus,  to  ask,  seek,  42. 

qualis,  -e,  interrog.  and  rel.  adj., 
of  what  sort  f  as,  55. 

quam,  conj.,  than ;  with  super- 
latives, as  possible,  22. 

quamquam,  conj.,  although,  45. 


quantus,  -a,  -um,  interrog.  and 
rel.  adj.,  how  great  ?  as  great, 
as,  44. 

quare,  interrog.  and  rel.  phrase 
(qua  +  re),  whyf  wherefore, 
52. 

quartus,  -a,  -um,  fourth  (quat- 
tuor),  21. 

-que,  enclitic  conj.,  and,  18. 

queror,  -i,  questus,  dep.  v.,  to 
complain,  50. 

qui,  quae,  quod,  rel.  pron.,  who, 
which,  what,  that  (declined 
§  476),  13. 

quia,  conj.,  because,  49. 

quicumque,  quaecumque,  quod- 
eumque,  indef.  rel.  pron.,  who- 
ever, whichever,  whatever  (de- 
clined §  476),  52. 

quidam,  quaedam,  quoddam  or 
quiddam,  indef.  pron.,  a  cer- 
tain, one,  a  (declined  §  478),  37. 

quidem,  adv.,  indeed,  in  fact-, 
ne  .  .  .  quidem,  not  even,  45. 

quies,  -etis,  f.,  rest,  sleep,  19. 

quin,  conj.,  but  that,  from,  with- 
out (used  chiefly  after  negative 
expressions  of  doubting  and 
hindering,  §§  270,  271),  33. 

QuTntus,  -1,  m.,  Quintus. 

quis  (qui),  (quae),  quid  (quod), 
interrog.  pron.,  who  9  (for  use 
of  forms  see  §  136  a,  b),  14. 

quisquam,  — ,  quidquam  (quod- 
quam),  indef.  pron.,  any  one, 
anything  (used  chiefly  in  sen- 
tences in  which  a  negative  is 
expressed  or  implied;  declined 
§  478),  41. 

quisque,  quaeque,  quidque 
(quodque),  indef.  pron.,  each, 
every  (declined  §  478),  44, 


280 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


quisqnis,  — ,  quidquid,  indef. 
rel.  pron.,  whoever,  whatever 
(declined  §  476),  52. 

quo,  interrog.  and  rel.  adv., 
whither  ?  to  what  place  9  into 
which  place,  where,  43. 

quo,  conj.,  in  order  that  (used  to 
introduce  a  purpose  clause  which 
contains  a  comparative,  §  280  6), 
35. 

quoniam,  conj.,  since,  because,  49. 

quoque,  conj.,  also,  too-,  follow- 
ing the  word  to  which  it  be- 
longs, 5. 

quot,  indeclin.  interrog.  adj., 
how  many  ?  relative,  a«  many 
OS,  36. 

R 

ratio,    -onis,    f.,   reason,  plan, 

method,  33. 
re-,  red-,  adverbial  prefix,  ha^k, 

again. 
rebellio,  -onis,  f.  (re  +  bellum), 

renewal  of  war,  revolt,  §  461. 
receptus,  -us,  m.,  a  retreat,  ref- 
uge, %m, 
recipio,  -ere,  -cepi,  -ceptus  (re 

+  eapio),  to  take  hack,  recover ; 

se    recipere,  to   betake   07ie's 

self,  ?>o. 
reddo,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditus  (re  + 

do),  to  return,  give  back,  32. 
redeo,  -Ire,  -ii,  -iturus  (re  +  eo), 

to  go  back,  retire,  return,  52. 
reditus,  -us,  m.,  return  (redeo), 

§461. 
reduco,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductus  (re 

+  duco),   to   bring   back,  lead 

back,  35. 
refero,  -ferre,  rettuli,  relatus 

(re  4-  fero),  to  carry  back,  re- 


port ;  pedem  referre,  to  retire, 
retreat,  51. 

refleio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectus  (re  + 
facio),  to  make  over,  repair,  re- 
build, §  461. 

regina,  -ae,  f.,  queen  (rex),  2. 

regio,  -onis,  f.,  region,  direction, 
27. 

regius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  royal  (rex), 
39. 

regnnm,  -I,  n.,  kingdom  (regno), 
55. 

Begulns,  -i,  m.,  Regulus,  a  fa- 
mous Roman,  32. 

relinquo,  -ere,  relTquI,  relic- 
tus,  to  leave,  abandon,  34. 

reliquns,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  remain- 
ing, left,  14. 

remaneo,  -ere,  -mansT,  -niansu- 
rus  (re  -i-  maneo),  to  stay  be- 
hi?id,  remain,  §  461. 

Remi,  -orum,  m.  plur.,  the  Remi, 
a  people  of  Belgic  Gaul,  13. 

reinigro,  -are,  to  return,  move 
back,  §  461. 

remitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missus  (re 
+  mitto),  to  send  back,  §  461. 

removeo,  -ere,  -movi,  -motus,  to 
move  back,  remove,  §  461. 

remus,  -I,  m.,  oar,  §  461. 

renflntio,  -are  (re  +  nuntio),  to 
take  back  word,  report,  31. 

reperio,  -ire,  repperl,  reper- 
tus,  to  find  out,  learn,  49. 

reporto,  -are  (re  -f  porto),  to 
carry  back,  §  461. 

res,  rei,  f.,  matter,  affair,  busi- 
ness, thing-,  res  militaris,  the 
art  of  war,  military  science ; 
res  publica,  the  state,  26. 

responded,  -ere,  -spondl,  -spon- 
sus^  to  answer,  reply,  39, 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


281 


reverter,  reverti,  reversus,  dep. 
v.,  to  return ;  in  the  perfect  sys- 
tem the  active  forms  reverti, 
reverteram,  etc.,  are  used,  42. 

revoco,  -are  (re  +  voco),  to  call 
hack,  recall,  35. 

rex,  regis,  m.,  king  (regno),  15. 

Rheuus,  -1,  m.,  the  Rhine,  27. 

ripa,  -ae,  f.,  hank,  19. 

rogo,  -are,  to  ask,  request,  18. 

Roma,  -ae,  f.,  Rome,  6. 

Romauus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Roman 
(Roma),  5. 

rosa,  -ae,  f.,  a  rose,  1. 

rota,  -ae,  f.,  wheel,  §  461. 

rursus,  adv.,  hack,  again,  32. 

S 

sacer,  sacra,  sacrum,  adj.,  sa- 
cred, holy,  7. 

sacerdos,  -otis,  m.,  priest  (sa- 
cer), 16. 

saepe,  adv.,  often^  28. 

sagitta,  -ae,  f.,  arrov),  §  461. 

Saguntum,  -I,  n.,  Saguntum,  a 
city  in  Spain,  33, 

salus,  -litis,  f.,  safety,  42. 

sapieiiter,  adv.,  wisely,  25. 

satis,  adv.,  enough,  35. 

scapha,  -ae,  1,  skiff,  hoat,  §  461. 

scio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itus,  to  know,  a 
fact  (compare  cognosco),  34. 

Scipio,  -onis,  m.,  Scipio,  the 
name  of  a  famous  Roman  fam- 
ily, 39. 

sciitum,  -1,  n.,  shield,  5. 

secundus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  follow- 
ing, favorahle  (sequor),  24. 

sed,  conj.,  hut,  2. 

semper,  adv.,  always,  6. 

senatus,  -us,  m.,  senate  (senex), 
32. 


senex,  senis,  m.,  old  man  (de- 
clined p.  91,  n.  1),  26. 
sententia,  -ae,  f.,  opinion,  view, 

purpose  (sentio),  32. 
sentio,  -ire,  sensi,  sensus,   to 

feel,  perceive,  think,  35. 
septem,  indeclin.  adj.,  seven,  20. 
septentriones,  -um,  n.  plur.,  the 

seven  plow-oxen  (the  stars  in 

the  constellation  of  the  Great 

Bear),  the  north,  §  461. 
Septimus,  -a,,  -um,  adj.,  seventh 

(septem),  20. 
sequor,  -i,  seciitus,  dep.  v.,  to 

follow,  37. 
servitiis,  -utis,  f.,  slavery,  servi- 
tude (servus),  55. 
servo,  -are,  to  save,  preserve,  5. 
servus,  -i,  m.,  slave,  4. 
SI,  conj.,  */,  29. 
SIC,  adv.,  so,  38. 
Sicilia,  -ae,  f.,  Sicily,  35. 
Signum,  -1,  n.,  sign,  standard ; 

signa    inferre,    to    advance, 

charge,  29. 
silentium,  -i,  n.,  silence,  40. 
silva,  -ae,  f .,  wood,  forest,  2. 
similis,  -e,  adj.,  like,  similar  to 

(compared  §  471),  23. 
simul,   adv.,  at  the  same  time-, 

simul  ac  (atque),  at  the  same 

time  as,  as  soon  as,  34. 
sine,  prep.  w.  abl.,  without,  10. 
singularis,  -e,  adj.,  single,  §  461. 
singuli,  -ae,  -a,  adj.,  one  hy  one, 

singly,  53. 
sinister,  -tra,  -trum,  adj.,  left, 

on  the  left  hand,  26. 
socius,  -T,  m.,  ally,  14. 
sol,  solis,  m.,  sun,  41. 
soleo,  -ere,  solitus,  semi-dep.  v., 

to  he  accustomed,  he  wont,  37. 


282 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


solus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  alone,  only 

(declined  §  469),  52. 
solvo,  -ere,  solvi,  solutirs,  to 

unbind,    loose,    weigh    anchor, 

§461. 
spatiiim,  -1,  n.,  space,  §  461. 
species,  -ei,  f.,  sight,  appearance, 

§  461. 
speculatorius,    -a,    -um,    adj., 

scouting,  §  461. 
spero,  -are,  to  hope  (spes),  41. 
spes,  speT,  f .,  hope,  ;29. 
spolio,    -are,    to  strip,   despoil, 

24. 
stabilitas,   -atis,    f.,    firmness, 

steadiness,  §  461. 
statim,  adv.,  at  once,  immediate- 
ly, 30. 
statio,    -on is,    f.,    post,   guard, 

duty,  §  461. 
strepitus,  -us,    m.,    noise,   din, 

uproar,  §  461. 
studeo,   -ere,  studuT,  — ,  to  he 

eager  for,    desire    (studium), 

55. 
studium,  -T,  n.,  eagerness,  devo- 
tion, zeal,  21. 
sub,  adverbial  prefix  and  prep. 

w.  accu.  and  abl.,  under,  to  the 

foot  of,  at  the  foot  of,  34. 
subdueo,  -ere,  -duxT,   -ductus 

(sub  +  diico),  to  lead  up,  draw 

up,  §  461. 
subicio,  -ere,  -iecT,  -iectus  (sub 

4-  iacio),  to  throw  under,  place 

under,  §  461. 
subito,  adv.,  suddenly  (subitus), 

25. 
subitus  -a  -um,  adj.,  sudden,  un- 
expectedly, 54. 
subministro,   -are,    to    supply, 

furnish,  §  461. 


submitto,  -ere,  -misT,  -missus 
(sub  +  mitto),  to  send  up,  send 
to  one^s  assistance,  §  461. 

submoveo,  -ere,  -movi,  -motus 
(sub  +  moveo),  to  drive  off, 
dislodge,  §  461. 

subsequor,  -i,  -secutus  (sub-i- 
sequor),  dep.  v.,  to  follow  close- 
ly. §  461. 

subsidium,  -i,  n.,  reserve,  support, 
resource,  44. 

succedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessurus 
(sub  -h  cedo),  to  come  up,  ap- 
proach, take  the  place  of,  51. 

Suebl,  -orum,  m.  plur.,  the  Sue- 
bians,  a  powerful  German  peo- 
ple, 41. 

suT,  sibi,  se  (sese),  se,  reflexive 
pron.,  himself,  herself,  itself, 
themselves  ;  he,  she,  it  (declined 
§  474),  40. 

summus,  -a,  -um,  superl.  of  su- 
perus,  highest,  the  top  of  (com- 
pared §  471),  24. 

Superbus,  -T,  m.,  the  Proud,  the 
name  given  King  Tarquin,  27. 

superior,  -ius,  compar.  of  supe- 
rus,  upper,  higher  (compared 
§  471),  24. 

supero,  -are,  to  surpass,  excel, 
conquer,  11. 

supplicium,  -i,  n.,  pu9iishment, 
36. 

supra,  adv.  and  prep.  w.  accu., 
above,  beyond,  41. 

suspTcio,  -onis,  f.,  suspicion,  53. 

suspicor,  -ari,  -atus,  dep.  v.,  to 
suspect,  §  461. 

sustineo,  -ere,  -tinuT,  -tentus 
(sub  +  teneo),  support,  hold  out 
against,  withstand,  27. 

sustuli,  perf.  indie,  of  tollo. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


283 


suus,  -a,  -um,  poss.  pron.,  tiis  own^ 

her  owriy  its  own  (sul),  28. 
Syria,  -ae,  f.,  Syria,  34. 


talis,  -e,  adj.,  such,  of  such  a 

kind,  41. 
tarn,  adv.,  so,  38. 
tamen,    adv.,    nevertheless,    yet, 

still,  29. 
tandem,  adv.,  at  last,  43. 
tantus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  so  great, 

30. 
tarde,  adv.,  slowly,  late;  paulo 

tardius,  rather  slowly,  §  461. 
Tarentinus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Taren- 

tine,  relating  to  Tarentum,   a 

city  of  southern  Italy,  31. 
Tarquinius,  -i,  m.,  Tarquin,  the 

last  king  of  Rome,  27. 
telum,  -1,  n.,  weapon,  spear,  29. 
temere,  adv.,  recklessly,  rashly, 

§461. 
temo,  -onis,  m.,  pole  (of  a  chariot 

or  wagon),  g  461. 
tempestas,    -atis,    f.,    weather, 

storm  (tempus),  §  461. 
templum,  -i,  n.,  temple,  10. 
tempus,  -oris,  n.,  time,  21. 
teneo,  -ere,  tenui,    tentus,  to 

hold,  27. 
tener,  -era,  -erum,  adj.,  tender, 

young,  7. 
terg'um,  -i,  n.,  hack,  33. 
terra,  -ae,  f.,  earth,  land,  4. 
terreo,  -ere,  terruT,  territus,  to 

frighten,  30. 
terror,  -oris,  m.,  fright,  alann, 

§461. 
tertius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  third  (tres), 

20. 
Tiberis,  -is,  m.,  the  Tiber,  27. 


timeo,   -ere,    timui,  — ,   to   be 

afraid,  fear,  28. 
timidus,   -a,  -um,    adj.,    timid, 

frightened  (timeo),  22. 
timor,  -oris,  m.,  fear  (timeo), 

17. 
tollo,  -ere,   sustuli,  sublatus, 

to  lift  up,  raise,  destroy,  41. 
tormentum,  -i,  n.,  engine  (for 

throwing  missiles),  §  461. 
tot,  indeclin.  adj.,  so  many,  32. 
totus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  whole,  entire 

(declined  §  469),  20. 
tra,  =  trans-, 
trado,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditus  (trans 

+  do),  to  hand  over,  yield  up, 

surrender,  33. 
traduco,   -ere,   -diixT,   -ductus 

(trans  +  dfico),  to    lead  over, 

lead  across,  32. 
traiectus,  -us,  m.,  a  crossing  over, 

passage,  §  461. 
trans,  advei'bial  prefix  and  prep. 

w.  accu.,  over,  across,  20. 
transeo,  -Ire,  -ii,  -itHrus  (trans 

4-  eo),  to  go  over,  cross,  47. 
transport©,  -are  (trans + porto), 

to  carry  across,  §  461. 
tribunus,  -i,  m.,  a  tribune,  a  mil- 
itary officer,  six  of  whom  were 

attached  to  each  legion,  26. 
triginta,  indeclin.  num.,  thirty, 

§461. 
tristis,  -e,  adj.,  sad,  22. 
tu,  tui,  second  pers.  pron.,  thou, 

you  (declined  §  474),  40. 
Tullia,  -ae,  f.,  Tullia,  1. 
tum,  adv.,  then,  29. 
turma,  -ae,  f.,  troop,  squadron  of 

cavalry,  §  461. 
turris,  -is,  f.,  tower,  18. 
tuto,  adv.,  safely  (tutus),  25. 


284 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


tntns,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  safe,  22. 
tuus,  -a,  -um,  pass,  pron.,  thy, 
your  (tu),  3. 

U 

ubi,  rel.  adv.,  where,  whew,  ubi 
prlinum,  as  soon  as,  3. 

nllns,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  any  (de- 
clined §  469),  52. 

ulterior,  -ius,  comparative  adj., 
positive  wanting,  farther,  be- 
yond (compared  §  471 ;  ultra), 
24. 

ultimus,  -a,  -um,  superlative  of 
ulterior,  farthest,  most  remote 
(compared  §  471),  24. 

ultra,  adv.  and  prep."  w.  accu., 
beyond,  on  the  farther  aide, 
54. 

nltro,  adv.,  to  the  farther  side, 
voluntarily,  §  461. 

una,  adv.,  along  with,  in  company 
with,  54. 

unde,  rel.  adv.,  whence,  from 
which,  52. 

undiqne,  adv.,  from  every  side, 
everywhere,  43. 

universus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  all  to- 
gether, all,  §  461. 

umqnam,  adv.,  ever,  with  a  nega- 
tive, 37. 

iinus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  one,  sole, 
alone  (declined  §  469),  32. 

urbs,  urbis,  f.,  city,  19. 

iisus,  -us,  m.,  use,  experience, 
profit  (utor),  50. 

ut  (utT),  conj.,  that,  in  order  that, 
so  that',  after  expression  of 
fear,  that  not,  30. 

uter,  utra,  utrum,  interrog.  and 
rel.  pron.,  which  {of  two)  ?  (de- 
clined §  469),  33. 


uterque,   utraque,  utrumque, 

pron.,  each  (of  two),  both  (uter), 

50. 
uti,  =  ut. 
utinam,  adv.,  used  to  introduce 

wishes,  29. 
utor,  Uti,  iisus,  dep.  v.,  to  use, 

e?ijoy,  profit  by ;  used  with  an 

abl.  of  means  instead  of  direct 

object,  37. 
utrimque,  adv.,  on  both  sides, 

from  both  sides,  55. 


vacuus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  empty  of, 

without,  24. 
yadum,    -i,    n.,    a  ford;   plur., 

shoals,  §  461. 
yaleo,    -ere,    TaluT,   — ,   to   be 

strong,  52. 
yalidus,   -a,   -um,   adj.,  strong, 

6. 
Varro,  -onis,  m.,  Varro,  37. 
Tasto,  -are,  to  destroy,  devastate, 

11. 
vehementer,  adv.,  violently,  im- 
petuously, 36. 
vel,  conj.  and  adv.,  or ;  yel  .  .  . 

yel,  either,  or  (as  you  please) ; 

as  adv.,  even,  56. 
yelociter,  adv.,  swiftly  (yelox), 

43. 
yelox,  -ocis,  adj.,  swift,  quick, 

21. 
Veneticus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  the 

Veneti,  a  tribe  in  northwestern 

Gaul,  §  461. 
yenio,  -Ire,  yeni,  yentiirus,  to 

come,  34. 
yentito,  -are,  to  come  often,  keep 

coming,  come  and  go,  §  461. 
yentus,  -i,  m.,  wind,  27. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


285 


Ter,    veris,  n.,   spring ;   primo 

vere,  at  the  beginning  of  spring^ 

24. 
vereor,  -eri,  veritus,  dep.  v.,  to 

fear,  dread^  36. 
vergo,  -ere,  — ,  — ,  to  slope,  look 

towards,  §  461. 
yero,  adv.,  in  truth,   certainly, 

§461. 
Vertiscus,  -I,  m.,  Vertiscus,  a  chief 

of  the  Remi,  17. 
verto,  -ere,  verti,  versus,  to  turn, 

§461. 
Vesta,  -ae,  f.,  Vesta,  a  Roman  god- 
dess, 4. 
Tester,  -tra,  -trum,  poss.  pron., 

your  (vos),  16. 
via,  -ae,  1,  road,  way,  1. 
Victor,  -oris,  m.,  victor  (vinco), 

17. 
victoria,  -ae,  f.,  victory  (vinco) 

10. 
video,  -ere,  vTdi,  visus,  to  see ; 

pass.,  to  seem,  27. 
vi^ilia,  -ae,  1,  watch,  guard,  20. 
vlgintl,  indeclin.  num.,  twenty,  23. 


vTlicus,  -I,  m.,  steward,  4. 

villa,  -ae,  f.,  country  house,  4. 

vinco,  -ere,  vici,  victus,  to  con- 
quer, 35. 

vinculum,  -i,  n.,  chain,  §  461. 

vir,  virT,  m.,  man,  6. 

virtiis,  -utis,  f.,  manliness,  cour- 
age, virtue  (vir),  16. 

VIS,  VIS,  f.,  force,  violence;  plur. 
vires,  -iuin,  strength,  power, 
§461. 

vita,  -ae,  f.,  life,  3. 

vix,  adv.,  hardly,  scarcely,  29. 

voco,  -are,  to  call  (vox),  7. 

volo,  velle,  volui,  to  wish,  will 
(conjugated  §  487),  44. 

voluntas,  -atis,  f.,  wish,  desire, 
consent  (volo),  45. 

Volusenus,  -i,  m.,Volusenus,  one 
of  Caesar's  military  tribunes, 
§461. 

vox,  vocis,  f.,  voice,  16. 

vulnero,  -are,  to  wound  (vul- 
nus),  15. 

vulnus,  -eris,  n.,  a  wound,  21. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  YOOABULAEY 

The  principal  parts  of  verbs  and  peculiarities  of  syntax  must  be 
learned  from  the  preceding  vocabulary  and  the  body  of  the  book.  The 
numbers  after  verbs  indicate  the  conjugation  to  which  they  belong. 


a,  art.,  usually  not   translated ; 

sometimes    quidam,    quaedam, 

quoddam. 
about,    de    w.  abl. ;   circum  w. 

accu. 
abundance,  copia,  -ae,  f. 
acceptable,  gratus,  -a,  -um. 
accustomed    (to    be),   soleo,   2 

(§  295) ;  to  grow  accustomed, 

consuesco,  3. 
acquainted  with  (to  become), 

cognosce,  3. 
across,  trans  w.  accu. 
act  (to),  ago,  3  ;  facio,  3. 
advance  (to),  signa  movere,  pro- 

gredior,  3. 
advantage  of  (to  take),  utor,  3. 
advice,  consilium,  -i,  n. 
aflFairs,  res,  rei,  f. 
afraid  (to  be),  timeo,  2 ;  vereor,  2. 
after,  prep.,  post  w.  accu. ;  conj., 

postquam,  ubi,  cum  ;  sometimes 

abl.  abs. ;  adv.,  inde,  delude. 
afterwards,  postea,  deinde. 
again,  iterum,  riirsus. 
against,  contra  w.  accu. 
agreed    (to  be),  constare   used 

impersonally. 


aid,  auxilium,  -i,  n. 

aid  (to),  iuvo,  1. 

all,  omnis,  -e ;  totus,  -a,  -um ;  all 

other,  ceteri,  -ae,  -a ;  all  sides 

(on),  undique. 
allow    (to),    perraitto,    3;    pati- 

or,  3;    licet  used   impersonal- 
ly, 2. 
ally,  socius,  -i,  m. 
almost,  fere,  paene. 
alone,  solus,  -a,  -um. 
already,  iam. 
also,  quoque. 
altar,  ara,  -ae,  f. 
although,  cum  w.  subj. ;   quam- 

quam  w.  indie. 
altogether,  omnino. 
always,  semper. 
ambassador,  legatus,  -i,  m. 
among,  inter,  apud  w.  accu. 
ancestors,  maiores,  m.  and  f. 
ancient,  antiquus. 
and,  et,  atque. 
animal,  animal,  -alls,  n. 
announce  (to),  ntintio,  1. 
another,  alius,  -a,  -um. 
any,  ullus,  -a,  -um;  aliquis,  ali- 

qua,    aliquid    (aliquod);    quis- 

quam,  — ,  quidquam. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


287 


appearance  of  (to  have  the),  = 

to  be  like. 
approach,  iter,  itineris,  n. ;  adi- 

tus,  -us,  m. ;  adventus,  -iis,  m. 
approach  (to),  adpropinquo,   1; 

adeo  (§  488). 
approve  (to),  probo,  1. 
arms,  arma,  -orum,  n.  plur. 
army,  exercitus,  -us,  m. 
arouse  (to),  excito,  1 ;  incito,  1. 
arrest  (to),  comprehendo,  3. 
arrival,  adventus,  -us,  m. 
arrive  (to),  pervenio,  4. 
as,  =  appositive ;    pro    w.    abl. ; 

quam ;    qualis ;    as    long    as, 

dum  (§  370) ;  as  soon  as,  cum 

primum  ;  simul  atque  (ac). 
ask  (to),  rogo,  1 ;   peto,  3 ;  pos- 

tulo,  1. 
assemble  (to),  convoco,  1. 
assembly,  concilium,  -i,  n. 
assist  (to),  iuvo,  1. 
at  once,  statim. 
attack  (to),  oppugno,  1. 
attack,  impetus,  -us;   oppugna- 

tio,  -onis,  f. 
attempt  (to),  conor,  1. 
attendant,  comes,  -itis,  m.  and  f. 
auxiliary  troops,  auxilia,  -orum, 

n.  plur. 
avail  (to  be  of),  prosum  w.  dat. 

(§  486). 
await  (to),  exspecto,  1. 
aware    of  (to    be),    sentio,   4; 

scio,  4. 

B 

bad,  malus,  -a,  -um. 

baggage,    impedimenta,    -orum, 

n.  plur. 
band,  manus,  -iis,  f. 
barbarian,  barbarus,  -a,  -um. 


battle,  piigna,  -ae.  f . ;  proelium, 

-i,  n. 
be  (to),  sum  (§  485). 
beautiful,  pulcher,  -chra,  -chrum. 
because,  quod;   cum;   because 

of,  =  abl.  of  cause. 
before,  conj.,  antequam;  prep., 

ante  w.  accu. 
beg  (to),  rogo,  1 ;  peto,  3. 
beginning   (at   the  b.  of),  = 

the  proper  case  of  primus,  -a, 

-um. 
behind,  post  w.  accu. 
Belgians,  Belgae,  -arum,  m. 
believe  (to),  puto,  1. 
belong  (to),  =  dat.  of  possessor 

or  possessive  gen. 
below,  infra  w.  accu. 
besiege  (to),  opptigno,  1. 
best,  optimus,  -a,  -um. 
betake  one's  self  (to),  se  reci- 

pere. 
between,  inter  w.  accu. 
body,  corpus,  -oris,  n. 
bold,  audax. 
boldness,  audacia,  -ae,  f. 
bondage,  servitus,  -utis,  f. 
book,  liber,  libri,  m. 
both  .  .  .  and,  et  .  .  .  et. 
booty,  praeda,  -ae,  f. 
boy,  puer,  pueri,  m. 
brave,  fortis,  -e. 
bravely,  fortiter. 
bravery,  fortitudo,  -inis,  f. 
break  camp  (to),  castra  movere. 
bridge,  pons,  pontis,  m. 
bring  (to),  porto,  1 ;  fero  (§  489) ; 

infero;  bring  together,  cogo, 

3  ;  bring  upon,  infero. 
Briton,  Britannus,  -i,  m. 
broad,  latus,  -a,  -um. 
brother,  frater,  -tris,  m. 


288 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


bnild,  aedifico,  1. 
but,  sed. 

C 

call    (to),    appello,  1 ;    voco,  1 ; 

call  together,  convoco,  1. 
camp,  castra,  -orum,  n.  plur. 
camp  (to  pitch),  castra  ponere. 
can,  be  able  (to),  possum  (§  486). 
capture  (to),  expugno,  1. 
care  for  (to),  euro,  1 ;  consul©  w. 

dat.,  3. 
carry  (to),  porto,  1 ;  carry  on 

war,  bellum  gerere  ;  carry  out 

of,  deferre. 
Carthaginians,  Carthaginienses, 

-ium,  m.  plur. 
cavalry,  equites,  -um,  m.  plur. ; 

equitatus,  -us,  ra. ;  adj.,  eques- 

ter,  -tris,  -tre. 
centurion,  centurio,  -onis,  m. 
challenge  (to),  lacesso,  3. 
chance,  potestas,  -atis,  f . ;  chances, 

casus,  us,  ra. 
charge  of  (to  be  in),  praesum  w. 

dat. ;  to  put  inc.  of,  praeficio 

w.  dat.,  3. 
chase  away  (to),  f  ugo,  1. 
chief,  princeps,  -ipis,  m. 
cliildren,  liberi,  -orum,  m.  plur. 
citadel,  arx,  arcis,  f. 
citizensliip,  civitas,  -atis,  f. 
city,    urbs,  urbis,    f. ;  oppidum, 

-1,  n. 
client,  cliens,  clientis,  m. 
cloud,  nubes,  -is,  f. 
cohort,  cohors,  -tis,  f. 
come  (to),  venio,  4 ;  come  near, 

adpropinquo,  1 ;  come  up,  suc- 

cedo,  3. 
command,  imperium,  -i,  n. 
companion,  comes,  -itis,  m.  and  f . 


compel  (to),  cogo,  3. 
complain  (to),  queror,  3. 
conceal  (to),  occulta,  1. 
condition,  condicio,  -onis,  f. 
confident  (to  be),c6nfido  (§  305). 
conquer  (to),  supero,  1 ;  vinco,  3. 
consecutiye,  continuus,  -a,  -um. 
conspire  (to),  eoniuro,  1. 
consul,  consul,  -lis,  m. 
contend  in  battle  (to),  deeerto,  1. 
country,    patria,  -ae,  f. ;    fines, 

-ium,  m.  plur. 
country-house,  villa,  -ae,  f. 
courage,  animus,  -i,  m. ;  virtus, 

-litis,  f . ;  f ortitiido,  -inis,  f . 
cover  (to),  compleo,  2. 
cut  down  (to),  occido,  3. 

D 

danger,  periculura,  -i,  n. 

dangerous,  periculosus,  -a,  -um, 

daughter,  filia,  -ae,  f. 

dawn,  lux,  lucis,  f. 

day,  dies,  diei,  m. 

daybreak  (at),  prima  liice. 

dayliglit,  liix,  lucis,  f. 

dear,  earns,  -a,  -um. 

deatli,  mors,  mortis,  f. 

decide  (to),  constituo,  3. 

defeat  (to),  supero,  1 ;  vinco,  3. 

defend  (to),  defendo,  3. 

delay  (to),  moror,  1. 

delay,  mora,  -ae,  f. 

deliver  a  speech  (to),  orationem 
habere. 

demand  (to),  postulo,  1. 

departure,  profectio,  -onis,  f. ; 
discessus,  -tis,  m. 

deprive  (to),  privo,  1. 

design  of  (with  the),  =  a  pur- 
pose clause. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


289 


desire  (to),  cupio,  3 ;  volo  (§  487). 
desist  from  (to),  desisto,  3 ;  in- 

termitto,  3. 
despair  (to),  despero,  1. 
destroy  (to),  tollo,  3. 
deter  (to),  deterreo,  2. 
determine  (to),  constituo,  3. 
devastate  (to),  vasto,  1. 
die  (to),  morior,  3. 
different,  dissimilis,  -e. 
difficult,  difficilis,  -e. 
difficulty,  difficultas,  -atis,  f. 
diligence,  industria,  -ae,  f. ;  dili- 

gentia,  -ae,  f. 
diligently,  cum  industria;  dlli- 

genter. 
disaster,  clades,  -is,  f. 
dislodge,  pello,  3. 
dispatch  (to),  mitto,  3. 
disperse  (to),  abeo. 
distant  (to  be),  absum. 
district,  ager,  agri,  m. ;    regio, 

-onis,  f. 
ditch,  fossa,  -ae,  f. 
doubt  (to),  dubito,  1. 
doubtful,  dubius,  -a,  -um ;  there 

is  no  doubt,  non  est  dubium. 
draw  up  (to),  constituo,  3. 
drive  (to),  fugo,  1 ;  ago,  3 ;  pel- 
lo, 3 ;  drive  away,  out,  from, 

fugo,  1 ;  expello,  3. 
during,  accu.  or  abl.  of  time ;  in  ; 

per. 
dwell  (to),  incolo,  3. 

E 
each  (one),  quisque,  quaeque, 
quidque  (quodque)  (§  478); 
each  of  two,  uterque,  utraque, 
utruraque  (§  469). 
eager,  avidus,  -a,  -um  ;  acer,  acris, 
acre, 

19 


eager  for  (to  be),  studeo,  2 ;  cu- 
pio, 3. 

early  (in  the  morning),  mane. 

easy,  facilis,  -e. 

eighth,  octavus,  -a,  -um. 

embassy,  legatio,*-6nis,  f. 

employ  (to),  Utor,  3. 

end,  finis,  -is,  m. 

endure  (to),  patior,  3 ;  f ero  (§  489). 

enemy,  inimicus,  -i,  m. ;  hostis, 
-is,  m. 

engage  with  (to),  piigno  1, 
proelium  committere. 

England,  Britannia,  -ae,  f. 

enjoy  (to),  fruor,  3. 

enlarge  (to),  augeo,  2. 

enough,  satis. 

enter  (to),  intro,  1 ;  enter  upon, 
ineo,  incipio,  3. 

entire,  totus,  -a,  -um  (§  469). 

equal,  aequus,  -a,  -um ;  similis,  -e. 

erect  (to),  aedifico,  1. 

especially,  praesertim. 

establish  (to),  confirmo,  1. 

Europe,  Europa,  -ae,  f. 

even  if,  etiam  si. 

exchange  (to),  dSre  et  accipere. 

exhausted,  defessus,  -a,  -um. 

experience  (to),  experior,  4 ;  pa- 
tior, 3. 

experienced,  peritus,  -a,  -um. 

F 

fact,  res,  rei,  f. ;  often  simply  the 

neuter  of  hie. 
fail  (to),  deficio,  3 ;  desum. 
fall  (to),  accido,  3 ;  pass,  of  iacio, 

3;    fall  back,  pedem  referre; 

cedo,  3 ;  revertor,  3. 
fame,  fama,  -ae,  f. 
famous,  clarus,   -a,  -um;   some-' 

times  ille. 


A 


290 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


far,  procul,  longe. 
far  away  (to  be),  absum. 
farmer,  agricola,  -ae,  m. 
farther,  adj.,  ulterior,  -ius ;  adv., 

ultra. 
father,  pater,  patris,  m. 
fear  (to),  tiraeo,  2 ;  vereor,  2. 
fear,  timor,  -oris,  m. 
fear  that  (for),  ne. 
fearlessly,  sine  timore. 
feel  grateful  (to),  gratiam  ha- 
bere. 
few,    nonnulli,    -ae,    -a;    pauci, 

-ae,  -a. 
field,  ager,  agri,  m. ;  campus,  -I, 

m. 
fiercely,  atrociter. 
fifth,  quintus,  -a,  -um. 
fight  (to),  pugno,  1. 
fill  up  (to),  corapleo,  2. 
finally,  denique. 
find  (to),  nanciseor,  3. 
find  out  (to),  cognosco,  3. 
fine,    bonus,    -a,    -um;    pulcher, 

-chra,  -chriim. 
finish  (to),  conficio,  3. 
fire,  ignis,  -is,  m. 
first,  adj.,  primus,  -a,  -um ;  first 

of  all,  adv.,  primum ;  at  first, 

primo. 
five,  quinque. 
flank,    latus,    -eris,    n. ;    comu, 

-lis,  n. 
flee  (to),  fugio,  3. 
fleet,  classis,  -is,  f. 
flock,  grex,  gregis,  m. 
foe,  hostis,  -is,  m. 
follow  (to),  sequor,  3. 
following,    proximus,    -a,  -um ; 

secundus,  -a,  -um ;    hie,  haec, 

hoc. 
foot,  pes,    pedis,    m. ;    foot-sol- 


diers,    pedites,    -um,    m.    pi.; 

peditatiis,  -us,  m. 
foot  of,  infimus,  -a,  -um ;  to  the 

foot  of,  sub  w.  accu. 
for,  nam ;  enim  ;  quod. 
for  the  sake    of,  pro  w.  abl. ; 

causa  w.  gen. 
force  (with  great),  graviter. 
forced  marches,  magna  itinera. 
forces,  copiae,  -arum,  f. 
foresight,  consilium,  -i,  n. 
forest,  silva,  -ae,  f. 
forget  (to),  obliviscor,  3. 
former   (the),    ille,    ilia,   illud ; 

prior,  prius. 
formerly,  olim. 
fortification,  munltio,  onis,  f. 
fortify,  nmnio,  4. 
fortune,  fortiina,  -ae,  f. 
free  (to),  libero,  1. 
free,  liber,  -era,  -erum. 
freedom,  libertas,  -atis,  f. 
fresh,   novus,  -a,  -um;    integer, 

-gra,  -grum. 
friend,  amicus,  -i,  m. 
friendship,  amicitia,  -ae,  f. 
frighten  (to),  terreo,  2. 
from,  a,  ab  ;  de  ;  e,  ex. 

G 

Gallic,  Gallus,  -a,  -um  ;  Gallicus, 

-a,  um. 
garden,  hortus,  -i,  m. 
garrison,  praesidium,  -i,  n. 
gate,  porta,  -ae,  f. 
gather  (to),  convenio,  4. 
Gaul,  Gallia,  -ae,  f. 
Gauls,  Galli,  -orum,  m. 
general,    imperator,    -oris,    m. ; 

dux,  ducis,  m. 
German,  Germanus,  -a,  -um. 
Germany,  Germania,  -ae,  f. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


291 


get  ready  (to),  paro,  1 ;  aedifico,  1, 

gift,  donum,  -i,  n. 

girl,  puella,  -ae,  f. 

give  (to),  do,  1 ;  give  an  opinion, 

sententiam  dicere. 
give  up  (to),  reddo,  3  ;  trado,  3  ; 

desisto,  3. 
gladly,  laete. 
glory,  laus,  laudis,  f. 
go    (to),  eo  (§  488) ;  exeo ;  profi- 

ciscor,  3  ;  go  against,  to  meet. 

occurro,  3. 
goddess,  dea,  -ae,  f. 
good,  bonus,  -a,  -um. 
goods,  bona,  -orum,  n.  plur. 
gradually,  paulatim. 
grain,  frumentum,  -i,  n. 
grant  (to),  do,  1. 
grass,  herba,  -ae,  f. 
great,  magnus,  -a,   -um  ;  clarus, 

-a,  -um. 
greatly,  magnopere ;  vehementer. 
Grreece,  Graecia,  -ae,  f. 
ground,  terra,  -ae,  f. 
guard,  custos,  -odis,  m. 


Haeduans,    Haedui,    -orum,   m. 

plur. 
halt  (to),  consisto,  3. 
hand,  manus,  -us,  f. 
hand  over  (to),  trado,  3. 
handsome,  pulcher,  -chra,  -chrum. 
happen  (to),  flo  (§  488). 
happy,  beatus,  -a,  -um. 
harbor,  portus,  -us,  m. 
hard,  durus,  -a,  -um ;  gravis,  -e  ; 

atrox. 
hardly,  vix ;  fere. 
haste,  celeritas,  -atis,  f. 
hasten  (to),  propero,  1. 


hatred,  odium,  -i,  n. 

have  (to),  habeo,  2. 

height,  altitiido,  -inis,  f. 

help,  auxilium,  -i,  n. 

here,  hie. 

hide  (to),  occulto,  1. 

hill,  collis,  -is,  m. 

hinder  (to),   prohibeo,  2;  impe- 

dio,  4. 
hither,  adj.,  citerior,  -ius. 
hold  (to),  habeo,  2. 
home,  domus,  -iis,  m. 
honor,  laus,  laudis,  f. 
hope,  spes,  spei,  f. 
Horace,  Horatius,  -i,  m. 
horn,  cornu,  -iis,  n. 
horse,  equus,  -i,  m. 
horseman,  eques,  -itis,  m. 
hostage,  obses,  -idis,  m. 
hour,  hora,  -ae,  f. 
house,  domus,  -us,  m. 
how  many,  quot. 
hurry  (to),  propero,  1 ;   conten- 

do,3. 


I,  ego  (§474). 

immediately,  statim. 

in,  in  w.  abl. 

inasmuch  as,  cum  w.  subj.;  quod. 

increase  (to),  augeo,  2. 

induce  (to),  addiico,  3. 

influence,  auctoritas,  -atis,  f. 

inform  (to),  niintio,  1 ;  aliquem 
certiorem  facere. 

inhabit  (to),  incolo,  3. 

inhabitant,  incola,  -ae,  m. ;  in- 
habitant of  a  town,  oppida- 
nus. 

injure  (to),  noceo,  2. 

injury,  iniiiria,  -ae,  f. 

inner,  interior,  -ius. 


292 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


in  order  that,  ut. 

in  regard  to,  de  w.  abl. 

intend   (to),  in    animo    habere; 

volo. 
interior,  interior,  -ius. 
into,  in  w.  accu. 
Italy,  Italia,  -ae,  f. 


javelin,  pilura,  -i,  n. 
jud^e,  index,  -icis,  m. 

K 

keeper,  custos,  -odis,  m. 
keep  from  (to),  prohibeo,  2. 
keep  in  check  (to),  contineo,  2. 
kill  (to),  neco,  1 ;  interficio,  3 ; 

occido,  3. 
kin^,  rex,  regfs,  m. 
know  (to),  scio,  4 ;  cognovl,  3 ; 

intellego,  3;  know  how,  scio 

w.  inf. 

L 
labor,  labor,  -oris,  m. 
lack,  inopia,  -ae,  f. 
lacking  (to  be),  desnm. 
land,  terra,  -ae,  f. ;  ager,  agri,  m. 
large,  magnus,  -a,  -um. 
latter,  hie,  haec,  hoc. 
lay  waste  (to),  vasto,  1. 
lead  (to),  duco,  3;  lead  across, 

tradQco,  3;    lead  forth,   pro- 

diico,  3 ;  lead  off,  deduco,  3. 
leader,  dnx,  ducis,  m. 
leading  man,  princeps,  -ipis,  m. 
learn  (to),  audio,  4 ;  cognosce,  3 ; 

certior  fieri. 
leaye  (to),  relinquo,  3. 
left,  reliquus,  -a,  -um ;  on  the 

left  hand,  sinister,  -tra,  -trum. 
legion,  legio,  -onis,  f. 


letter,  epistula,  -ae,  f. ;  litterae, 

-arum,  f.  plur. 
lerel,  aequus,  -a,  -um. 
liberate  (to),  libero,  1. 
liberty,  libertas,  -atis,  f. 
lieutenant,  legatus,  -i,  m. 
life,  vita,  -ae,  f . ;  saliis,  -litis,  f. 
light,  levis,  -e. 
like  (to),  amo,  1. 
like,  similis,  -e. 
line-of-battle,  acies,  -ei,  f. 
little,  parvus,  -a,  -um;  a  little, 

paulum ;  paulo ;  a  little  after, 

paulo  post. 
live  (to),  habito,  1. 
long,  adj.,  longus,  -a,  -um. 
long,  for  a  long  time,  adv.,  diu. 
look  out  for  one's  interests  (to), 

alicui  consulere. 
lose  (to),  amitto,  3. 
loud,  magnus,  -a,  -um. 
love  (to),  amo,  1. 
love,  amor,  -oris,  m. 
low,  humilis,  -e. 

M   . 
magistrate,  magistratus,  -iis,  m. 
maid-servant,  ancilla,  -ae,  f. 
make   (to),   facio,  3;    efficio,  3; 

make  an  effort,  conor,  1 ;  ope- 

ram  dSre ;  make  peace,  pacem 

confirmare ;  make  w.ar,  bellum 

inferre,  agere. 
man,  vir,  viri,  m. ;  homo,  -inis,.m. 
manage  (to),  administro,  1 ;  ago, 

3 ;  facio,  3. 
manner,    modus,  -i,   m. ;   ratio, 

-onis,  f. ;   in   what   manner, 

quo  modo. 
many,  multi,  -ae,  -a. 
march  (to),  iter  facere;  march 

out,  exeo. 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY 


293 


march,  iter,  itineris,  n, 

master,  dominus,  -i,  m. ;  magis- 

ter,  -tri,  m. 
meantime  (in  the),  interim ;  in- 

terea. 
meet  (to  go  to),  occurro,  3. 
meet  death  (to),  morior,  3 ;  pass. 

of  neco,  1;  interficio,  3;  occi- 

do,  3. 
messenger,  niintius,  -i,  m. 
method,  ratio,  -onis,  f. 
midnight,  media  nox. 
mile,  mille  passtis. 
military  matters,  res  militaris. 
money,  peciinia,  -ae,  f. ;   argen- 

tum,  -i,  n. 
mother,  mater,  -tris,  f. 
mountain,  mons,  montis,  m. 
much,  adv.,  multo. 
muse,  miisa,  -ae,  f. 
my,  mine,  meus,  -a,  -um. 

N 

name,  nomen,  -inis,  n. 
nation,  natio,  -onis,  f. 
naturally,  abl.  natiira. 
near,  prope  w.  accu. ;   nearer, 

propior,  -ius ;   nearest,  proxi- 

mus,  -a,  -um. 
nearly,  fere ;  paene. 
needful,  necessarius,  -a,  -um. 
neighbors,  flnitimi,  -orum,    m. 

plur. 
neither  .  .  .  nor,  neque  .  .  . 

neque. 
neither,  pron.,  neuter,  -tra,  -trum 

(§  469). 
Nervians,  Nervii,  -orum,  m.  plur. 
new,  novus,  -a,  -um. 
next,  proximus,  -a,  -um ;  poste- 

rus,  -a,  -um. 


night,  nox,  noctis,  f. ;  hy  night, 

noctii. 
nobility  of  spirit,  magnitudo 

animi. 
no  longer,  non  diutius. 
not,  non,  neque ;  not  only  .  .  . 

but  also,   non   raodo  .  .  .  sed 

etiam  ;  not  yet,  nondum. 
nothing,  nihil. 
notice,  sentio,  4. 
now,  nunc,  iam. 
number,  numerus,  -i,  m. 

0 

obliged  (to  be),  often  expressed 

by  the  pass,  periphras.  conjuga- 
tion. 
ocean,  oceanus,  -i,  m. 
offer,  do,  1 ;  offero,  3. 
often,  saepe. 

old  man,  senex,  senis,  m. 
on,  in  w.  abl.;  on  account  of, 

abl. 
once,  olim ;  at  once,  statim. 
one  .  .  .  another,    alius  .  .  . 

alius. 
on  land  and  sea,  terra  marique. 
onrush,  impetus,  -us,  m. 
openly,  palam. 
opinion,  sententia,  -ae,  f. 
opportunity,   facultas,  -atis,  f.; 

potestas,  -atis,  f. 
opposite,  adversus,  -a,  -um. 
oppress,  premo,  3 ;  opprimo,  3. 
order  (to),  impero,  1 ;  iubeo,  2 ; 

order  to  furnish,  impero  w. 

dat.   of    person    and    accu.   of 

thing. 
other,  alius,  alia,  aliud  (§  469) ; 

other    of    two,    alter,    -tera, 

-terum  (§  469). 


294 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


others  (the),  ceteri,  -ae,  -a ;  re- 

liqui,  -ae,  -a. 
our,  noster,  -tra,  -trum. 
overcome  (to),  supero,  1 ;  vinco,  3. 
overtake  (to),  consequor,  3. 
owe,  on^ht  (to),  debeo,  2. 
owing  (to),  abl.  of  cause. 
own  (one's),  suus,  -a,  -um, 
owner,  dominus,  -i,  m. 


pacify  (to),  paco,  1. 

part,  pars,  partis,  f. ;    for   the 

most  part,  plerumque. 
pass  (to  let),  interinitto,  3. 
pass  the  winter  (to),  hiemo,  1. 
patriotism,  amor  patriae. 
peace,  pax,  pads,  f. 
people,  populus,  -i,  m. 
perpetual,  perpetuus,  -a,  -um. 
Persian,  Persa,  -ae,  m. 
persuade  (to),  persuadeo,  2. 
pitch  camp  (to),  castra  ponere. 
place  (to),  conloco,  1. 
place,  locus,  -i,  m. ;  to  the  same 

place,  eodem. 
plain,  campus,  -i,  m. 
plan,  consilium,  -i,  n. 
pleasing,  gratus,  -a,  -um. 
pledge,  fides,  -ei,  f. 
plunder,  praeda,  -ae,  f. 
poet,  poeta,  -ae,  m. 
Pompey,  Pompeius,  -i,  m. 
position,  locus,  -i,  m. 
possession  of  (to  get),  potior,  4 ; 

occiipo,  1. 
possessions,  res,  rerum,  f.  plur. ; 

bona,  n.  plur. 
power,  imperium,  -i,  n. ;  potestas, 

-atis,  f. 
praise  (to),  laudo,  1, 


prefer  (to),  malo  (§  487). 
prepare  (to),  paro,  1 ;  compare,  1. 
present  (to  be),  adsum. 
prevent  (to),  prohibeo,  2;   im- 

pedio,  4. 
previous,  prior,  prius. 
priest,  sacerdos,  -otis,  m. 
princip«al  man,  princeps,-ipis,  m. 
prisoner,  captlvus,  -i,  m. 
proceed  (to),  progredior,  3 ;  =r 

to  begin,  instituo,  3. 
promise  (to),  polliceor,  2. 
protect  (to),  munio,  4. 
protection,  praesidium,  -i,  n. 
provision   (to   make),  subsidia 

parare ;  provideo,  2. 
provoke  (to),  lacesso,  3. 
punishment,  poena,  -ae,  f. 
purpose  (to  no),  frustra. 
pursue  (to),  sequor,  3. 
put    in    command    (to),    prae- 

ficio,  3. 
put  to  flight  (to),  fugo,  1. 


quantity,  copia,  -ae,  f. ;  multus, 

-a,  -um. 
queen,  regina,  -ae,  f. 
quickly,  celeriter. 
quiet,  quies,  -etis,  f. 

R 
rain,  aqua  de  caelo. 
rather  than,  potius  quam. 
reach  (to),  pervenio,  4. 
read  (to),  lego,  3. 
ready,  paratus,  -a,  -um. 
ready  (to  get),  paro,  1. 
reason,  causa,  -ae,  f. 
recall  (to),  revoco,  1. 
receive  (to),  accipio,  3. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


295 


recognise  (to),  cognosce,  3. 
reg'ard  to  (with),  de  w.  abl. 
region,  regio,  -onis,  f. 
relieve  (to),  succedo,  3. 
remain  (to),  maiieo,  2. 
remember  (to),  in  memoria  te- 

nere,  habere. 
remove  (to),  tollo,  3. 
reply  (to),  respondeo,  2. 
report  (to),  nuntio,  renuntio,  1. 
reputation,  fama,  -ae,  f. 
rest  (the),  ceteri,  -ae,  -a ;  reliqui, 

-ae,  -a. 
retreat  (to),  decedo,  3 ;   pedem 

referre. 
return  (to),  reddo,  3 ;  =  come 

back,  revertor,  3 ;  redeo. 
revolution,  novae  res,  f.  plur. 
reward,  praemium,  -i,  n. 
Rhine,  Rhenus,  -i,  m. 
ridge,  iugum,  -i,  n. 
right,  ius,  iuris,  n. 
right   hand    (on    the),    dexter, 

-tra,  -trum. 
rise  (to),  orior,  4. 
river,  flumen,  -inis,  n. 
road,  via,  -ae,  f . ;    iter,  itineris, 

n. ;  by  the  shortest  road,  qua 

proximum  iter  est. 
Roman,  Romanus,  -a,  -um. 
rose,  rosa,  -ae,  f. 
royal  power,  regnum,  -i,  n. 
rule  (as  a),  plerumque. 
run  together  (to),  concurro,  3; 

run  away,  f  ugio,  3. 


sacred,  sacer,  -era,  -crum. 
sad,  tristis,  -e. 
safety  (in),  incolumis,  -e, 
sail  (to),  navigo,  1. 


sailor,  nauta,  -ae,  m. 

sake  of  (for  the),  causa  w.  gen. 

sally,  eruptio,  -onis,  f. 

same,  idem,  eadem,  idem  (§  475). 

savage,  atrox. 

save  (to),  servo,  1. 

say  (to),  dico,  3 ;  said  he,  inquit. 

scarcity,  inopia,  -ae,  f. 

sea,  mare,  maris,  n. 

secretly,  clam. 

see  (to),  video,  2. 

seek  (to),  peto,  3  ;  quaero,  3. 

seem  (to),  videor,  2. 

seize  (to),  occupo,  1. 

senate,  senatus,  -us,  m. 

send  (to),  mitto,  3;  send  for- 
ward, praemitto,  3. 

set  fire  to  (to),  incendo,  3. 

set  forth  (to),  proficlscor,  3. 

set  free  (to),  libero,  1. 

set  to  work  (to),  incipio,  3; 
coepi. 

set  out  (to),  proficiscor,  3. 

seven,  septem. 

several,  singuli,  -ae,  -a ;  nonnul- 
li,  -ae,  -a. 

severe,  gravis,  -e. 

severely,  graviter. 

shield,  scutum,  -i,  n. 

ship,  navis,  -is,  f. 

short,  brevis,  -e;  in  a  short 
time,  celeriter ;  by  the  short- 
est road,  qua  proximum  iter 
est. 

shout,  clamor,  -oris,  m. 

show  (to),  demonstro,  1 ;  osten- 
do,  3. 

Sicily,  Sicilia,  -ae,  f. 

sick,  aeger,  -gra,  -grum. 

side,  latus,  -eris,  n. ;  on  all  sides, 
undique. 

signal,  signum,  -i,  n. 


296 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


silence,  silentium,  -i,  n. ;  in  si- 
lence, silentio. 
since,  cum ;  quod. 
slaughter,  caedes,  -is,  f. 
slare,  servus,  -i,  m. 
slay  (to),  occido,  3 ;  interficio,  3. 
small,  parvus,  -a,  -urn. 
so,  tarn,  ita ;  =  therefore,  itaque ; 

SO  many,  tot;  so  great,  tan- 

tus,  -a,  -um, 
soldier,  miles,  -itis,  m. 
some  (one),  aliquis,  -qua,  -quid 

(-quod)  ;     quidam,     quaedam, 

quiddam  (quoddam) ;  some  .  .  . 

others;  alii  .  .  .  alii. 
son,  filius,  -i,  m. 
soon,  mox. 
sort,  modus,  -i,  m. ;  of  this  sort, 

talis,  -e ;  eiusraodi. 
Spaniards,  Hispani,  -orura,  m. 

plur. 
spear,  hasta,  -ae,  f. 
speech,  oratio,  -onis,  f. ;  to  make 

a  speech,  orationem  habere. 
speed,  celeritas,  -atis,  f. 
spirit,  animus,  -i,  m. 
spirited,  acer,  acris,  acre. 
spring  (at  the  beginning  of), 

prim  6  vere. 
state,  civitas,  -atis,  f. 
station  (to),  conloco,  1 ;  consti- 

tuo,  3. 
stay  (to),  maneo,  2. 
steward,  vilicus,  -i,  m. 
still,  sed,  tamen. 
stir  up  (to),  incito,  1 ;  excito,  1. 
stop  (to),  intermitto,  3. 
storm  (to),  oppugno,  1. 
storming,  oppiignatio,  -onis,  f. 
story,  fabula,  -ae,  f. 
strange,  novus,  -a,  -um. 
strengthen  (to),  confirmo,  1. 


strong,  validus,  -a,  -um;  to  be 

strong,  valeo,  2. 
subdue  (to),  paco,  1 ;  supero,  1 ; 

vineo,  3. 
succeed  (to),  efficere  ut. 
successfully,  feliciter. 
such,  talis,  -e ;  is,  ea,  id. 
suddenly,  subito,  improviso. 
sue  for  (to),  peto,  3. 
suitable,  suited,  idoneus,  -a,  -um. 
summer,  aestas,  -atis,  f. 
sun,  sol,  solis,  m. 
superior  (to  be),  praecedo,  3. 
supply,  copia,  -ae,  f.;  supplies, 

copia ;  f rumentum,  -i,  n. 
support,  subsidium,  -i,  n. 
surrender,  se  dedere. 
surround  (to),  circumvenio,  4; 

circumdo,  3. 
suspicion,  suspicio,  -onis,  f. 
sustain  (to),  sustineo,  2. 
swift,  velox. 
swiftly,  celeriter. 
sword,  gladius,  -i,  m. 


take  by  storm  (to),  expugno,  1. 
take  place  (to),  fio  (§  488). 
take  possession  of  (to),  occu- 

po,  1. 
teacher,  magister,  -tri,  m. 
tell  (to),  narro,  1 ;  dico,  3. 
temple,  templum,  -i,  n. 
ten,  decem. 

tender,  tener,  -era,  -erum. 
terrify  (to),  terreo,  2. 
territory,  fines,  -iura,  m.  plur. 
than,  quam  ;  abl.  case. 
thank  (to),  gratias  agere. 
that,  in  purpose  or  result  clauses, 

ut ;  after  verbs  of  fearing,  n^ ; 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


297 


after  verbs  of  doubting,  etc., 
quin ;  that  not,  ne,  ut  non ; 
after  verbs  of  fearing,  ut. 

that  (one),  ille,  ilia,  illud ;  is,  ea, 
id  (§  475) ;  that  (of  yours),  iste, 
ista,  istud  (§  475). 

their,  gen.  plur.  of  is;  reflexive 
suus,  -a,  -um. 

then,  deinde ;  inde ;  turn. 

there,  ibi. 

therefore,  itaque. 

think  (to),  puto,  1. 

third,  tertius,  -a,  -um. 

thirty,  triginta. 

this,  hic,  haec,  hoc  (§  475). 

though,  cum  w.  subj. ;  quam- 
quam. 

thousand,  mille. 

three,  tres,  tria. 

throughout,  per  w.  accu. 

thus,  ita,  sic,  hoc  modo. 

time,  tempus,  -oris,  n. 

tired,  defessus,  -a,  -um. 

to,  dat.  case  ;  ad,  in  w.  accu. ;  ex- 
pressing purpose,  ut  w.  subj., 
ad  w.  gerundive,  causa  w.  gen. 
of  gerund  or  gerundive,  supine. 

today,  hodie. 

together  with,  cum  w.  abl. ; 
una  cum  w.  abl. 

top  of,  summus,  -a,  -um. 

toward,  ad  w.  accu. 

tower,  turris,  -is,  f. 

town,  oppidum,  -I,  n. ;  urbs,  ur- 
bisf. 

townsman,  oppidanus,  -i,  m. 

trader,  mercator,  -oris,  m. 

tree,  arbor,  -oris,  f. 

tribe,  gens,  gentis,  f. 

tribune,  tribunus,  -i,  m. 

trust  (to),  confido,  3. 

try  (to),  Conor,  1. 


turn  one's  bael£  (to),  terga  ver- 

tere,  dare. 
twelve,  duodecim. 
twenty,  viginti. 

twenty-flye,  quinque  et  viginti. 
two,    duo,    duae,    duo    (§    473); 

which     of    two,    uter,    utra, 

utrum  (§  469);  each  of  two. 

uterque,  utraque,  utrumque. 

U 
uncertain,  incertus,  -a,  -um. 
undergo  (to),  sustineo,  2. 
undeserved,  indignus,  -a,  -um. 
unhappy,  miser,  -era,  -erum. 
unharmed,  incolumis,  -e. 
unless,  nisi. 
unlike,  dissimilis,  -e. 
until,  dum. 

unwilling  (to  be),  nolo  (§  487). 
use,  usus,  -lis,  m. 
used  to,    etc.,  imperfect  tense ; 

soleo,  2. 
useful,  predicate  dat.  of  usus. 


valor,  virtiis,  -litis,  f . ;  fortitudo, 

-inis,  f. 
very,  =  superlative  degree ;  ipse, 

ipsa,  ipsum  (§  475). 
victor,  victor,  -oris,  m. 
victory,  victoria,  -ae,  f. 
voice,  vox,  vocis,  f. 

W 
wait  for  (to),  exspecto,  1. 
wall,    miirus,     -i,    m. ;    moenia, 

-ium,  n.  plur. 
wander  (to),  erro,  1. 
war,  warfare,  bellum,  -i,  n. 
watch,  vigilia,  -ae,  t 


298 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


way,  via,  -ae,  f. ;  iter,  itineris,  n. 

weapon,  telum,  -i,  n. 

well,  bene. 

what?  quid. 

when,  ubi ;  cum. 

whence,  unde. 

where,  ubi. 

which  (of  two),  uter,  utra,  utrum 

(§469). 
while,  dum. 
who,    which,    what,    rel.,    qui, 

quae,  quod  (§  476);   interrog., 

quis,  quid  (§  477). 
whosoeyer,     quicunque,     quae- 

cunque,  quodcunque. 
wide,  latus,  -a,  -um. 
wife,  coniunx,  -iugis,  f. 
will,  voluntas,  -atis,  f. ;  against 

one's  will,  contra  voluntatem ; 

invitus,  -a,  -um. 
wind,  ventus,  -i,  m. 
wing,  cornii,  -us,  n. 
winter,  hiems,  hiemis,  f. 
winter-quarters,  hiberna,  -orum, 

n.  plur. 
wisely,  sapienter. 
wish,  volo  (§  487) ;  cupio,  3. 
with,  cum  w.  abl. 


withdraw  (to),  cedo,  3 ;  discedo, 
3 ;  pedem  ref erre. 

within,  in  w.  abl. ;  of  time,  abl. 
case. 

without,  sine  w.  abl. 

withstand,  sustineo,  2. 

wolf,  lupus,  -1,  m. ;  she-wolf, 
lupa,  -ae,  f. 

woman,  mulier,  -eris,  f. 

wood,  silva,  -ae,  f. 

word,  verbum,  -i,  n. 

work  (to),  laboro,  1 ;  facio,  3. 

work,  opus,  operis,  n. 

would  that,  =  optative  subj. 
with  or  without  utinam  (§  242). 

wound  (to),  vulnero,  1 ;  wound- 
ed, vulneratus,  -a,  -um. 

wrong,  iniuria,  -ae,  f. 


year,  annus,  -i,  m. 

you,  tu ;  plur.  vos  (§  474). 

young    man,    iuvenis,    -is,    m. ; 

adulescens,  -entis,  m. 
your,  tuus,  -a,  -um ;  vester,  -tra, 

-trum. 
youth,  iuvenis,  -is,  ra. 


(1) 


THE  END 


TWENTIETH  CENTURY  TEXT-BOOKS. 
THE  CLASSICAL  SERIES 

A  Ne<TV  Series  of  Latin  and  Greek  Texts  for 
Secondary  Schools,  under  the  editorial  charge  of 

John  Henry  Wright,  A.M.,  LL.D.,  Harvard  University 

Bernadotte  Pcrrin,  Ph.D.,  LL.D.,  Yaic  University 

Andrew  Fleming  West,  Ph.D.,LL.D.,  Princeton  University 

These  names  guarantee  the  highest  standard  of  scholarship  and 
pedagogic  fitness. 

The  whole  series  throughout  is  based  on  the  lines  laid  down  in  the 
Report  of  the  Committee  of  Twelve  of  the  American  Philological  Asso- 
ciation to  the  National  Educational  Association. 

These  lines  are  now  universally  accepted  as  defining  the  ideal  clas- 
sical course  for  secondary  schools.  The  Twentieth  Century  Classical 
Texts  satisfy  at  every  point  this  universal  requirement. 

The  methods  of  teaching  Latin  and  Greek  as  revised  and  now 
adopted  by  American  educators  call  for  a  less  pedantic,  more  human- 
istic style,  dominantly  literary  in  spirit,  giving  a  clear,  forceful  impres- 
sion of  ancient  life  and  thought.  The  modern  secondary  text-book  is 
not  merely  grammatical,  but  also  historical ;  fitted  to  arouse  living 
enthusiasm  for  the  great  masterpieces  of  ancient  thought  and  for  their 
exquisite  literary  dress. 

All  this,  recently  focused  in  the  action  of  the  National  Educational 
Association,  is  now  embodied  for  the  first  time  in  this  Series,  edited  by 
representative  scholars  of  the  universities  that  have  had  most  to  do 
with  classical  culture  in  America. 

The  general  editors  and  their  colleagues  are  all  practical  teachers, 
originators,  and  leaders  in  the  courses  now  pursued  in  our  secondary- 
school  system. 

Hence,  the  Twentieth  Century  Classical  Series  offers  the 
simplest,  most  practical,  and  up-to=date  Latin  and  Greek 
books  ever  prepared  for  American  schools. 

D.     APPLETON     AND     COMPANY,     NEW    YORK. 


TWENTIETH  CENTURY  TEXT-BOOKS/ 


THE  CLASSICAL  SERIES* 


A  School  Grammar  of  Attic  Greek. 

By  Thomas  Dwight  Goodell,  Ph.  D.,  Professor  of 
Greek  in  Yale  University.     i2mo.     Cloth,  $1.50  net. 

This  is  the  only  Greek  Grammar  that  contains  the  modern  knowl- 
edge of  the  subject,  and  sets  forth  the  modern  methods  of  teaching  it. 

Goodell's  Greek  Grammar  does  this  thoroughly,  accurately,  and 
simply.  It  is  written  by  a  distinguished  Greek  scholar—  a  successor  of 
Woolsey,  Hadley,  and  Packard — who  has  had  years  of  experience  in 
secondary  schools  and  is  to-day  in  closest  touch  with  them. 

Intended  primarily  for  such  schools,  this  book  is  made  as 
plain  as  possible.  Rarer  forms  and  principles  of  syntax,  such  as  are 
naturally  explained  in  lexicon  or  notes,  are  here  omitted  ;  classifica- 
tion and  terminology  have  been  much  simplified. 

Yet  this  Grammar  supplies  all  that  is  needed  for  reading  the  drama 
and  Attic  prose  commonly  studied  in  freshman  and  sophomore  years. 

Sentences  are  classified  by  form  instead  of  by  function.  In  like 
manner,  subordinate  clauses  are  classified  first  by  the  introductory 
word,  then  by  mode  and  tense.  Not  only  is  this  better  scientifically, 
but  the  result  is  a  more  concrete  and  intelligible  system  for  young 
students. 

Larger  and  plainer  type  is  used,  especially  for  the  Greek,  than  in 
any  other  Greek  Grammar.  Of  this  larger  print  the  book  contains 
about  three  hundred  pages. 

D.    APPLETON     AND     COMPANY,    NEW     YORK. 


YB  00420 


Ivi250121 


1  Go 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CAUFORNIA  UBRARY 


m":^A 


m:Vu 


wm 


wmU 


:!i:!;;i;:;:n;^i:i;nH;:i;'';h:, ■;<,!! 


m 


!'  i;!i /i;ii;  mtJH 


iiii';:'i:''';i,     '!■ 


!:' 


•!h^ 


I 


m\m\ 


:;l    !l        ! 


I'ii  1'  I'-ii 
illHlliiltliil     1 1  IS 


I  i  ■' 


^iiil. 


! 


n  ii 


"i"''!--';!  :■:•:-  I 


wm 


m 


rM%'[i-'m 


1 


